SYLLABIC DICTIONARY
OF THE
CHINESE LANGUAGE;
ARRANGED ACCORDING TO THE WU-FANG YUEN YIN,
WITH THE
PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHARACTERS AS HEARI> IN PEKING, CANTON,
AMOY, AND SHANGHAI
By S. WELLS WILLIAMS, LL.D.
" Very true it is, that a careful selection of expressions must precede their extensive um
remembering this, and in the hope of affording some aid to scholars, the purport
of many boohs has been here brought together into one."
SHANGHAI:
AMERICAN PRESBYTERIAN MISSION PRESS
1889.
'
MAIN UBHA ti ,
JOHN FRYER
CHINESE LIBRARY
STEREOTYPED AT THE PRESBYTERIAN MISSION PRESS FOUNDRY.
0f
PREFACE.
Fifty-two \ears ago, Dr. Morrison ended his labors on his Chinese Dictionary with the
sentence, "Thanks to Heaven's gracious Providence, Canton, April 9, 1822," as the
expression of his thankfulness that he had been enabled to bring the seven years' toil to a
close ; and in his own copy, presented to me in 1834 by his son John, he had written
underneath it, " Glory be to God on high, Nov. 12, 1828 ; K.M." — as if the recollection of
the day on which the first sentence was printed, had only deepened the satisfaction he felt
after six years at having seen it through the press. That work will ever remain a monument
of his industry and scholarship ; and its publication in six quarto volumes by the East
India Company at an outlay of $60,000 was a just appreciation of its merits.
Since then, many similar works have been published, dictionaries both of the general
language and its chief dialects ; but their editions were small, and during a course of years
they have either become exhausted, or are very scarce, while the number of students has
increased tenfold. Thus the works of Medhurst, Bridgman, Gallery, and Goncalves,
are now almost unknown ; and the only lexicons available for the use of Chinese students
have been the reprint of Morrison's Syllabic Dictionary, Maclay's Fuhchau, Douglas'
Amoy, and Lobscheid's Canton, Vernacular Dictionaries.
These considerations led me to regard the preparation of a Dictionary on the syllabic
plan, as the way in which I could best facilitate the study of the language. My first plan
was to rearrange my Tonic Dictionary of the Canton Dialect, and fit it for general use ; but
I soon saw that its incompleteness required an entire revision. I accordingly commenced in
1863, and took the Wu-fang Yuen Yin as the basis for arranging the characters, instead
of following Morrison, to whom this vocabulary seems to have been unknown. It was
easier and safer to adopt a native arrangement of the syllables, than to undertake to make
a new one as he had done, and this Dictionary, therefore, follows that work almost exactly.
Though its pronunciation differs probably from that heard at any one place where the
hwan hwa is spoken, it is probably nearer to the general average of the spoken language,
as heard north of the Yang-tsz' Eiver, than it would have been to reduce it to the speech
of a single city or prefecture, as Peking for instance. In a work intended for general use,
751648
VI. PREFACE.
this approximation is better in one point, that it allows every student to mark the varia-
tions from this standard as heard in his own region ; moreover, it is what the natives them-
selves look for in their own dictionaries. We can hardly expect- anything nearer than this
general approach to a uniform pronunciation of Chinese.
I have consulted all the works of my predecessors which I could get, and have ex-
amined each character in Morrison's Syllabic Part, in Gonqalves' Diccionario China-
Portuguez, in De Guignes' Dictionnaire Chinois, and in my Canton Dictionary. Dr. Med-
hurst's translation of the K { anghi Tsztien has been much used, but the principal source for
definitions has been its original, winch, imperfect as it is according to our ideas of a lexicon,
is still the most convenient work of the kind in the language. The etymological definitions
are drawn from the Selected Characters Carefully Examined ^fe^C jjtfj ^, a dictionary
published in 1787, and furnishing good definitions of all the common characters, whose
ancient forms are explained.
The end aimed at has been to give the meanings of a word, and to illustrate them with
phrases, adding the colloquial uses where they could be ascertained. The limited extent to
which I have carried this part, has only served to show more strikingly how much there is
still to do, and how many collaborators are needed to do it effectually. When local dic-
tionaries of the leading dialects have been published like those issued in the Canton,
Amoy, and Fuhchau dialects, it will be possible to compare the local usages of characters,
and learn their differences from the authorized definitions. Many expressions now regarded
as unwritten will probably then be found to have once had proper characters since
forgotten.
In such a comparison of dialects the natives have done nothing ; for few or none of the
colloquial meanings are given in the local dictionaries of those three cities, though one would
have supposed that their principal object and benefit would be to illustrate the local usages of
words. The literati, however, despise all such inroads upon classical usage, and except in the
kwan hwa, the colloquial has never received their attention. This is not to be wondered at, and
probably it has been the only way to maintain the purity, if not the sense, of the written
character and language ; for confusion would soon arise by using local characters instead of
authorized ones. When the knowledge of books increases, and men can rapidly pass and
repass across the countiy, the kwan hica will, perhaps, become more uniformly and widely
used, and the local dialects, like those once current in parts of England and France, gradually
give way to it ; or else, the wider- diffusion of knowledge will compel the people speaking-
one dialect to reduce it to an alphabetic form, discard the complex characters, and crystallize
their speech into a separate tongue.
Mr. Marsh says the distinction between the written and spoken languages in Europe
was once far greater than at present, and has diminished as education has advanced : —
PREFACE.
Vll.
u It is difficult for Englishmen and Anglo-Americans, who habitually speak much as they write, and write
much as they speak, to conceive of the co-existence of two dialects in a people, one almost uniformly employed in
conversation, the other almost as exclusively in writing. Yet such was the state of things in England, from the
Conquest at least till the middle of the XI Vth century, and such is the case in a large part of Europe at this day.
In Italy, for instance, there is almost everywhere a popular speech, commonly employed by all classes in familiar
oral intercourse, and so far cultivated that it can be, though it rarely is, written ; while, at the same time, the lingua
commune cV Italia, or, as it is often called, the Tuscan dialect, is known to albas the language of books, of journals,
and of correspondence, and is also employed as the medium of religious and scbolastic instruction. But this literary
tongue, at least in those parts of Italy where dialects widely different from it are habitually spoken, always remains
to the Italians themselves essentially a foreign language. This fact Biondelli states in stronger terms than a prudent
stranger would venture to do upon the testimony of his own observation, in his Saggio sui Dialetti Gallo-llalici, X.
" There is a similar discrepancy between the written and spoken language in many parts of Germany, though
the diffusion of literary culture in that country has made the dialect of books more universally familiar than in most
European nations. The oriental traveler Seetzen, whose journals have lately been published, sometimes makes entries
in them in the Platt-Deutsch of his native province, and states expressly that he uses that dialect, in order that
those passages may not be understood by strangers, into whose hands his papers might chance to fall." — G. P.
Marsh, Early Literature of the English Language, page 337.
If these differences still remain in those civilized countries, much more are they seen
among the half-educated people of Asia, where the literary classes have tried rather to encum-
ber the road to knowledge than to help the student over its difficulties ; who is compelled,
as it were, to waste most of his energy in sharpening his ax before he can cut down the tree.
v . The plan of a Chinese lexicon to satisfy all the needs of a foreigner, should comprise
the general and vernacular pronunciations, with the tones used in various places, and the
sounds given to each character as its meanings vary. The history and composition of the
character, its uses in various epochs, and its authorized and colloquial meanings should be
explained and illustrated by suitable examples. All this knowledge should be methodically
arranged so as to be accessible with the least possible trouble. But even when arranged and
ready, the foreigner would find it to be incomplete for all his purposes by reason of the
local usages, as another extract from Mr. Marsh shows : —
" I may here notice a widely-diffused error, which it may be hoped the lexicographical criticism of the present
day may dispel. I refer to the opinion that words, individually and irrespectively of syntactical relations, and
combinations in phrases, have one or more inherent, fixed, and limited meanings, which are capable of logical
definition, and of expression in other descriptive terms of the same language. This may be true of artificial words —
that is, words invented for, or confined to the expression of arbitrary distinctions and technical notions in science or
its practical applications, and also of the names of material objects and of the sensuous qualities of things ; but of
the vocabulary of the passions and the affections, which grows up and is informed with living meaning by the natural,
involuntary processes to which all language but that of art owes its being, it is wholly untrue. Such words live and
breathe only in mutual combination and interdependence with other words. They change their force with every new
relation into which they enter ; and consequently, their meanings are as various and exhaustless as the permutations
and combinations of the ten digits. To teach, therefore, the meaning of a great proportion of the words which compose
the vocabulary of every living speech, by formal definition, is as impossible as to convey by description a notion of
the shifting hues of the pigeon's neck." — Second Course, page 383.
If this be true of English or German, it is still more applicable to the Chinese language,
whose painstaking students have quoted a vast number of phrases in their two great
lexicons, viz., the Treasury of Good Sentences ffi, j^C ftM Jf^f in 110 volumes, and the Classifi-
cation of Dissyllables fffi ^ $ffj jjfj in 120 volumes. In these their aim has been to show
Vlll.
PREFACE.
the different uses of the same word, but the variety of material bewilders the student, and
he soon despairs of finding any connection between their meanings. But there are other
difficulties in the way of making a complete Anglo-Chinese lexicon. There is, as a prelimi-
nary, the vast extent of the literature to become familiar with, which demands much and
protracted study. Neither is it easy to find exact equivalents for single Chinese words
in English ; and to render their combinations into corresponding phrases requires long
practice in writing and speaking. If concrete terms like Jfs ij£ or |§, are so unlike as to
require some explanation when rendering them by booh, pen, or ink ; much more unlike
are abstract terms like those relating to mental or religious exercises. This every one knows
who has tried to teach our ideas of sin, righteousness, or salvation by ^p, ^, or ^§£, their
nearest equivalents. Then again, the native scholars who help us are trained in a different
school, and their ignorance, carelessness, and deceit have all to be guarded against. They
do not like to appear ignorant before a foreigner on any subject, and are usually ready with
an answer, whether to give the name of a flower, to render a distich, or to state the location
of a town ; trusting, perhaps, that their pupil will never inquire into the matter. • In my
own case, hundreds of questions could not be revised by cross-questioning others, and errors
have probably crept in which will require more time to correct than it did to make them.
The subjects to be explained comprise all branches of knowledge, too, some of which are not
very familiar, and on this account, accuracy, which is the thing most wanted, is especially
difficult of attainment. Added to this, the effort to find the meaning of a sentence originally
written wrong, has not unfrequently perplexed both teacher and pupil. Chinese books are
very rich in misprints and misuse of characters, and having no stops or punctuation, and
no capital letters to denote proper names, a phrase is easily misread or misunderstood.
The early associations of the native with the language and its literature are wanting to
the foreigner, and he often fails to relish an allusion because he is ignorant of the incident,
or appreciate a metaphor, because he cannot tell what object is referred to. I have tried to
ascertain as near as possible the names of natural objects, for which I have consulted the
Chinese Herbal ^ ]pL $H § , the Booh of Nature S yJT H> an< ^ tne Names and Pictures of
Vegetables, j$[ $J ^ U (D ^ ; but in religious, medical, legal, and mercantile terms,
much remains to be done. The common uses of many words in all these departments
are unlike in different parts of China ; and this confusion can only be removed
by further comparison. The book word for a flower or a disease often differs from the com-
mon name, which itself changes in remote parts of the country. We are not yet acquainted
with the botany, zoology, mineralogy, or nosology of China well enough to recognize in the
poor descriptions of native authors the objects of our inquiry. For instance, the jasmine is
called ^ ^1j "Vci m Canton, but this name denotes the four-o'-cloch in Peking ; in one city
the yfc j& is the papaya, while in the other it is the quince. Again, the panda of Nipal
(Ailurus refulgens) is probably intended by the $|; but one would need to know well
PREFACE. IX.
this animal's habitat and appearance to recognize it under the description of " a sprightly
animal like a small bear, with short hair, but yellowish."
The misuse of words in passing from one dialect to another can be illustrated by the
name given to the people of Swatow. This was hok-lo, fli§ \jfc i.e. people from Fuhkien ;
but when the Cantonese heard hok-ld, they wrote it as they heard the sound, ^ \jfe being now
the name given to the people of that prefecture, and the Cantonese of the present day puzzle
themselves to know why it was applied to them. No Chinese scholar has examined these
dialectical changes, which are an ample source of many colloquialisms in every dialect.
I have followed Eitel's Hand-book of Buddhism, F. P. Smith's Materia Medica, and
Hobson's Medical Vocabulary, for terms in those branches. Mr. Wade's Category of THen
and his Course of Colloquial Chinese, Edkins' Grammar of the Shanghai Dialect and his
Progressive Lessons in the Chinese Spoken Language, Maclay and Baldwin's Dictionary of
the Fooclww Dialect, Legge's Translation of the Chinese Classics, and Bridgman's Chresto-
mathy, have all furnished their quotas. I have not, however, mentioned my authorities
in the body of the work, lest I should cumber it. The examples and phrases number about
53,000, and are not repeated when it could be avoided ; nor is their pronunciation added,
for as the work is intended for students in all the dialects, each will read them in
the one he is learning. A space is left under each character, if one wishes to write the
local sound beside the Pekingese, which has been carefully revised by Rev. Chauncey
Goodrich. The colloquial use of a character is placed by itself. Maclay's Dictionary is
the authority for the few given in the Fuhchau dialect, and my Canton Dictionary for that
dialect. For the Shanghai dialect, I am indebted to Miss Lydia M. Fay, of the American
Episcopal Mission ; and also for the Shanghai sounds given in the Index, and — what
involved far more work, — a careful oversight of the manuscript before it went into the
printer's hands. The Amoy sounds in the Index were furnished by Rev. W. S. Swanson
and Rev. W. McGregor. The long list of surnames owes most of its accuracy and extent
to Rev. Dr. Blodget of Peking ; and the careful revision of the proof-sheets of the
Introduction and Index by Mr. A. Wylie has contributed everything to their accuracy.
Other friends have aided in whatever way they could, by whom during the progress of the
work many points have been cleared up.
The number of characters in this work is 12,527, contained in 10,940 articles, and
placed under 522 syllables, which follow each other alphabetically, aspirated syllables com-
ing after the unaspirated. Those syllables which begin with ts, on account of their number,
are placed by themselves after tvfan. When a pharacter is described as unauthorized, it
merely means that it does not occur in K'anghi, for several of those thus designated are in
good use. The edition of the Wu-fang YuenYin, which I have followed, has 10,486 characters,
including scores of duplicates ; but the full edition contains 41,247 words, or nearly as many
as are in K'anghi's Dictionary. I have brought together all the sounds and meanings of
X. PREFACE.
a word under its most common sound, in order to avoid repeating the character. The
characters in Morrison's Dictionary are arranged under 411 syllables, (not distinguishing
between aspirated and unaspirated sounds,) and their total number, including hundreds of
duplicates, is 12,674. In De Guignes' Dictionary there are 13,933, of which 1040 are
duplicated forms ; in the Canton Dictionary, 7850 ; in the Fuhchau Dictionary, 9390 ;
and in Goncalves, 7670.
The tables scattered through the book will serve to elucidate many points occurring in
the course of study, and save reference to other works. They are placed as follows :—
PAGE PAGE
List of the Chinese Dynasties 33 , Insignia of Official Eank €98
Emperors of the Sung Dynasty 831
Emperors of the Mongol Dynasty 1134
Emperors of the Ming Dynasty 599
Emperors of the Manchu Dynasty , 995
Personal names of the Manchu Sovereigns 26G
Kings of the Kingdom of Lu .- 556
Names of the tombs of the Ming Sovereigns 544
Capitals of China under different dynasties 404
List of the Twenty-eight Constellations 824
Twelve Horary Characters or Branches' 54
Ten Celestial Stems , 309
The Sexagenary Cycle 355
Twenty-four Solar Terms 974
Poetical Names of the Months..... 1180
Eighteen Provinces and Colonies 743
List of early Feudal States 491
The Introduction is designed to furnish some explanations respecting the scope of the
work, the orthography employed, the construction of characters, and such hints and helps
in commencing the study of the language as practice has proved to be useful. Those
paragraphs respecting the affinities between the general spoken language and the south-
eastern dialects, are short and imperfect compared with the subject, but may lead to some-
thing fuller. The whole subject of comparison of dialects has not been worked out, because
there are not sufficient data on which to found either reasoning or deductions. The short
lists of dialectical sounds prefixed to each syllable, may furnish starting points to students
at various parts, to mark the local differences from the Wu-fang Yuen Yin.
In concluding these remarks, I have the satisfaction of feeling that the labor spent
upon this work during the past eleven years, in the intervals of official duties, will now be
available for students in acquiring the Chinese language. Its deficiencies will be hereafter
supplied by others who will build upon their predecessors as I have done ; for the field is
too vast to be explored or exhausted by even many laborers. The stimulus to past effort,
and the hope that it would not be in vain, both sprang from the desire to aid the labors
of those who are imparting truth in any branch to the sons of Han, especially those
religious and scientific truths whose acquisition and practice can alone Christianize
and elevate them. At the end of the forty years spent in this country in these pursuits,
I humbly thank the good Lord for all the progress I have been permitted to see in
this direction, and implore His blessing upon this effort to aid their greater extension.
United States Legation,
Peking, June, 1874. S. W. W.
INTRODUCTION.
SECT. I. THE MANDARIN DIALECT AS EXHIBITED IN THE WU-FANG- YUEN YIN.
The speech of the great body of the educated classes
among the Chinese, called by them the lavan hwa ^ =^
or Official Language, and known as the Court or Man-
darin Dialect, is spoken throughout the regions north of
the Yangtsz' Kiver, without much variation in its idiom
and grammatical construction, and very extensively in
the provinces south of it, except in Fuhkien and Kwang-
tung, to such a degree as to make it the prevailing speech
in sixteen of the provinces. In most parts of the two
above-named provinces, tho vernacular presents so many
variations from it in those two respects^hat educated men
are obliged to specially learn to speak the kwan hwa, in
addition to the general study of tho characters, in order
to carry on oral intercourso with their educated country-
men at the north. This peculiarity of tho Chinese
language, — that of having many sounds for the same
symbol, like tho different names of the Arabic numerals
among European nations, probably at first attached also
to the Egyptian symbols; but the phonetic clement there
triumphed at last over the symbolic, and the Egyptian
became finally an alphabetic language. Not so with the
Chinese written language ; this still maintains its ideo-
graphic character, and is now used as the written medium
for the intercourse of morefhuman beings than any other.
The forms and significations of tho symbols, too, have
altered so slightly that inscriptions a thousand years old
are read without difficulty, and books written thirty cen-
turies ago are daily quoted as good authority both for
style and for precept.
It is not surprising, perhaps, that such an ideographic
language as this was invented ; for the first thought of
oue who tries to write an idea, is more likely to be to
picture it than to attempt to express the sounds by which
it is spoken. The greater wonder is that it should have
lasted so long, and exerted such an influence in per-
petuating and unifying the people who use it. Nations
who wrote in alphabetic languages were, it may be, not
near enough, or civilized enough, to influence the very
early Chinese, so as to fairly place the question before
them of adopting an alphabetic language instead of their
own ; but after the introduction of Budhism, and the ex-
tension of the Imperial power of Han as far west as the
Caspian Sea, this point must have presented itself to many
minds. But no trace can be found of any serious effort
on the part of native Chinese, to discard tho characters
and reduce their own speech to an alphabetic form in
Devanagari, Persian, or any other character. In the ages
succeeding the introduction of Budhism down to the
present, this symbolic language has maintained itself
intact. This is owing, more than any other ono cause,
to the difficulty that minds, long trained to associate
ideas with separate pictorial symbols, find in associating
them with combined symbols or letters, expressing only
sounds. Educated Chinese are ready to acknowledge
that other nations can write down their speech by letters,
and understand it perfectly ; but they have been trained
so thoroughly to trust chiefly to the eye, to obtain the
full meaning of an expression, that nothing else will
serve. The laconism and energy of their written language
over their spoken, tends too to confirm them in this habit,
and prevent a fair trial of an easier mode of conveying
thought. To a true disciple of Confucius, the notion that
his teachings can be conveyed in any otlrer form than the
very characters he wrote them in, is almost preposter-
ous ; — it is stronger than the feeling among Mobain-
medans that Arabic is tho only language fit for the
Koran, and has 1 more to support it. But in these days,
this question will come to the front with increased power ;
and the difficulty of using such a cumborous medium to
introduce new ideas on every subject, among millions of
ignorant people, will force a solution. At present, their
language seems to be the greatest intellectual obstacle to
the advancement of the Chinese; but naturally, they will
not reject it until they themselves see the need of another
and easier ; and vital Christianity alone can furnish the
stimulus, guide, and reward of such a change.
It is not designed here to enter into a disquisition on
the many interesting points connected with the origin,
construction, and modifications of these characters ; or to
discuss the inception and growth of the great variety of
sounds now given to the 6amc character in various parts
of the land. The present object is to furnish the student
Xll.
INTRODUCTION.
with such explanations as will facilitate his use of this
Dictionary, and aid his progress in acquiring the written
and spoken language.
The Chinese have adopted three modes of arranging
the characters in their dictionaries, each of which Las its
special advantages. These are, the natural method, in
which words of a similar meaning are grouped under
leading heads ; — the analytic method, by which words are
arranged under certain determinatives called keys or
radicals 5 — and the syllabic or rhyming method, by which
words fall into certain classes according to their ter-
minations.
Of the first kind, the fj %fc or Heady Guide, is the
best known, and first in age of philological works extant
in any language. This ancient relic is usually ascribed
to Cbeu Kung, about b.c. 1100, but it was completed
by Tsz'hia, a disciple of Confucius, nearly seven hundred
years after ; and remodeled into its present shape by
Kwch P'oh, about a.d. 280. It is still in constant use,
and its quaint illustrations and archaic expressions illus-
trate both the ancient manners and language of the
Chinese. It is divided into nineteen sections, some having
several subdivisions, containing for the most part a natural
arrangement of characters under the sixteen heads of kin-
dred, houses, utensils, music, heaven, earth, mounds, hills,
waters, plants, treea, insects, fishes, birds, and wild and
domestic animals. These are preceded by a more strictly
philological part in three sections, explaining ancient
terms, words, and phrases. The first section gives the first,
and almost the only attempt at a treatise on synonyms
in the Chinese language, but it is too meager to be useful
to the foreigner. For instance, the character &~ is de-
fined by the following group of words, fo, fa, j$|, {jj£, jfift,
I n> %th t% an( l fti' eacn °f tnem i' 1 certain cases having
the meaning of announcing, enjoining on, &c- but there
are no examples of their use. The work is now reckoned
as the last of the Thirteen Classics.
It has had many imitations, which, though much modi-
fied, have generally assumed the form of encyclopedias of
greater or less extent. One of the most useful of these
classified dictionaries is the valuable 3 st Wi Ht or
Pictorial Book of Nature, published in the Ming Dynasty
in 106 chapters ; wherein various objects belonging to
Heaven, Earth and Man, arc treated ot under sections
like those in the Heady Guide, and every article has its
own picture and explanatory letterpress. Useful as this
class of books is to furnish materials for the lexicographer,
the cumbersome arrangement forbids their general use as
definers of characters.
The second, or analytic plan has grown out of the con-
struction of the characters. When a writer wishes to
express a new term, the genius of the language leads him
to unite a symbol denoting sense, with anotber expressing
sound rather than quality ; though sound and quality are
sometimes both attended to in the composition of the new
symbol, the phonetic part not being used simply or al-
together for its sound. It has also a signification of its
own, and is sometimes so chosen that that shall furnish
part of the idea to be conveyed by the new character;
though this remark has many exceptions. For instance,
in Pekingese, JSt. the nose, joined to ^ a hag, means the
nose stopped up by a cold ; it is read nang\ in^, different
tono from ( nang, its primitive, but evidently alluding to it.
As the number of characters increased, they were grouped
by their natural or most prominent feature ; thus the
names of stones, birds, or armor, were ranged under the
symbols ^j", or Jf|, or ^, these being common characters
for those things already in use. /
The earliest work on this principle is the ^ ^ or
Discourse on Meaning of Words, published about A.r>.
100, wherein the characters are arranged in 514 groups.
Theywere rearranged by Ku Ye'-wang of the Sui dynasty
(a.d. 543), under 542 radicals ; and again in the Sung
dynasty by another writer under 544. In the Ming
dynasty, the compiler of the ^ ^g: ^ j|| or Origin of
of the Six Modes of Writing, reduced them to 360 ; and
about a century after, they were fixed at their present
number of 214 in the ^ ffg or Classification of Cha-
racters. This method of grouping characters, and arrang-
ing those placed under each radical by the number of their
strokes, has proved to be so convenient, that no altera-
tion has since been made in their order or number. It
was adopted in the j£ i£ jj| or Explanations of
Authorized Characters, the J^ 18$ *^ M. or Emperor
K'anghi's Dictionary, and the j|ft jfc $| ^, or Selected
Characters Carefully Examined^ three of the most com-
mon dictionaries now in use.
The third, the syllabic or rhyming plan of arranging
characters by their finals and .tones, was adopted later
than the analytic, but has been more extensively used.
The confusion and diversity found amidst the works in
each of these three classifications, prove the inherent
difficulty of the attempt ; but the readiness with which
general and local rhyming vocabularies are made, proves
too, their adaptability to meet a want, and the tendency
of the language towards an alphabetic arrangement.
The number of finals, at first 206 in the T : ang dynasty,
was reduced to 1 60 in the Sung, and the initials were
thirty-six. Subsequently these were reiirranged and re-
duced by various authors, but all adhered to the mode
of combining initials and finals brought from India by the
Budhist priests Shan-yoh •$£ j^j and Shan-kung jjftjl Jlfc,
during the Liang dynasty, a.d. 510. The ^ ^ ^ ^,
probably the largest dictionary in any language of the
world, is arranged on this rhyming princinle. and all the
local vocabularies.
INTRODUCTION.
Xlll.
It is very difficult for us, who are habituated to the use
of letters, and their combinations into syllables to express
the words in our Western languages, to appreciate the
perplexities and difficulties of a Chinese scholar when he
tries to represent the sounds and tones of his own language.
In doing so, he can only employ other characters ; but
each one of these, too, having no inherent sound, perhaps,
in its turn requires to be more accurately sounded, by com-
paring it with a third. To him the words ;§! or JgJ, are
indivisible simple sounds or names, as a or o are to us ;
but we describe them as li or fung — words of two or
four letters. If an Englishman finds himself at fault
in trying to read Spanish or Welsh correctly, because he
pronounces the words according to his own letters ; — and
those people are still more perplexed, perhaps, when they
try to read English according to their own letters, while all
use a common alphabet to express elementary sounds ; —
how much more awkward does the Chinese philologist
find it to express unknown syllables by known syllables.
The plan now adopted is to express the sound by taking
parts of two other words and combining them. For in-
stance, the sound of $£ is expressed by uniting ^ and
yfo to make fjj, i.e. /-u and w-dn to make fan, or as we
should express it, dropping two out of the five letters, and
uniting the rest to form the new word. But as the
sounds of all three characters may be unlike in different
parts of the country, the next thing is to quote another
character of the same sound, as "|j|, to indicate this one.
This difficulty of accurately exhibiting the sound is seen
in the variety of characters quoted in K'anghi's Diction-
ary, which have been used by lexicographers to combine
and express the sound of the characters they were defin-
ing ; and this new sound, in its turn, is sometimes used to
express the very sound of those characters used in writing
its own. The following directions for the native student to
find a character in the Wu-fang Yuen Yin will illustrate
the dilemma both teacher and scholar feel in this respect,
and in order to show it more clearly, only the tones are
given, and not the pronunciation of the characters.
" Suppose a man wishes to find the character CJ$ \ he runs the
word through the five tones, t ~jj iffl> 'Hit $£ ' which as itlaas
the same final with { -J& s^j '^g? fp 5 ? enables him [to perceive
that it is to be looked for under the j^p final. Turning tben to the
table of initials, he sees that it belongs to the light-Up sounds
(H? JH lt)> and runs it over, saying <#, ( {jfc, %\ $f> <M>
and ascertains that it comes under the initial < JSl- Now this character
<!lt as an initial, is known because it is derived from c ^C ; by
coalescing them in spelh'ng, as ( J§j(, 4 ^X 5 we tQ us get (JUL) <2T>
cfS' <^f> [ a ^l under the same initial, and the last one] ( Jj <,}%
Wi jK ' Pr> nas ^ tne ** ve *°nes complete. This is the warp
($S0 way, and it can also be called the lengthwise ($(3;) r^e.
" But if one wishes a shorter way to find this same character
[c7f]> let him mn over the sounds c fjj> c j^j i<J/e> i/}> SW
and he will immediately perceive that it come3 under the sound
s qp, the fourth of the finals ; looking there he will see it arranged
among the characters under < J@Lt the first one in the shang p'ing
tone. This is the woof (p|) way, or it can also be called the cross-
wise (ifl) rule. This warp and woof way is certain, and there is no
more convenient and direct manner of ascertaining the sounds Of
characters than by thus following them along and across. All other
sounds can be ascertained in the same way."
It would be just as impossible for a Chinese, able only
to speak his own language, to learn how to find a cha-
racter from these directions if he desired to learn to read,
as it would be for a foreigner who had just landed, and
could not speak a word. Both of them must learn the
sounds of the characters from a living voice ; both must,
so to speak, be introduced viva voce to the acquaintance
and name of the character, as they would to the name of
a visitor, or a row of flowers. The impossibility of writ-
ing foreign sounds with Chinese characters, so that native
scholars can thereby read the words and study (he books
of other languages, is thus seen in its full difficulty ; no
doubt, it has had much to do with the isolation of this
race, and the formation of their national character. The
student in every other civilized nation can study foreign
languages through his own ; but however well a Chinese
may read or speak the English language, for example,
he cannot open its treasures to his countrymen by a
grammar or praxis, so that one of them could, otherwise
unaided, read or learn it. The Budhists tried to introduce
the prayers of their religion from India to their fellow-
disciples in China, using the Chinese characters; the
result was only a rude transliteration of the Sanscrit
sounds, to which the meanings were originally given;
these sounds are still recited but their sense is mostly
lost. It is safe to say that their symbolic language has
shut out the people of this land from mental intercourse
with their fellow-men more than any other one cause.
Foreigners have also arranged their dictionaries on
three different plans. One is the analytic mode, under
the 214 radicals, as has been done by De Guignes,
Morrison, Medhurst, and Lobscheid ; or according to an
abridged series of radicals, as elaborated by Goncalves.
Another is the phonetic, adopted only by Callery in the
Systema Phoneticum, in which he grouped characters by
their primitives. The third is the syllolric, in which the
characters follow one another alphabetically, as has been
done by Morrison, Medhurst in his Hokkeen Dictionary,
Maclay and Baldwin, Goddard, Douglas, and Williams
It is the plan followed in the present work, and is on
the whole the most useful to the foreign student, for it
brings together homophonous characters, arranged in the
order of their tones. Such are most frequently inter-
changed and mistaken by the people themselves, and
those which a foreigner has most need of discriminating
XIV.
INTRODUCTION.
He is certain in speaking, at first, to confound words of
different tones, but written with the same letters, as ^yen
*Hg smoke; ^yen "gf lowds; yen* ;jp£ a swallow, which
are widely separated by their construction. A native also
usually confuses characters having the same tone ; and if
all such are grouped together, their similarities and dis-
tinctions are more readily seen. Another advantage is
the facility thereby afforded to the foreigner, who is
learning^the language with the help of a native teacher,
to find the word he hears, which he knows not yet in its
written form, or may not have had correctly given to him.
Further, the synonymous forms of the same character,
which are sometimes alike as to their primitive, as $ft and
JjK and <j$j ; or perhaps, more frequently occur under the
same radical, as $|, g^J, g||, Jj|f, can, in the sylla-
bic arrangement, all be seen at once. The addition of
an index where every character is placed under its proper
radical and stroke, furnishes all the aid required to find
it, when the spelling is not known. Tho Chinese have
never added a radical index to any of their syllabic dic-
tionaries, for such a help would be quite useless, unless
to indicate the page on which a character occurred. The
native who wishes to examine the local vocabulary in
another dialect must, therefore, first learn the system of
initials and finals on which it is planned, or trust to a
native of the locality where it is used.
The groundwork of the present Dictionary is the Wu-
fang Yuen Yin J5. ~jj j£ Hf or Original Sounds of the
Five Eegions, i.e. North, South, East, West and Center,
which denote all the land. It is a vocabulary of the
Court Dialect much used in Central and Northern China.
It was first published in 1700, about the same date that
the literati employed by K'anghi had finished the The-
saurus and Lexicon which reflect so much credit on his I
reign ; and, perhaps, was suggested by tho former of those .
works. Tho editions have been numerous and all exhibit
slight variations in tho arrangement of certain characters.
An earlier work of the same sort had, however, appeared
in the 13th century, — the r|» jijf -|f aJ|or Original Sounds
and Finals in Chinese, in which the characters are ar-
ranged under nineteen finals ; and it would have been
better if the compiler of the present work had followed it
in this respect. A third book, the rf» jj\ £s pj| or Com-
plete Finals for Central China, presents the characters
arranged according to the several organs of tho voice, as
dental, lingual, palatal, guttural, &c; but, as this system
involves more attention to the initial than the others, it has
not obtained so wide a circulation.
The definitions given in the Wv-fang Yuen Yin seldom
consist of even a score of words ; but this brevity was in-
dispensable for the general usefulness of the manual, where
only the principal meanings were needed. A translation
of the preface of the edition of 1710 is here inserted ; but
it gives no information about the reasons for the work, or
to what part of the empire it is applicable It is a fair
sample of the slylo of prefaces to Chinese books, wherein
one looks in vain for information or practical directions.
PREFACE TO THE EDITION OF 1710.
Those who heretofore engaged in the preparation of dictionaries
did, as they should, carefully learn and go through tho classics and
all the miscellaneous writings of noted scholars. The number of these
works, advantageous to learners, is not easy to reckon ; some of them
are still preserved, and others have been quite lost ; the former are,
to this day constantly in the hands of learners, but the latter are, to
the great regret of all, gone utterly, and cannot be described. Of
these the J^ ^ or Study of Characters is one. Books of this kind
are not of equal worth, but among those which have of late years been
in use- and are still regarded by all scholars as precious as an officer's
signet, the ^ lg£ or Classification of Characters stands preeminent.
In this work the characters are arranged in classes according to their
strokes, and when one has ascertained the number, ho can then find
the one he seeks. No one can do without it ; the venerable professor
and old studeut, as well as the tyro and young learner, each and all
need it.
But these persons still do not all know that the book called Wu-
fang Yuen Yin, a work in which the combination of the [initial and
final] sounds can be seen at a glance is even superior in some respects
to the ^ gig. Its compiler is Fan Tang-fung ^ ]$§ jj|, of Yao-
shan §§ [I] in the district of T'ang-shan ^ \\\ §j$ in the south
of Chihli. This book not being often seen in the shops, I rather un-
expectedly met with it. On looking it over closely, and examining
its plan and execution, I was surprised at the carefulness displayed.
The plan of the ^ §j|? depends on the number of strokes in a cha-
racter, but this on their sounds.
There is besides the plan on which [this manual is arranged}, that
followed hi the /^ f§j> viz., grouping together things belonging to
heaven, both single and in pairs, but not going beyond the dual
powers and the five elements, so that the five elements are under the
head of heaven, the five regions under that of earth, and tbe five tones
under that of sounds. Such a work only requires the redundancies
to be removed and the four or five tones to be carefully indicated to
make it complete. But then this arrangement [of the y\ iS"]
is really a natural one, and not one which man made out (or can
alter).
In this work the author has selected the twelve finals ]§j| {3
with reference to the twelve musical pitch-pipes, and tho five funda-
mental tones of voice ; and these with the twenty initials ^ "Pf he
has chosen, make the warp and the woof, the lengthwise and the
crosswise ; by combining these according to his rules, one can find
the sound of any character. If one wishes to practice the combination
of sounds, and counts over the 36 finals on lus fingers, he will find
the plan here adopted very much easier ; it is like an essay in which
only the ideas are wanted, or an agreement which has only the bare
stipulations. In the Canon of Shun it is said, "Notes depend on
prolonging the utterance, and they are harmonized among themselves
by tbe pitch-pipes." If one will carefully examine this work, they
will find that this principle has been observed. Original sounds may
INTRODUCTION.
XV
without doubt properly be called those produced by harmonizing the
pitch-pipes of nature with the Bounds of nature.
Those who may daily use this work will at a glance so readily see
the mode of combining the initials and finals, that they can have no
need of rules. But how then is one to find out characters when only
the number of their strokes is known? I myself really regret the
number of those books which have been lost, leaving only the ^ ^
Classification of Characters preserved.
In the spare moments of my public business, I have got out a re-
vised edition of this work for the booksellers ; and perhaps it will
thus get a wide circulation ; but those scholars who carefully use it
will most certainly find many things to add to it.
September, 1710. "Written by Nien Hi-yao of Kwang-ning, a
district in Manchuria.
This same man, Nien Hi-yao, afterwards enlarged the
book until he had introduced nearly all the characters in
the language. He published it in 1728, in four thin
volumes, and several editions have since been printed ; its
extensive list of characters makes it a useful manual. In
the preface he says that, when compared with the first
edition, he has " added five out of every ten characters,
and expunged ono out of every ten."
In arranging the initials and finals, the compilers of
the Wu-fang Yuen Yin sacrificed accuracy to brevity, and
hindered the ready search for a character, in order, ap-
parently, to make a short list of finals for the memory.
Its twenty initials are actually thirty-six, and the twelve
finals expand to twenty-nine in the table of sounds } or to
thirty-eight if those in the juh-shing be reckoned sepa-
rately. The characters in this tone, which in Cantonese all
come under the first four finals, are here transferred to the
last six finals ; " because, " says the compiler, with truly
Chinese logic, " the first six finals (ien, an, ung, ang, hi,
and ao) are light and clear like heaven, and it is not
suitable to mix with them the heavy and gross sounds of
the juh-shing, which are therefore scattered among the
last six finals (u, o, S, a, ai, and i ), these being gross and
thick like earth, and assimilated to the juh-shing, which
therefore are distributed among them."
LIST OF TWELVE FINALS.
The 'finals are represented by the following twelve
characters, which include fourteen others, and twelve in
the juh-shing, making thirty-eight, according to-our mode
of writing.
1. T-ien J^ includes t-an ffi and h-Uen [§J.
2. J-dn J{ includes p-m *jj^. \
3. lj-ung H includes 1-ing Hi and \-4ng, jf$.
4. Y-ang JJ£ includes k-iang%£.
5. N-tw ^ includes ck-eu j^J.
6. Ng-ao^ includes n-iao J|.
7. H-u ^ includes h-uh $p|.
8. T-o |g includes t-oh fl£, and Uoh 1$.
9. Sh-e #§ includes h-we fjfc, y-eh^g, J-&ekjfy > aaft
k-ieh jf$.
10. M-os JB| includes p-a^ /\.
11. Ch-at %ft includes b-iai ^.
12. T-i J| includes t-ui *§, ts-tf J& & ,g„ Wh flff
and w-m »|g, with t-eh fg, y-u/t 3£, Uh fj, and
k-M $j.
LIST OF TWENTY INITIALS.
The initials are represented by the following twenty
characters, which are subdivided into thirty-six by separat-
ing those having a medial vowel.
P-ang
P'-ao
M-uh
P-ung
P-eu
P«-u
iV r -iao
P-ei
*
z\- and tw-an ^g.
j^, and tut-m %jfc.
J(j| and nw-an |^.
f|| and hv-an j^.
9. Ch-uh. fj and chw-aug Jj£.
10. C//-ungjk an( l chuf-ang JjlJ.
11. Sh-\li jfi and shw-ang 1^.
12. P-ih Q andjiv-an j|fc.
13. Ps-ien i$ and tsw-an ^.
14. P/-ioh || and tsw-an gj.
15. aS'-z' 3^ and sw-an 3ffr.
16. F-un f|.
17. K-m £> and kw-a Jj£.
18. Z r -iao jtf* and hw^-a f§.
19. Hw-o *fo and h-ao jft.
20. W-a $& and ng-an % and the suppressed initial,
as in ai ^ or uh J||.
If all the possible combinations of these initials and
finals existed in the Icwcm hwci, there would be 1308 syl-
lables, exclusive of tonal variations, to be written with
our letters ; but the actual number of groups is 400, and
of these several are almost undistinguishable. There is
some difficulty about dividing words having the termina-
tions wa, loan, and wavg, for the Chinese regard them as
finals ; and some other deviations from the native rules
are also required by the exigencies of an alphabetic
system when applied to their spelling. Some of them are
caused by the medial vowel i as shen for shien J||, — .
(spelled p j|£ sh-'i Wen) ; and others by the imperfect
vowels, as to? for tsi ^p y to distinguish it from tsi ^jf,
but in this, the greater accuracy of alphabetic writing is seen.
The following table includes the combinations of ini-
tials and finals in the Wu-fang Yuen Yin, with a leading
character under each syllable, and also shows the juh
shing in separate columns, making 532 words in all. The
actual variations in speech from the given sounds in this
manual are almost endless ; but it is as needless as it is
impossible to ascertain and try to express them all. Each
student will leam them for himself.
xvL TABLE OF INITIALS AND FINALS, WITH
FINALS- CH CH ? CHW CHW* F H HW J JW K K< KW KW ? L LW
M
A
AH
AI
AN
IN
ANG
ANG
AO
E
EH
EI
EN
EU
1
IA
IAI
IANG
IAO
IEH
IEN
IH
IN
ING
IOH
IU
ItJN
IUNG
OH
SZ'
u
u
UE
UEII
UEN
UH
UH
UI
UN
UNG
m
cha
ch'a
Ha
chwa
...
...
...
*
hwa
Jwa
kwa
kw'a
la
ma
chah
clrah
fah
kwah
....
lull
man |
ai
chai
c.h'ai
chw*ai
• • « •
bai
ft
hwai
m
kai
eg
k'ai
*
kwai
kwai
lai
a
mai
m
man
chan
m
ch'an
i
oh'an
• « « •
#
fan
m
han
hwan
jan
jwan
kan
ft
k'an
IT
kwan
kwan
m
lan
I wan
ang
chan
—
fan
han
A
jan
kan
k'an
PI
man
w
mang
chang
ch'ang
chwang
m
chwang
if
fans
hang
HE
hwang
m
Jang
kang
k'anc
kwang
kw 4 ang
lang
chang
ch'ang
....
hang
jang
kang
k'ang
lang
mang ,
chao
ch'ao
j|L ch'e"
ft
hao
jao
ft
kao
kao
lao
mao
^fcM
^;j*s
^glfid
jrffe me"
ij§^nieli
^chehj^ch'eh
^fejeh
kwdi
^leh
BE
m
• m
kw'e"i
i
lei
nitfi
6
chen
8
clren
chwen
chw'en
M
cheu
ch'eu
feu
heu
jea
n
keu
^k7
P
k'cu
m
leu
m
meu
2c 1
£ clli
j&ch'i
# hi
M' rh
®»
*»»
11LL
....
jghia
ftjkia
gpj k'ia
....
^1111.
...
hiai
kiai
k'ini
hiang
ft
kiang
k'iang
liang
....
m
hiao
"fi"
hieh
9.
hien
••
-JL.
kiao
"ft"
kieh
m
k'iao
k'ieh
liao
miao
n
lieh
mieh
^J-chii
kien
k'ien
m
lien
mien
J^ch'ih
....
#hi"
"ijjjkih
fljkin
gk'ih
M k ' in
....
fj lih
jjgmih
Jfthin
^lin
ling
J^min
(hint;
ch'ing
hine
—
•«
7ft
king
m
k'ing
m
ming
hioh
—
11
joh
ft
kioh
41
kioh
ft
lioh
miu
ft
hiu
—
••
•
kiu
k'in
liu
II
hiiin
••
kiiin
k'iiin
ffl°
JtWiing
§k'iiing
fa" bo
^hwo
.
f@ko
^ k '°
;3§two
$1 10
i ra °
choh
Ctl^h
foh
m
hoh
m
hwoh
•
koh
lt^oh
kwoh
m
kw'oh
TO
loh
moh
— : -
^chu
(gjcbt,
5fcfu
$}hn
....
....
-£ku
^k-u
it 111
v 1
jB. «
*a
ju
gku
jfik'tt
jam.
. . .
fffchttd
....|
Jfil
hiieh
• •
■•
Aft
kiieh
ft
k'iieli
liieh
hiien
• •
••
kiien
1
k'iien
m
JO.
liien
ft
chuh
eh- nh
m
full
huh
hwuh
A
juh
kuh
51
k'uh
/\
luh
*
muk
JPjkUh
^k'iih
^lUh
• • > • i
ctmi
chui
ch'im-
hwui
-fi£
nafc
jui
8
chun
• • • »
hwun
m
jun
E
kwun
kw'un
lun
i
chunjj
ch'ung
H
fung
hung
jung
kung
k'ung
....
lung
m
CHARACTERS TO ILLUSTRATE THE SYLLABLES. xvii.
N NG NW P P f S SII SaW SYV T T< TS TS r TSW TSW< TW TW< W Y
na
~~m
nah
fi
nai
"13
nan
TT
nanff
nang
HI
nao
,1 ....
J
■rar
ngai
B
pa
p'a
....
si) a
ft
ta
fa
tSd
wa
1
wah
J*
vab
A
pah
....
sab
sbah
10
swah
tah
t'ah
trtah
tsah
....
m
pai
p'ai
11 HI
littf
sai
■
shai
shwai
M
tai
a
tai
g
tsai
ts'ai
ts'an
...
wai
m
ncan
ngan
m
nwan
*
pan
p'an
san
UJ
shan
sbwan
3fc
swan
ft
tan
t'an
tsan
i
tswan
tswan
twan
m
tw'an
wan
....
*
pan
ft
p'an
f"
pang
sang
shan
tsan
3!t
wan
yang
....
pang
shang
shwang
t
tang
, t'ang
m
t'ang
m
t'ao
tsang
*r
tsang
"^
tsao
fa tsie
ts ang
ts'ang
3E
Wang
....
m
pang
p'Sng
ft
sang
shang
tang
wang
I
yao
ngao
pao
p'ao
sao
shao
7}
tao
w
tsao
^gts'eh
i
jtt.aie
VB. seh
A6«M
•^ tie
^teh
"IT
nel
....'
^§"sbeh
...
{J^t'eh
glj tseb
....
pdl
p'el
w^i
neu
p'eu
H
shen
m
yen
ft
ngeu
If
sea
4
shea
....
ft
tea
t'ea
5fe
tseu
ts'eu
1
ffcni
Jfc*
$jjt P'« ! "j?f si
j|shi
....
jft«
^ wi
....
niaug
siabg
tsiang
ts'iang
niao
nieh
....
piao
piao
m
p'ieh
H
p'len
m
siao
....
m
tiao
t'iao
tsiao
'1$
ts'iao
*9
pieh
M
sieti
1ST
sien
-f-shib
tieh
t'ieh
1^
tsieh
ts'ieh
nien
pien
tien
#jtih
t'ien
tsien
ts'ien
[^nih
nirg
-1111.
igEpin
/Ep'ih
npP' iD
....
j^tfih
$£tsib
^ts'ih
@yin
ying
>(Jsin
....
'^ts'in
P'ng
p'ing
&
sing
shing
T
ting
m
t'ing
tsing
ts'ing
*
nioh
sioli
tsion
ts'ioh
niu
m
pia
siu
tin
tsin
ts'iu
yiu
si tin
tit
ts'iiin
?H no
$|ng.
ligoh
^po
Hp'o
^ S o
^to
gfo
^tso
iits'o
woli
yoh
1 it
noli
poh
P'Q»
sob.
m
sholi
p5£
shwoh
*
toh
t'oh
tsoh
fa
ts oh
...
E? sz'
■^p fcz'
Jit ts'z'
~ —
....
jBH-^i'u
jffi^C »«
||f shu
....
115 tu
±t'u
Sttsu
( & m
2J[su
1
....
a>
....
........
.. i
■ ' i
,..,....
stieh
.... 1 .... 1
tsueh
1
....
J IK*.
p
—
i
IE
gtten
1
1 #&
1 tsiien
ts'iien
ts'uh
....
Hi
yuen
F
pull
0$
P'uh
ft
sub
shuh
tnh
35
tub
tsuli
...
2
yuli
1
_ 1
it i
sat
*
shui
*
shun
m
tui j
t - ui
SI
tsui
m
ts'ai
!
! nun
1 1
W 1
sun ;
........
tun
ran
9
tsun 1
tsun
...
yun
1 Jf
ji nung
sung
m
shung
tung
5i
t'ung
tsung
m
ts'ung
yuug
XV111.
INTRODUCTION.
In the Canton dialect, according to the local vocabu-
lary, there are 53 finals and 23 initials, producing only
707 different words to be written in an alphabetic list,
including those ending in ih&juh shing.
In the Fuhchau dialect, there are only 33 finals and
15 initials enumerated. But the real number of finals is
increased by remarkable inflections of words falling
in the upper and lower juh shing, so that Maclay and
Baldwin's Dictionary enumerates 90 finals, and gives 928
syllables, of which scores are colloquial.
The dialect spoken in and about Changcheu, near
Amoy, is exhibited in the -J- J£l ^gf or .Fifteen [initial]
Sounds. It has 15 initials and 50 finals, which produce
8-i 6 syllables, including the modifications of the juh shing;
the number of distinct enunciations in that dialect in-
cluding all tonal modifications, is not far from 2500,
according to Medhurst ; and this is nearly the number
spoken In Fuhchau. According to Douglas' Amoy Dic-
tionary, the variations heard in the two prefectures of
Changchau and Tsiienchau much exceed this number.
In the Swatow dialect, and that heard in the south-
eastern part of Kwangtung, which has much affinity with
the Amoy, the number of separate syllables, as given in
Mr. Goddard's Manual is 074, less than either of the
three preceding. The dialect known as the Hakka
dialect, spoken best in Kia-ying cheu, has not been so
much studied as those, but it has marked peculiarities,
and approaches nearer to the lewan hwa than either of them.
The speech heard at Shanghai and Ningpo, and
throughout Kiangsu and Chehkiang, assimilates still more
to the kwan hwa in its idiom and pronunciation, which is
probably the reason why no native vocabulary has been
published in it. The Bev. C Keith, of the American
Episcopal Mission had prepared a copious vocabulary of
the Shanghai dialect ready for printing, but it was lost.
A carefully prepared list of syllables in the Shanghai
dialect, by the late Dr. Jenkins, contains 060 words ;
and he reckons 33 initials and 44 finals as competent to
combine all the sounds in it. The speech heard at Su-
chau and Hangchau differs but little from that at Shang-
hai and Ningpo.
The lewan hwa spoken at Peking, and indeed with
inconsiderable variations in the provinces of Chihli and
Shantung, has received much attention from Mr Wade.
In the Thin Ching Lu he enumerates 25 initials and 43
finals, and places the number of distinct syllables at 397 ;
in the Tzu-erh-chi, he has retained the initials and finals,
and increased t v o .syllables to 420; which probably in-
cludes nearly all the distinct words used by the people.
It is much less than in any of the preceding dialects, and
not one half of the variety heard at Fuhchau, which is to
be ascribed chiefly to the suppression of the juh thing.
The number of initials given by Mr. Wade is 25 instead
of 36 as in the preceding table, as he follows more strictly
the Chinese mode in the arrangement of words in the
initials chw, kw, hw, &c, putting them under the finals
beginning with u ; which thereby correspondingly in-
creases their number. It is not easy to decide which is
the best way in an alphabetic arrangement.
SECT. II. — SYSTEM OF ORTHOGRAPHY.
If the difficulties of illustrating and analyzing the
sounds in their language are almost insurmountable to
Chinese philologists, the results of the various attempts
of foreigners to do so have not the less proved the in-
herent difficulties of the attempt ; and a comparison of
their various systems does not encourage the hope that
anything like uniformity will ever be attained. In
addition to the different powers given to vowels and
consonants by English, French, and Portuguese sinologues,
when used to express the same Chinese sound, each in
their own tongue, as wiu ou, and u for j5. 5 or WM "? ouen,
and ven for j5£, we have a most troublesome discrepancy
in the modes of writing the same sound in the same
language, especially in English, in which more has been
written than in all the others. Not to quote many
instances of strange spelling, as tadge-in for ^ JV ta-jin ;
see-ue for J^ siu ; 1 dowel for jjfl, hue; taa-maa for ^ J||
1/xma; czzi cio for jjjk Sjfc kileh-kwo ; tar-gam for fc^ ta-
ngan, &c, the more elaborate systems devised fo? writing
the sounds in the mandarin and local dialects, present a
series of perplexing anomalies and variations hard to
understand, and which renders it difficult for a person who
has studied one dialect to learn the sounds in another.
The Protestant missionaries at Amoy and Ningpo have
published thousands of volumes in those dialects in a
romanized colloquial, which they teach in their schools ;
but a native of Ningpo, able to read it with ease and
understanding, would find himself completely nonplussed
if he tried to read the Amoy colloquial according to
the sounds he had learned at home. The natives of the
two cities are unable to converse with each other in any
case, but previous consultation among the missionaries
would, perhaps, have led them to adopt a similar mode
of writing the vowels, diphthongs, and consonants common
to both, before these beginnings of new alphabetic lan-
i guages had been laid.
INTRODUCTION.
XIX.
The embarrassments of recognizing the Chinese cha-
racters when written in alphabetic letters, were noticed
by De Guignes in 1813, before they had reached their
present diversity. Speaking in his Dictionary ' of his
changes in P. Basile'tf system of orthography, he remarks,
"I have just explained the reasons which have led me to
suppress certain letters and to .simplify the orthography,
and now add a table to show the changes, so that readers
can recognize the game words in different, authors. I
refer only to works written by the missionaries, and not
to those issued by other Europeans ; the mode of pronoun-
cing our letters not being uniform, in Europe it is impos-
sible to give a general rule. In the account of Lord
Macartney's Voyage, for instance, what the missionaries
write Kien-long-ta-ouang-ty the English write Tchien-lung-
ta-wlvang-tee. The letter h is certainly aspirated, but it has
not the souud of teh in English ; tho vowel u of the word
lung is sometimes pronounced o in English, but it is then
short, and it is long in lung, when it has the meaning it
has in this phrase now quoted ; the letter h is needless
in whang, for the word ouang is not aspirated. I will
say nothing about tee, for such an orthography is fit only
for an Englishman."
In this Dictionary, an attempt has hem made to apply
one system of spelling to five different dialects, and
though the result has not been entirely satisfactory, it has
shown that their discrepancies can be reduced to some-
thing like a classification, and their vowels and diphthongs
assimilated much more than has hiiherto been supposed
possible. To this end, it h necessary to permit somo
latitude to tho valuo of tho simple vowels according to the
consonants which precede and follow them; diphthongs,
too, mn; t have some freedom as influenced by various
consonants. For instance, in lun jfo and sun j£, tho
value of the final un is altered a little by the initial ; and
when a medial vowel is inserted, as in likn <p, and stien
ja, it is desirable to indicate the change if possible, by a
differently marked vowel. Such diversities as this,
however, cannot all be noted by any system.
In words ending in some diph' hongs, a change in tho
initial will throw the syllable into a new class in ono
dialect and not in another ; thus, la ^ and me'i ||| in
mandarin keep the older forms of Mi and mui in Can-
tonese ; but at Fuh-chau, ono is read lot' and the other mui.
This final ei, unknown in both those cities, in the north
inclines to ei and ui according to the initial, but both
never have tho same initial, as te'i and tut, pei and put.
The diversities and analogies of this kind among the several
dialects will no doubt in time receive more careful study
than has yet been given to them, but the materials are
at present not sufficient to lay down rules or adduce com-
parisons. But I think that this list is adequate to express
all their sounds with sufficient precision.
The system of writing the sounds now employed is
nearly the Bame as that formerly followed in the Tonic
Dictionary of the Cautou Dialect, as far as that is appli-
cable to kwan hwa. In order to diminish the use of ac-
cented letters, the long a in father is written a instead of
d; and this involved the change of the short a in
quota to d; and'.of du, as ow in howl, to ao; the diph-
thong ai, or the English i, is altered to ei, because the ai
represented the broad sound as in aisle; the terminations
id, idng, idi, and idh, have also all dropped their accents.
Other ways adopted by previous writers to express the
same sounds are added, so as to facilitate reference to
their modes of spelling
VOWELS.
1. — a as in fatter; written d by Bridgmas, Godd.ird,
Jenkins ; a by Yates.
2. — a as in quota, variable ; written a by Bridgman ; d
and u by Morrison ; u by Edkins, Bonney , e by
• Maclay ; u by Goddard ; e by De Guignes, Gallery ;
e by Wade j d and c by Goncalves.
3. — e as in men ; written e and i by Medhurst ; e by
Maclay ; e by Gallery.
4-—^ as in grey, or a in sag ; written e by Goncalves,
pe Guignes, Maclay, Douglas; ay by Morrison,
Medhurst ; ei by Wade.
5. — d as in there, or a in fan, hat; written a by Maclay ; d
by Goddard : « by Yates ; a by Edkins; e by Douglas.
G. — i as in pin, and never occurs as a final ; written e
and i by Morrison ; i by Maclay ; i by Douglas ;
i and e by De Guignes, who writes y when it Ls the
medial vowel.
7. — e as in machine, and left unmarked [i] when a
final; written c by Morrison, Medhurst; y by De
Guignes when final ; i by Wade, Maclay, Douglas ;
ec by Bonney.
8. — o as in long, &v aw in law • written 6 by Bridgman,
Maclay ; 6 by Goncalves ; a by Jenkins ; aw
by Bonney ; an. by Edkins, Yates ; o- by Doty ;
£ by Douglas.
9. — o as in no, crow; \vritten ow by Morrison; o by
Bonney ; on, by Goncalves ; o by Maclay, Douglas,
Goddard ; o and 6 by Yates.
10. — 6 as in konig, a German soundly written o and 6 by
Callery ; e by Wade.
11. — u as input, bull, and seldom heard as a final ; writ-
ten oo and u by Morrison ; ue l)y Callery • 6 by
De Guignes, Gongalves.
12. — u as oo in fool, or o in move, and left unmarked [u]
when a final ; written oo by Morrison, Medhurst ; ii
by Gongalves; ou and o by De Guignes; u by
Wade, Douglas.
13. — ii as in June, abuse; written 6i by Goncalves; eu by
Morrison j u by De Guignes.
XX.
INTRODUCTION.
14. — u as in turn or ea in learn ; written eu by Edkins,
Yates ; e by Maclay.
DIPHTHONGS.
1. — at as in aisle ; written at by Bridgman ; ae by Mor-
rison, Medhurst ; ay by De Guignes.
9, — ao like oio in howl, prolonged ; written aou by Mor-
rison ; au by Gon calves ; du by Bridgman ; ow by
Bonney-
3. — a« as ow in rcou> ; written ow by Bonney.
4. — ei as in /iet^l, or i in %/t ; written ai by Douglas,
Bridgman ; I and te by Bonney ; ei and at by Gon-
Qalves.
5. — e 'i as n/i in greyish ; written ei by Morrison, Wade •
oe% and ei* by GonQalves.
6. — eu as ou in sow^e, shorter than No. 3 ; written ow
by Morrison; eu by Callery ; ou by Goncalves, Wade.
7. — e^ as aw in Capernaum; eu by Maclay; ay-u by
Bonney ; ea by Goncalves ; eo and ao by Devan.
8. — ia as in piastre, or t/a in ^an?; written e« by Mor-
rison, GonQalves.
9. — iai and iao, each letter sounded ; written eae and
eaou by Morrison ; eau by Goncalves.
10. — ie as in «esta ; written ee by Morrison, Medhurst.
11. — ie as <?a in fealty ; written ie by Jenkins.
12. — ib as yaw in t/awra ; written eo and e<5 by Morrison.
13. — i u as «» in pew ; written iu by Bridgman ; ew by
Morrison ; ieou by De Guignes ; ieu by Goncalves,
Maclay ; ee-ue by Bonney.
14. — in like ew in chewing prolonged ; written io by De
Guignes.
15. — oi as in boil; written oy by Morrison; oe by Douglas.
16. — oi as owi in knowing ; written ot by Maclay.
17. — ua as in Mantua, each vowel sounded ; written oa
by Douglas, De Guignes.
18. — tie as iu duet ; it runs into tie" when a final.
19. — ui as «w/ in dewy, or out in Louis; written ouy by
De Guignes ; vy by Morrison ; oei by GonQalves.
20. — ui as oot in ceom^ ; written ue'i by Goncalves ; uy
by Morrison, Bonney.
ANOMALOUS VOWELS.*
21. — '?«, a sound like hm with closed lips, as a suppressed
cough ; written m by Medhurst* Douglas.
22. — y ng, a nasal made by closing the nose, a whining
sound ; written ng by Douglas, Goddard.
23. — *» a nasal in the middle of a word as ki n a, or oftener
at the end, as pi n ; more distinct usually than in
the French vin ; written n by Edkins.
* The late T. T. Meadows objected to the term Imperfect Vowels
for the sounds here brought together, saying that " an imperfect
vowel is really an impossibility." In this he was strictly correct,
perhaps, but still they resemble suppressed vowels, and by grouping
them, may be better illustrated.
24. — s£, tsz\ a peculiar sibilant ; the first can be made by
changing di in dizzy to s, and speaking it quickly ;
written sze by Morrison; su by Goncalves ; egii and
tzti by Wade ; si by Edkins ; ss by De Guignes ; ae
by Callery.
25. — ch' and sh', like the preceding but softer ; they are
often uttered by a person who stutters, as if in
speaking chin or skin, he could not get out the n ;
or like the sound made when chiding a child for
making a noise ; written chih and shih by Wade.
26.— 'VA, like the word err; written o^r by Goncalves ; erh
by Wade ; urh by Morrison ; eul by De Guignes ;
ell by Callery ; iir by Jenkins; rh by Edkins.
CONSONANTS.
Of these, only h, k, m, n, ng,p, and t, occur as final letters.
1. — b as in bar.
2. — ch as in church ; written tch by De Guignes.
3. — ch* the same sound aspirated.
4. — d as in dun.
5. — dj as in djezzar, orj in judge; written j Dy Yates,
Douglas, Goddard.
6. — dz as in adze.
7.— /as in farm.
8. — g as in gag.
9. — h as in hung; as a final it is nearly suppressed.
10*. — A c before i and u, a sibilant sound resembling an
affected lisp, and easily confounded with sh ; written
hs by Wade, /*' br Edkins, sh by Jenkins.
11— -^ as in the French jamais.
12. — k as in king, kick ; written c by Goncalves.
13- — & nearly the same sound, but softened and aspirated.
14. — I as in lion.
15. — m as In man, ham.
16. — n as in nun.
17. — ng as in singing; written g as an initial and m as a
final by GonQalves ; ng initial and m final by Cal-
lery ; gn by Medhurst ; gh by De Guignes as initial.
18. — p as in pot, lop.
19.— p* the same sound aspirated.
20. — s as in sand; before », it closely resembles No. 10.
21. — sAasin shall; written ch by De Guignes j x by
GonQalves, Callery.
22. — t as in top, lot.
23. — f the same sound aspirated.
24. — ts as in wits ; written ch and c by GonQalves ; z by
De Guignes.
25. — ts x the same sonni aspirated.
26. — v as in vine.
27. — w as in want, wo ; when it follows another conso-
nant, as chw, hw, kw, &c, it shortens as the two
coalesce ; for this position Wade and Goddard use
u, and Douglas ; written v by GonQalves ; v and ou
by De Guignes.
INTRODUCTION.
XXI.
28. — y as \nyard; written i by Gallery, Goncalves-
29. — * as in zone.
SO. — zh as * in azure.
One object kept in view in this system has been to
abridge the use of accented letters, to do without which
altogether has by all writers been found to be impracti-
cable, consistently with accuracy ; and another has been to
adapt the spelling to the use of English readers. How
far these objects have been attained, practice alone will
show ; but it is not an unimportant thing to the student,
how a word is written, for the spelling insensibly affects
his pronunciation. For example, the word $$ is sounded
Yikejung, or zhung, or rung or zung. by different persons in
Peking ; and constantly reading it in one of these modes
confirms him in that pronunciation, while another mode
will influence another person.
The present attempt to harmonize the sounds of the
five dialects by one system of spelling, has this element
of error, that I have not been able to consult natives of
Fuhchau or Amoy, and hear their pronunciation. In the
brief list of corresponding sounds given at the head of
every syllable in the Dictionary, there are no doubt both
errors and deficiencies, owing to this disadvantage. Here-
tofore, oach dialect has been spelled without reference to
the sounds in other dialects, and this has caused needless
discrepancies, which become apparent when a comparison
is instituted. For instance, the o in note is not heard in
the north, where the o in long prevails ; while in the south,
this last is rather unusual, and has been the one usually
marked with an accent, though taking the whole country
together it is by far the most common, and the o in note
ought to be marked. In the north, no word like
kim occurs, with i ( as in machine ) in the middle ; and
in the south, no guttural n 9 begins a word; but the
short i in pin is a thousand times the commonest, and
should be left unaccented. These peculiarities render it
difficult to adapt one system to all the dialects, and
not employ many accented letters in some of them ; but the
thing is not impossible, and with a good degree of accuracy
too. The greater difficulty is to get those who have become
accustomed to their own modes of writing to adopt an-
other more generally applicable. A few remarks on the
preceding lists of vowels and consonants will explain the
changes they undergo in various positions.
VOWELS.
1. a. — This occurs in ail the dialects ; it is never^to
be sounded as in English fan, hat.
2. a. — The common use of u in English as in sun, to
represent this sound has made it a perplexing one to
write ; and the phrase, " The mother b/rd flutters o'er her
young," shows that in that language it is very differently
written. I prefer a to a, e, e, e, or u of other authors, chiefly
because it is less liable to be mispronounced by the
general reader, except the last But that letter is needed
to write another sound.
3. e. — Along the soutliern coasts, this vowel is heard
alone before consonants, as meng, kek, veh, but northward
it is usually preceded by i, as in lien ; when followed by n
it constantly inclines to the sound of a in man, and even
that of a in far. When used in teh, seh, it often changes
its quality according to the succeeding word into 6 or e.
4. e. — This vowel occasionally occurs at Fuhchau in
the middle of a word, as in he'ng, te'k, before a decided con-
sonant ; and at Shanghai and Swatow, in nasalized words,
as k n e, pen ; but it is almost always a final, as che, me, or
succeeding i or ii, as lie, hue'.
5. e. — This is rarely heard in the north or at Canton,
but in Kiangsu and southward it is common alone, as in
ten, seh, pen ; or more commonly preceded by i as in piet,
pien, siek, lieng ; in all these words its tendency is to
broaden out into Hang, sian, as at Amoy and Swatow.
6- i. — This vowel is always written in the middle of a
word, as ming, kik, lih ; in the latter class of words it
apparently ends them, but even then the vowel approaches
the next [«], so that tih and pih become ti and pi. As
a medial vowel in diphthongs like ia, ie, it is one of the
commonest sounds in the language, and undergoes very
little alteration.
7- i. — This vowel occurs only at the end of words in
the kwan hwa ; but is often heard in their middle in the
southern dialects, as pin, ling, kit, &c, where it will be
more likely to be pronounced aright if accented. I have,
therefore, written it like the last vowel ( i ) when it is a
final, in order to reduce the number of accented letters,
as the final i in English is usually written y as in mighty,
and there is little danger of confusion. Mr. Wade uses
i for both the sounds in tree and trim, apparently to save
accents, and they do run into each other ; Maclay trans-
poses i and i, as I write them, to i and i, for the same
reason ; but in those southern dialects the medial vowel
in the dipthongs ia, iu, iau, is always short, and thus two
sounds are given to one symbol, which is undesirable.
S. ■ o. — This is the only sound of the vowel in mandarin,
and almost always as a final ; but after h, J and p. in
the southern dialects, it often runs into the next, where it
also occurs in the middle, as song, loi, Icok.
9. b. — This sound, as in note, is not heard in mandarin,
but, from Shanghai southward, it is so common that it
has usually been left unmarked ; at Fuhchau it is common
in ybng, sibng, loi, &c, occurring in many words which
have an a at the north. At Amoy and Canton it is less
frequent. To mark such words seems to be more likely
to insure their proper pronunciation, than to expect the
English reader to pronounce tong and toi, as towng and
toivy ; though, on the other hand to and pok are more
like to be sounded like toe and poke, than like taw and
XXII.
INTRODUCTION.
pawk. It is a choice of difficulties, but the argument in
favor of writing o and b as in long and lo, is not a little
strengthened by the vast preponderance of the first sound
throughout China.
10. o. — This sound is not often heard in the southern
dialects, but is common in Kiangsu and northward,
chiefly as a final ; the e in che, a in tsan, o in toh, and u in
tu, each and all run into it in one place or another ; in
Chihli, it characterizes words which have a tendency to
become guttural.
11. u. — A difficult sound to express uniformly, as it is
so much modified by the letters before and after it, and
runs into the next ; it is never heard as a final, but unites
with a as a medial, as is noticed under ua and w (Nos. 17
and Consonants 27). Maclay writes the sounds ?« and u
alike, but they are not the same, and especially in
Cantonese are kept clearly distinct as in sun, sut, shorter
sounds than soon, soot ; while km, fait are like coon, coot ;
in the word sung, the vowel is evidently a prolongation
of sun rather than of bun. Common readers will no
doubt often mispronounce such words, until they hear
the right sound.
12. u. — The frequent use of this vowel as a final makes
it desirable to reduce the number of accented words by
leaving it unmarked when in that position, or in the juh
shing, as tu, tuh, where alone it occurs in mandarin, and
marking it in the middle as miin, fut. In Canton and
places north of it, there is a tendency to sound this final
as b before certain initials, as mo, pb, for mu, pu.
13. ft.—- This vowel sound occurs in all the dialects in.
the middle and end of words, as chic, shun, put, ngiing,
iik, &c. . or following the vowels i, a, e, and e, suffering
different modifications with each of them ; its tendency
is to run into u (No. 11), but the changes are slight.
It has been generally written in this way.
14. u. — This is not found in mandarin, and is not a
common sound. It runs into b and 6 when preceding a
consonant ; it is a common final in. Shanghai, and in
Swatow and that region ; in Fuhchau it also precedes
other vowels as chuu, simh, nguung ; but these combina-
tions are limited to a small district. Some would per-
haps, write it d, which it nearly resembled, had it not
been prolonged as if followed by an r, as in the English
words turn, bird, her.
DIPHTHONGS.
1, 2, 3. at, ao, au- — These three are almost everywhere
heard only as finals, and the two first form, when pre-
ceded by i, the common triphthongs, iai and ico. In
Fuhchau, they are followed by h or k, as in paih, pauk.
The third sound is written ou by Wade, but the risk of
mispronouncing words thus written as soo, hoo, and not
sow, how, owing to the common use of ou by the French
to express a final u, renders au or cu preferable ; the
English ow for au is also liable to confusion, as seen^ln
the sentence, " The row of flowers now flowed to the
toiu-line." Morrison used ow to express'both au and b {i.e.
now and no) in two of his works.
4. ei. — This final sound, unknown in mandarin, is
common in Cantonese, where it is carefully distinguished
from at, but the two seem to run into each other further
north, or ei is changed to /, and No. 5, ei.
6. eu.—It is doubtful whether the distinction between
this final and N o. 3 is sufficiently clear to authorize two
forms of writing them ; at the North the pronunciation
of characters like >j\\ cheu, £j leu, ^ slieu, is usually
quicker than the pronunciation of the same words chau,
kau, sltau, in Cantonese and other southern dialects.
They are very much alike, however, and the chief reason
for separating them was to indicate this diversity, which
is not a fanciful one.
7. e'u. — This sound is rarely heard as a final, and is
most common at Canton ; at Fuhchau the second vowel
is often prolonged in ft, as se'ung, while at Canton it is
also shortened into a, and forms one of the most cha-
racteristic sounds in that dialect.
10. ie. — This diphthong is unknown at Canton, where
the / take its place, as in sin for sien, but reappears as one
goes north. When followed by n or m, it turns into iem
or iam, ten or van at Swatow and Amoy, and ieng at
Fuhchau ; at Ningpo and Shanghai it is again supersed-
ed by in and l n . In all words having this diphthong
before n, there is difficulty at the south in distinguishing ie
from ie ; but at the north this difficulty is mostly confined
to those words where the i is merged in tho other vowel.
11, 12. ie, io. — These two have some affinity, but they
do not run into each other ; both are oftenest found in the
juh shing, and their variations from the mandarin into
other dialects are so capricious a3 to be irreducible to
any rules which would be useful.
13, 14. hi, iii. — The first of these occurs mostly as a
final in all the dialects, but it is also heard in mandarin
before n in a few words ; the second occurs only in the
middle of words, and then is rather a prolongation of
iu ; it is hardly ever heard in Fuhkien or Kwangtung.
15, 16. oi, bi. — Both these diphthongs are confined to
the extreme south, and the latter seems to be peculiar to
Fuhchau ; they are easily distinguished.
17. ua. — The distinct sounds of both vowels are often
heard at Swatow and Amoy, like too-an, loo-an; but else-
where wa (see Consonants No. 27), better represents this
diphthong to the English reader than oa or ua, as they
are liable to be too much separated.
18. ue, tie. — The first of these two is most easily
distinguished from the other in those words which
are in the three first tones, but as most of the
words are in the Juh shing, and followed by the
INTRODUCTION.
XX111.
h, they we in practice nearly alike in sound
19, 20. tii, ui- — The second of these is distinctly marked
in the Cantonese tttider initials like I, t, and ts, but they
everywhere glide into each other and into e'i. In Fuh-
chan, they run into i and bi, and at Shanghai into e, both
of them being everywhere heard as finals.
ANOMALOUS VOWKLS.
21, 22. , m, 'ng. — These two words are heard from
Shanghai southwards in the colloquial ; tbey are really
vowel sounds, and at Amoy they occur preceded by a
consonant, as £ng, Km or hm.
23. n . — This nasal sound is unknown at Canton or
Fuhchau, but occurs at Swatow and Amoy, and more
frequently at Shanghai ; though hardly so marked, and
not found in the middle of a word ; the raised n is pro-
bably its fittest mark, though in the romanized Ningpo
dialect it is undistinguished
24. sz\ tsz\ dz 1 , zz\ — These four are the only forms of
this sibilant ; the first two aro common in mandarin and
at Canton, but all are entirely unheard between Swatow
and Fuhchau. The last two are heard mostly at Shang-
hai, and the regions of Kiangj:u and Chehkiang.
25. cti, sh\ — The characters spoken with these pecu-
liar vowels get their full sounds of chi, chH, and shi as
one goes south from the Ta;;gtsz' Eiver. The apoco-
pated form is unknown at Canton or at Fuhchau. The
Wu-fang Yuen Yin indicates the full sound of chi and shi
as the standard, and in this work they have, therefore,
been all arranged under those syllables, while the con-
tracted form is placed under each character. It is pro-
bable, that of the two forms chi, shi, and cK, sh\ the
latter is most generally heard.
26. VA. — This sound is seldom heard south of the Mei-
ling, and its pronunciation is uniform ; the many foreign
modes of writing it show the difficulty of expressing it
satisfactorily. In Peking, it is often heard as if preceded
by a consonant, as mPrh, vfrh, frh, &c, which is caused
by the elision of an intermediate final, the full sound
being ming 'rh 0|J fig, ivan 'rh ^ flj,/dfop VA ^ Tffi, &c.
CONSONANTS.
1. b. — A common initial at Swatow and Amoy, but
unknown at Canton or Fuhchau ; it reappears at Shang-
hai in many of the words so spelled at Amoy.
2, 3. cli, ch K . — This initial and ts, t?% are interchanged
so much and so irregularly all over the country, that it is
impossible to follow their variations. In Canton, they
are used as initials very nearly according to the spelling
of the Khinghi Tsitien and Wu-fang Yuen Yin, but as
one goes north, they mingle in a greater or less degree,
and many natives cannot tell them apart. At Swatow
and Amoy, ts is heard doubtfully only before a, o, and u ;
but on reaching Fuhchau, it is altogether merged in ch;
both reappear at Shanghai, but mostly applied to a dif-
ferent set of characters, and this interchange continues
more or less along the valley of the Yangtsz' River.
4, 6, 11, 5. d, d.,j,dj.— The first two of these initials
are very common around Shanghai ; the last is also beard
there and at Swatow and Amoy, but none of them at
Canton or at Fuhchau, where such words begin with t
ory. The digraph $ is preferable to the single.;' for
writing it, since it is a harsh form of the softy so common
in mandarin, and not so likely to be mispronounced as the
simple,;' is. At Peking, d is often heard before a and u,
and the initial t often becomes d, and they runs into r;
as da for ta, and rdn. for Jan.
7- /• — This common initial is unheard from Swatow
to Fuhchau, h almost everywhere taking its place ; it*
occurs in all other dialects.
8. g. — This initial easily runs into ng, and their dif-
ferences are sometimes imperceptible. At Swatow, Amoy
and Shanghai, both ng and g are clearly heard as initials';
at Canton and Fuhchau, the ng is just as plainly spoken
in all words, and none begin with g. Morrison and Med-
hurst wrote g alone for the mandarin, but ng is more
nearly correct.
9. h. — This, at the beginning of words, is the same
initial aspirate as in the English words hung, holy ; but
to extend the use of the letter and make it entirely silent in
words beginning with an aspirated d, por t as consonant, as
Medhurst and Douglas have done, is injudicious, owing to
the sounds which ph and th have in English, and which will
always mislead when the uninitiated read them But to
those who have been teng accustomed to the use of /'
final, as the best sign for expressing the indistinct juh shing,
Wade's application of it for a few of the Pekingese sounds
in other tones is still more perplexing and needless. The
characters to which he often applies it as ^ shih, fp, chieh,
^ yeh, &c, are never heard in the juh shing, while he
leaves it off in $} ti, J| u, ^%. t-e, &c. Such use, therefore,
tends to mislead those who are not acquainted with the
local patois, and even to them it is a perplexity.
10. //. — This sound is not heard in the four coast
dialects, in which it drops the sibilant sound, or takes an
initial y, or more rarely an s; it is common at Shanghai.
The digraph hs adopted by Meadows and Wade does not
exactly express it, for there is no proper s in the sound, and
sh i3 too much ; if one puts the finger between the teeth,
and tries to speak king or hit, he will probably nearly
express this sibilant initial. The Spanish x, as in Quixote,
comes near it, and would be much the best symbol, if it
were not that it would be mispronounced by the com-
mon reader, as in xiang ^. xhi 'Jfp, &c.
12, 13. Tc, h\ — As a final, from Shanghai to Canton
this consonant always indicates the juh shing of tho^e
words whose other tones end in ng, as ping, pik ,• hang,
hah In Kiangsu, it is often doubtful whether the word
XXIV.
INTRODUCTION.
ends abruptly enough for an h, or should be written h.
The aspirated initial k before i and u is one of the difficult
sounds in the mandarin, and is often heard like ht, ch or
ks, and still unlike all these.
14. I. — Along the southern coast this initial is often
pronounced as n before a and i; not so frequently before
i, o, or u ; but all over China there is a curious inter-
change of the two letters, which perplexes the foreigner.
At Amoy, I often approximates the sound of d.
15. m. — This letter occurs as a final from Canton to
Amoy, in those words which end in n in the kwan hwa ;
but there seems to be no general rule guiding the change,
«s many retain the n, It is unheard at Fuhchau and
northward, but reappears in Kiangsi. As ah initial, m
often changes into b at Amoy and Swatow.
16. 17. n, ng. — These two liquids are employed as
finals in every part of China ; but in Amoy and Shanghai,
they often lake a nasalized form As initials, n often
interchanges with /; and vy in the mandarin is elided
into a guttural a or o, as v Pan, n 9o, especially in Chihli ;
but this initial is the most capricious of all, and its
changes are irreducible to a general rule.
18. 19. p,p x . — As a final, this letter only occurs in
many parts of the coast provinces south of the Yang-tsa'
River, in the juh shmg of those words whose other tones
end in in in Cantonese, as kirn, /dp. In mandarin such
words always end in n. As a final, j> is unknown from
Fuhchau northward, but as an initial it generally follows
the mandarin, except in Kiangsu. where it alters into b
in some of the tones before certain vowels-
20. 21. s, sh. — These two initials play the same part
among the Chinese as they seem to have done among
the ancient Israelites, and form a true shibboleth by which
a man's native place can be detected. They are used at
Canton at the beginning of nearly the same words which
divide them in the Wu-fang Yuen Yin ; but from that
city going coastwise to Shanghai, the sh nearly every-
where turns into s or z, and reappears generally when
further north; there are, however, many exceptions over
this wide range. Between Canton and Macao, for instance,
the sh is changed in many words, as shut ^ becomes
sm; and just the tame difference exists between Peking and
Tientsin ; yet in Sz^hwui hien, a district west of Macao,
most of the words which at Canton begin with s take the sh.
22. 23. t, f. — This letter occurs as a final in the
same regions with p; and as p always follows words
ending with m, so the t shows the juh siting of words end-
ing in n in the other tones ; the modes of variation from
the fourth tone in mandarin into the abrupt consonants k,
p and t, in the three southern dialects, have not been traced
sufficiently to lay down any rules; at Fuhchau, the finals p
and t are not heard. As an initial, t becomes d in certain
tones in those parts of Kiangsu near the Yangtsz' River.
24. 25. ts, ts*. — These are much interchanged every-
where in China with ch, ch*; and, in consequence, many
words in this Dictionary will be sought for under one of
them which have been placed under the other. In the
regions from Swatow to Fuhchau, it is entirely superseded
by ch, and in Shanghai is mostly used in those words
which at Canton and Peking begin with ch.
26. v. — This initial is heard chiefly in the Yangtsz'
valley, where it begins words elsewhere commencing
with f or w. It is unknown at Canton or Peking, and
the regions around those cities.
27. w, ua, lava. — This letter is employed as an initial
consonant in this work, as in wang, wan. The Chinese
spell words beginning with lew, sw, &c, as ku-wang for
kwang, su-wan for swan, &c-, where the medial vowel is
so closely joined with the initial, that it is more distinct
for us to make the initial out of both. Others, however,
treat them as separate. Wade and Goddard use u as in
shuo ffc, suan ^C, &c; De Guignes and Douglas use o,
as hoang j|\ hoat |fj|, &c. ; but the general method has
been to use w, and regard the letters shw or hw as the
initial. The medial vowel is itself modified by the preced-
ing consonant, and after t or p it is much more distinct
than after k or h; but an Englishman is less likely to
misread a word written Iwan oxgwat, than if it be written
luan or loan, guat or goat. Besides which, as stated above,
the diphthong ua is more distinctly heard at Amoy and
Swatow in many words ending with a vowel as sua, p n ua.
In Fuhchau and Amoy, the initials cW, h, k, I, m, n, ng, p
and s are followed by w; i.e. by this medial vowel, making
this class of initial more frequent there than elsewhere ; at
Canton, kw is the only initial of this kind, and gw, hw
and kw at Shanghai. Though the Chinese divide by the
initial consonant, as ^ *|J to-kwan for jjjjjj twan, their
ignorance of alphabetic writing makes their practice no
guide to our mode of expressing such sounds; and the use
of w is attended with the least risk of mispronunciation.
28. y. — This letter is used only as a consonant in this
work. De Guignes used y to express the final i and
i, as in ky §[* and tsay ]p|; and some others write the
short i in the diphthongs ie, ia, &c, with it. At Ningpo
it has been thus employed, and when the t is doubled, as
in niing, niih, the use of y, as in nying, nyih, is perhaps
preferable. In Peking, some words beginning with y
change it into r before u and d, as rung %£ for yung,
rueh for ft yueh ; but it is an exceptional deviation
29- 30. z, zh. — The initial z begins many words at
Shanghai and Ningpo which elsewhere begin with ts or
s, and forms a marked feature of the speech of that
region ; it is unknown in Fuhkien, and is limited in other
directions as in Kiangsi and Nganhwui. The initial zh is
a change from j in Peking and its vicinity, but does not
extend very far, as it is unknown in Shantung.
INTRODUCTION.
XXV
SECT. III. ASPIRATES.
Those words which commence with ch, chw, k, lew, p,
t, tw, ts, tstv, are, according to our spelling, divided into
aspirated and unaspirated characters, but the Chinese
philologists see no connection between them. Indeed
they have no well-understood name for a hard breathing
like an aspirate, and the usual term [^ ^ is of foreign
origin, which no native scholar can understand without
explanation. In alphabetic writing, when the aspirate
begins the word, as hang ^, hwang ^. it is plainly
marked by the letter h alone, which distinguishes ang
from hang, and uang from hwavg. But if this letter be
written after other consonants, especially p or t, the word
is liable to be mispronounced as phing {Jing) 3i, or
thing |£g at least by Englishmen. De Guignes used it
in words like hhoueng |^, tchhouang jglj, tfisiouan ^ ; but
a Frenchman would not err in this way. He was fol-
lowed by Medhurst, who in order to avoid the mispro-
nunciation of words like thing |j|i wrote it tViing, placing
an aspirate before the h ; Douglas omits the aspirate, as in
than, 5^, phi, fe ; but there is such a risk of confusion,
that they have not been followed elsewhere.
The Greek ? piritus asper [ * ] is now generally re-
garded as a sufficient and easily-written sign, to indicate
the aspirated words under the above nine initials ; but in
cases where a printing-office does not afford a proper
aspirate [ ' ], an inverted comma [ ' ] must take its place.
In this Dictionary, the aspirated characters immediately
follow the unaspirated, and are not all placed in a new
series by themselves, as is done in Maclay's Fuhchau,
and Douglas' Amoy Dictionary. There are 136 aspirated
syllables in the Wu-fang Yuen Yin, not including those
under the initials h and hw, which number 41. In Can-
tonese, there are 157 of the former and 40 of the latter ;
but Medhurst in his Hokkeen Dictionary enumerates
281 aspirated syllables in all, many of which are col-
loquial. There are fewer aspirated words in the Fuhchau
dialect, and their number appears to decrease as one goes
north.
Aspirated words have been classed as surds, to distin-
guish them from the unaspirated, or sonants, but this
distinction seems to be inapplicable in relation to Chinese.
Such wofids are continually changed from one class to the
other by the compilers of general and local native vocabu-
laries, even when the initial consonant does not chance.
If we compare two or three dialects with each other, we
find that the aspirated and uuaspirated words are not
fixed; one drops, and another takes an aspirate, especially
under the initials k and h. Learning the aspirate is an
important subject to the student, who will find it benefi-
cial to read over lists of characters of both kinds with a
teacher, so as to distinguish them.
In some respects they are harder to learn than the
tones, as the distinction is very delicate to our ears, and
is more a matter of memory than of imitation.
SECT. IV. — SHING OR TONES.
It would be better, for many reasons, to introduce the
term shing into philological works upon Chinese, than to
try to explain the foreign word tone when it denotes the
curious feature of Chinese .words by which their meaning
is changed according to the inflexion of voice used in
speaking them. In English we speak of a whining tone,
a guttural tone, a hoarse or harsh accent, but the shing
of the Chinese are quite diferent from such modulations
of voice, which affect only the sound of a sentence or
important word, and not its meaning. There are cases
in all languages where accent and emphasis alter the
meaning of particular words, and some may choose to call
such modulations the tone, and compare them to the
shing of the Chinese, but the two are hardly comparable.
In the Burmese, Siamese, Shan and Assamese languages,
there are remains of the same system of shing which
prevails in Chinese ; but in those countries the shing are
not found in every word, nor do they involve their mean-
ings to an equal degree.
The shing in the Chinese language really partake of
the nature of vowels; and as the vowels in western
languages are constantly undergoing local changes which
give rise to particular patois, so have these delicate
modulations suffered various changes in different parts of
China, till they are involved in a perfect maze of obscurity
and contrariety.
The mode of representing the shing in an alphabetic
language, must of course be entirely arbitrary, but only
three methods have been adopted. The earliest was
that of Fourmont, De Guignes, Morrison, Medhurst, Dou-
glas and others, of marking the vowels with different
accents. De Guignes employed five, as yun, yun, yiin,
yun and yuh, to indicate the differences in the sounds of
M.- flr? r% JS ' ^' anc * ^is series °f tona l accents has
attained a wide use since his dictionary was published in
1813. Dr. Morrison employed only four marks, as chang,
chang, chdng, chdli, to represent ijf, ift, gg, gf|, ^L, where
the upper and lower pUng sh'ng are indicated by the same
XXVI.
INTRODUCTION.
sign ; he left the aspirate unmarked. This mode was
adopted in form by Medhurst in his Mandarin Dictionary,
but altered in fact by dropping the accent for the upper
p*ing siting and writing chdng for the lower p'ing shing.
In his Hokkeen Dictionary, he increased the four marks
of Morrison to seven, but altered their application in order
to distinguish the seven tones in the Amoy dialect ; in
this Douglas follows him. These were written kwun,
kwun, kwiin, kwut, kwun, kioun, kwiin, kwut, to show the
local differences between the sounds of the characters
;g"> if. *I. #. $£> if. ?fr rf . thus us j n s onl - v five
accents to show seven shing, and these not in the same
way as De Guignes had employed them.
The strongest objection against using marks at all over
vowels to denote the shing, is that they materially inter-
fere with those marks which show the power of those
vowels. In De Guignes' Dictionary, the aspirate, tone
and vowel marks are all put over the word ; and Med-
hurst was obliged in the same way to write keen, keaouh,
kee, where one sign is for the prosody, and the other for
the shing. At present, in Amoy, where the missionaries
have adopted his system of marks in their romanized
books, they have contrived to eliminate all prosodical
marks affecting the vowels, except that of o in no, and
o in long, the latter being written g. No tones are marked
in the romanized books published at Ningpo, and of the
two, this is the best way.
A second mode, employed by Goncalves, is that of
marking the shing by a figure after the word, as 1, 2, 3,
4, to represent the same five shing which De Guignes
denoted by five accents ; but it is difficult to understand
why he did not write them 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, at once, and not
use an inverted period for the pHng shing. The following
sentence, — we are his comrades., ^ ffi ^ fy $j ^ p J* is
written uo2 meril xe3 fa t'A ho2 kiS by Goncalves
in his orthography and tones, where the mark for the
p K ing shing in the fourth word t f a would easily be over-
looked. He applied the same five signs to indicate the
eight shing in the Canton dialect, which necessarily mixed
them up so, that no reader could possibly decide what the
figures meant, and get the right tone. Meadows recommend-
ed four figures too, to represent the two p x ing shing and the
two tseh shing, and he has been followed by Wade, because
it is the simplest. So it would be, if there was only one
system all over China. Wade applies the figures 1, 2,
3, 4, to the upper and lower pHng shing, shang shing and
k*u shing, so that each one represents a different tone
from that denoted by Goncalves. The sentence above
quoted would be written in the Peking dialect, wo z men 1
shih 1 t*a l ti 1 liuo* chfi by him, and this comparison
shows the confusion which would ensue, if the use of
figures was extended to the various dialects, and their
number run up to seven or eight. In his Grammar of the
Shanghd Dialect, Mr. Edkins has contrived to eliminate
all tonal marks except an apostrophe [ ' ] and a comma
[ ' ~], as 'lau ^£ for the shang shing and tau'' jj| for the
k'ii shing; but they are entirely insufficient for general
use, and rather confusing in his work. The capabilities
of the printing-office probably influenced his adoption of
such queer signs.
The third mode, which was begun in Bridgman's
Chrestomathy, and has been adopted by Yates, Lobscheid,
Goddard and Baldwin, is a modification of the native
mode of indicating the tones. Chinese authors do not
usually indicate the shing ; but in certain cases where a
word has two tones, with two corresponding significations,
tbey mark the tone by a semicircle on the corner of the cha-
racters as oh HJ, and u t ^. or tu Jg and toh £j| ;, in
these cases, the second signification is the one marked.
This mode has this advantage over the other two, that
the marks are easily understood by the natives, and are
applicable alike to all dialects without risk of confusion.
Though all modes of denoting the shing must be alike
conventional to the foreign reader, only the native method
can be used for both Chinese and English with equal ease.
Thas the sentence I wish to go and do it, — <ngo yao } t tseu
Js'ien Fu' tso\ ( $q |^ '-^ ^ ^ ■fj^', is read -ngo iu }
( tsau ds*in hu> tsb 1 ( $q 3[> ^ s |f £f fjg' in the Can-
tonese, and the different tones of the first and last cha-
racters are as accurately and easily indicated in one lan-
guage as in the other, but could not easily be so by
means of figures or accents appended to the characters.
If figures are used, there ought to be a double series,
employing 1, 2, 3, 4, for the upper pHng, sftanf, k K ii, and
juh, and 5, 6, 7, 8, for the lower pHng, shang, k*ii and
juh, so as to make them applicable alike to all dialects ;
otherwise, as in the example cited above from Goncalves
and Wade, they fail of being read correctly. Native
scholars always call the tones by their names, and do
not number them.
It is a great help to the learner to have the tones
marked on the word, and several years practice has
proved the ease with which the native marks are recog-
nized. In writing the names of persons and places for
foreigners, no one adds marks to designate the tones,
but in a work designed for the beginner, the tones can
easily be distinguished.
Every character in this Dictionary is marked with
its proper tone for the nan hwa, according to the Wu-
J'ang Yuen Yin. They follow each other in the order
of that work, shang ph'ng, hia pHng, shang shing and
ife'fi shing ; words in the juh shing being placed by them-
selves. Underneath each is given the Peking pronun-
ciation in its tone in that city, with a blank space for
the student to insert the sound in any other dialect.
The five tones of the nan hwa and the four tones of the
INTRODUCTION.
XXV11.
Pekingese, are marked according to the same system
adopted in my Tonic Dictionary of the Canton Dialect ;
in which the whole eight are given as in the following
series.
1
±
2
±
m
c ( ]
3
4
1
K
[>]
shang shang sliang- sliang
p^ing shing k*u juh
5
T
[J
hia
6
T
±
Ida
p l ing shang
7
T
8
T
[J
juh
In Peking, the tones of these eight characters are
easily marked by the same set of signs ; —
M 'M %' M M 'P «' M
In all the southern dialects, the shing are commonly
divided into £ Ig: and "f Jff . or an upper and lower
series. They are also more generally called ZJs J§£ and
Jh. §£ 5 tne m ' et term denoting the two even tones, the
second all the others, grouped as the deflected tones.
East of Canton to Fuhchau, the second and 6ixth or
upper and lower sliang shing, coalesce in exactly the
same sound. In the region around Shanghai, the two
series are subjected to other modifications, according to
Edkins, who enumerates twelve modulations heard in
the shing of words, and enters very fully into the subject,
illustrating each one with examples.
The names which have been given to the shing by
foreigners, have usually had more or less reference to their
native names- For instance, the Jl* ^ and "f 2fi. ^
have been called the upper and lower monotone, primary
and secondary smooth tone, upper acute and lower even
tone, and high and low even. Other tones have also
received many names, but as soon &s the learner begins
to perceive their real nature by talking them with the
natives, he naturally uses their names as the ones which
most accurately describe them.
As this work is chiefly intended to aid in learning the
written language, the student is referred to other
treatises* for general and particular descriptions and
illustrations of the shing in the various dialects. After
* Prefaces to Morrison's Dictionary, Vol. I, to Medhurst's
Hokkeen Dictionary and Douglas' Dictionary oj Amoy Ver-
nacular, Dyer's Vocabulary of the Fuhkien Dialect, Maclay's
Dictionary of the Fuhchau Dialect, Williams' English and
Chinese Vocabulary, and his Easy Lessons in Chinese, pp. 48-55,
Callery's Systema Phoneticum pp. 68-72, and Chinese Repository,
Vol. ID, pp. 26—28, Vol. IV, p. 172, Vol. VI, p. 579, Vol.
VII, p. 87 ; but the fullest description and critical examination of
the tones are to be found in Edkins' Shanghai Grammar, pp. 6-70,
and in Wade's Course, where exercises on them are given.
reading the authors referred to in the note, it is probable
that the student will agree with Edkins, that the
Chinese terms <EJ> _£ ^. \ " do not in the majority of
cases, represent the actual effect of the sound on the ear.
When first adopted I bey must have represented the tones
of the dialect spoken by the writer who selected them ;
but when applied according to universal practice, to the
sounds given to the same characters in other parts of the
empire, they convey no idea of the actual pronunciation."
Yet the characteristics of the shing are alike in all parts
of the country. They are not, strictly speaking, either
tones, accents, modulations, brogue or emphasis, as these
terms are used in European languages ; but perhaps more
nearly resemble musical notes, and are best illustrated
by the variations of pitch and time in an instrument.
Mr. Hartwell says, " the thing have five elements, viz.,
pitch, quality of voice, inflection, stress, and time," and
he has neatly explained those heard at Fuhchau by
comparing them with musical intervals and their varia-
tions on the staff, taking the middle line of the staff as
the key-note of the speaker's voice. The note G struck
successively on a violin, an organ, and a flute, for ex-
ample, strikes the ear very differently, just as the voices
of a child or a man do ; yet the three sounds are the
same on the gamut, and the note chords on all the in-
struments. But let G sharp be struck on one of them, and
we feel the discord; it is not the note at all. So in respect
to Chinese shing ; if the right shing be not spoken, the
right word is not spoken, it is some other word. For
instance if a person says ku 3 instead of t ku $£ an
orphan, he does not say the word for orpltan at all, be
says that for "$? old, or [SJ* firm, or j|g 3 to hire, or
some other word, equally unlike it in meaning. The
shing constitutes an integral part of the word, and has
nothing to do with stress or emphasis ; they always retain
their peculiar force, whether at the beginning or end of a
sentence, whether asking or replying to a question,
whispering or scolding, soothing or menacing, — they re-
main ever the same. A native seldom or never thinks
whether he has the right tone or not, but speaks as he
learned it from his infancy ; just as an Englishman has
no difficulty in uttering the words that thing is thoroughly
thraslvsd, which to a Frenchman or Dutchman is well
nigh impossible.
If one has a quick and imitative ear, he will learn the
tones whilo learning characters and expressions, and by
mixing with the people his ear will unconsciously catch
the right sound. Let him net be perplexed as to their
nature, which has nothing mysterious, but imitate the
sounds as well as the words of the sentences he hears, as
he would learn a tune, or when trying to mimic another,
and not try to find out certain rules by which he must
train his voice. The full exercises given by Mr. Wade
XXV111.
INTRODUCTION.
in his Course, or the sets of examples drawn out by
Edkins in his Shanghai Grammar, or similar exercises
made by the student for the particular dialect he is learn-
ing, as is recommended in the Canton Tonic Dictionary,
and in Medhurst's Hokkeen Dictionary, can profitably be
read over and over until the ear is trained to the tones.
It is not difficult for a foreigner to be understood in
Chinese, even if he does misapply the shing of many
words ; but one is almost sure to imitate and learn the
correct tone of the commonest words as he becomes
familiar with them, if he pays a little attention to them
at the outset, and feels that a vicious pronunciation will
be harder to correct, than it is to learn a good one at
first.
The unchangeable nature of the written character has
probably had a powerful influence, in forcing the people
of China to pay close attention to their sounds, in order
to avoid the confusion which would ensue in speaking
dozens and scores of homophonous words. It is abso-
lutely necessary that a language so very meager in
vocables, should have some contrivance to supplement this
paucity, and natural that its speakers should endeavor
SECT. V. OLD SOUNDS OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS.
The Bev. Joseph Edkins has prepared this section, to explain the principles adopted by the early Chinese
philologists, in spelling and writing the sounds of their language ; and to give the sources from xohich he made
out the lists of old sounds placed at the beginning of each syllable.
1. K^angWs Dictionary. — The first source of this
old pronunciation of the characters is the K*anghi Tsz 1 -
tien, where it is registered in the most convenient way.
The system of spelling therein used, called fan tsh'eh |j£
•ij0, can be illustrated by the character sin fa, which is
spelled sik-lim ^ ffi, and the reader is directed to
take the initial s of the first word, and the vowel t and
final m of the second, and call the word sim in the ph'ng
shing. Fah J£ is spelled bong-pap Jifr ^£, to be read bap
in the juh shing. CUm j 1 ^ is spelled de'k-yu "jj|[ jfc, to be
read du in the p'ing shing. Kih ^ is spelled kil-lip ^
jjr, to be read hup or kip. Ma JB| is spelled moJirhia
j|| "f , to be read ma. Tieh |^ is spelled doJtiet ^
%&, to be read diet.
From these examples it is seen, how the two cha-
racters are combined in each case to indicate the sound ;
the first giving the initial only, the other the medial
vowel, the final vowel or consonant, and the tone.
The books from which the spelling is quoted, are the
Kwang Yun Jj| ^, Vang Yun J|£ ^j|, and other works
chiefly of the T'ang and Sung dynasties, in which the
spelling of a thousand years ago is registered. The
remaining specimens of the oldest mandarin literature
date from the later Sung of Hangchau The pronun-
ciation of the Mongol dynasty of Yuen is known from
the Basbpa monuments. A comparison shows that the
modern mandarin pronunciation was then in a state of
formation, and fully preserved the letter m among the finals.
The present Ltaan hiva cannot be taken, therefore, as
a guide in reading the phonetic signs of the fan tsh'eh,
but they must be derived from the values furnished by
the Sanscrit alphabet, as employed in the formation of
the ^ ^}j|, or Sorted Finals, a volume found among the
introductions to K'anghi's Dictionary.
The thirty-six initials there used are to be read with
their corresponding values in the Sanscrit alphabet, in
the following manner.
£d fl£n
g dj, d $ ni
$ b Bjj m
^ v, b % v, b, m
#£ dz >fji s %$ a
$dj,dz Igsh jjgzh
%J 1Mb #1 Bj
The emperor's preface and decree following it dated
1710, should be regarded as proof that the pronunciation
of Shan Yoh •$£ $] is to be taken as the standard in his
to qualify their sounds and vary the modulations of their
words, if thereby they could facilitate intercourse and
render speech less liable to confusion. The set phrases
in which the Chinese usually convey their thoughts, tend
to enlarge this paucity of sounds, and it is easier to
learn the right tones of such dissyllabic compounds than
of single words.
One chief difficulty which is met at the outset in this
study, is the strangeness of having a different modulation
for every word. It is as if one were made to talk up
and down the gamut, and apply do, re, mi, fa, sol. la, to
all his words. Such delicate differences and modulations
would never be retained in an alphabetic language, as is
shown by the Japanese losing them in those words
adopted from the Chinese ; and in the Burmese, Shan
and Siamese languages, where they are heard more
distinctly in many words, they are not general, and
cause little trouble. Practice in speaking, with careful
attention at first to the right shing will soon make a
habit that will gradually become easy ; if the' student
does not It-am them in this way, no rules will materially
help him.
INTRODUCTION".
XXIX.
dictionary. This involves three things : — 1st. That the
pronunciation of the old middle dialect, as still spoken
in Hangcbau, Sucbau, and the adjoining region, furnishes
the initials. 2nd. The dialects of Canton and south-
western Fuhkien, and partially the old middle dialect,
furnish the medial vowels and finals. 3rd. The standard
of comparison for ascertaining and verifying the old
pronunciation as preserved in dialects, is found in the
Sanscrit alphabets and in the old dictionaries.
It should be remembered too, that Shan Yoh, who
framed the syllabic spelling with the assistance of
Hindoo Budhists, lived in Kiangnan, when the court
was at Nanking, and when Budhism was in its most
♦flourishing condition. The transcription of names in
Julien's " Methode" proves plainly that the thirty-six
initials are to be read as in the old middle dialect,
checked and verified by the Sanscrit alphabet.
In reference to the second particular, the value of the
finals is known by comparing the local vocabularies of
the Canton and Amoy dialects with the tonic dic-
tionaries used by scholars in all parts of . the country.
For example, the f|p ffifc or Poetical Rhymes, gives the
finals much as they are pronounced in the south-eastern
dialects, though the latter must yield when at variance
with the tonic dictionaries, as being the older authority.
Thus, jj£ is fap or pap, not hwat as at Amoy, or fat
as at Canton, or hwak as at Fuhchau.
In further elucidation of the above particulars, the
usage of Japan, Corea and Cochin-China may be
appealed to; for the transcription of Chinese sounds
anciently made in those countries, is an index to the
contemporary sounds as employed by the natives of
north and south China. It may be known at once
from these three transcriptions, that the true final of f£~
was p and not t From all this it can be fairly inferred
that the present mandarin is as modern in its sounds as
it is in its idioms and syntax- The _£ Z$. and f HJi
consist of the old ZJ5. ^ split in two ; the sin-ds and as-
pirates go to make up the _£ Zji, and the sonants, liquids
and nasals, the "j*" £Ji. In regard to the other tones,
the surds and sonants have united in the _£ ^ and ^
)fj£ ; and in the mandarin heard at Nanking, in the \_
^ ; in that spoken in the northern provinces, the y^ ^.
has become irregularly distributed among the other tone
groups, but a critical ear can still easily recognize it, al-
though its name is altered.
In the Canton and other dialects, the sonant in-
itials g, d, b, have hardened into k, p, t, and are
distinguished from the old surd series by tones and dif-
ference in pitch. For example, ti ^ (formerly te) is
distinguished from ti jfa (formerly de) by tone at Canton
into ffi and tyf, as well as change of finals into tei>
and ti'-; at Shanghai they are ti and di, the initials
being changed ; but in kwan hiva, both are read ti*'
Method of finding the eld sound of a word in LCanghi. —
Look in the tables of rhymes, for the value of the pho-
netic signs used to spell it in {he fan tsHeh. For instance,
ivang *g is spelt with mo-pong 5^ -ff. and is to be read
<mong; for j£ is in the tables under the initial jg in the
column 0$ and ^ for m; and under the final tang ^* in
the column ^ and =}£ for/>.
The old sound of pHng $| is spelled with be-pang fe
7JC> an< i is to be called <bana. That of kuh >§► is spelled
with ko-hot -£ %t y , and is called kot y In these two cases,
be j$f is found under b in the tables of rhymes, and ko
"ff under k.
The old sound of kia jjj| is spelled with kii-nga Jg 3^,
and is to be called ka\ The surd initial k is found by
noticing the place of Jjf under ^ in page 12 of the
second series of tables of rhymes, and the final a is ob-
tained from the position of j££ in page 1 in the second
division.
In regard to these tables of rhymes, the second and
fuller series is the most useful in helping a foreigner to
determine the ancient sound. The first and briefest is
intended as a guide in fixing the tones, and does not
give information on the final consonants, m, k, p, t. It
is useful for natives who speak the kwan lava, and
require tables of sounds in a transition state from the
old to the new, but foreigners should use the second
series.
The second series of tables of rhymes can be consulted
to determine the initial letters, whether p or b, I or d, k
or g, &c. ; also to discover the ancient tone, which often
differs from the modern, as in de' ffe which was at first
c de, but is now nearly everywhere heard t?\ and lastly,
to learn whether ng, n, m, k, p or t is the final con-
sonant, although there are many irregularities in the last
three finals. But for the vowels, the information given
in K'anghi is not sufficient, for they have undergone
greater changes than would be readily understood from
the tables.
The student must not expect to find in the 'Tang Yun
all the words employed in the body of K'aughi in .spell-
ing sounds. These words are quoted from older diction-
aries, and are too numerous to be all embraced in the
tables, though quite enough of them are registered.
On tlie initials. — The reason that there are two groups
beginning with eh, is that in some varieties of the old
middle dia'ect, words in the first group are distinctly
heard eh, eh\ dj, while those of the second are heard ts,
ts\ dz. In certain cities, on the other hand, all are alike
pronounced eh, di, dj.
The reason that in the series under /, there is an
aspirated f\ is not that the old pronunciation had two
/s, but that / came from an older p and p x . The com-
XXX.
INTRODUCTION.
pilers of the tables, finding that in certain dialects, both
f and p existed as the initials of some characters, and
f and p K as the initials of others, separated them in the
tables. It may be that f was then the reading sound,
and p, p x the colloquial. In modern times along the
southern coasts east of Canton, the / is usually changed
to h.
Initial b occurs in three places. In the p series, it is
the mandarin p as applied to words whose initial was
formerly b. In the sonant division of the f series, it is
applied to wosds now having f in mandarin, but which
formerly had v, and before that b. In the nasal division
of the f series, it is attached to words now pronounced
with w, formerly with m, and in certain dialects with b.
The existence of a double h series, is explained by the
fact of a former strong and weak aspirated initial, as is
still found in the old middle dialect.
The initial j or r should really be ni, as it is given in
the list of old sounds subjoined.
On the Jinals and medial vowels. — It will be conveni-
ent for the student to write the final consonants and
vowels in the margin of his copy of K'anghi's, Dictionary
opposite the tables. In the first page headed ka ^, the
first division reads ka, ka, ka, kak; the second, kia, kia,
kia, kial; the third kie, kiet ; the fourth kiet or kit. In the
fifteenth page, the first division is kam, kam, ham, kap; the
second /dam, team, kiam, Lap. The southern dialects
retain the old final letters, and their local vocabularies
may therefore be used, to get the needed letters thus to
be put in the margin.
The approximate values of the sixteen classes in the
second series of rhyming tables are here given : —
1. — ka, kak, kia, Icat, kiet, kwa, kwak, kiuet.
2. — keng, k^eh, king, kik, kung, kok, .kiting, kiek.
8. — keng, kek, king, kik, kiting, kwok.
4. — kung, kok, kiting, kiok.
5. — pei, pek, ki, kit, kw x ei, kut.
6. — kai, kat, kiai, kiat, ki, kit, kwei, kwat.
7. — ku, kuk, kii, k K ok.
8. — kan, kat, hen, kiet, kwan, kwat, Mven, kiuet.
9. — kam, kiam, kiap.
10. — tsem, kirn, kip.
11. — ken, ket, kin, kit, kwan, kut, kiun, kiuet
12. — kong, kok,
13. — kiong, kiok, kwong, kwok.
14. — kau, kok, kiau, kiok
15. — keu, kieu.
16. — ko, kok, kiok, kak.
2. — The Kivang Yun Jj| fjj. This dictionary has
been recently reprinted, and is readily to be obtained ;
it dates from the seventh century, and is one of those
most commonly quoted in K*anghi as authority for old
sounds. In it, all words having the same initial and
final are placed under one heading, so that it is in fact
a syllabic dictionary. The principle of arrangement is,
however, tonic, all words in the p'ing shing being first
registered, and then those in the shang shing, ISii shing
and juh shing, following each other in this order;
those words falling ander tho p x ing shing are divided
into ( "o parts, owing to their number. The Kwang
Yun, like other tonic dictionaries, is syllabic, though
its arrangement appears to be according to the tones.
The words are, of course, not placed in the order of
our alphabet, but begin with Jung, T|£, tung i&, an
order which has since been adopted with variations in
somo other tonio dictionaries. It seems to have been
invented by the compilers of the Kwang Yun, as it is '
there first found. The Wu-fang Yuen Yin and the
i Canton Fan Yun begin with the final ten.
The sounds given as Old sounds at the head of each
syllable in this Dictionary were ascertained by a skilled
native, who compared each character under that syllable,
one by one with the Kwang Yun. So far as the two
vocabularies were found to be identical he wrote out the
words. After this list was prepared, the old pronun-
ciation was added, following chiefly the authority of the
Kwang Yun. The old prounciation thus ascertained
agrees in most essential points with that of K'aughi's
Dictionary, but the variations caused by vowels are much
more complex. During the formation of the present
kwan hwa, the variations of the syllables became much
fewer; but it is hopeless, probably, to try to restore
exactly the sounds as they were used by the compilers
of the Kwang Yun.
We can only draw an outline expressing the chief
features. The simple syllables used by the Buduists to
transcribe Sanscrit words can be correctly ascertained,
but more complex syllables cannot be restored. Vowels
are the most evanescent parts of words, easily become
modified, and an exact orthographic representation of
their nicer shades cannot be obtained. The following
changes have taken place in their value : — the modern
is from a, eu from u, u from o, i from e, iau from au,
ieu from u, ei from i, the imperfect vowel in «' from
i or a, i from ei or ui, ya from 0, a from e or 0, d
from i.
3. — Old Poetry. — Phonetics. The complete merging of
f in an older p, and of h in an older k, takes us back
to an age contemporaneous with the old poetry. A
great narrowing of the range of the hissing letters s, z,
ts, sh, &c, is a mark of the same period. At that time,
ch was probably lost entirely in t, and dj in d. The
researches of native scholars, and the existence of dia-
lects like the Amoy and Swatow, without an f, and with
a contracted ch and s, tend to this conclusion.
To that earlier era in the history of the Chinese
INTRODUCTION.
XXXI.
language, belongs the dropping of final letters from a
host of words spelled in the Kimng Yun with vowel finals
only. The rhymes of the old poetry require that many
words now spoken in the k K u shing and other tones,
should be read in the juh shing ; which implies that such
words once ended in a consonant.
In the list of old sounds, the words are arranged
somewhat as they apply to the characters found under
that syllable in this Dictionary, but it was impossible,
without risk of confusion, to give the sound opposite each
character with the Pekingese. They represent only
partially the changes that have taken place in the old
Chinese pronunciation, through the elision of the final
consonants from words now referred to other tones. The
sounds are therefore chiefly from the Kwang Yuri, and
not more than 1200 years old. Perhaps when the
phonetic characters have been fully examined, and all
the lost consonants restored, it may be possible to carry
this inquiry farther, and restore the language to the form,
it had when the phonetic characters were made
SECT. VI. — RANGE OF DIALECTS.
The peculiar nature of the written language makes it
necessary to explain the use of the word dialect, which
has been objected to as not applicable to the various
forms of local speech heard over this wide land. Some
assert that they rise to the dignity of a language, like
the Spanish, Italian, and other offshoots from the Latin;
while others regard them as more like the patois heard
in various parts of Spain itself, where each, amidst its
local expressions, retains the idioms and laws of the
Castilian. The essential nnlikeness between the variations
beard in speaking those alphabetical languages, and the
greater discrepancies between the sounds given to the
ideographio characters, will explain the wider use of the
term in Chinese, but certainly does not elevate them, into
the rank of separate languages.
The differences between the speech beard at Canton
and that at Shanghai, are indeed far greater than those
between any of the local dialects heard in Spain, for they
affect the idioms of the language j yet both are still so
intimately connected with each other and the mandarin
in the meaning and tones of their words, and laws of
their syntax, that they cannot properly be called any-
thing but dialects, although three persons speaking them
are mutually unintelligible. A dialect is defined by
Webster, — " The form of speech of a limited region or
people, as distinguished from others nearly related to it ;"
and this is applicable to the Chinese dialects. It is also
defined a patois, but this term as well as brogue, is far
too contracted to describe the differences between the
speech of Kwangtung and Kiangsu provinces. The
word patois is more applicable to the varieties of a
dialect, like those heard at Shanghai, Ningpo, Hang-
chau, and the interjacent cities, where one can generally
be understood at each place, if he speaks the other verna-
cular correctly.
Ths fundamental fact, that no character has an inherent
sound, has tended lo make and perpetuate these dialects
throughout the country 5 and the general ignorance of the
written language by the people at large, has helped to
multiply and modify them still further. It, however*
entirely misleads to describe any one of these as " no
mere dialectic variety of some other language, but a
distinct language ;" for until a new sense be given to the
word, such a description conveys a misconception of the
relation between the spoken and written languages. So
varied are the sounds heard even in one province, as
Fuhkien or Nganhwui, that if it were not for the bond
of the same written medium, the people would probably
long ago have crystallized into separate nations through
their inability to understand each other. It is also an
error to term the written language a dead language, and
say, as Dr. Douglas does, that it " is not spoken in any
place whatever under any form of pronunciation," and that
"learned men never employ it as a means of ordinary oral
communication even among themselves." The exercises
in Wade's Course and the Hung Leu Mang or " Dreams
of the Red Chamber," are proof enough that the kwan
hiva can be, and is written and spoken like any other
language. The conversation of the officials in Peking,
too, can all be written in proper characters without any
difficulty. No one will dispute the remark that no two
Chinese pronounce their words alike, even in any one
dialect ; but this does not weaken the remarkable power
of their written language to maintain the solidarity of the
people.
The extent to which a dialect is spoken, is therefore a
point varying according to one's ideas of what is a
dialect ; but some general notion in regard to the matter
can be obtained. Native scholars give us no information
on this point, for they are unable to compare local
sounds by means of characters which their readers will
pronounce differently ; for instance, how can a man in
Peking tell his readers that %\\ is read ngoi 1 at Canton,
gwa? at Swatow, ngwoi- at Fuhchau, and c nga at
Shanghai 1 ? The kwan hwa ought perhaps, not to be
called a dialect, but rather to be regarded as the Chinese
spoken language, of which the provincial speech in Can-
ton or Fuhkien is a dialect. The fact that it is unintel-
XXX11.
INTRODUCTION.
ligible in those cities, does not invalidate the statement,
that it is understood generally in fifteen of the eighteen
provinces, and is everywhere spoken by those who pre-
tend to a polite education. Mr. Edkins regards Peking,
Nanking and Ch'ingtu, as the centers of its three mark-
ed varieties, and the wide separation of these cities,
whose inhabitants, as a whole, have no intercommuni-
cation with each other, and yet can orally converse, all
the more proves its claim to be the Chinese spoken
language.
In this wide area, the Nanking, called ^ *j^ fjfj- and
jjgJJ cr true pronunciation, is probably the most used,
and described as 3{| f 7 fjfjf f£, or the speech everywhere
understood. The Peking, however, also known as ;[fc *j{j
Wi or M fS' 1S now most fashionable and courtly, and
like the English spoken in London, or the French in
Paris, is regarded as the accredited court language of the
empire. The two most striking differences between
them, consist in the change of the initial k before i and
ii into ck or iA, and the distribution of words in the
juh shing among the other tones. In Peking itself, words
are constantly clipped in speaking, and the finals n and
ng often coalesce with their next syllables, as tsien 'rh
"j^f ]fg into tsCrh ; but such variations and peculiarities
are endless, and do not constitute dialectical differences.
So far as is yet known, the range of mountains divi-
ding the basins of the Min river in Fuhkien, the Pearl
river in Kwangtung and others in southern China from
the Yangtsz' kiang, forms the chief dividing line of a series
of local dialects, in which the frequency of abrupt final
consonants and nasal sounds strike the ear Neither of
the local vocabularies issued at Canton, Changchau or
Fuhchau, give one any idea of the extent of country
over which those dialects prevail ; but probably they are
not spoken in any considerable degree of purity by even
one half of the inhabitants of the two provinces south
of the Mei-ling. Their divergences from the general
language and from each other are almost endless, but
their peculiar syntax, and the limits of their use, have
only been partially investigated. It is this feature of a
different idiom which has attracted the attention of
native philologists, and they therefore speak of the
dialects of Kwangtung and Fuhkien as unlike the speech
of Honan and the north.
There are four well-marked dialects in the whole
province of Kwangtung, but that called the Canton
dialect is probably spoken by more people than any of
the others. Next to it is the Hak-ka |§p ^ dialect,
which has its center at Kia-ying cheu, prevails in the
northern and eastern part of Kwangtuug, and is — owing
to the wandering habits of the emigrants from that
region, — said to be more widely understood. It is the
usual form of Chinese heard in Borneo. The Cantonese
called j§j fj§- or plain talk by the people, is marked by
the rarity of the medial i, from the kwan kwa and the
Fuhkien dialects- Words like lien Jjf, Hang j^, hia "K",
kiak fp. kiok Jp, kiu ffi, kiting ft, kiai ^, &c. become
I hi, leung, hi, leap, hok, yau, king, kai, &o. ; the only
exception to this rule is in the final iao of the mandarin,
which uniformly ends in iv, as liu for liao ~f, hiu
for hiao |H§. Another feature is the frequent change of
aspirated words beginning with h or k, into a breathing
or labial consonant ; for instance, k'i ^, hivan ||£, k*o
jjyf, Hen P, L K oh, |^, JSang J[f£, <fec., change into hi,
fun, fo, hau, hot, hong, &c. A very few words, un-
aspirated in mandarin, take an aspirate in Cantonese,
as hi ;$| becomes kw x d, and hok |£ becomes k*ok. No
such alteration takes place under other initials, but there
is a tendency to drop the aspirate. One feature in
which this dialect, particularly around the city of
Canton, corresponds to Pekingese, is the regularity with
which it retains the initials ck and ts, and their affiliated
sounds sc' and tsz' and the final ng, though in the inter-
vening region of nearly two thousand miles, these initials
and sounds are frequently changed, altered, and inter-
changed in a most perplexing manner.
In Cantonese, the initials ckw, hw, k\ j, lw, nw, sw,
skw, tsw, and tw of the kwan hwa, and the initials d, dz, v,
and z, heard along the Yangtsz', are all unknown. No
word begins with dj as at Amoy, but south and east of
Canton there is a tendency to add ng before words begin-
ning with a vowel, as i ^ becomes ngi ; and to substitute
s for sk.
Compared with the dialects of Swatow and Amoy,
the Cantonese like the kwan hwa, has no nasal sounds, nor
does it ever change the initial m to b, or alter the finals
« and ng into contracted nasals, ascking j|[ into ch n e or
ckien jr|| into ckw n a. Unlike the dialects in Kiangsi,
Chehkiang and Fuhkien, it has only one sound for a
character in speaking or reading, and the number of
unwritten words in the colloquial is probably not one
tenth as many as at Amoy or Ningpo. This peculiarity
of a reading and colloquial sound for hundreds of com-
mon characters, the two running parallel to each other
something like the two sides of a railway, forms a great
addition to the labor of learning to speak and read those
dialects; but in Cantonese, as in Pekingese, there is
nothing of the kind.
The Cantonese dialect has only 17 among its 33
finals, which make the juh shing in h, p, t. These are
grouped in the Wu-fang Yuen Yin under the first four
finals t'ien, jdn, lung and yang, which there have no juh
shing. In the latter work, words ending in u, a, o, e, ai,
and i form this tone, but in Cantonese none are heard
under these six finals. For instance, the series t $gP c ^
§§' H|) is read -Jang, Hang, tang'', t&k y at Canton ; but
INTRODUCTION.
XXX111.
in the north, the series ( f$ ( ^ ffi §j^., is read ( tu, Hu, i
tu, tuh. , where the last word would, at Canton, be
found under the series ( tdn, ( tdn, tan', tdt y The ter- J
minations in the juh shivg at Canton follow one rule. |
Words ending in ng, have it in k, as Jcing. '■king, king' kik ) ;
those ending in m have it in p, as Jam, Ham, lam\ lap } ;
and those -in n have it in t, as ( kon, ( kon, kon\ kot^.
This holds good at Swatow, but at Amoy they are all
sounded gently, and p and t often lapse into h, as if
dropping back into the mandarin. At Fuhchau they
are softened to h, which prevails further north, but the k
is retained, and the in vanishes.
Of all the dialects thus far examined, the Cantonese
is among the most regular. No words are clipped, no
character has two sounds, and the variants in the 33
finals are few in proportion to the regular sounds.
Many books have been written in it by Protestant
Missionaries which are easily understood by the common
people. It is spoken westerly and southerly from the
city even into Kwangsi, but its northerly limits are unde-
fined ; eastward the Swatow and Hakka dialects soon
supplant it, though the people of Hwuichau fu J|C >}\\ tff
use the Fan Wdn as the Cantonese do.
The dialect spoken in Ch *aochau f u j^ if+j fff (locally
read Tieckiu hu), in the eastern part of Kwangtung,
and in the adjacent parts of Fuhkien, is less widely under-
stood than the Cantonese, and is closely affiliated to the
Amoy in its general character. The people of the two
regions can understand each other without much diffi-
culty. It is spoken along the coast of Hainan L, and
is almost the only dialect of Chinese heard in Siam.
A Cantonese, on hearing it, notices that the medial i
reappears, and that it is used perhaps rather more than
in mandarin, as in liap^ ^jjf for lih } , tiat, jg? for chili, &c.
It has many nasal sounds, and changes n and ng into
such, as k n e ]|f for kdng ; or iw ll a j|g for tan ; and often
drops the final k where the Cantonese retain it. The
initials b, g, chw, dj, miv, ngw, pw, are frequently heard,
and indicate its affinities with the Fuhchau dialect ; as the
absence of sh, ts, sz\ tsz 1 and f, 6how its separation from
that of Canton. Of these, sh usually becomes s, se'
becomes sii, and ts becomes ch, aspirated ch* turns into
t, and / is divided between h and p. No sibilant h, j, v
or d, occur in this dialect, as at Shanghai.
No native vocabulary has appeared in it, but a
small word-book has been published by Mr. Goddard,
and a beginner's Lessons by Dr. Dean. The former,
referring to the differences between the reading and
colloquial sounds of characters, says that the colloquial
sound accords largely with the reading, and that the two
are interchanged in a great number of words ; while in
others, the reading sound is heard only when chanting
the classics. In reading aloud, all use the colloquial
sound, and hearers expect no other; and the explanations
made are rather of the thought than of the words
Characters having a reading and a spoken sound, how-
ever, seem to be much less in proportion to the whole
mass than in the Amoy vernacular. In the reading
sounds, the nasal disappears, and there is a tendency to
keep the m instead of the b, y instead of ng, y and w
instead of g, and other forms of the mandarin. There
are only seven tones, as is the case further east • but the
kHi siting is inflected into three modulations called sliang
*fc* Jt £;■ *^ shing ^ jgi, and hia k*a ~f £, of which
the middle one is confined chiefly to the spoken language,
as the characters thus pronounced are mostly read in
the sliang p'ing.
The dialect spoken at Amoy is heard throughout the
two departments of Changchau ^ jjfj and Tsiienchau
J^ *Jf|, and by the Chinese settlers in the Island of
Formosa, who went from those regions. The general
features of its changes are given in the -\- ^ ^ or
Fifteen [Initial] Sounds, which formed the basis of
Medhurst's Dictionary, though strictly applicable only
to Changpu hien ff£ $| |^, lying south-west of
Amoy. Its spoken vocabulary is fully illustrated in
Dougias' Dictionary of the Amoy Vernacular. He
estimates that it is spoken by eight or ten millions of
people, including its cognate variations. In the Fifteen
Sounds, the reading and colloquial pronunciation of cha-
racters with the tones are carefully distinguished. The
colloquial used by the people of this region differs wide-
ly from the style in which books are written, — as much
perhaps as anywhere in China. They substitute other
words or dissyllabic phrases for the single terms used
in books, and vary the inflection of even common words ;
giving them a nasal or contracted ending, or changing
their sound and tone altogether. The greatest part of
them are earlier forms of what is now accepted as the
authorized reading sound, which has gradually become
assimilated to the mandarin ; but some are manifestly
derived from characters which have dropped out of use,
and some perhaps from an older aboriginal speech. A
more thorough examination of the written characters,
and their gradual changes in sound, would probably
detect their originals in many cases, as I have ascertained
in the Canton dialect in several words.
Medhurst classifies the changes which words undergo
in their finals and initials, as they pass into the colloquial
of Changchau, and has given the reading sounds and
colloquial enlargement of every quotation in his dic-
tionary. This difference is so great, that a person only
acquainted with the reading sound, is not able to under-
stand a conversation in the vulgar tongue ; nor can a
person proficient in the latter make out the meaning of
any passage recited from a book not previously
XXXIV.
INTRODUCTION.
familiar to him. This is in striking contrast with the
more precise Cantonese, though the differences in that
dialect between a phrase in the colloquial and in the
terser book style are not small.
The Fuhchau dialect, which is fully illustrated in
Baldwin and Maclay's Dictionary, is more circumscribed
in its range than either of the preceding ; it is not easily
understood out of the prefecture, and is not spoken accu-
rately beyond a radius of forty miles from the city.
Comparing it with those already described, its most
marked features are, the absence of the abrupt finals p
and t, the universal change of the liquid finals m and n
into ng, the absence of all nasal sounds, and the prevalence
of initials with a medial u or w, as pwi, nguvh, mwang,
Iwok, &c. over those with a medial /', as chiu, hieng, mibng,
&c., though the two are constantly interchanged. The
final h is heard plainly from this point northerly to
Shanghai ; and, as it is elsewhere in the south, is the com-
pletion of the series in the/wA shing, of words ending in
ng. There are several curious and peculiar anomalies in
the tables of tonal finals ; as ( tdng, Hang, teung\ teuk^ ;
Jcbng, 'kong, kaung\ kauk t &c. In comparison with the
Amoy dialect, the reading and spoken sounds of the
Fuhchau probably assimilate more closely. It is not
difficult to write the Fuhchau vernacular in the character,
so as to be read intelligibly by persons making no pre-
tension to classical learning. This is done, as it is at
Canton, by selecting characters without reference to their
meaning, to express the colloquial sound ; to indicate such
words, the Cantonese usually prefix P mouth to a
character, as p^fe' for place; and Fuhchau people add
J^ man as ^ to know. In the Amoy or T'iechiu
dialects, the colloquial cannot be so satisfactorily written
perhaps, but even with all drawbacks, such attempts to
simplify the dialect, seem to be preferable to the
romanized books made in Amoy and Ningpo colloquial.
These completely cut off the pupil from his native litera-
ture, and his labor is lost so far as helping him to
read that, while those written in the character do
much to introduce him to the knowledge of his own
language, as has been proved at Canton. The total
failure in India of the attempt to supplant its thirteen
languages, by a uniform system of romanizing them, does
net encourage one to try to supersede the Chinese cha-
racter in the same way.
The speech heard throughout Chehkiang and Kiang-
su shows its affinity to the livan hwa in its gram-
matical idioms, absence of the finals m,p, t, and a general
softness of tone, in marked contrast to the abrupt finals
noticeable in Fuhkien and Kwangtung. But it is almost
as unintelligible to a Peking or Sz'ch'uen man, owing to
the numerous changes in the initials ch and ts, s and sh,
n and y, the prevalence of b, v, dz, zz and z, and an
almost unlimited variation in final vowels and nasals.
Mr. Edkins has carefully traced its variations and laws
over a large part of this area, in his Shanghai Grammar,
and tried to show that the ancient sounds of the Chinese
language are still retained in many places within the
three provinces. His remarks are directed toward the
search he was making after traces of the old sounds given
in the Kwang Yun Jj|| ^jj and the K % anghi Tsz'tien; but
as they are applicable to the present subject, that of ex-
amining the range of dialects, I here quote them with
some abridgment of details.
"Nowhere do we find such an accurate general correspondence
with the tables given in K'anghi, as in the pronunciation of tbe
central provinces. The tones are such, that the dictionary system is
seen at once to apply to them accurately. The alphabetical peculia-
rities of the native tables are found with one or two doubtful ex-
ceptions, to be embraced throughout the following regicn. In tbe
north, the thick series of consonants, g, z, &c. marking the lower
series of words in tones 5 — 8, makes its appearance in Nan T f ung-
chau flj 3g^ }Jt|, a prefecture near the northern bank of tbe Yang-
tsz' River where it enters the ocean. The transition from tbe d,
&c. heard at Shanghai to the t, &c., where the region of tbe north-
ern mandarin is approached, is marked by the introduction of tbe
aspirate. Thus }& changes to fP from rfi>, before it does to ti '. At
Chinkiang, the two pronunciations are mixed ; and there the five
tones of the favan hwa cross the river and extend to Nanking. All
round Hangcbau Bay, the two correlate series of consonants and
the four-tone system, mark the colloquial ; Chusan, Ningpo and
Hangcbau on the south, are at one with Sungkiang, Suchau and
Ch'angchau on the north ; and probably the whole of ChehkiaDg
province has substantially the same speech.
" Passing west from the point where the three provinces, Fuh-
kien, Kiangsi and Chehkiang meet, we find that the tliick con-
sonants partially prevail in Kwangsin fu and Kiench'ang fu, near
the borders of Fuhkien ; but at Fuhchau fu $f£ jNJ jff, a little fur-
ther west, they disappear and are replaced by aspirates. Instead
of di* j-|jj the people say t'i*; instead of ibing «|jK|, they say ip'ing,
&c, through all words beginning with k, p, t, in the lower series.
The same peculiarity marks the speech of Kiaying chau in tbe beart
of Kwangtung. At the capital of Kiangsi, the aspirates are heard
only in the hia p'ing, where the}' should properly be ; and in tbe other
lower tones the words are distinguished from the upper tones, only
by the tone, and not by a change in the initial. North of this city, on
both sides of the P'oyang lake, the broad consonants occur again.
Through Nganhwui, a connecting chain of dialects links tbe broad
pronunciation of this region with the similar system extending over
Chehkiang and most of Kiangsu. This line extends through Ning-
kwoh fu j|? ||] /j-f, but does not reach the Yangtsz' River on the
north, nor Hwuichau fu \% j\\ Jj«F on tbe south ; in this city two
patois are heard ; in one of them, two sets of tones are heard, those
used in talking being distinct from those in reading, and independent
of the different pronunciation of the reading and spoken sounds,
which seems here to reach its maximum. In one tlistrict hereabouts,
three dialects are heard, so rapidly does the speech vary. West of
the P'oyang lake, the initials g, d, b, are heard around the Tungt'ing
lake in Hunan, showing the same system of pronunciation as at
Suchau in Kiangsu, which goes to prove that the native tables of
sounds given in K'anghi are founded on what is now a provincial
system. Of the three abrupt consonants, k only is heard at Shang-
hai ; but at Fuchau ■$& jjfl ' an(1 P are heard with their correlates
m and n, but no /„• final ; at Nank'ang fu f§ Jj| jj>f, west of the
P'oyang lake, ;> and m are represented, but no k or I, and the
finals n and ng are confounded."
INTRODUCTION.
XXXV.
The Japanese learned their first use of Chinese cha-
racters from this region, about A. d. 250; and that
language may still be quoted for many original sounds
of that period ; they call them Go-on ^ ^ ie. ^ |gj
•^ " sounds of the Kingdom of Wn," and by means of
their kana or syllables, have probably nearly retained the
first pronunciation. For instance, H£ {$& is read saku-
ban by them, while it is chbk-bivan in Amoy, and tsok-
man at Canton; f£ jjjjsf is saku-biyo in one, and che-
pe'ng and cha-ping in the other two ; f£ ^£ is saku-ban,
chbk-bun and tsok-mun respectively. The second phrase
has altered most of these three, and the f£ appears now
to have lost it juh shing and abrupt final in China. The
variations in Japanese are however often so anomalous,
that their pronunciation cannot now be accepted as con-
clusive for ancient Chinese.
As distinguished from mandarin, the Shanghai verna-
cular has no sh, ch or j ; and changes s, sh, ch and ts,
with the sibilant h, into dj, z or dz, but not uniformly ; y
and j easily run into n or ni; the k is retained in many
words where the medial i follows it, and sometimes length-
ens it, as king |g? becomes hang ; f and w often become
v, t becomes d, the final k is soft and easily confounded
with the juh shing in h, and the final n often turns into
a slight nasal. These few peculiarities may serve to
mark the most prominent dissimilarities. The eight tones
in the Shanghai dialect are divided into two series of four
each as in Cantonese ; but unlike that dialect, characters
otherwise written with the same letters in the different
tones in Canton, change their initials in the Shanghai to
correspond to the tone. Thus the initials k, t, p, and
#j PS { \ J\ s > sz > ts > tsz > ^d ts\. tsz* and h % indicate the
word to be in the upper series ; while g, b, d, b\ v, z, zz,
dj, dz, I, 'rh, m, ni, ng and n show it, to be in the lower
series. These distinctions are so marked, that in writing
the dialect in alphabetic letters, only the shang shing and
k'u shing need to be denoted by signs. No such influence
on the initial is noticeable in the southern dialects nor in
mandarin, but it facilitates their distinction to a foreign
student. <9»
Attempts have been made to write the Shanghai
dialect (called V-u bak «£ £j or local plain [talk] ) in the
character, and the success was such as to warrant the
publication of a variety of religious works in it. They
are not hard to learn, even by children, though the
proportion of colloquial characters is greater than at Can-
ton. It has been romanized too, and on a different plan
of spelling from that used at Amoy and Ningpo ; but the
trial which Mr. Keith began in 1860, has not been pro-
secuted to any large extent.
Rev. Messrs. Pearcy and Crawford published an in-
genious mode of writing this dialect, by devising a system
of symbols or letters for the initials, finals, tones and
aspirates, which could be neatly combined into a logo-
type, to denote the sound of the words. The writing
somewhat resembles Corean in its general appearance,
and is not difficult to learn. A few books have been
printed in it, but it has never been adopted by others,
and has far less to recommend it as a substitute for
Chinese than the roman letters.
The Ningpo dialect has, it is said, a much greater
proportion of unwritten sounds than the Shanghai, and
no attempt has been made to write the colloquial in the
character. The dialect in that city differs less from
mandarin than the Shanghai, which is perhaps ascribable
somewhat to the greater literary reputation of the region.
At Ningpo, the initials z, dz and t, for s, sh, ch, h\ are
unknown, and no final k is heard ; the frequent use of the
initial ni and final 6, and change of e for a, also mark
the southern city. Its idioms are often unlike those
heard at Shanghai, and more nearly approach the pure
kwan hwa.
The differences of speech among the people in various
parts of the central, western and north-western provinces
have not yet been studied minutely, and cannot usefully
be analysed until more data have been obtained by those
living at places remote enough to form suitable stations
for comparison.
The anomalies and variations in pronunciation and
tones found at the points now noticed, are very great and
perplexing ; but better knowledge of the intermediate re-
gions would probably enable us to classify them. For
instance, the tones called shang pHng and Ma pHng at
Hankow, are just the opposite in actual sound to those so
called at Tientsin ; the juh shing is retained in name at
the former place, but it is not perceptibly different there
from the hia p K ing, while at Nanking the two are unlike.
The comparisons now made are therefore imperfect, — per-
haps erroneous too in some points, — and are chiefly done
to point out what has been ascertained, and the nature of
the diversities.
In order the better to compare these dialects now noticed,
the reading sounds in eight of them, given to the
characters of a portion of the Emperor Yungching's
discourse on Filial Duty in the |£ fj| J| f || or Sacred
Commands of K f anghi, are here arranged in parallel co-
lumns. The first column contains the sounds of the Wiir
fang Yuen Yin; and the others have been kindly furnish-
ed by friends who are familiar with the vernacular of
each place, and probably fairly represent the main peculi-
arities of the reading sounds over the greater part of
seven provinces. It is plain from this table, that though
the characters are not primarily designed to express
sound, their early sounds have been wonderfully preserved
by means of the binary mode of spelliug brought from
India twelve centuries ago.
XXX
I
vi. INTRODUCTION.
•RONUNCIATION OP AN EXTRACT FROM THE SACRED COMMANDS IN EIGHT DIALECTS.
*
! MANDARIN.
PEKING.
i
HANKOW.
SHANGHAI.
j NINGPO.
! FUHCHAIT.
AMOT.
I 8WATCW.
CANTON.
( fu
c fu
cfu
C VU
C VU
cbu
cbu
( hu
s fu
#
hiao 3
bW
hiao 3
bio 3
hiao 3
bau 3
bau 3
hau 2
bao*
-W
'che
vbo
'tse
'tse
'tsie
'chia
'cbia
'chia
'che
%
c t'ien
c t r ien
c t ? ien
M
c tffi
: ( t<ieng
t'ien
<t n i
<i*in
z
<chi
c ch'
c tsz'
c ts
c tsz'
r chi
c chi
( chii
( chi
m
eking
<cbing
c kin
c kiSng
ckying
eking
ckeng
c lft*
( king
»&
ti 3
ti 3
ti 3
di 3
di 3
te 2
i ^
ti 3
ti 2
Z
( chi
( ch'
c tsz'
c ts
t tsz'
t chi
( cbi
f cbu
,chi
fH
i 3
i 3
i 3
ni 3
i 3
ngie 2
ff*
ngi 1
*
s
c min
c min
s min
( ming
ruing
s ming
s bin
s min
c.man
i
5;
c chi
<ch'
c tsz'
t t«
,tsz'
( chi
( chi
( chii
<chi
ff
hing 3
h ! ing 3
t hin
yang 3
b'ing 3
haing 2
heng 2
heng 2
bang 2
ifc
'ye
'ye
f y«
"a
'ye
ya 3
c ya
c ya
: y*>
A
jSn
zhfin
s lan
( niang
cJSn
sfog
Jin
cnang
cyan
#
pub,
pu 3
pu,
peb,
peb,
pok,
put,
put,
p5t,
&
c chi
c ch'
c tBz'
( ts
<cb'
c ti
<ti
ehai 3
( cbi
#
hiao 3
h'iao 3
biao 3
bio 3
biao 3
hau 3
hau 3
hau 2
hao >
#
fu 3
fu 3
fu 3
vu 3
vu 3
ho 2
hu 2
po 2
fu 2
#
'mu
'mu
( mung
( mu
'rne'u
c mu
'bo
'bo
'mb
fl
tub,
4 tu
teu,
tok,
dob,
tuk.
tok.
tokj
tok,
*
pub,
pu 3
pu,
peb,
peb,
pok,
put,
put,
pSt,
^y>
<sz'
c sz'
C BZ
( 8Z
( 8Z'
( sii
( su
su 3
( BZ'
#
fu J
fu 3
fu 3
vu 3
VU 3
ho 2
hu 2
po 2
fu 2
#
'mu
'mu
c mung
'mu
c meu
'mu
'bo
'bo
mo
s
ngai 3
ai 3
ngai 3
e 3
ai 3
ai 3
ai 3
a n i 2
oi 3
^
W
'tsz'
W
'ts
'tsz'
'cbu
c cbu
'chu
c tsz'
^
c chi
c ch'
c tsz'
c t8
c tsz'
( cbi
( chi
f chii
( chi
$
c sin
c sin
c bin
cSing
( 8in
( sfng
( sim
( Bim
.MUM
*
c hu
c hu
c hu
c u
c wu
s hu
4 ho
( hu
i*
*
c fang
c fang
cfang
t fong
( fong
<bw6ng
( hong
bwang 3
cfoBg
£)
s ch f i
s ctfi
Ji
sdj'i
s ki
s ki
ck'i
&
*
wei 3
wei 3
wei 3
vi 3
vi 3
e
bi 2
bue 3
mi 1
i
Ji
i
Ji
$ li
ft
lie 2
li 2
$
ff
%
s hwai
cbwai
s hwai
<we
s we
jhwai
jhwai
t hwai
t wai
m
pao 3
pao 3
p'ao 3
po 3
bao 3
po 2
p'au 2
p'o
V6
1
c ki
( chi
cki
( ki
< d Ji
cki
,ki
cki
cki
*
puh,
pu 3
pu,
peh,
pen,
pok,
put.
put,
pat,
til
s nang
tuang
s lSn
snang
c nang
ineng i
4 leng i
s neng
t nang
INTRODUCTION.
xxxvii.
1
MANDARIN. |
PEKING.
HANKOW.
SHANGHAI.
NINGFO.
FUHCHAU.
AMOY.
SWATOW.
CANTON.
@
tsz' 3
tsz' 3
tsz' 3
z 3
sz' 3
chuti 1
cbu J
cbu*
tsz' 2
m
'pu
c pu
pu 3
*pu
'bu
pwb 2
po }
c pu
cPO
*
chan
$han
than
s ho n
c he°
ihang
than
(ban
4 hon
T>
puh,
pu 3
pu,
peh,
peh,
pbk,
put,
put,
pat,
m
s nang
s nang
<lan
cnang
<nang
s neng
s leng
s neng
snang
£
tsz"
tsz' 3
tsz' 3
z 3
sz' 3
chuu 2
chu }
cbu*
tsi!*
*
J
J
(i
«i
<i
e
i 3
i 3
i 3
^J
cwdi
<w£i
$ we"i
ewe"
jwe*
<ui
tiii
ciii
jwei
:£
fu 3
fu 3
fu 3
vu 3
vu 3
ho 2
bu J
p6 J
fu 2
#
'mu
W
'mung
'mu
'ntfu
'mu
c bo
'bo
'mo
m
'che*
'cho
c ts(5
'tse"
c tsid
'chia
c cbia
'cbia
'che
isr
'shan
'shan
'san
'sang
'sing
( sing
c »im
'sim
'sham
#
c yin
Jin
{ yin
cy&ig
<™g
ring
,im
ifm
jam
( shing
t shang
( san
( sang
( sing
( sing
c seng
s n ia 3
(Shing
l§
ch'ah,
s ch'a
ts ? a.
ts'ah,
ts^ah,
ch'ak,
ts'at,
ch'at,
cb'at,
%
ihing
ch<ing
4 bin
t yang
<y™g
ibing
sheng
s heng
«ying
ft
seh.
seb 3
sd,
sah,
seh,
saik,
sek,
sek,
shik,
^1
siao 3
siao 3
biao 3
sio 3
'siao •
ctfiu 3
siau 3
ch ? ie
siu 3
M
tseh,
ctsci
ts£,
tsSb,
tseh.
chalk.
chek,
cbek.
tsak,
^
weT
weT
weT
'wtf
we°
S ui
jui
i\ii
<wei
2
c cbi
( ch'
{ tsz'
<ts
c tsz'
( chi
( cbi
( cbu
( cbi
c hi
'h ? i
'hi
'hi
Vi
'hi
'hi
'hi
'hi
p$
s tH
t tH
I*
&
&
s t*e
ct^
&
s t*ei
R'J
tseh,
jtSO
ta6.
tsah,
tseh,
chalk,
chek,
chek,
tsak,
/fi&
we?
weT
<we"i
<we°
we -3
s ui
ciii
sui
iwei
5:
c chi
( ch'
t tsz*
t tfl
{ tsz'
{ cbi
( cbi
( chu
( chi
81
c yin
jiu
J u
( yu
( iu
( iu
c iu
ciu
jau
«
s bing
s b<ing
jhin
$y5ng
ihang
t heng
cbeng
s k n ia
s hang
fj
tung 3
tung'
tung 3
s dung
dung 3
tctog 2
tong 2
tong 2
tung 2
R'l
tseh,
ctso
tS6y
tsah,
tseh,
chalk.
chek,
chek,
tsak,
1
ckw'tli
{ kw*ei
W&
( kw'e
<kwo
c kid
'chi
( wa
'kw'ei
#
pu 3
pa 3
pu 3
pu 3
bu 3
pwb 2
PO J
pb 3
pb 2
*
puh,
pu 5
pu,
peh,
peh,
pok,
put,
put,
pat,
|t
cli
Ji
»
*
cli
ilie"
li }
S U «•
iU
ft
tsih,
tsi 3
ft
dsih,
dsih,
cbik,
cbekj
chit 2
tsat,
Jffi
t'ung 3
t'ung 3
t'ung 3
t'ung 3
t'ung 3
tfbng 3
t'ong 3
t^ia 3
t f ung 3
|
tseh.
<ts6
tsd,
tsah,
tseh.
chaik,
chek,
chek,
tsak,
"ts^in
ts%
Win
'ts'ing
'ts'ing
'ch'ing
'ch'un
'ch'im
'ts^am
K
shib,
jshih
sz',
zok.
slh,
sue,
sit 2
cbia t
shik.
$
,ku
( chu
( ku
'l c^i
( chu
] kuu J
ku J
ku*
( kii
xxxviii.
INTRODUCTION.
1
MANDARIN.
PEKING.
HANKOW.
SHANGHAI.
NINGPO.
FUHCHAU.
AMOY.
8WATOW.
CANTON.
1
fer
fei'
foi'
fl>
fi'
hie'
hoe'
kui J
fei'
g
<i
c i
c i
<i
c i
<i
( i
4"
s i
il
c yang
l yang
c yang
c yang
c yang
c yong
c yong
'yang
'yeurig
#
<i
c i
c i
c i
c i
'i
f i
•i"
'i
sgfc
kiao'
chiao'
kiao'
kio'
kiao'
kau'
kau'
ka l
kao'
H
chi'
ch"
tsz"
ts'
tsz"
che°
cki'
chi 1
cbi'
»
*y u
jyii
i u
s u
c«
C U
P
i'
c«
J*
4 ch r ing
jch'ang
s ts'an
jzang
t dzing
jsing
4 seng
jseng
jsbing
A
jS«
jjan
ilan
f niang
J^n
j'ng
s jin
jjin
»yan
is
fuh,
s fu
^
vok.
vauh,
hiikj
hiu'
4 b n iu
fok,
t!j
weT
wei*
4 w&
wtf
we°
4 ui
$ ui
t ui
4 wei
©
sheu'
sheii'
su'
dzu'
siu'
seu 1
siu J
siu J
sbau 1
fe
<kia
<cbia
( kia
( kia
c chio
c ka
c ka
t kia
( ka
l?
shih,
shih >
sz',
sakj
sheh,
se'k,
sekj
8lt,
sbat,
IK
c meu
4 meu
jDiii
,mu
4 meu
4 meu
s bo
mong'
jUiaii
^
t shang
(Sbang
c san
.Bang
cSang
<seng
(Seng
( s n e
( sbang
«
1i
E
li
<H
ai
%
<li
1i
1i
w
poh,
c pai
pd,
pak, •
pah,
paik,
pek,
Fe,
pak,
w
ki'
chi'
ki'
ki'
ki'
kie'
ktf
koi 1
kei'
m
eking
c ching
( kin
<kiang
<kying
.king
c keng
ckeng
eking
ff
«ying
jying
tfin
( yang
lying
t 1n g
« e ng
iy° D g
sying
©
{ sin
,sin
<hin
(Sing
c sin
4 sfng
( sim
t Bi'm
( sam
;&
lib,
U>
B,
lib,
lih,
lik 4
lek 4
lat 4
lik 2
#
c kii
,chu
{ ku
( kli
(Chii
kuii J
ku 1
ku 1
,kii
*
ts r ui'
ts^ui'
ts'ui'
dziie°
Ze'
choi 1
chui 1
ch'ui
sui 5
&
ftf
fu 1
fa'
vu'
vu'
ho 1
hu l
pe 1
fu*
#
( mu
( mu
c mung
c mu
c meu
'ma
0)6
c b6
c m6
z
<chi
( ch'
( tsz'
c ts
.tsz*
t chi
c chi
( cbu
c cbi
1/U»>
teh,
t to
te",
tah,
teh,
taik,
tek,
tek,
tak,
i
shib,
shi>
sz',
zeh,
shih,
sik,
sit,
sitj
sbat,
k
c t r ung
tt^ng
jt'ang
jdung
t dung
jtung
jtong
4 tang
4 t f iing
§
hao'
hao'
c hao
c o
hao'
ho J
ho 2
( bau
bao 1
2r
t t ? ien
(t'ien
,t/ien
,tH a
( t ( i n
t t r ieng
{ t ? ien
jt'ien
KI
Vang»
Vang
Vang
Vong
Vong
Vong
c bong
c bwang
c j
'mong !
S
kih,
jchih
H
jak,
kieh,
kik,
kek.
kekj
kikj
A
f
m
: ,
c jan
ijan
jlan
( niang
cjan
^'ng
jjin
t nang
jyan
'tsz'
yuh,
W
{ tsz'
y u >
c ts
yok,
( tsz'
yoh,
'chii
ukj
c chu
yoki
c cbu
au'i 1
f tsz'
yok 2
pao'
pao'
pao'
po'
pao 5
po'
pb'
po J
pb'
t ts%
c ts ? in
( ch f in
(ts'ing
t ts c in
(Ch'ing
( ch f in
cb ? in
( ts r an
INTRODUCTION.
xxxix.
JT±?>
! MANDARIN.
PEKING.
j HANKOW.
1 .
1 SHANGHAI.
NINGPO.
| TCHCHAU.
AMOT.
8WATOW.
CANTON.
1
<ngan
t ngan
( ngan
(3Dg
c an
c°ng
t iin
iin 3
jan
T
J"
c yii
i«
C U
c«
<ii
t u
S
<u
H
wan 3
wan 3
wan 3
men 3
ven 3
wang 2
ban 5
( bwan
man 1
y*>
( yih
h
ib,
yih»
dk,
*i
cbek,
y*ti
I
tsz' 3
tsz' 3
tsz' 3
z 3
tsz' 3 *
chuii 1
chu 1
chu J
ts^ 1
IT
( tang
( tang
c tang
( tong
ctong
ctong
c tong
ctung
,tong
ft
nei 3
ne?
lei 3
o#
ne°
noi 1
lo#
lai }
noi 1
tsin 3
tsin 3
kin 3
dzing 3
zing 3
cbeng*
cbua 1
chin 1
tsun 1
**
jCh'i
jCh'i
4*
sdj'i
i«
4 ki
4 k'i
&
©
c sin
t sin
( bin
{ sing
( sin
<sing
(Sim
,s!m
,sam
4fr
wai 3
wai'
wai 3
nga 3
we 3
ngwoi*
goe J
c gwa
ngoi 1
*g
kiehj
jchid
k<id 3
jih,
djieh,
kiek.
kietj
kiet 2
k^i't,
£
w
jCh'i
<ch'i
<J»
*dj ? i
$ ki
$ ki
w
ik
31
'lih,
li 3
li,
lib,
Eh.
lft,
lek 2
lat 2
h\
li
'kin
{ chin
c kin
kiang'
c king
'king
'km
Tjiin
'kan
*
( shan
c shan
c san
c sang
cSing
c sing
( sni
<sin
(Shan
18
tsieh,
jtsie -
kid,
tsihj
tsib,
cbiek,
cbietj
chatj
tsit,
ffi
yung )
yung 3
yung*
yung 3
yung 3
uiing 1
yong*
eng 3
yung 1
«
H
c i
H
c i
<i
<i
'i
V
4
if
jk'in
jch'in
jch'in
c kiang
j d Jing
jk'iing
jk^un
4 k'un
jk^n
*
fuh,
<fa
fe,
vok,
voh,
huk 2
bok 2
hok 2
fok 2
£
Jao
Jao
Jao
<lo
Jao
Jo
,16
Jau
Jo
«
c i
<1
H
*
c i
<i
c i
4 i"
H.
it
clung
c lung
Jung
clung
clung
Jung
s liong
Jong
Jung
#
hiao 3
h<iao 3
biao 3
bio 3
b'iao 3
bau 3
hau 3
hau 3
bao 3
ii
c yang
c yang
c yang
c yang
£ yang
yong 2
c yong
c yang
yeung 1
#
t wu
jWU
s wu
( vu
4 vu
s u
jbu
jbo
4 mo
1
poll,
poh 3 '
jpo,
pbk,
pob,
pauk,
p'ok,
pak,
pok,
^. i
yih,
7?
i
h
yah,
yib,
%
ek 2
ek 2
yft;
it
c yin
<yin
<yin
Vang
'ying
<ing
c im
c i'm
5 yam
•M
c tsiu
tsiu
c kiu
Hsiu
'tsiu
{ chiu
c cbiu
c chiu
Hsau
#
,wu
jWU
jW.U
t vu
4 vn
i U
s bu
4 bo
t mo
#F
hao 1
hao 3
bao 3
bo 3
bao 3
ho 3
bo" 3
hau J
ho 3
H
c yung
<yung
<yung
c y™g
'ynng
Hing
: yong
«yong
Vung
n
teu 3
teu 3
tu
du 3
teu 3
tsiu 3
to 3
tb J
tau 3
46
'ban
<han
<han
Tiang
<han
Vong
c hun
'bun
Tian
#
( wu
s wu
$ wu
,vu
$ vu
ju
4 bu
4 bo
t mo
*
bao 3
hao 3
bao 3
ho 3
bao 3
ho 3
ho D3
hau 5
h6 3
J*
hwo 3
hwo'
bo 3
hu 3
beu 3
hwo 3
ho n3
hue 1
fo 3
W
Js r ai
s ts ? ai
Js c ai
s zd
jdzd
4 cbai
s tsai
jch'ai
jts'oi
xl.
INTRODUCTION.
%
i
MAN© AKIN.
PEKING.
HANKOW.
SHANGHAI.
NINGPO.
FUHCHAU.
AMGY.
8WATOW.
CANTON.
<6Z
( SZ*
JO?
(Bz*
<BZ'
( 8U
( 8U
sai'
>
( sz
( ts r i
ts*i
<C h f i
<ts r i
( ts'i
( ch r e
( ch'e
( ch4
( ts f ai
¥
c tsz'
| W
£ tsz'
c ts
c tsz
c chu
c teu
c chu
W
m
Hsung
Hsung
tsung'
teung 5
Hsung
chfiiing'"
chiong'
chong 1
tsung'
®
c shi
W
w
'bz
W
'sii
c su
c sai
c shei
%.
i*
*•
i 1
4
i 1
,d
t ngi
&
jngi
i 1
X
jwan
jWan
c,wan
jvang
jvan
sung
s biin
4 bun
4 man
*
wei'
wei
we?
vi'
vi'
e l
bi J
( bue
mi 1
1
pi'
P^
pe?
b6>
i
be 1
P<?
Pi 1
f
pi 1
ira
,«*
A*
/rh
c'rh
,'rh
i 1
J»
sj"
s*
m
jch r ing
jctfang
4 ts r an
( dzang
jdzing
fwg
t seng
s seng
jshing
^
k'ioh,
ch'iie'
ch% 5
chiek,
ch'oh,
k'auk,
k c ak,
kok,
k'e'ukj
g
c yiu
; yiu
<yu
j
c yu
c yiu
c iu
c iu
u 5
£ yau
H?n
jytf
il*
l«
««
*u
t u
s u
i"
4«
*
c t<ui
<t'ui
c t f <£
( tsiie
<t<e
(Chw'i
( ts'ui
( ch'iu
( t r ui
ffij
,'rh
1*
4 'rh
>
fr
t
iji
jK»
|»
c kwang
'kwang
c kwang
<kwong
c kwong
Tiwbng
Tiong
c kwang
c kwong
£
( chi
( ch'
c tBz'
ctS
(tsz*
( chi
<chi
( chu
( chi
*n
ijtt
t zhu
t U
(Zii
4 zh'
l«
iJ Q
V»
t u
H"
( tsang
c tsang
( tsan
c tsang
( tsang
( cheng
( cheng
,cheng
(tsang
^
W
w
w
%
W
c chu
c tsu
'chu
^z*
m
c su
so 5
%o
c su
c so
Vo
c s6
^6
? sho
m
wei'
we?
we?
wd'
we'
0?
iii J
iii J
wei 1
m
( kii
{ chii
<ku
t ku
<chu
( kii
c ku
( kii
( ku
&
Wii
Wtt
*ufa
Vtt
c ch'
c ch'u
c ts'u
Wn
{ ch'u
z>
puh.
pu>
pu,
Pen,'
peh,
pok,
piit,
put,
pat,
m
c chwang
<chwang
( tswang
,tsong
( t8ong
(Chong
( tsong
chang'
c chong
ft
{ fei
c ft
( M
cfi
<«
<W
( hiii
( bui
cfi
#
hiao'
bMao'
hiao'
hio*
h f iao'
hau'
bau'
hau J
hao'
*
shi 5
sh"
Bz"
Zf»'
zz"
suii a
BU J
6U>
sz' J
I
( kiun
( chiiin
( kiun
c kiQn
( kiun
<kung
c kiin
( kun
( kwan
^
pub,
pu*
pu,
pehj
peh,
pok,
piit,
piit,
pat,
k
( chung
( chung
( tsung
<tSUBg
c chung
,tung
ctiong
,tong
(Chung
ft
( fei
M
( fei
cfi
cfi
cbi
( hiii
,hui
cfi
#
hiao'
hW
hiao'
hio'
hW
hau*
hau 3
hau s
hao 3
#
*
li'
li'
li'
li 5
li'
le J
li J
S H
li J
§
c kwan
c kwan
( kwan
<kw6 n
( kwii n
( kwang
( kwan
( kw*a
( kiin
*
puh,
pu'
pu,
peh,
»peh,
pok,
piit 5 j
put,
pat,
®
king'
ching'
kin'
kiang'
kying 5
keng'
keng'
keng 1
king'
*
( fei
fr
,M
<fi
t fi
cti
( bui i
( hui
cfi
INTRODUCTION.
xli.
FCHCHAU.
hip'
tfiao 3
hau 3
hau*
hau 1
( bang
jban
jPeng
«P€ng
tP'eng
<yu
Yiu
<iu
c iu
%
peh,
peh, .
pbk,
put,
put,
sing'
sing*
seng 3
sin 3
sm 1
cfi
<fi
<H
t hiii
( hui
hio 3
h r iao 3
hau 3
hau 3
hau 1
tse n *
tsi n>
chieng 3
chien 3
chim-
dzang*
dzing 3
teng 1
tin 1
tin 3
(VU
jVU
id
itwi
s bb
<yung
c yung
c iing
V on g
>Dg
cfi
cfi
<H
(hiii
c hiii
hio'
h<iao>
hau 3
hau 3
hau 1
c kia
c kie
c kai
( kai
c kai
hio 3
h*iao 3
hau 3
hau 3
hau 1
c ts
c tsz'
c chu
c tsu
<ck
vang'
van 3
hong 1
him 1
c hun
ne'
irf
noi 1
lo<?
lai 1
M
( tsz'
( chi
; chi
t chu
{ 8Z 3
*z' 3
BUti 1
8U 1
j
8u l i
«a
c ye
ya 5
"ya
*ya
hao'
«P ? -»g
'yau
pit,
sun 3
cfi
hao 3
chin 1
chan 1
s mo
£ yung
( fi
hao 3
t kai
hao 3
W
fan
noi 1
c chi
sz' 1
ya 5
TRANSLATION OF "THE -ABOVE^XTRACT.
Now filial piety is a statute of heaven, a principle of earth, and
an obligation of mankind. Do you, who are void of filial piety, ever
reflect on the natural affection'of parents for their children? Even
before you left the maternal bosom, if hungry, you could not have
fed yourselves ; or if cold, you could not have put on your own
clothes. A father or a mother judge by the voice, or look at the
features of their children, whose smiles make them joyful, or whose
weeping excites their grief. When trying to walk, they leave not
their steps ; and when sick or 'in pain, they can neither sleep nor
eat in comfort, in order that tley may nurture and teach them.
When [their children] reach man'i estate, they see to their marriage,
and scheme for their livelihood by a hundred plans, in which they
weary their minds aud spend tb»ir .strength. Parental virtue is truly
as limitless as high heaven !
A man who desires to recomDense one in a myriad of the loving
acts ofhis parents, mustrealty devote to them his whole heart at
home, and exert all his strength abroad. He must care well for his
body and be frugal in his expenses, in order that he may diligently
labor for them. To "enable him to fully and filially nurture them,
he must neither gamble nor get drunk, he must neither love to
quarrel, nor desire to hoard wealth for the use of his wife and
children. Though his manners and accomplishments may be de-
fective, yet his heart must, at any rate, be thoroughly sincere.
Let us enlarge a little on this principle. Tsangtsz' speaks thus
respecting it : — " It is unfilial to move and act without dignity ; it
is unfilial to serve one's prince disloyally ; it is unfilial to fill
an office without reverential care ; it is unfilial to act insincerely
towards a friend ; [aud finally], to turn a coward in battle is
unfilial. " All these things ire involved in the duty of a
filial sou
xlii.
INTRODUCTION
The same extract from the Sacred Commands has
been written out in the colloquial of the same dialects,
except that of the Amoy ; but the example given in the
Swatow will serve somewhat to illustrate it. Tbe
teachers at Amoy declared themselves unable to write
their colloquial intelligibly. The colloquial characters
used in one dialect are not ofcourse understood elsewhere,
for the reason that they are sounded differently, and none
of them would bo used by an educated native anywhere
in writing even a common letter. It is, however, a dif-
ference in degree only in the Chinese, and not in kind*
from what is the case in every cultivated language in
the world, and its great extent is owing mostly to the
peculiar nature of this written language.
The differences between the style called ^ J!j! or
book style, and $£ fjfj or colloquial in Chinese are not
easily described ; but these seven examples will help the
student to perceive them, and mark ihe alterations good
written Chinese undergoes when it is spoken in the local
patois. Only in the first two columns, containing ex-
amples from Peking and Hankow, are all the characters
used in their proper signification. The variety of words
exhibited in these examples, is not so great as a portion
of some other work would have been ; — the ^ ^ j$£ or
Millenary Classic for instance ; but this popular essay
on Filial Piety suits the spirit of the colloquial better,
and the benefits of this comparison do not depend on the
range of sounda
COLLOQUIAL FORM OF THE EXTRACT IN SEVEN DIALECTS.
PEKING
c5fe
m
m
.A
At
W
&'
<ft
sir
f ±
M
cA
ft
<ft
M
cA
ft.
ft,
( A
SHANG.
M
.A
NINGPO FUHCH. iSW'l
JR
ilk 5
iA
,A
&'
c5c
W
&
^
Ak
Ak
:!£
<1A
fir'
c^
cA
M
ft
4'
c* Jig
<ft
Sffil
IT
*A
pit'
/*
w
S A
.ft
PI
PEKING
if*
Ji 5
£'
J #
ft
It
¥
ft
,4n
ft
*#.
i
IS
$2
ft,
m
SHANG.
^ I JUS | w :
NINGPO FUIICII. .SW'tAC i
%>
m
%
if
1%
ft*
y
cP-3"
'it
<ti
ft,
S A
c 4
^>
^ }
S A
,Hfc
s5u
x
pi 5
ft,
# J
H J
C JBJ
( ^>
W
$?
Y
w
M
CEQ i
ft
w
If,
f® 5
c^a
£ #
^>
£ #
fa 5
is
era
INTRODUCTION.
xliii.
PEKING
HA-NK.
88
<Bfc
<Bfc
(>>»>i
nil
cm
<ft
IT
IS 5
<7
IT
C S
c*
CP£
r
■a
eft
:*
&*
cm
eft
m
M
M
ft>
M
*'
r
ft'
( ^
£3
<s
ft.
Ha'
ft,
NINGPOIFUHCH.
SW TAU CA.NTON
'*
&'
♦'
eft
'E
g 5
t'
£ 5
*
*,
g 5
c^
r
c*FR
c$
I:
c|g
c*
c B
fit
'E
*£
r
(#
c #
<£
g'
fit'
* 3
A
IS
H:
c 2
ell
g*
S3:
S£2
IIL
175
( p
ft 1
»'-
c£
C E
H'-
1f
c£
&2
c#
c£
m
<A
< S3?
ivu>
5 1g
J3
c^
S 'II
'^
w
'E
'if
5 lf
g l
PEKING 1
I I
BHANG
! ^ ! m
HI>UPOFCHCH,
sw'tau camon
fry
.'w'>
3L
ft
m
r-
&
*,
<W
«
M
<m
eft
^'
cfSfc
cfC
%
c1&
Ji
t m
c~^
c £
«l 5
cjS
^ 5
( 4
cT>
(Ota
( m
( w
^'
ti 5
a 5
^ 5
ft,
B- 1
c 2Sfc
ft,
^>
<afc.
FJ
(ftg
cP
ft 1
c^
&
«i
^>
c^
*>
&
ct
Y
c£
( 1
a 5
c^
*RJf
<A
c#
it
c«#
$>
4
S A
UP
( 1
»J»
'T%
s^
(0 3
^>
m
s fi
'te > -
&
cfC
re
c t-
w
c«t
,w
c^:
c«
c7
■»
cfil
TO 2
w
'it
c?§
y
c/L 1
lib
pT
TO >
: 1S
ME
^2
c«t
is
ft 5
cii
m
c§3
3
tit
l #
xliv.
INTRODUCTION.
PEKING
a
&
m
&
&
ft'
hfc
w
M
m
M
cffe
slit
cffe
S A
clfe
it
I ?I ! *
! SHANG. IN1KGPO
eft
S A
S7&
clfe
'4
<4
m
lit
I'J
*
ctf
0,
I'p
S A
*»
«*
'*
m
ilk
u
v
SW'TAtJ;CANTON
11
m
F
*
IS
< H a
&>
>
£1'
Ml
S A
c ?
<£
A ?l
TEXT PEKiNGJ HANK
SHAKG.
* ! p hiii \ m
NINGPO jPCHCH. SW'TAU CiMOS
It
m
Am
cJfE
At,
ft
fe;
c PJ
3c
n
.A
dfe
IE
c>fr
ft
M
m
7S.
M
^ 5
iia
S A
c6»
( 4
W
c 4
W
T
JUL
it
c5c
6i
tf 5
»&
^,
1,
JJ
m
w
T
^
S A
^
ft
'^
i>i^
m>
"Y
^/,
'^
S ^
/*
1«*>
m
4f
^
cX
^'
to'
cA
fir
# > -
tf
«
ir
3?
M
Hi 5
«A
INTRODUCTION.
xlv.
PKKINGJ HANK, j SHANG. j.MNGVO (VUHCH.SWTAl" .CANTON
m m w
«4?
==• ! v r. !
TEXT PEKINT. IIA-VK. | SIIAXG.j MXGPO.FnHCII. ;SW' I'Af CANTON
ft'
ft
r* ! « I -a
c l>
eft ! ft>
^
^i
-JHt 4 :*
III
I> &' W
«+
&'
>
m
ft'
ci m { m \&
<s j Mi.
« 1^ '*
<.m
Z 3 w
IS ! $
tail
W
■db>
fr
*>
^
#
L>5
1 r
*m
B 3
c e,
* if
pi
i iJ7>
' '« ! w j * .'• i * I ar
j I ! '■ ! •« | '* | .* | %_
■ft! «p > m « =fc. ji « !
a
a i
1 £ 5 sib IS 5 JR,
1 ( J«: c* ^>
I eg * *
flK>
eft
A
»
c| ^
ft 3
T
Pt 5 1 & i ^
«'
ft 5
c5£ j
1li
M
if? 1
f PT
Hi
M 1
cA
ct
cil
Si
ft 1
^>.
%
M
M M c* f ^ ' 5 M s^ : «r,
«« ! f ^
w
m\ *
f ! *
IS
c*
c^flj
r
W
xlvi.
INTRODUCTION.
PEKING
M.
7
*
i (
&
*'
Hi
cfln
r
i. MS
m
w
M
M
11
SHANG.INTNGPO
% I lib ! H
TTJHCH. isW'TAUjCANTON
ffi'
M
7&
M
fa
+> i *,
^>
Fv
%
£»
c# I JT
4 #
'*
;#t
c *8
JB
ttf I IT
Jfc
da
<7
J*
3. M
M
41
c>6
M
%
ffiT
Mi
ft
£
<*
w
'«
.I
ft>
i'
#
41
ftt
<&
r i
M
PEKING
HANK. SHANG.
I ^ j fig
iNIKGPOFTTHCH.
SW'T.XU.C ANTON
.2
c J9r
it
*,
.#
ir
Jt
Jul
'£
as
J
4 w
&
to
3
<7
'7
G3>
(.Hi?
x
*
c63
([A
%.
ft,
Pt J
ft
y
^
c '2ffl
"3 s
UP
^^
ft,
^ 5
«,
ft,
~> i m m
x
*'
^ 3
t tt
C «F
xE
# ' #
cS
<»^«
w
Q
7B
c 7
IE'
il"!
m
m \ m>
■UTcA
3E'
<BP
s^a
t*L^
^' #
INTRODUCTION.
xlvii.
! PEKING
a
I SHANG.
NINGFO FTJHCH. CTT'TAUiCANTON
#
it
nfc>
<t
f
*
W
.ft
"ft
J
i
I*
r*6
*,
§n>
<£
M
m
k
z»
7£,
'ft
Jr
W
M
*>
m
m
ft'
m
ft
c 3flt
a,
v. 1 1
ft 5 ! »'
(2 I si
fit 1
n
ft'
• <
m
. $ is
JIJ
ft'
M
&}
B
ft'
PEKING
ell
11
HANK. I SHANG. NINGPO FUHCH. .SW'TAU .CANTON
X>
m
IB.
<m
M
W
m
<=?
<*
w
ft
M
m
M
7£
ft
ft
to
cllf
to
IS 5
M
JUS
*
#
'ft
5 ^
m
jMI)
4u^
>»>»
^
&
fe
*a
cB|J
^7,
^
i*
t/fc.
m
^f 5
¥
11
t
c ^.
M
*
M
m j -
W
A 5
.'LP
ft'
4 5
^ 1
©'
SECT. VII. — THE RADICALS.
When a foreigner commences the study of the Chinese
written language, the characters appear to be so intricate
and senseless, that he is liable to be discouraged at the
apparently endless, wearisome task of learning so many
unmeaning marks. A further examination, however, dis-
closes both order and use ; and although the study is a
slow and difficult one, there are melhods of prosecuting
it so as greatly to reduce the labor. One of these me-
thods is to call to the student's aid as much as possible,
the principle of combination which regulates the forma-
tion of the mass of characters, and by means of which he
can link together form, eonnd and signification. The
knowledge of all these is indispensable to every one who
wishes to become a Chinese scholar, and the fi^t poinl, —
form, is that on which be must bestow the piost pains.
Early associations invest the symbols of his language
with beauty as well as sense to a native, who lias never
learned any other mode of expressing ideas ; and there are
xlviii.
INTRODUCTION.
no doubt a few points in which the Chinese characters
are superior to the alphabetic letters of the West. A
foreigner begins by degrees to appreciate their picturesque
symbolism, as he becomes familiar with them ; and as
sight is quicker than sound, ideas conveyed through the
eye often flash on his mind with a force and distinctness
superior to the slower process of sound. As no gramma-
tical inflection^ are used, the unaided characters serve as
pictures to imprint their meanings on the mind ; and
fancy helping the memory to store itself with these
changing forms, each idea gradually comes to be clothed
in its own appropriate embroidery. Associations of this
kind between the shape of a character and its meaning,
can be greatly developed by special attention, and in time
will become a series of links which will facilitate their
ready use. The short etymological paragraphs prefixed to
many characters in this Dictionary, furnish some material
in this respect, and will help the student to remember them.
An examination into the origin and changes in the
Chinese characters, an account of their construction,
classification, and analysis, with examples of the six
styles of writing, and the development or contraction of
different words, each and all offer attractive subjects for
illustration, and are interesting studies to the antiquarian
etymologist. Much has been written upon all these topics
by Chinese philologists ; and foreigners have elucidated
them to some extent. A reference to the works of the
latter* is all that is necessary here, and a recommendation
to read them carefully. The information there given
cannot be repeated here, but it will materially assist the
learner of the language.
Every character may be divided, for convenience, into
two parts, called the radical and the primitive. Though
native etymologists have not dissected them in this way,
the terms serve to distinguish the two portions ; and if we
except the two thousand radicals and primitives them-
selves, are applicable to far the largest part of the words
in the language. The people never ieara their characters
by any dissection or classification, but depend upon their
constant use to imprint them on the memory, just as
we learn our numerals. Few, perhaps none, of their
scholars ever learn the radicals by rote, and they are often
at a loss to find, a word in the dictionary. When the
radical is obscure, as in £(, fjj! or 2£, they depend on
the list of difficult characters given in that work, to
point out its proper radical
The terms formative, determinative and key, have all
also been used, because the radicals indicate the general
* Introduction to Morrison's Quarto Dictionary ; Callery's
Hy sterna Phoneticum, one of the best works on the subject ;
Williams' Easy Lessons in Chinese ; Chinese, Repository, vol. iii,
p. 14 ; vol. ix, pp. 518, 587 ; Remusat's Grammaire Chinoise ;
Edkins* China's Place in Philology.
meaning of a large portion of the characters. These
names are in some respects more accurate than radical,
but have not come into general use. Their number has
been fixed at 214 for about four centuries ; and those wbo
selected them out of the previous collections of 544 and
360, probably deemed it necessary to reduce them to a
manageable number. In doing so, the natural order
yielded to the artificial, so that a few incongruous groups
like those under J-, fc —, )\j, &c, could not be
avoided.
The Rev. J. A. Goncalves, in his Diccionario China-
Portuguez, further reduced the number to 127, bat this
diminution has proved to be only an additional labor to
all who use that book. His plan also involved an al-
phabetic arrangement, by which radicals having the same
number of strokes, were arranged in a regular sequence.
He made the letters, by taking the nine component parts
of the character ^, which the Chinese regard as com-
bining in itself all the strokes used in writing, and mak-
ing them into the following series > — • ~J J £j | J
/ ^- Characters having altogether the same number of
strokes, are arranged in this system, so that their first stroke
is one of these letters. Thus among characters having four
strokes, =[•, ^, jj|, ^f , r$», would follow each other in
this order. The last three strokes never occurring at
the beginning of a character, reduces the whole prac-
tically to six letters.
In the Arte China, he has classified 1412 of the com-
monest characters in this manner, adding the radical to
each ; but the plan nearly breaks down even in this
small number, and if extended to the whole language,
would prove to be quite impracticable. This ingenious
mode of arrangement is perfectly artificial ; and in this
respect inferior to that by radicals, as it hides the natural
grouping which results from using them, and the student
loses that important aid to learning the characters.
The native namefor radicals is t^ffi or Class characters ;
and a reference to the classified list on page 1153 will
show the general groups selected as classes. The student
is strongly recommended to commit them, so as to repeat
them in their proper order and write them correctly, as
the first thing he does. It is not necessary to learn tbem
by their number, any more than it is the letters of an
alphabet ; but it is well to divide them into groups by
the number of their strokes. Mr. Wade sorts tbem into 137 _
colloquial, 30 classical, and 47 obsolete radicals ; — rather
a fanciful division, which has reference chiefly to the very
useful exercises he gives to make them familiar ; the
obsolete ones are nearly the same as those marked with
a C in the list on pages 1151 — 53. A rearrangement of
some groups would improve them, no doubt ; and a few
new radicals, as f} red, T|f a faggot, |j| mulberry, or *j|
hemp, might be added ; but long usage, and their ad op-
INTRODUCTION.
xlix.
tion in K'anghi, compels one to take tbem as they now
stand.
It appears from researches into the cuneiform language,
that it also possessed something like the Chinese radicals.
" Certain classes of words," says Eawlinson, speaking of
the language of the Assyrians, w have a sign prefixed or
suffixed to them, more commonly the former, by which
their general character is indicated. The names of gods,
of men, of cities, of tribes, of wild animals, of domestic
animals, of metals, of months, of the points of the compass,
and of dignities, are thus accompanied. The sign prefixed
or suffixed may have originally represented a word, but
when used in the way here spoken of, it is believed that
it was not sounded, but served simply to indicate to the
reader the sort of word which was placed before him. Thus
a single perpendicular wedge Y indicates that the next
word will be the name of a man ; and a wedge preceded
by two horizontal ones »Y tells us to expect the appella-
tive of a god ; while other more complicated combinations
are used in the remaining instances. There are ten or
twelve characters of this description." — Rawlinsorts Five
Ancient Monarchies, Vol. I., page 270.
It may be surmised, that the use of such signs
arose at a time, when the written language of the
Assyrians was in a transition state between the symbolical
and the alphabetic; and if they had been neighbors
of the Chinese, they might have adopted the former.
Chinese philologists have looked upon the radicals
chiefly as expedients to facilitate the arrangement and
search for characters ; and have applied their efforts rather
to illustrate the composition and origin of the characters
themselves. In the |$J ^, they are arranged in six
classes, and under each class, the supposed number of
characters belonging to it is stated, with much information
about their origin and changes.
1. Imitative symbols or ^ ^f£ like ^ moon, 608.
2. Indicative symbols or ^ ^ like j— three, 107.
3. Symbols combining ideas or ^ ^ like jjj. tears, 740.
4. Inverted symbols or ^ /j"£ like j£ standing, 372.
5. Syllabic symbols or Jf£ )|g like g| a carp, 21,810.
6. Metaphoric symbols or f§| f§f like >fr mind, 598.
It may be inferred, therefore, that the 2425 characters
comprised in five of these classes, include nearly or quite
all the ancient and original characters in the language ;
and that it is by the combination of a radical and phonetic,
that the vast majority of the words in the language have
been formed. The introduction of printing and the
compilation of dictionaries, have given more uniformity
and certainty to the characters, and there is now no
difficulty in ascertaining the correct forms. In a few
cases, slight variations, as J^ and ^, constitute different
words ; in other cases, a change in the arrangement of
the parts, as ijl^j and J^, makes two different words.
The radicals rarely indicate the sounds of the characters
placed under them, but usually refer to their meanings,
and are generally quite conspicuous. Their position,
contractions and interchanges, are described in the fol-
lowing list, in which this analysis is confined to those
points which are of the most service to the student. The
interchange of radicals without altering the signification
of the character, as JJjj and #g, or fift and j|| &c, occurs
mostly when the two are analogous. Thus, the radicals
)fr heart and ^J stone would never be interchanged ; but
the last might naturally be altered to 3£ gem or jfa tile,
and the first to A imn - As a rule, the primitives inter-
change most frequently, but the alterations in radicals
are most perplexing.
The different position of the two parts sometimes alters
the meaning and sound of the word ; this is seen in li
jj|t to step on stones in crossing water ; tan ^ to thump,
as a vessel (a Canton word) ; t % oh \fi to chip ; and tmh
^ an old form of j$fc water dashing against stones.
In other cases, as in lah $& and yih jj|jj the sounds
of the characters alter by the transposition of their
component parts, while their meaning, to fly, to soar, does
not alter ; but yih §| to-morrow, differs in both sound
and sense. These and other changes are among the
curiosities of the language.
As tho characters selected for radicals, comprise only
a small portion of the original characters of the language,
the rest must be distributed under these radicals. When
the radical constitutes an integral part of a character, as
in «^, ^, t]5, 3|f, &c, it is said to be in combination; for
if it be taken away, the remainder has no meaning. When
it is formed of a radical and a primitive, as in $£ jjtj*
or |j|, the two are described as in composition.
When the radicals have been learned, it is a good
practice to make them familiar by constructing sentences,
such as are furnished in Wade's Course, or Williams'
Easy Lessons. In doing so, the benefit of writing them
repeatedly cannot be too much insisted on ; for our
habit, when learning western languages, to pay attention
chiefly to sounds as expressing ideas, makes us soon
weary in learning complex forms like the Chinese ideo-
graphs. Some persons gradually give up studying the
written language, and content themselves with speaking
only, and thus by degrees lose even their acquaintance
with books.
In the following list, the contractions, and the C pre-
fixed to those radicals which are used only in combina-
tion, are not inserted, as they are given in the Index list.
The word primitive is here used merely with reference
to the list in the next section ; and the application of the
remarks on each radical can be best seen, by referring to
the General Index.
INTRODUCTION.
TABLE OF RADICALS.
Showing the position, changes and influence of each on its compounds, xvith an analysis of each group.
ONE STROKE.
l Of this incongruous group of characters, about a dozen
Yihy are primitives ; this and the next seven groups contain
many original forms.
(2 This radical passes through the middle of the other
<Kwun strokes in most of the characters, which have no simi-
larity of meaning.
3 This radical is rather prominent ; but of the characters
• { Chu on iy two are in common use.
I 4 This radical is the first stroke in nearly all its incon-
J f"ieh t gruous compounds, most of the common ones being
primitives.
-j 6 This is usually found on the right side like a hook, as in
Cu Yih, ^ . k ut t i, ere ; s n0 relationship in meaning among
the compounds.
J* This leads the most incongruous group in the language ;
K vefl > j t contains "-J*. 3§£ and ~J\ which are common primi-
tives ; in others, their little use renders the difficulty
of finding them less important.
TWO STROKE8.
All the common characters are primitives ; it some-
times incloses the other strokes as £., or is put below
as in $£■, or on the left as in •%•
This radical is placed on top, as <§C ' & was adopted
merely to group together several incongruous and early
forms, as the lower half never forms another radical.
A 8 This group, with the exception of a few primitives, as
i ^ Sn in fy and ]\> &c, is a natural one; the compounds
denote the actions, &c. of man ; the radical is usually
contracted on the left side, as f§ ; in others astride as
"3- ; it is described as & A jH and H jfc A)
or single-stand man, to distinguish it from No. 60 y\ •
This is placed underneath, as jfc, &c, and is distin-
guished from No. 16 by a separation of the strokes ; its
compounds are not readily recognized, the upper part
being another radical in a few, or else in combination
as H, 5 they have no likeness of meaning.
This and No. 9 are distinguished by this being placed
on top as ^, or in the middle as f$J ', the meanings
are incongruous, and all the common characters are
primitives.
This radical is placed above as in >fit' or below as in jfc ;
some practice is required to recognize it in the com-
pounds, which have no common significance.
The largest part of tliis group is really under its com-
<*'*"%ound ^] a cap, which being similar to «%>
renders it difficult to distinguish ~fc and pfj ; in many
others, as ^ and flftj it is in combination.
Jf, This radical called ^ ^ 3^5 « bald-precious cover,
' lies over the other strokes, and does not envelope them
like the last ; there is some relationship to its meaning in
a part of the characters.
— > 'Rli>
'iT'cu
)u l Jan
7^juh>
A
n
12
Pah,
13
A
U
7J
H
c
u
+
h
V
r
16
18
<Tao
19
,Pa»
21
<Pi
x * This is usually placed on the left, and all its compounds
t Ptng re f er to cold, wintry, &c, forming a natural group ; it
is described as jfl ffpj ^jC i.e. two-dot water, and
several characters are interchanged with No. 85.
This is distinguished from No. 10 JL by its inclosing
the other strokes in about ludf the compounds ; in the
rest it is underneath, or on the right.
*7 Here the radical incloses and supports the other strokes,
A «« the opposite of No. 13 ; the characters have no likeness
of meaning, and their place is not at first efcsily
recognized.
The contracted form, called \$\ JJ j& knife at-side,
is always placed on the right side, as in JlJ J but the
regular form is placed below, as in yy j the group has
reference to cutting, severity, and uses of weapons, form-
ing a natural collection.
In a few cases, as 5§S this radical is put below, hut it
is easily distinguished from the last by not being con-
tracted ; the compounds relate to strength, fatigue, vio-
lence, &c. ; several hybrid characters, as j^ occur
among them.
In nearly every character, pao incloses all the right side
of the other strokes as SjJ $ they refer mostly to ideas
of enveloping, bending, &c.
An incongruous group, both in form and meaning ; the
radical is usually on the right side, but sometimes on
top ; the most common characters are primitives.
32 The upper stroke is detached and shorter than in the
tFang nex t ; in both groups the primitive is inclosed within the
radical, which depicts a place in which things can be
concealed ; it is called \% ill 5i or tne P^ket-
fence ; the compounds denote chests, coffers, or drawers.
The upper stroke in this radical projects ; the compounds
mostly mean to store, and many of them are in com-
mon use.
84 Nearly all the common characters under this radical are
Shih) primitives, and it is placed in all parts ; the meanings
are unlike, therefore, and some practice is needed to find
them.
This radical is mostly found on top as fjjj or on the
right side ; the group contains many ancient forms, and
all partake somewhat of its meaning.
This radical, when on the right side as in most cases,
'resembles No. 163, as hi y$ ', when at the bottom,
it is like No. 49 as 2j§f ; most of its common compounds
are primitives.
Some likeness is seen among the characters here, which
refer to protection, shelter, &c. ; it is known as ^ <fjj§
p^, or \he bale side dodge, alluding to No. 53 )i
with which it is often interchanged.
In this group, the radical is in combination as in 2j, or
repeated as in <gj^, and not placed uniformly ; the
compounds are unusual and heterogeneous.
23
26
Puk,
26
Tsieh
27
Han*
28
(Sz'
INTRODUCTION.
li.
29
Yiu>
This occurs usually on the right side as ,/§£, or under-
neath ; the common characters are primitives, showing
traces of its meaning, and several have yfe for their
radical, making many hybrid forms now obsolete.
THREE STROKES.
This is usually found on the left side ; when it is at the
bottom or in combination, as &, %$ or jg^, the character
is probably an original one ; it is employed to indicate
that the character is used phonetically, as Vj}H l^F for
coffee, and many words under it in Kanghi's Dictionary
are of this kind ; voice, names, actions of the mouth, &c.
are the general meanings ; many are onomatapoetic.
P^ 1 . • In this group, the radical incloses the primitive, as [gj 5
1 B * the compounds mostly allude to surrounding, shutting
in, &c.
±32 T'u is placed on the left or underneath ; the group
c T'u generally relates to things and kinds of earth ; several
characters are interchanged with No. 150 •£• and No.
170 JpL, a few with No. 85 ^JC and No. 112 ^ ; the
radical is called $j ;£ j^ kieking-earth at-side, in allu-
sion to its shape.
_■ 33 'f his has a long upper stroke, and is placed at the top
Z ' as in if|, by which it can be distinguished from the
preceding ; the group is incongruous, and the common
words are all primitives.
f* 3 * This also is found on the top, and its transverse stroke
2C Chi* begins within the left one, which distinguishes it from
the next.
ju 36 The transverse stroke projects, and it is placed under-
^ < neath as in J£ ; the characters are mostly obsolete.
ht 3* More than half these characters are formed of another
.7 Sih t ra( jj ca i ^ ? < IS ^ ; their meanings are incongruous,
though ideas of number appear in a large proportion.
I 37 This radical enters so much into combination that its
'\ Ta compounds are rather puzzling, as ;X> and M ' tne y
have little affinity in meaniug, and a large part are
primitives ; it is mostly placed on the top.
-fa ( ®* Usually found on the left, as ffy, or underneath, or in
combination as ^§fc ; the group relates to females, beauty,
intrigue, lewdness, &c.
?, 3 * Tsz' is placed underneath and on the side ; it is tripled
in a few as f|r, and combined as Tzfc.', the compounds
mostly refer to children, and to scholars, learning, &c,
**-+ Iff. This radical, called *** ^ M and ^ ^ H'
s " alluding to the head and shoulders of a man, and lam
pung fau in Canton, covers the other strokes ; but when
they form another radical, it is not certain under which
half the character is to be looked for ; about twenty of the
compounds are formed of ^ contracted, as jffi, all of
which refer to sleeping ; with these exceptions, the mean-
ings relate to shelter, houses, &c.
I . **• In this group, which is a miscellaneous one, the radical
\| Ts'un* i s placed underneath or on the right ; most of the com-
mon words are primitives.
/h < c* Nearly half of this group is formed of the character 'J?
as the radical, as HJ", and show traces of its meaning ;
the others form rather a natural assemblage of ideas.
-Jp 43 This radical is usually on the left side, and its com-
/Lc Wang pounds are about equally divided between two of its
forms, except Jgfc, which is used more than all the
others put together.
44
(Shi
Except in a few old words, this radical covers the other
strokes on the left ; its compounds relate chiefly to the
parts and secretions of the body, &c; it is interchanged
with *|f* in a few cases ; about twenty characters relate
to shoes, all having J^p for their real radical.
This, called ^ Jp[ or half the grass radical, is on top,
or in combination as in TQ ', few of them are in use.
46 This group is remarkably uniform in its meanings, which
fbhan relate to the shape, parts, and names of mountains ;
skan is placed on three sides of characters, and when
on top resembles No. 40 * x * a little ; it is interchanged
with No. 32 i and No. 150 ^ in a few cases.
( This radical occurs in combination as j)t| or -r* s but
is mostly found on top ; many characters reter to
streams ; one name for it is JH •£§ or tne turee staves.
All the common compounds arc. primitives, in which
kung is found in combination, as ?& ■> or _g, or CC >
their meanings Dear no resemblance to the radical.
Ki usually occurs underneath, when it resembles No. 26,
as in ^ j the three words ki 2*> i C< : and sz ti>
are often confounded In writing.
rh 80 A natural group, relating to cloth, sash, flag, &c. ; kin
\\] iKin & usually found on the left or at the bottom, or in com-
bination, as 0HJ ; in a few cases, it is interchanged with
No. 120 &', it is spoken of as ^ ffl ^ or great-
napkin at-side.
^ si All the common characters in this group are primitives,
I t Kan and the rad i ca i i s i n combination, as ^ or ^ or Gf \
their meanings are very unlike.
J^ ?? This collection contains really two radicals, ^ and yfa
"^ c both alike in sense ; *J and ^ are examples ; the
meanings exliibit traces of their influence.
83 The characters in this group refer to buildings, protec-
( Yen tion, &c. ; in several the radical is interchanged with No.
27 J~~> and always found on the left ; it is called f§j pyj
or the side dodge.
** This radical and No. 162 are used synonjmously, but
also sometimes wrongly, as 3|0 for $0, and jfle for $jE,
&c. • it supports the other strokes, and most of the charac-
ters relate to walking.
Kung is placed underneath ; injnany cases it is altered
jjl Ch'eh
{{{ { Clu
T *"
— L t^ vn 9
49
<Ki
r
ft
Kung jjk e j^ o> gj .^ 3^,5 a f ew wor< 3s are found under
both, of which J$l and j$l 18 one.
This is easily confounded with No. 62 ■% and is inter-
V
58
Ki*
A
4
66
1 changed in a, few characters ; the radical is on the right,
and its compounds usually refer to it.
* 7 The radical is on the left, or combined as ffc or ^,
Kung.^ r un( i er neath ; the regular compounds mostly refer
to its meanings, directly or figuratively.
This is placed on the top as J^, or at the bottom as
Hi ; the radical influences the meanings but little ; it
is sometimes called f|| |Jj p|5 overturned hill radical.
*9 Most of these compounds refer to stripes, plumage, &c. ;
( San the radical is usually on the right, or in combination,
as £%•
®°., This radical is on the left, and known as ^ fe A
* or JK£ j£ Aj referring to the apparent doubling of •'f
man in it ; it resembles No. 144 fj, under which and
Hi.
INTRODUCTION.
fcc«
63
No. 162 jj^, are many synonyms ; the group contains
ideas of walking, advancement, &c.
FOUR STROKES.
These characters mostly refer to the feelings, passions,
mind, &c; it is called i]> )\J> j&, or {ji i\j> j§? or
S& >& 5?' upright-heart side : the contracted form
is always on the left as ff(f > and the other beneath, as
ijjff i the regular form is usually beneath.
^fc Kwo~ ^ w0 covers tne °ther strokes as Tj%, or combines with
them as JjjQ, and then it is not so easily detected ; it
resembles No. 56 -\, and is interchanged with No. 18
Jj in a few cases.
This radical is placed over the other strokes ; most of the
characters refer to the uses or parts of a door, and a
few are interchanged with No. 169 P*J
"^ *Sheu Tlie coutracted form > called ^ ^ jffc and $j| ^
y£, is placed on the left, as ^ ; and the full form
elsewhere, as Jp. ; the group is a natural one, acts and
motions of the hand, ability, and power being the
prominent meanings.
_£. 65 This radical is never contracted, which distinguishes it
_3C f£W from the next ; there are some erroneous forms of the two
following in the group, which is a miscellaneous one.
3C P'ttft ^e contractec l wrm °f tne radical, called .In jfc i!§!
and ^ 3C ^ to distinguish it from the next, is on
the right side, and is used in the common characters ;
the others ( about one half of all ) have the regular
form, as yljc, but are seldom met.
-£r •* The contracted form is seldom used, and the radical is
>*+ j Wan pi aC ed variously ; the compounds generally refer to
streaks, variegated, mixed, &c.
Ideas of measuring, &c, run through this group, in
which the radical is usually on the right or beneath ;
a few variants occur.
Ideas of division are prominent in this natural group,
in which the radical is on the right side, except a few
like 2r '•> tne primitive is seldom another radical.
P This group has two radicals, and ~/j has only eighteen
compounds under it as jjf^ ; the other is f/v a flag, as
written in Jgt ', these compounds refer to the shape or
color of banners, making a natural collection.
The common character under tliis radical $% has no
likeness to it in meaning, and the rest seldom occur.
72 Jhis natural group refers to the sun, time, luminous, &c. ;
'* n > . the radical is usually on the left, and when en top it
resembles the next, as ^ ; some of these latter are
like others under No. 13 [J, as jj£ or ;§§, ; sometimes
the next radical and No. 134 £3 are wrongly written
like it.
forms the real radical of
the common characters are pri-
mitives, rendering their search difficult ; a few of them
properly would fall under the last radical.
** Some reference to the moon or time is seen in most coni-
xueh) pounds under this radical, which is usually on the left;
it is then like the contracted form of No. 130 pjj,but
practice will distinguish them ; others having it on the
right or at the bottom, as flfo or 'Jjf , are easily known.
4
68
<Teu
69
t Kin
71
<,Wu
5E
B
I— J Yueh ^ miscellaneous group ;
'several in it, and all tl
M
It
77
ft
ft
H
it
78 A natural group, referring to trees and fruits, wood
M*h, and wooden things; the radical is usually on the left,
but also at the top or bottom, and in combination, »s
^ and jfi
,v f . This is easily confounded with No. 66 j£., as in pjf
J\. %C7t AtL 1 ■ , ■ .
and HJA '■> -'t and Nos 30 P and 149 g have several
interchangeable forms ; in this group, the characters
refer to the tones, condition, and force of the voice, — on
the whole a natural collection.
When this radical is on the left as Jf$, there is an allu-
sion to its meaning ; but when in combination as J£ or
Itp> or underneath as jffo no likeness is apparent ; it
is interchanged with No. 60 -^f and No. 157 H- , and
rarely with other radicals.
( r„ . The proper radical of this group is pj a rotten bone,
contracted to >jy i' 1 the compounds, all of which refer
to whatever is dead, offensive, &c. ; tai is also inter-
changed with No. 104 jT? and is generally placed on
the left side, or underneath as ^D which last is the
radical of ten other compounds under it.
'• When shu is used as a radical, the primitive is never
iohu another radical ; it is placed on the right ; characters
like 3Jg£ which appear to be under this, have their
radical on the left side, the rest being fj§| an empty
skin ; a dozen characters are also formed of 7=55 sound,
with a primithe, so that there are really three radicals
instead of one in the group.
In this small group the radical is underneath the other
strokes, as in ^ or 4jjh most of the characters being
primitives.
Two radicals are here combined, of which pi heads one
half as y&i J and j^ a hare the others, as J^ ; none of
them are much used, but the latter are most alike.
M Most of these 'characters relate to uses and state of
iMao na ir, f m , or feathers ; the radical is found oftenest on
the left, also on the right or beneath.
The three primitives in this group J£» J£ and J£,
are all found as radicals of some characters under it,
which consequently show no likeness in their meanings.
These few characters all bear some relationship to their
radical, which covers the other strokes.
85 . Some reference to the properties or the appearance of
*Shui W ater is found in nearly all these words, making it a
natural group ; several are interchanged with No. 32
Jt aU( l No. 112 J] ; the radical is called JT. $f ?fC
or three-dot water, when placed on the left, as in $$t ;
it is also found beneath as jjc, find more rarely in
combination as ^ or }f$-
This group indicates the appearance and effects of fire,
&c. ; the radical is called [3 jgrj Jjjjl four-dot foot, and
in most of the compounds occurs on the side, or in
about one third of the whole, as $&, it is underneath.
In about one half of the characters, chao is contracted
on top, as ^F \ in the rest it is found on the left ; it is
easily distinguished from No. 97 JJSL by the dot.
** This small collection is very natural ; fu is placed on
Fv top, and its 'compounds refer to a father, and his dif-
ferent appellations.
l Hiao ^ w0 F* 01 ^ 69 3^1 an( l M iir e the common characters
in this group, which all show slight affinity to the radical.
iWu
81
<Pi
83
Shi>
84
88
l Hwo
87
INTRODUCTION.
liii.
3F
92
iYa
93
iNiu
*
95
iHtien
yl j, /jThis * 8 a contraction of 7jfC a iec?, and most of its com-
pounds refer to the parts and forms of a conch ; it is
placed on the left.
fX. •* Some allusion to a plank, board, or parts of a house, is
/TT P"*<n observed in most of these characters, whose radical is
always on the left.
An unimportant, though natural group ; the radical
imparts some of its meaning to all under it.
j^ •» The compounds refer to the ages, colors, uses, and i
• m nurture of bovine animals; the radical, called Jg ^f« i
5^ or the goring ox, is placed on the left, and seldom |
underneath. J
f». »* The contracted form is always placed on the left ; else-
y\ ( ST'«*'Vhere it is the full form, which then may be wrongly j
written fc j the former is called f£ ^ ^ turned-
round-dog; and in Canton lai kau pin or dog-looking-
backward ; it refers to wild beasts, fierce, lying, crafty,
&c.; some words under it, and Nos. 152 ^ and 153
^5 , are interchanged.
FIVE STROKES.
"A sacred character, and therefore seldom written with
the final point ; it occurs in combination in =p, one of
its common derivatives.
The complete form is only used underneath, and leads
the meanings of all its compounds, which relate to gems
and music •. the contraction is the character j*,
described as %$ 3g ^f or 3i 3E jj£ 5 it « also
interchanged with No. 112 /p and No. 167 ;?g-
This radical is placed on the sides, thus helping to djstin-
guish it from No. 87 fa ; the compounds all refer to
melons, gourds, &c.
S*8 Under this radical, which usually occurs on the right
* W<i or bottom, are found the names of tiles, earthenware,
&c.; it is interchanged with No. 108 JflL No. 32 ^,
and No. 112 %]■
II. 99 There is one primitive 1gt> in this group ; the rest are
fcj <Kan UT iusual, but resemble their radical in meaning.
jt* lOO One primitive ]H occurs under this ; in the others the
*T*. fS7mn<7 ra dical is easily recognized, and all the compounds
partake of its meaning.
101 No bond of connection pervades the meanings of these
compounds ; the primitives fig and ffj are the most
common.
B102 "Words hereunder mostly refer to land, cultivation, &c. ;
1 i T^ien it is usually on the left, and when placed above or
below as ^ or •jff , is usually a primitive, of which
there are about twenty in the group ; several are inter-
changed with No. 32 3E and others.
— 1-» 103 r j"i ie common characters in this group are primitives, as
3- 98
i Yuh,
i&c
mioi
Yung*
3|i and £$jfc and all are very diverse in meaning.
rut This is perhaps the most natural collection of characters
Nih t in the language, as all refer to ailments; the radical
is on top, and called ^ $fo Bj| or disease head.
y^ 106 The radical is placed on top ; the three common cha-
' Poh ) racters under it have no uniformity of meaning.
a 10 * In most cases, poh is placed on the left, in others on top
Pohy or underneath; the meanings usually indicate brightness,
light ; No. 132 §J and No. 109 @ are both like it.
and No. 72 p is interchanged in a few cases.
A
*°* This radical is placed variously, but is easily seen ; the
5 f * uses and parts of skin are the common ideas.
-EL mL %T ™ fe ™ n «tothe radical, called |g Jffl. &
-— ■* t mmg ^gj, ra d 1C al, is observed '
in nearly all the compounds ;
it is at the bottom, and in a few cases may be mis-
taken for No. 143 jfiL-
\ft Ttese relate to tlie eye anc 1 vision ; their radical is
Aluh, usually found on the left, and when underneath resem-
bles No. 132 g ; the contracted form, as in ip, is like
No. 122 {$J as in ££] but such are few; in the primi-
tives jj% or
it is in combination.
Ill
'Shi
iff m
to
114
*Jeu
"° Tliis and No. 115 ^C are somewhat alike ; it is placed
iMeu on the left, and its compounds give the names and
describe uses of lances.
A large proportion of this group indicates a connection
with $fi short ; the others chiefly refer to arrows, and
have tiie radical on the left.
112 This radical is on the left or underneath, and conveys
Shihy something of its meaning to all its compounds ; it is in-
terchanged with No. 32 jQ or No. 98 ^ ; also with
No. 96 3E or No. 46 \\\ in many cases.
This is placed on the left or underneath ; the contracted
form --yf is not used in books, but resembles that of
No. 145 "$£>■> as in fz? a «<l -jw 5 it is hence called jfljf
j$Z, *jj, in allusion to this similarity ; the group con-
tains words of a religious nature.
These few characters are mostly primitives, as "|§£ or
^ ; they slightly resemble the radical in meaning.
.-j^. H8 The appearance, uses, &e., of grain, especially rice, are
^V iHwo leading ideas in these words ; the radical is on the left,
or in combination as ^ ; several are interchanged
with No. 113 7J^, chiefly from the use made of grain in
sacrifices ; it is described as ^ /fC ^» from its re-
semblance to the 75th radical.
jj-* 116 This can only be mistaken for No. 40 ^j but it is not
/V Hiiehx always easy "to tell whether the upper or lower radical
determines the place in the dictionary, as in g or ^gg- ,
hollowness, boring, and darkness, are prominent ideas
in the group.
■ . 117 The radical is at top, or on the right, or below ; several
If- Lihy are primitives, and most of the characters allude to the
radical.
SIX STROKES.
"8 This is on top, and called ft $S W. or bamboo-
Chuhi flower top ; its compounds denote the kinds and utensils
of bamboo, with a few referring to writing.
This is placed on the left, and occasionally elsewhere ;
some of the characters interchange with No. 115 ^,
and nearly all refer to rice in the grain, or made into
cakes, spirit, flour, &c.
This natural group relates to the kinds and modes of
raising and making silk ; the radical is described as j$|j|[
$& ?!g or wind-silk at-side, and is usually found on the
left or beneath, rarely on the right as jfav or in com-
bination as gpj'
Kinds and uses of jars are the leading ideas ; the ra-
dical is interchanged with No. 98 jS^ or No. 75 /fC J
in a few cases it is often written like No. 167 3£,
unlike as the two are.
n
4fc 119
& 120
3fc Mihy
at. 121
W \Feu
■==
L1V.
INTRODUCTION.
¥
124
<Yu
%
iS
*
^
[jTTj 122 Thjg radical is on top, and called ^ pp or tiie
|A*J f Wang i e tter-four radical, from the resemblance ; it is also
contracted as in 2jE ; a few like |?j suggest Nos. 13
|J and 14 *""• j tLe meanings refer to nets and traps.
123 Xhi s i s often contracted as in ^E an d jjg, or written
- " in the old form as ^ ; it is usually on the right or
beneath, and several are interchanged with No. 198 §£]
the ages or colors of sheep, &c, are common meanings.
This conveys something of its meaning to its com-
pounds ; it is found on all sides, and in combination as
Jj$J ; several are primitives.
Terms for age are the common meanings in this small
group, but in nearly all the words the radical is con-
tracted, as ^ or ipj, so as to puzzle the beginner.
Tliis group is increased by many characters as ^J an< ^
Jjjl which should have been properly placed under the
other radical, as this one gives their sotmd.
127 This resembles No. 115 ^; it is placed on the left,
and the characters denote the uses and parts of ploughs,
harrows, &c.
This and No. 109 fEl are often written so much alike as
to be confounded ; its compounds mostly relate actually
or figuratively to the ear ; it is placed on the left, on
the top, or in combination as 5^? and underneath.
Placed on the right, or in combination, as in jj|f.
the radical adds nothing of its meaning to its common
compounds.
The contracted form and No. 74 J% are written alike,
as in jjjj( and jjj[j, but this group is the largest ; and
many characters like Jffii which would be searched for
here, come under the other radical ; those under juh
have it on three sides, and the full form is usually found
underneath.
131 T]j; s j s placed on the left, or in combination as in ^i an
S Ch an incongruous group.
132 xiiis is easily confounded with No. 106 £3> and occa-
*■ sz ' sionally wrongly used for it ; it is mostly found on top,
as in Jj^> which itself is again the radical of a dozen
compounds referring to putrid smells.
This small group has no common idea running through
it ; the radical is underneath as >§£» or on the left.
This is easily mistaken for No. 106 Q : it occurs in
combination as in fijl or ^JJ? or is placed underneath.
135 This radical is on the left, as pj*> and the ideas of lick-
Shehf jng or sucking predominate, making it a natural
though but little-used group.
136 In these characters the radical is found underneath, but
Ch'wenit d oes not influence their meaning.
137 A natural group, referring to the parts, uses, and po-
fCheu sitions of boats ; the radical is on the left ; it is inter-
changed with No. 75 7|C and No. 85 7K in a few cha-
racters, but in some others erroneously with No. 130
$jj, as $$ for ]$§m in which ~)j is the radical.
In this, the smallest group, its radical is in coinbination
as fs^.i or on the right.
The conditions of color are the leading ideas in this
small group ; seh is placed on the light, and must not
be confounded with No. 163 el, which resembles it
1^1
£
125
l Lao
126
L€i*
128
v Rh
129
Yuh t
130
JuJly
6
133
Chi*
134
*Kiu
&
&
138
Kan*
139
Seh t
a.
149 This radical in its contracted form on top, as in jjfo
: 7ifao is called ^ ft Iff or ^ ^ tfjf ; it is the largest
group and one of the most natural, comprising the
names and condition of plants, vegetables, glasses, &c. ;
it is interchanged with No. 75 7$C or No. 1 15 5fc
and others.
This radical, or its commonest compound JF^, affects
the meaning of its derivatives, which relate to tigers and
leopards, showing how common they must once have
been ; it covers the other strokes, or is placed on the
side, as 5^
Tliis natural group includes snakes, insects, reptiles, &c.,
having characters interchanged with No. 195 jS % and
No. 208 JfJ, ; the radical is usually on the left, but
when doubled it is underneath, as j@£> which makes
scores of synonyms.
X43 This resembles No. 108 ]ffl., and is known as jfo i^
141
(ZTm
142
Ch'ung
Hiieh)
to distinguish it ; the radical is mostly on the left.
144
(Jling
145
146
Ilia*
S
M
Tliis radical incloses the primitive, as in ffj" j the left
half is the same as No. 60 -^f j the characters relate
to going or to lanes, and metaphors derived therefrom.
This radical conveys a meaning to most of its com-
pounds ; its contracted form is only on the left, as ^,
and the full form at the bottom as 2fg> or divided as
^ ; the contracted form of No. 113 JJ^ resembles that
of this radical.
This radical is on top, and does not influence many of
its compounds ; it is ususally called -^ pj$ i.e.
west radical, from its common derivative.
SEVEN STROKES.
l *7 Uses of the eye, and emotions of the mind, are the
Kien* principal ideas of this group, some of whose cha-
racters interchange with .No. 109 tJ j the radical is
cliieily on the right side, and sometimes underneath.
**• In this group, the uses, ages, and appearance of horns
Kiohy ar e the leading ideas ; the radical is usually on the left
or underneath.
149 "Words in this natural group express emotions, and ideas
< Yen pertaining to conversation, letters, &c; the radical is
hsually on the left or underneath ; some characters
are interchanged with No. 30 P , and a few with No.
61 >&•
159 "Words in this group interchange with No. 46 JXJ»
KvIi * No. 85 pjCandNo. 170 J|., all referring to valleys; it
looks a little like No. 135 p when written badly.
This group contains two radicals, one of which leads
the meaning of those referring to pulse and sacrilicial
vessels. asjH or ^; the other is a contraction of No.
207 %%■ and most of its compounds refer to drums.
This is interchanged with the next and No. 94 y^, all
relating to wild beasts ; it is found mostly on the left
or underneath, and in composition, as HJ, J the group is
natural.
This group is like the last, both containing many synony-
mous forms ; chai occurs only on the left.
This occurs on the left or at the bottom, and in com-
bination as j!| ; the prevailing ideas in the group are of
property, trade or honors, making a somewhat natural
collection ; the radical is sometimes called ^ £{, jgg
from the similarity of these two characters.
161
Ten*
152
*Shi
153
( Chai
154
P€i*
INTRODUCTION.
lv.
HK 7 1B * Most of the characters convey some idea of redness, ap-
vf* Ch'ihy plied to earth or to the face ; the radical is found on
the left
st. 188 This radical supports the other strokes as jj£ , and con-
A$~ lseu veys somewhat of its meaning to the compounds ; they
are frequently interchanged with the next and with
No. 162 jj^, and others ; only a small proportion of the
whole are now used.
Ef 18 * This usually occurs on the left; the group resembles the
AtZ Tsuh) ] as t, and many characters are interchanged with it and
No. 162 jfe, ; the forms and uses of the foot are the
leading ideas.
J|b 158 This radical is on the left ; it is interchanged with No.
^T t Shan 130 ^ No> 12g •£ No> 132 g and Nq> 18g ^
a small and natural group.
This natural collection refers to vehicles ; the radical
is on the left, but in a few, as jf£, it is beneath, or as
in j£$ inside.
TJfc 1 6* In many of the compounds, the radical is doubled as
^Jf ; in others, as *jii, it is beneath or on either side ;
their meanings have some similarity.
Jgr 1B1 As a radical or in combination, as in the common words
/*\. o an jgp or j|^ ^jg imports no meaning to most of the
characters under it ; No. 168 Jj| resembles it.
^* 163 The contracted form on the left is by some called jap
' m\ Sis poling-boat at-side, from a fancied resemblance;
this and the groups under No. 170 ^, No. 60 ^f and
No. 157 .<j£/ all have some characters in common.
Except in a few cases, as -§3^ the contracted form of
this radical, described as §j§ If ^ two-lobed ear, is
placed on the right side, as in 4$|)> by which alone
its compounds are distinguished from No. 170 JjL 5
they mostly refer to land, places, inclosures, &c.
This is placed usually on the left, but others occur like
-flf or ^j§ or JH ; the characters mostly refer to
pickles or spirits, and their effects.
165 This group is very heterogeneous and irregular ; the
Fieri* — "'- - »«*
169
t Cht
ISO
t Sin.
181
iCh'an
O 163
a Yih,
164
*Yiu
$
radical is often confounded with its compound pj£> the
only character much in use.
This is placed underneath, on the left, or in composition,
as ^ ; making a miscellaneous group.
This group refers to metals, their uses, shapes, &c. ; the
radical is usually placed on the left or underneath as
<$£, it is interchanged with No. 112 %J and No. 75
7|C in a few cases.
The contracted form is on the left side ; the derivatives
fCh'ang are Uttle used; most of them refer to lengths, but others
to hair, showing that the radical is a contraction of No.
190 Jj£ 5 and not originally this one.
This radical covers the primitive as in py> forming a
symmetrical group, most of which refer to doors, en-
trances, &c. ; it is sometimes used as a contraction of
No. 191 p^Jj because it is easier to write.
Tins is placed on the left, as yj), in its contracted form,
which is sometimes called pfy. ^|* Jg alluding to a
water bucket ; the characters mostly refer to places,
hills, mounds, &c.
These few characters are obsolete, though mostly refer-
ring to their radical, which is placed on the right side.
166
<Ii
167
(Kin
166
169
iMan
170
Fe«*>"
171
Tai>
H tChui
err; 173
m<Yu
(l'«
rl»
m
This stands on the right as ;$£, or beneath as ^,
but in a few as $|| or "|j| it is obscure ; it is often
interchanged with No. 196 J|, and most of the words
denote kinds or acts of birds.
A natural group referring to ram, dew, mist, and their
times, forces, and appearances ; the radical is on top,
in which ^
but there are many compounds as
is the real radical.
mg
175
(Fe'i
This is placed on either side as in jfp or ffl and im-
parts a shade of its meaning to the compounds, and its
sound too to most of them.
The radical is really the primitive to a large portion of
this group, the other moiety of the character impart-
ing the meaning.
NINE STROKES.
176^ The form, condition, and expression of the face are
Mien described in this natural group ; the radical is on the
left or at bottom.
1T7
Kofi)
This is on the left or beneath, m jfpi 5 it is often inter-
changed with the next ; the uses and articles of lea-
ther are described.
^bu 1176
. "9
[*Ku
163
Hihih,
M
This is usually on the left, though j|fa and a few others
are exceptions ; the group describes the uses, garments,
&c, of leather.
This small and unused group is incongruous in its mean-
ings ; the radical is usually beneath as 4g 5 and looks
like No. 175 |£.
This imparts a shade of its meaning to nearly all its
compounds ; it is found on the left or beneath, as ^§p.
and on the right.
The motions, parts, and appearances of the head and face
are here given ; the radical is usually on the right, but
3f|£ is an exception ; it originally was a form of No. 180
g") and lias nearly superseded it.
i*" Motions and effects of the wind are described in this *
\ fi'ung g r0U p . the radical is found on the right, but oftener it is
on the lei't.
The radical is the only word in common use ; its com-
pounds mostly refer to flying.
This is usually on the left as jjijj, but otherwise in a
few cases as 3g- > in some unusual characters it is
interchanged with No. 130 |^Jj No. 119 ^fv> and No.
30 P 5 the words mostly refer to sorts of food, appe-
tite, eating, &c.
165 The compounds are unusual, and in several sheu is inter-
view changed witb No- 181 J| and Na 190 |£, the
radical occurs on all sides of the primitive.
186 The radical affects the meaning of all its compounds,
tFIiang which are seldom used ; it is usually placed on the left.
TEN STROKES.
The characters all refer to the ages, colors, uses, &c. of
horses, and metaphors taken from them.
This large and rather natural group describes the
names and condition of bones ; the radical is on the
left, and is interchanged with No. 181 ji| and No. 130
$j| in a few cases.
The radical is the only word in common use ; nearly
half of the compounds have kao for their radical, while
ij^T leads the rest, and its compounds describe the con-
dition of walls, and are now mostly found under No. 32
m X8T
t tn ± 168
R Kuh t
188
(Kao
lvi.
INTRODUCTION.
\Piao
n
191
Ten?
1*3
lAhy
194
% t Kw£i
iti
j^ ; in combination it is contracted, as in J^> or /ft.
and does not serve as a radical.
This group describes the condition and uses of the
beard or hair ; it has many interchangeable characters,
and the radical is always on top ; some of its real com-
pounds, are contracted under No. 168 fg*
This covers the primitive as in rrftj, and is fluently
written wrongly like No. 169 f™, which it re&mbles.
• ,,, jThe ouly character igg in common use in this* group
" has no reference to its meaning ; and many of t|te com-
pounds are duplicate forms.
This is the radical of about half of its coinjoounds,
which mostly iefer to boilers; the other radical is
whose derivatives refer
^ a xt earning vise, as in
chiefly to steaming or boiling, and gruel.
This is found mostly on the left, and is readily recog-
nized ; the number of compounds might he indefinitely
increased, for cabalistic sentences are often made, to
all whose characters this is added ; the names of
spirits, demons, stars, &c, occur in this group, winch
contains much to illustrate the idolatry of the Chinese.
ELEVEN STROKES.
Tin's is usually on the left, though »|y and others are
exceptions ; it is also interchanged both with N>. 205
31, and No. 142 JR, but the group is unusually nttural.
In tliis natural group a few characters are interclanged
with No. 172 ^§L ; the radical is mostly da the right ;
there are many duplicate forms.
These characters pertain to the taste and uses a ss.lt,
making a small, natural group.
This is interchanged with No. 123 ^p in some cl ia-
racters ; it is usually placed on top, and conveys ideas
relating to cervine animals.
Characters in this group refer to cakes and other tu'n'gs
made from wheat ; few of them are in use.
Some of the characters found here ought to iMNMn
placed elsewhere, as ||? and Jgf ; very few of hose
properly coming under this radical are used.
TWELVE STROKES.
20x 'fhjs is nearly an obsolete though a natural group thie
jZ/u>aB</ s hades of yellow are the leading definitions, and minis,
as in a few other groups, one wonders how so r any
characters were needed upon such a subject.
196
19 T
198
Luh t
; 199
■ Meh t
290
. 292
This is usually on the left, except in ^g ; in sone it
is interchanged with No. 119 ^ 5 the chararters
mostly denote kinds of millet, paste, &c.
,=& Hok>
wi<chi
A
<Min
^r'Ting
Htfc 207
208
209
•Pi*
210
' i Ts'i
211
<Ck'i
212
213
Ideas of shades and combinations of black, vileness, &c,
belong to this group ; the radical is on the left as in
j|j!j< or underneath as in £f[, in which cases the cha-
racter appears as if belonging to No. 86 *fc-
This small, natural group has the radical on the left
of the characters.
THIRTEEN STR0KE8.
Several characters in the group are interchanged with
No. 195 fa No. 142 jfe and No. 213 || ; they mostly
refer to reptilia.
These few unusual words refer to tripods and braziers ;
the radical is generally underneath.
This is usually found above, as f|p which will prevent
its compounds being looked for under No. 66 ;s£ j a few
words as g$L really belonging to it, are found under
No. 151 jj., because their right half is omitted ; they
denote sizes and sounds of drums.
The names of rodents form most of these characters ; it
is occasionally interchanged with No. 142 JR and No.
153 fif, though in the main a natural. group.
FOURTEEN STROKES.
Words describing the uses, forms, and diseases of the
nose, &c, are comprised in this group.
These words derive their sound from the radical, wluch
i3 properly the phonetic, and the real radical is con-
tained within the lower part, as ffi ; many similarlv
formed compounds are distributed among other radicals,
the whole making a phonetic collection.'
FIFTEEN STROKES.
The forms, uses, and diseases of the teeth and gums are
described ; a few unusual characters are interchanged
with No. 92 ^p and No. 30 P-
SIXTEEN STROKES.
Like 210, many characters here shoidd have been
placed elsewhere, as only a few of those with lung refer
to a dragon, which really acts as the phonetic.
A natural group referring to tortoises, &o. ; the radical
is also interchanged with No. 205 fli, and No. 142 i£,
in a few instances.
SEVENTEEN STROKES.
21* In this small group, several characters are interchanged
Yah * with No. 76 ^C and No. 118 ft 5 the word j|| is
more used than all the others.
SECT. VIII. — THE PRIMITIVES.
That part ol a character which is not the radical, has
no name among the Chinese, but foreigners have termed
it tbe primitive or phonetic. Neither of these names is
entirely suitable, for that part of a character which is not
tbe radical cannot always be said to have been formed
first, any more than that it always imparts its sound to
the united symbol For instance, in the character
s>
the combination of the radicals P mouth and J^ selfish,
to form the word for exalted, is etymologically speaking
only apparent, since the upper half is really a contraction
of J^X by, which having now lost its full form, has become
simply J^ to tbe learner. In this case, one half is just
as much a primitive as tbe other, and neither of them
imparts its sound to the character. Not so witb the 35
INTRODUCTION.
lvii.
derivatives in which this symbol t K ai •£* occurs, where it
unites with the radicals iju hand, >jj« heart, yfc icater, ] ice,
&c. to make common words like $** to carry, »[^ concord,
^ to rule, \j$ to melt, &c. ; for in such it is properly a
pnmitive, in so far that in all of them it was a full char-
acter before combining with those radicals. Yet it is not
strictly their phonetic ; for these four are now read t x ai, i,
chi and ye. Such combined words probably take their
present sound from this part in rather more than one
half of the total number of characters in the language,
whatever they may have done in earlier times. Still it
misleads the learner so often to call it the phonetic, if he
looks to it to get the sound, that Marshman's term primi-
tive is preferable. When tha primitive does give its sound,
as under ~ff and its 33 derivatives, and was evidently
taken to express it, the term phonetic is proper ; and both
words are useful in describing characters.
Dr. Marshman was the first who investigated the
composition of Chinese characters in this manner. He
made a complete classification of all those in Kanghi's
Dictionary, so that their construction could be seen ac-
cording to their primitives. He applied this term to
that portion of a character which is left after its radical is
removed ; and used the word derivatives to express the
compound formed by the union of a radical and a primi-
tive. He found tha» the language contains 3867 of such
primitives, that is, characters which combine at least once
with a radical to form a third. He added the 214
radicals themselves, most of which also combine as primi-
tives with other radicals, and thus estimated that about
4081 characters out of the 41,000 in the dictionary,
should be classed as primitives. The greatest number
which spring from any one is 74, but the average is less
than ten.
Of this total number, he ascertained that 1726 com-
bine only once with a radical to form a third character,
and as they are all derivatives themselves, they may for
all practical purposes be excluded" from the list. Such a
character is the derivative formed of *** and g| read
chung ^ which afterwards combines with A to make
fff, and with nothing else ; another example is an old or
erroneous form of |i with >^ underneath, a mere synony-
mous variety of itself.
There are also 452 others, formed, generally speaking,
in the same manner from other derivatives, each of which
produces only two philological shoots, and may be dis-
carded for the same reason, their great rarity. These
together make 2178 characters, which as they are the
parents of only 2630 derivatives, and are themselves
mostly included under simpler forms, can have little
influence on the great mass of characters, and may all
be dropped from the reckoning.
There are then about 1689 primitives in the language,
from which, by the addition of 214 of their own number,
are formed at least seven-eighths of all the charaders in
the Chinese language. This for all practical purposes is
equivalent to the whole. This number of primitives can
be reduced still more without injury, by striking off those
whose derivatives form only three unusual characters, and
those which are obsolete or synonymous, by referring
them as sub-groups under their more conspicuous primi-
tives'. In describing them they may be arranged for con-
venience into the following five classes, according to the
relation they bear to the radicals.
I. — The 214 radicals themselves, when used as priinir-
tives. — There are only 127 of them included in Callery's
list, but these are of frequent occurrence. When two
combine side by side, as PJ§, jfc, jj|, ;f{£, &c, the one
which imparts the sound is usually made the primitive
by its location in Kanghi's Dictionary, and the character
should be sought for first under the other radical. When
they are placed one above the other, as J|, f|, ^, ^,
&c, the signification of the word has mostly guided its
position in the dictionary, but no rules can be laid down ;
most of the characters so formed are themselves primi-
tives. Under the radical jfc water there are 117 com-
pounds, which are made by combining it with another
radical, of which 59 follow its sound, and 58 do not, or
are primitives. Out of 115 similar characters under ^
wood, as many as 72 are sounded,, like their phonetic,
and about 20 of the remainder as i|jt, ^, ijj^, &c, are
primitives. Out of 101 such derivatives under j}W{l
plants, as many as 78 retain the sound of the primi-
tive radical. Out of the 333 derivatives of this sort under
these three common radicals, only one \^ has the sound
of the radical muh, and that is wrongly placed, seeing it
is a sort of bird, and muh is really the primitive. The
compilers of the dictionary were occasionally careiess in
this respect, and have distributed characters erroneously,
according to their own rules ; as for instance J|| tine
hair, is found under 3j£, and not under ^ its proper
radical. It is useful to know this arrangement, in order
the sooner to know where to look for a character in
Kanghi's Dictionary.
II. — Primitives formed of a radical, by an addition
which is of itself unmeaning, — When the radicals were
reduced from 544 to their present number, the compilers
of the J^ Jg were likely to distribute such of them as
were not important enough to use as radicals, wherever
they could most easily be found, without regard to their
meaning. For instance, Jr and $£, are placed under
J! and *fc; but the remaining strokes possess no
meaning when it is removed, nor have those three char-
acters any reference to bow, mil", or fire. All such are
among the most ancient and ^common characters in the
language, and number more than four hundred in all.
lviii.
INTRODUCTION.
Most of them are contained in the list of difficult cha-
racters given after the Index on page 1239.
III. — Primitives formed of two radicals, or which can
be separated into two complete radicals. — Some which come
under this class, when analysed, have only a stroke or
two as one of its radicals, as $, "J*, ^, ■£, J\, <fec. ;
but most of them as jj|, "^, jgn, ifg, &c are readily
divisible into two common ones, and are most easily
learned by remembering their component parts. A few,
are composed of a radical repeated, as ^, ?§r, Jjfti, J|fJ,
§K, &c, which are readily noticed. The number of both
these kinds of primitives is over two hundred.
IV. — Primitives formed of three or fourtadicals. —
They are fewer in number than the preceding, and when
their radical is removed, the rest is not usually a com-
plete- character, but is divisible into two radicals. Such
are }jC, ^, ^, ^£, 2fc, &c, which are much easier
learned and remembered as integral primitives than by-
their component parts. About thirty characters in the
language are formed by the triplication of single radicals,
as %&< I©' ^' 5S' »&&' *^ Cv '" °^ WDlcn ox ^y fi ye are common
primitives. Tbe last three classes together compose about
half of the 1689 primitives, and most of the elementary
Chinese characters.
V. — Primitives formed from a derivative by the addi-
tion of anot/ier radical, or by the combination of two
derivatives. This class is, so to speak, of the third
generation, and one of its parts will therefore be found
in one of the preceding classes. Thus, $&, J| and J5?
may all be regarded as flowing from %J, however little
connection they may have with it in meaning ; and each
of them is joined again to several radicals as primitives.
Such is also tbe case with ^, fpj, and ^, whose progeny
as {&, H& and $$, or •$>, % and ffifc, with £, & and
^, and others, all combine with radicals to form new
derivatives. A few of this class are composed of two
derivatives, as ^, Jj£, f£, which form a small collection
easily recognized. The language contains many cha-
racters of this kind, which in classifying them by their
primitives as Callery has done, must be left out ; but
when arranged by a radical, can be easily assorted.
They are not very common indeed, as ^jj(, |j£, $ya, &c,
but this dilemma of either rejecting them altogether, or
making the index tablo too cumbersome to use, indicates
the imperfection of this plan for general arrangement.
What the student is most concerned with is to find a cha-
racter quickly, and he soon sees that the practical point
to be decided is whether to have 214 or 1689 keys to
help him in his search. There can be no hesitation
about the relative facilities of the two sets of determina-
tives for this special purpose, and that the 214 radicals
demand the most careful study of the two.
This combination of a radical and primitive to form the
great mass of the Chinese characters, whether the latter
half is used as a mere phonetic as in |||, or to aid the
sense of the derivative, as in $$, is such an important
part of the language, that the student will derive advantage
from examining the primitives to this end. The essay of
Marshman, contained in his Clavis Sinica, shows the
fascination that such an analysis of the characters had
over him. An acquaintance with the general principles
which the Chinese have followed in combining them,
will doubtless assist in remembering the characters, and
whatever diminishes this labor is advantageous. No one
who means to read and talk Chinese can avoid the
drudgery of learning its characters. I have, therefore,
made an analysis of the groups found under each of the
primitives given by Callery, in the belief that a careful
study of it will repay the student, who wishes to become
familiar with the written language.
The number of primitives in his list is 1040, or about
two-thirds of the number collected by Marshman ; but
the derivatives from the remaining 649 are proportionately
very few. Callery has defined only the most important
of the words under each primitive, and the total mumber
of characters contained in his Systema is 12,753. The
highest number of derivatives is 74 under No. 285 ^, of
which he gives only 33 ; under No. 1010 f| he gives
only 9 of tbe 30 which actually occur ; but his selection
comprises all that are in common use.
The primitives of the same number of strokes are
arranged in the following list under the six letters con-
trived by Goncalves, and described in the last section ;
and if their application be learned, it will not be difficult
to find each character. I have followed his order and
list, because it will render reference to his work easy ;
but his mode of arrangement seems to have only one
advantage, viz., that it shows the possibility of such an
alphabetic device. If they had been arranged by their
radicals, it woulv 4 have rendered them more accessible.
It will be easy, however, for the student to mark the
number of each primitive in the general index, and that
will then serve as a guide to find tbem by their proper
radical. This list has been reprinted in Doolittle's
Vocabulary, Part III., page 455-478, where the common
derivatives under each are given.
INTRODUCTION.
lix.
UIST OF 104:0 PRIMITIVES.
According to-Callcry's Sy sterna. Phoncticumj tuith the common sounds, and an analysis of the^respective
groups under each.
"Li YtA>
— -k 2
(J <T?ao
~JT Shih>
J t Ting
77.
Tao
j\ Lih>
H Tsith x
7$*Nai
Jl<
9
Ki
%<
10
Kiu
ts.
ii
Pi
A
12
A
13
Pah)
X
14
J"
%
15
TWO STROKES.
Rad. 5. — The sounds under this primitive are yih, chah,
wah, yah, and kiu; the characters placed tinder it as a
radical might also be reckoned ; it is a contraction, as
in ^L f° r Tm? an d reappears in No. 150 )f L and No.
88 £•
Afflatus. — This group is read k'ao and hvu ; the pri-
mitive is found iu No. 194 ^, and perhaps also in No.
241 ^ ; it is never used alone.
Rad. 24. — This character has modified the meanings
of some of its compounds, which are read shik, ki, chin
and hi eh.
A man. — This phonetic gives the sound to nearly all its
derivatives, the others being read chang and ta; it is
used as a contraction for No. 841 ^£> and No. 513 «§£
flows from it.
Rad. 18. — The half-score of characters under this are
read tao, except one or two read ch'u, and their mean-
ings are not influenced by it perceptibly ; it is not the
same as No. 34 *J], though the two are often written
alike.
Rad. 19.— The derivatives here are read lih and
lieh or liieh ; an offshoot |j§ hieh produces a sub-group
in No. 659 ^, having no affinity with it.
Rad. 26.— This resembles No. 32 2» 5 and reappears in
No. G6 Jji and No. 267 ^jf) ; the compounds are read
Jan, pien and yuen, and in some of them it is a con-
traction of No. 127 fil-
ls. — This group is readnai, jeng and yin; there
is no similarity in the meanings of the characters.
Rad. 16. — This occurs more frequently as a primitive
than a radical, and is often used as a contraction for
No. 853 j^& ; one or two are read fu and kiuh, all the
others ki.
Nine.— This and the last are easily confounded, and
No. 16 Jf is interchanged in a few cases; the leading
sound is kiu, the others are kwe'i, kao and siih.
Rad. 21.— From this proceeds No. 108 J£> with which
one of this group ^ fc is easily confounded ; the sounds
are pi, pin, lain and yii.
Rad. 9.— Two of the compounds, [JJ and |aJ> give
rise to a few derivatives ; the sounds are jan, sin, shen
and wo, and the significations are equally unlike.
Rad. 12.— This is readily distinguished from the last as
a primitive ; the compounds are all read pa or pah
except J^V pai.
To regulate.— The contracted form of jS, five is written
like this primitive, which is seldom met except in com-
bination one of its derivatives is read ngai,the others »',
Rad. 29. — This occurs as a contraction for p3 in rflS
for =|r in 7tf, and JB. in Jffc ; the compounds are
read yiu, yu, and nth.
18
f Kiu
17
Puh>
X
A
x
±
19
iYii
SO
<Kan
SI
28
Wuh,
To involve. — This is occasionally interchanged with
No. 10 jit, and several of its compounds exhibit soma
affinity in meaning; they are read kiu, kiao and sheu.
Rad. 25. — This is sometimes interchanged with No. 869
5§ 5 its derivatives are read puh poh. Ju, and wai ; it
is not readily confused with itself when a radical.
THREE STROKES.
Wana^ < ** e ' — ^" s rea PP ears in No. 217 }j£ and No. 483
Pg, and a common derivative & is often interchanged
with it, and regarded almost as a synonym ; the sounds
are wang, niang, and mung.
In. — This is now a synonym of No. 21 "J"> but was
originally distinguished, and in those compounds read
wu, it is usually retained ; others are read hwa.
Rad. 51. — The largest part of this group is read kan;
others are han, ngan, hien, kien and kieh; No. 364 -=p
flows from it, and it is sometimes confounded with No.
40 ~p and the next.
In. — It U interchanged with No. 19 ~*j in several cha-
racters ; its sounds are all yii and hii, but tii& significa-
tions vary greatly.
A plateau. — The sounds here are like the primitive,
except j|j[ t/ueh ; their meanings are not influenced by it.
** Rad. 37. — This primitive is sometimes wrongly written
like No. 72 J$. as jpj for |7£ , and also jfc ; its deri-
vatives are read to, tai and ti.
Chana*^ sta ff' — ^ ms character is also written 5v> partly to
* distinguish it from the last ; the compounds all read
(hang, and exhibit some reference to the meaning of
their phonetic.
Rad. 56. — This and No. 75 ^J§ are liable to be con-
founded; its compounds are mostly read yih, others
being yuen and teh, the last ^ making a sub-group.
Below. — These few characters are read hvi or sha and
teh; they show no trace of the primitive in their mean-
ing ; No. 57 ~\\ might sometimes be taken for it.
Rad. 48. — This primitive has a large sub-group under No.
646 _3» and smaller ones under kiiing JJJj No.
250 JJt a nd No. 384 <Q 5 its derivatives are mostly
read kung and hung, then kang, kiang and kiiing.
** Rad. 32. — This group is read fu, mu and shie"; its
T*u characters indicate no affinity with its meaning, and one
of them /£l leads a few derivatives.
*» Rad. 41. — This must not be confounded with the next ;
Ts'un *
it is used as a contraction for ^ by rapid penmen ; its
derivatives are read tsiin, sheu, cheunaA tao; ffi and
tJP both lead off several others.
*• Talented. — This group contains many common words ;
5 all but one ( BJ) pi ) are read like it, and their mean-
ings differ greatly.
25
Yih,
2«
Hio?
27
(Kung
lx.
INTRODUCTION.
m
ffc
32
<Ki
33
34
Jan*
35
<y<?
*
A
81 jRar/. 57. — This character imparts none of its mean-
fhung j n g S to its derivatives, which are read kung, and
kiiing ; two of them Ijij and ^, lead sub-groups of five
or six characters, and No. 156 f]l, may come from it.
Rad. 49. — This and the next might, as primitives, be
joined in one, for they are seldom accurately written ;
this group is read ki mostly, also pi, p€i and kai ; one
EL
sub-group under No. 331 ^ is large.
The tenth hour. — The characters in this group follow
the phonetic, but their meanings have no likeness to
it or each other.
Sivord. — This and No. 5 JJ are similar in sense, but
their groups differ in sound, this being read jan through-
out ; No. 332 *§» comes from this, but the form *J}> is
a contraction of jglj ^chwang.
Also.— This reappear* in No. 510 Jjj? and No. 165 4E
and other sub-groups ; the derivatives are read t, ti, chi,
shi and to, none of them like itself either in sound or
sense.
38 Rad. 39. — The derivatives all follow their leading
f Tsz' aound in this group, and also show an unusual affinity
with its meaning.
Orphan. — This is easily confounded with the last, but
it is seldom met ; the sounds of tho derivatives are like
it, but their meanings differ.
To beg. — This primitive appears like an offshoot from
No. 1 Tj> but its affinities are with No. 664 ^ and
the 84th radical ~\i with which it is interchanged ; its
compounds are read hih, yih, kih, hoh, koh, kuh
and kien.
A sprout. — The sub-group under No. 210-2 ,s the
only important one ; the compounds are read toh, cha,
tsih and tu ; and are unlike in sense.
*°,. A thousand. — This and No. 20 ~p are often mistaken
* ten for each other, but this is the least used ; its compounds
are all read ts'ien.
41 A ladle. — This primitive affects the meaning of a few
Choh t characters under it ; their sounds are mostly choh and tih,
whhpoh, yoh, tiao and liao; By aQ d a5 both lead
two or three compounds.
Rad. 36. — This character reappears in a large sub-
group. No. 265 3> ; its few unimportant compounds
are read sih and to.
43 Rad. 59. — A homophonous group, in whicii it is some-
fShan times difficult to decide the office of the primitive as a
radical or a phonetic.
37
Kieh }
38
Kih,
39
iTo
42
Sih,
ill
Long. — This gives its sound to all under it except Bj\
liu; their meanings are various, and one (TV forms a
group of three.
All. — This and No. 49 7L are much alike, and the
next group resembles both of them ; these derivatives
are read Jan, except one contraction j^ pung.
A pill. — Its derivatives are all read hwan or wan. and
(.Hwan some of them partake of its meaning ; this and the last
group are alike in form.
47 Forked — The sounds of the compounds in this group
Jha* are cha and chai, and the primitive evidently affects
the meaning of its derivatives.
48 Rad. 47. — The characters in this group are read ch'wen,
t Chw'en snU n, hiiin, siiin and tsai, and their meanings have
verv little in common.
<Kht
45
Fan*
46
p
51
<K<e
4
J\X Sin* Rapid- — This primitive is an altered form of No. 45 J\± \
its compounds are like it in sound execpt wet § jl, but
differ in their meaning.
3C ' Nil ^ a ^' ^ — ^ ie derivatives of 5C as a primitive are read
jii, but they are seldom met with, and have diverse
meanings.
Rad. 30.— The few characters in which this is used as
^ a primitive are read k'eu ; the groups under No. 287
ill, No. 268 Jfi and No. 169 %} come from it, but
show no affinity in sense or sound.
r 1 1 * 2 Rad. 46. — The few characters in this group are read
M-l (onan snan or s i en . mos t; f them are in common use.
FOUR STROKES.
83 Rad. 68. — This group is homophonous except fSf and
%^C liao; the compounds are diverse in their meanings.
—J— 84 Rad. 70. — A large and nearly homophonous group, a
SJ t^ang f ew only being read pang; the characters exhibit traces
of the phonetic in their meanings
It, ( jj ana The nape. — This character flows from No. 9 J^ only
9 in appearance ; its derivatives are read hang, kang and
kang, and some of them are like it in meaning.
-fV * 8 w Rad. 67. — Some of the characters in this group are
J*^ j Wan rea( j m i n aru j n n ^ Du t more than half are wan ; one of
them, No. 830 |.£j, leads a small sub-group.
-I- *J Agile. — This unimportant group is uniform in its sound ;
the phonetic is derived from No. 17 f* and not from
No. 26 "p 5 which it resembles.
Walking. — This primitive is also written ji, or *j\ i ,
though the two characters are unlike ; the sounds are
chin, shan and tan, and their meanings are very
dissimilar.
88 Rad. 86. — The compounds are all read hwo, and one or
f Hwo two partake of the meaning of their phonetic.
60
fSin
%
58
iYin
A3"
7C
#
61
lYuen
Rad. 61. — The sound sin or isin pertains to all in this
group, except Jjljj another form of Jjlfc chi ; the mean-
ings have no noticeable resemblance ; No. 403 ^Jj
shows the other form of the radical.
Origin. — This is easily written so as to resemble No.
55 J\ji and from it flows No. 294 -jq ; its derivatives
are read yuen or wan.
8 * A well. — Some of the characters are somewhat like
* Tsing their phonetic in meaning ; they are read tsing and kang.
f A husband. — This primitive resembles No. 163 ^fe 5
' its compounds are homophonous throughout, and care-
ful search might bring to light a little resemblance in
their meanings to the phonetic.
** To speak. — Three or four derivatives are read hwun,
S Yun the others are yun ; none of them alike in their
meanings.
88 Rad. 9C— The characters under this phonetic are all
^ read like it ; it reappears in No. 223 |H and No. 353 ££,
besides groups under ^£ and -fj of three or_four words.
Nooh U n J ort unate. — This properly flows from No. 7 1^ ;
it occurs again in No. 267 ^ and is often written ^;
its derivatives are mostly read ngoh ami ngai or yai.
87 _ Oblique. — This small group presents traces of the pri-
Tsieh) rnitive in its meanings, and is like it in sound.
Contrary. — This primitive resembles the last in form ;
its compounds are read pan and fan, and many of
them partake of its leading idea of opposition.
<Fa
INTRODUCTION.
Ixi.
it
•• Rad. 43. — The sounds of these compounds follow their
£JfM» primitive, but it has had o perceptibie influence ou
their meaning.
79 The. forearm. — The derivatives are mostly read hung.
<,Kung an d this primitive is often interchanged with No. 156
fj/» > the meanings of many of them allude to a twang
or vibration.
"Tj£ 71 Not. — The sounds in this group are pah, peu, feu and
*%* Puh ) pgi^ an d the meanings of the characters show no resem-
blance ; No. 138 3i i s often interchanged with it, and
No. 3C8 ^§ is derived from it.
-Jr </?••■ Rad. 94— This and No. 23 ^C are often wrongly in-
* n terchanged ; this group is read k'uen and_/#£ / and the
compound ^ is a good example of ideographic writing.
-p? 73 Mutual.— Th& derivatives are identical with the sounds
-EL Bu* f their phonetic, but their meanings show slight resem-
blance ; No. 228 j§£ is sometimes wrongly written like
this, and it is interchanged with •%-> in many cases.
Xart 74 To cut off. — The sounds in this group are tsieh and tsi,
yj Tsieh , both which the phonetic has; the meanings are very
unlike.
75 Rad. 63. — As a primitive, this gives none ef its mean-
fKwo njng to the compounds, which are read hum, chao, hwan
and hwo ; No. 437 =f| flows from it.
Rad. 92. — The compounds in this group mostly follow
their leading sound ; others are read hia, kia and
chioen ; No. 424 iS is interchanged with u it in
several characters.
A short dress. — This and shi' \\\ a market, are nearly
alike in form, but this is the phonetic, and half the
compounds follow it ; others are read pel and tseh ; the
sub-group of five under iff is read shi.
Rad. 65. — The group uuder this as a primitive is more
important than that under it as a radical, and it is not
easy to draw the b'ne ; the sounds are chi and ki in
equal proportions, with three read kwdi.
vr* 79 Obscure. — This resembles "j ; its compounds follow
~" ie its sound, and in several of them ]|l takes its place
from mere identity of sound.
SO Rad. 75. — The few compounds under this primitive are
u * read muh, hiu, hiao and sung, of which No. 278 "pjC
and -%j form sub-groups.
81 To give. — This group is read yii, sii, shv, chu and ye";
Yu' in combination the primitive is often written like No. 36
*J* '■, and one or two of the compounds have a few
derivatives.
gl •* To lead on. — The compounds under this character par-
V| l Yin take slightly of its meanings ; their sounds are yin, shan
and chan.
S3 The second hour. — The derivatives are read ch'eu and
\M eu n i u ; their meanings show no similarity to it or each other.
A chord. — This often occurs written ^ in obsolete forms,
and resembles No. 20O 3R; J the compounds are read
kwai, kiie'h, h'ueh, yiieli and me'i, a miscellaneous group.
3<£, 85 Not. — This character is easily confounded with No. 103
*^* ' y^ , but it seldom occurs in combination ; its sounds
are all jJke the primitive.
Would that. — This group regularly follows its phonetic
z
8T
Fah>
%
88
iMao
*
89
J ¥
99
i Niu
9k
91
( Yao
X
92
Puh t
78
( Ya
77
Fti>
ft
n
_f- 78
3c ,cu
>V Swap
Q
.Pa
throughou'.: ; the compounds show no resemblance in
signifi o r>rion to it or each other.
Deficient. — The sounds under this primitive, which re-
sembles ££i are Jah. fan and pien ; their meanings
are s-till more diverse.
Rad. 82.— This group is read mao, with the exception
of three read, hao and muh ; the meanings of the cha-
racters are unlike.
Noon.— The compounds are read wu, ch'u and hti;
one of them ai* leads off three or four in a sub-group.
Rad. 93. —The few words in this group are read niu,
lao and kien ; they have no similarity of meaning.
Fair. — This primitive resembles ^C heaven, but that
forms no derivatives ; its soundSj are yao, ngao, hiao,
yu and uli ; one ^^ leads a small sub-group.
Rad. 66. — The forms of the radical and primitive
differ a little, but this resembles No. 78 JJt * n some
cases ; the dervatives are read muh, me'i.
•3 Cinnabar.— The primitive gives its sound to five com-
( Tan pounds, the rest being read chen, nan, and tung; it
might have itself been elevated to be a radical.
94 Uniform — An unusual similarity runs through the
c Ian meanings of this group, which is read yun, kiun and
tsin ; one derivative >5j has three under it.
95 Rad. 74. — This gives its sound to all its derivatives,
Yiiehy an d traces of its meanings can be detected in two or three.
98 Do not. — The sounds in this group are wuh, hwuh,
\\uh t mu h and wan ; from one of the characters proceeds
No. 466 i@,i and there are other 8mall sub-groups.
*7 Up to. — About half of this group is read kih ; the rest
Kih t are chah, hih and salt, suggesting a contraction from
other forms to explain the sounds.
Mja ® 8 Rad. 76. — The sounds of k'ien, Men, kan, yin and
yv JCien' c h u i, occur in this group ; in many of the characters,
it is not easy to decide whether j£ is the radical or
primitive.
|-* 99 Rad. 69. — No similarity in meaning is seen in these
f\ (fin- derivative;), which are read kin, kin, yin, k'i, tsiang
and so.
^n 199 To ascend. — These compounds resemble their primitive
) I (btong j n soun( j an d sense ; and one of them g£ is often sub-
stituted for it.
Rad. 63. — More than usual uniformity appears among
the derivatives, most of them being read hu, with ku
and tu ; No. 769 Jj§, is derived from it, and Jj^ and
/If- both have a few followers.
rit loa Rad. 87. — The compounds are similar to the primitive
)\\ l Chao j u sound, and some of them partake of its sense.
JP? X ?f Rad. 79.— This primitive is a little like No. 85 ^.j
*^ s u the derivatives are read sheh, shau, teu, ku and yih,
and show a few sub-groups ; some of the compounds
properly belong to the i adical.
_*-. 184 To sprout — Half of the derivatives are read tun ;
r|£t. s,Tun others are chwen, isuen and shun; there are two or
three small sub-groups.
To transjorm. — The compounds of tins group are read
hwa and wo, and several of them are modified by
the meaning of the primitive.
Rad. 83. — The sounds vary much among these deriva-
tives, but their meanings ni e even more dissimilar ; it is
not the same as No. 174 j£
lo loo-c up. — This is not the same as No. 1 75 h]) ; the
sounds aie a»g. ying and yrig, and the sense of the
primitive appears in many af the oomppom
191
Bu 1
/]/ 105
Tufliro*
en loe
P\ Shi>
4J
197
lAng
lxii.
INTRODUCTION.
J*
4
«
( p. Rad. 81 — This primitive comes from Nail & an< l 8* ves
* its sound to all under it, but no trace of its meaning ;
No. 354 gS and No. 685 ^ are connected with it.
fo(I X ?? Cruel. — Some likeness of sound appears in this group ;
^"^ { " It Is sometimes written jXj and {xj or >£J-
ll * Now. — The compounds are read kin and king, but
t Kin n one f them follow the meaning of the phonetic.
jtl HI Sign of admiration. — This and the next are easily
iT iHi distinguished ; the group is small, and nearly uniform
in sound.
>~t 11* To divide. — The idea of expansion or division mns
yy (Fan through the words in this large group, two-thirds of
which follow the sound of the primitive ; the rest are
pan, pan and pin.
/s, US Confines. — Much uniformity in sound, as kiai and hiai
J | Kiai* pervades this group, but only a few of its words resemble
the primitive in sense.
11* Rad. 88. — No trace of the meaning of the primitive is
P u * seen in the compounds, but all of them agree with it in
sound ; ;§£ is an example of a modified radical.
^< H* Rad. 89. — This group is nearly uniform in sound ; the
->v (Hiao primitive affects the meanings of only one or two.
j\ 116 Equal. — The sounds of these compounds are unlike, and
«£» iKuny Jn mauy cages tli(jy follow No> ^ ^ ^ which
some are interchanged.
JL% 117 To permit. — Much dissimilarity in pronunciation occurs
J\U f Yun jn this group, and the meanings have no reference to
the primitive.
;M "» Rad. 90. — This rules the sounds of only a part of the
.TlsCAw'aH^compounds, the rest being tsiang ; and imparts its
meaning to none.
|L "• Rad. 77. — This group agrees in sound with its phonetic,
Uu * Chi and a trace of its meaning is seen in several of the
compounds.
Rad. 72. — An incongruous group in both sound and
signification ; f Q is regarded as a contraction of |j|[ by
many.
rt. 1*1 Within This imparts its own sound to none of the
V^ N€i* compounds, which read naft, or Jui* or noh y ; nor are
their meanings like it.
>4j 138 Middle. — This gives the sound to all its compounds,
T* { Chung an d traces of its meaning appear in all the common
ones.
j^ 133 Few. — The sounds chao, miao and sha appear in this
j? *Shao group ; their significations show little influence from the
primitive ; 12 characters occur under the radical >J>,
having this for their radical, and partaking of its
meaning.
FIVE STROKES.
A vestibule. — One sound runs through this group, but
its meanings are incongruous ; it is contracted to — •
in some characters.
To carry on the back. — A group nearly uniform in
sound, but diverse in its meanings ; some of them are
interchanged with No. 35 Jj^.
Rad. 116. — A trace of the meaning of the primitive
S\ Hiieh, appears in many of the compounds, most of which are-
like it in sound.
\U I? 7 , Waves rising. — This is derived from No. 7 Q> but
1U ran* while the sounds are alike, the meanings of the deri-
vatives show no affinity with it.
Rad. 117. — An incongruous group in sound, as lih, lah,
sah ; and then: meanings show even more diversity.
118
<Chi
188
Jihf
*---» 184
'T <cfe*
%.T.
126
128
Lih t
>. 128
-J- 130
-££» iHuen
— - 131
ffr'Yung
,w 133
m> i 3S
I iP'ing
*
134
Wi>
135
Muh,
*
<Tso
137
Pah,
3S
138
«PV*
6
138
Yiu>
«
140
SMh,
*
141
Pu>
IE
143
Ching*
*
143
JCu*
B
144
*T
145
<Ab
rx- 143
|A| <Ping
PR Tsahj
Tv 148
MiShuhy
*148
<Pdn
Chah,
II. 151
M tKan
Lord. — A group uniform in sound, and one where the
sense of many characters shows the influence of the pri-
mitive ; -££ is another form of \ 3l> which is found under
No. 65 3l> fr° m which this flows.
Rad. 95. — This affects the sounds of all its compounds ;
which are more numerous and common than those in
which it is a radical.
Always. — The sounds in this group are nearly uni-
form, but their meanings show no trace of the primitive.
Must. — This leads the sounds as- pi or pih ; and No.
708 t$* heads a sub-group of one of its derivatives.
Peace. — 1'he sounds in this group are p'ing and pang;
the meanings are various ; ^f is nearly the same as fB
(fih'ing.
Not yet. — This and the next need to be distinguished ;
its sounds are wi or m£i, and its meanings often indi-
cate incompleteness.
End. — The sounds here are uniform, and there is a
trace of the primitive in the meanings of most of the
words.
The left. — This gives its sound to the group ; No. 522
^fj and No. 629 Je flow from it.
Topullvut. — Tho sounds of pah or poll, fah or fuh
are common iu this group, whose characters have no
reference to the primitive in their meanings.
Great. — This is aderivative fromNo. 71 /f» J its sounds
follow the primitive, but not its meanings.
Right This has some affinity to No. 231 W in sound
and form ; its derivatives are all sounded alike.
Rad. 112. — This group has no reference in meaning to
the primitive, and the sounds are very unlike. ^
Cloth. — These characters agree in sound, and fjjj is
modified in its form, and may be of a different origin.
Correct. — Uniform in sound ; only a few of the charac-
ters indicate affinity with the meaning of the primitive,
which seems to proceed from No. 119 In -
To depart.— These characters are read k'ii, kieh and
fah ; the primitive influences the meaning of very few
of them.
Vast. — A group nearly uniform in sound, but various
in its meanings ; it resembles No. 248 |5 and the
radical gi i 11 form.
Able. — These characters derive their various sounds
of ko, ho and ngo from the primitive, but their mean-
ings show little analogy to it ; No. 446 pljj and No.
650 U flow from it.
Cyclic term. — No similarity in meaning appears in this
group, but all follow it in their sounds.
To bind.— The sounds of this group are uniformly like
their phonetic ; it is often contracted to Iff-
A medicine. — The meaning of the primitive affects none
of the compounds, but their sounds chuh and shuh re-
semble it.
Origin. — These characters mostly denote rudeness;
they are read pan and poh, and No. 528 ffi is probably
derived from it.
A tablet.— The sounds of this group are uniform, but
their meanings have no similarity.
Rad. 99. — The pronunciation is kan, han and kien ;
and a trace of the meaning of the primitive is observable
in this group.
INTRODUCTION.
lxiii.
ffi
I, 153
Of 'Am
ft
%
SA
Yuehf
x58
Full)
156
157
iZVt
3
*
4
152 The age. — The sounds here are shi, i and sieh ; their
Shi* significations vary much ; it is sometimes interchanged
with No. 289 *j|, and No. 542 ^ is an offshoot.
Ancient. — This group is read ku and hu, but their
meanings differ widely ; No. 497 HI and No. 544 ^
are derived from it.
An ax. — This group is similar in its sounds, but not
otherwise ; the primitive must not be written like £$5
a cyclic character.
Not so. — The sounds here are /uh t and J69, but no
likeness to the primitive can be traced in their meanings.
To extend. — The primitive gives its sound to the coin-
4 un $ pounds ; it is perhaps derived from No. 31 £§•
A nun. — The sounds here follow the primitive ; the
meanings are incongruous.
An official. — One sound pervades this group, which yet
exhibits no likeness in its meanings ; $jPJ is a hybrid.
The people. — Uniform in sound, with the exception of
flft mien ; in some of the compounds "fj« is improperly
interchanged with it.
ieo To call. — The compounds are read tiao, choo and shao ;
their meanings are diverse ; it is contracted to ^J in
some cases.
To add. — The sounds in this group are kia, with a few
ho and kie~; the meanings however show few traces of
its meaning.
Ah! — The sounds follow the primitive, which itself
recurs in No. 784 ^f£ in a small group.
To lose. — The words here are read cheh, tieh and »;
their meanings indicate little affinity with each other.
Rad. 100. — More resemblance exists in this group to
fShang the sound than the sense of the primitive ; No. 595 is
one of them.
j=st 158
"J <Sz>
rt 159
fXilMin
m
175
f Mao
161
<Kia
162
t Hu
163
Shift)
164
-a
A
ft
165
Cha t
167
168
t Pao
166
170
iJPi
171
Cheh)
173
Mountaineer. — This is derived from No. 35 J@+ 5 the
characters are read t'o and », and few of them are
common.
Suddenly. — The primitive gives its sound to nearly
half the group, the rest being tsoh, tsieh and tsu; No.
611 'pa is one of its compounds.
Bad. 115. — The characters, not like the primitive in
their sounds, are read su ; their meanings are all un-
like it.
To embrace in. — Much uniformity of sound appears in
this group; many characters resemble the primitive in
sense.
A phrase. — The compounds are read ku, keu and heu
or Am; it is sometimes written 5»J> but not correctly.
Rad. 107. — Besides the regular sound p'i, a few are
read po, or p€i ; the meaning of skin appears in only
three or four.
To reprimand — The sounds of this group are cheh, su
and toh ; several of them refer to breaking ; it has no
affinity with No. 99 jf'
Rad. 97. — Words in this group are read kwa, ku or
/**V t Kwa hu, but none of them relate to melons.
>- 173 Winter. — The sounds in this group are tung, fang
<^ ( Tung and chung, and a few of the characters refer to cold.
y< 17* Bottom.— About half of these derivatives are read ti,
fr* and the rest chi ; in some of the latter 3f is inter-
changed with JB; the primitive, which is not the 6ame
as No. 106. j£-
ft Tap
fr 17
JH ( K*
ft
rfi 170
Poh,
!ty<Tsz'
177
iu
178
Fu>
<£
181
Put?
^ Ling*
A\ 183
3jT ( Chan
O 184
J3 t Yuen
185
Pier?
#
.Z* 186
t=t <Tai
187
*Mu
*
188
t,Nu
$1™
L. ISO
p| (Chen,.
tf 192
<B*Tan>
Su
<Tsie
rt 194
iff Hao>
EH 185
f Kiah)
*y* t Shan
P 197
Morning hour. — This group is read mao, Hao aud liu ;
its significations are incongruous ; jlp an egg is aber-
rant, and No. 673 {g leads a large group.
An age. — These sounds are uniform, and a trace of the
primitive is seen in several of the compounds.
A hill. — This group is mostly read like the primitive,
but few of them show its influence in their meaning.
To give. — This is uniformly sounded fu, and in many
of the compounds something of the primitive is apparent.
Rad. 106. — All except three read/Ja, follow the primi-
tive in their pronunciation ; only two or three resemble
its meaning.
To stop one's-self. — The sounds are nearly uniform in
this group ; it is sometimes confounded with No. 301
Half. — 'Hie primitive imparts its sound to all the deri-
vatives, and its meaning to a large proportion.
To order. — A uniform group ; the primitive is some-
times used as a contraction of No. 1040 5E-
'Thick hair. — All the compounds but two follow its
sound, but only one or two of them its meaning ; No.
780 2§£ comes from it.
A marsh. — These characters differ in sound and sense
from the primitive, which is also written \^ •
A casque. — Half of this group is pronounced pien and
half is Jan ; the primitive is sometimes written 5F>
but not correctly.
A terrace. — A variety of sounds as t, tai, chi, si, ye
and shi occur in this group ; it is often a contraction of
No. 945 Wff in those read tai.
Mother. — An incongruous group, for part of .them are
compounded of the radical jff not, and part of "$£ to
string on ; No. 340 -flj: flows from it.
A slave. — The sounds here vary from nu into nao, na
and fang ; there is no similarity in sense among the
derivatives.
Ybwn$F.»-The sounds here are nearly uniformly yeu or
yao, but their meanings do not resemble the phonetic.
To divine. — Among its compounds some, are read
nien, tien, tieh and shen; [one of them is No. 387.
Yjjj making a sub-group ; it and No. 153 15" are ou ^ n
misprinted for each other.
This.— A few are read chai, but the other derivatives
are uniform in sound with it.
The dawn.— About half a dozen of this group are read
tah ; in some the primitive is often contracted to No.
901 jfj > because of the sameness of sound.
Furthermore. — This much resembles the last ; the
sounds tsu, cha, chu, tsu and tsie occnr under it ; No.
370 J$ flows from it.
A signal. — Some derivatives are read hiao, but their
significations vary much ; it is deemed to be derived
from No. 2 "5«
A scale. — The compounds are read kiah, hiah, chah
or yah ; they show no trace of the primitive in their
meanings.
To report to. — The characters here are nearly uniform
in pronunciation, and have a slight resemblance in
meaning ; this and the last must not be confounded.
To scrape off.— This small group is incongruous, and
the primitive is often written j§J erroneously.
lxiv.
INTRODUCTION.
at
192 Elder brother. — None of the compounds are read like
(Hainff it, and none of them exrr' 'it any traces of its meaning.
132 Only. — All the compounds are read like it, but their
Chi meanings vary much.
200 Middle. — Most of these follow the primitive in sound ;
c four are read ying, and one derivative No. 588 3^
leads a group.
B201 Had. 102. — All but one of this group are iead like it,
£ T*ien and they all refer more or less to its meaning.
J* 2*^ From, by — Tbis group is read siu, chu, tih, cheu and
pfcj s Yiu yiu, but in none does the-meaning of the primitive ap-
pear.
# 233 Gradually- — One sound runs through this group, but
c Yen nothing of the primitive comes out hi the mornings.
ttri 204 Catalogue. — Shan is the most common sound in these
TJ/J lsiehyf ew characters, which are incongruous in meaning.
t-rj 205 £\>ur. — A similarity of Bound pervades this group ; the
•^ z primitive is often printed to resemble J5 a piece.
I — I 2oe
|Pj <Kimg
M
%
large part there is some allusion, to space ; No. 291 |S|
and No. 293 fpj are like it.
ffl2•7 To go out. — Besides ch'uh, the sounds kiiVi, tuh and
Ch'u/ty cJigh occur ; the meanings are very diverse.
■•• Therefore. — The sounds are » and tsz; the firimitive
is changed to the old form B in some cases.
8IX STROKES.
<4>* 309 ^ letter- — The sounds here are uniform, but the cha-
J Tsz' } racters do not take after the primitive, itself derived
from No. 86 ^f-
±£t 21 ° A house. — These compounds are read ch'a, but they are
\S Cnefit uot unifonniu meaning ; it is itself derived from No. 39
211 Peace. — Nearly uniform in sound ; the primitive is part-
* ed in J^ to feast with.
■jftr 3 * a Also. — Usually read yih, but none of the compounds
* resemble it in meaning ; No. 1024 5fp# is often con-
tracted to this, especially in these, characters where it is
placed over the radical.
Had. 145. — Uniformly read i, but nothing of its signi-
fication appears in the compounds.
To join. — The sounds Mao and yao occur in a few )
cases, and a trace of the primitive is often seenjn the J
derivatives.
~4f /-a?' 8 ToJiU. — The sounds here are uniform, with one ex- ;
c ception ; it is often .written Jf^ in formal books.
_•-. M-* The tenth liour. — This group is read kai, hiai, kiai.
-*s Hai fc h ^d / w j t but the primitive affects none of the
meanings.
"i^Z jf 1 ^ Ample. — These follow one sound, and traces of the
JlutBwanff primitive reappear in some of the compounds; it flows
from No. 18 |_j- and _^ makes another form of it.
-y* 218 Rad. 123. — Besides yang, many of these are read
I £ Yang siang, and three or four of them refer to the primitive.
^IL 2 * 3 This group is uniformly read kiicn ; the primitive is not
^ in use, and reappears in No. 453 Tfo and No. 666 1^ ;
it was anciently a radical.
Had- 119. — The Founds are alike in tbis group, with one
exception ; the compounds show no meaning of the pho-
netic ; one of them forms a -sulv^roup, No. 631 jjjc,
of four.
1& r 2 *
/^iSJung
325
Sheh)
226
k,w:
m^ 213
^C t Kiao
>I> 230
■^k* ??* A series. — These all follow the sounds of tho phonetic,
and No. 578 *g? is a compound which leads a few
others.
"Jtft ? 2 * Punishment. — This group is uniform in sound, but has
JVH iHing none in signification; it is perhaps derived from No. 62
w
g 233 To aid. — One sound runs- through- all these characters,
cfittf'an^and some of them slightly indicate the meaning of the
primitive.
Martial. — A few of these are read sung ; one deriva-
tive Rjjjj forms two further compounds itself ; No. 154
$• No. 233 JjJq, and No. 235 Jpjfc are easily con-
founded with it.
_J5. 335 _4 model. — These generally follow their primitive in
>\ oheh> sound, but it does not influence their*meanings.
A foreigner. — Tliis group is read » and t'i ; the pho-
netic is sometimes wrongly interchanged with 5& No.
301.
Ashes. — The sounds here are hwui, kwei and tan ,• a
Iwui f ew gbow something of the primitive in their meaning.
~M * 28 « Constant. — Two of these are read hang ; the primitive is
* sometimes written like No. 73~1J and No. 245 JjjL>
but there is a clear distinction between them.
-E.J 2 * 3 To arrange. — The sounds are lieh and li, but none of
■y*\ Lieh> the compounds show much trace of the primitive.
W 233 A Imndred. — This group is read poh and vioh, and in
Poh t one or two some influence of the phonetic appears.
.-£j 23 >- To have. — Besides yiu, others are read hwui, we'i and
U ' Yiu yu; a few show tiaces of the meaning of the primitive.
232 Rod. 126. — Most of the sounds are 'rh, nai or nuh,
4 '^ being aberrant ; from it flow No^-527 p| and No. 936
fftj, two small groups.
I_c. 233 To complete. — Two are read shing, ts exceptions to
JjXt iCtfiag clt'ing ; their meanings sometimes partake of its own ; it
is not the same as No. 224 j£ ° r No. 235 J^-
-jtaT 23 * To preserve. — About half are read tsien and ts'un ;
'jj'lTs'ua none exhibit any decided traceof the primitii-e-in their
meanings.
^ 235 The eighth hour. — Thi» primitive is not to be written
r^i. owi) j^ wn icb nearly resembles it ; the Bounds are incon-
gruous.
_j£ 230 To brag. — With ktv'a, the sounds of k f u and hu also
*»j fKw^a occur ; in miuiy compounds some ideas of bragging or
grandeur are noticed.
j« 337 Rad. 133. — Half a dozen words are read tieh; the other»
,~Tr. Chi* are chi, but their meanings are dissimilar.
-jar 338 Rad. 1-8. — The sounds in this group are 'rA orn»"; few
•*\ l Tih of them relate to the meaning of the phonetic.
i. 330 A baton. — Much diversity of sound, exists here, as kwa,
3E. t Kw4* wa ^ j {W ^ ^- a - an( j fa-. jj 0# 42 1 ^» is derived from it.
zja. 2 ** A ten pie In this group all differ from the primitive,
""*}* Sz'* the sounds ' shi, chi, fang and tafbeing common; No.
697 11"^ flows from it.
# 2 *l To examine.— A small uniformly-sounded group, but
f K'ao ^th very dissimilar meanings.
_fj» 2 <i3 To wound.— All but one are read tsai; the primitive is
X $Tsai not in use, but mott of the compounds show traces of its
meaning.
— F-* 343 fortunate.— Modifications of the soimd Ink, as kieh,
pt Kih, Meli, idah and kvih. occrJ in this gronp, which is very
incowrruotis.
S5
INTRODUCTION.
lxv.
*
2 ** Rad. 125. — Most of these are uniform in sound, but
t Lao have no common bond in their meaning.
W a45
_EL (Siien
t§f
M
246
L?
247
(Si
249
253
254
*I1
To publish. — The sounds hwan and yuen prevail under
this primitive, which is much like No. 228 7?£ and
flows into No. 503 J§T
An official. — The compounds are read sM, and have ap-
parently got their sounds from }£, a history.
Rad. 146. — This is also used as a contraction of Jjjg in
1® and Hj§ and others ; the sounds are si, shai, isien
and shin.
j pg 24« 7^ c dnn. — These are sounded i, with one exception,
*^ * hut their meanings vary much ; it differs from {§ a
statesman.
A thorn. — Besides tsz" the sounds tsieh or shih occur ;
this is liable to be confounded with its derivative No.
323 ]jjC> and the two are often miswritten.
"tfl» jt 8 * Within. — Two of this group are read k'iiing, but their
vC K'ung mea nings indicate nothing of the primitive ; a sub-group
appears in No. 836 ^>
-frfc 5 81 Altogether. — Those not read hung, are read hung, and
y \Kvng a few exhibit traces of the signification of the phonetic.
252 Rad. 129. — Most of these are read liih ; others are tsin,
zm«, pfa ail( j y U j^ an( j their meanings are equally diverse ;
No. 569 $. is a sub-group.
Rad. 138. — In this group Jean runs into han, yin, yen
and h'ien; one derivative No. 300 Jj^, gives rile to
others, as No. 624 j$.
2?acf. 124. — The sounds in this small group change from
the primitive into hu and »',• No. 948 ^j| heads a large
sub-group.
To aid. — A group uniform in sound, and from one of
the compounds conies No. 660 2& ; the character ^
is much like it.
i'H 286 To separate. — The sounds are mostly Icieh, Iciah and
3-/J Kieh) y en . the primitive alters a little in composition ; two
sub-groups, No. 567 ^ and No. 809 ^ are important.
Had. 127. —Uniform in sound, this group is diverse in
meaning ; No. 409 2f$ is often contracted like it.
At 258 Rad. 121. — All but one, sie, read like the primitive,
t| (Feu -which also gives its meaning to one or two derivatives.
Red. — In a few words chu runs into shu, but the group
is nearly homophonous, and several show traces of its
meaning.
First. — Considerable diversity of sound exists in this
bien group, as si and shang are applied even to the same
character.
Equally. — The sound Men runs into yen, king and hi;
it is often contracted to Jfr, and the contraction of No.
435 ~AfL is J~\, which is sometimes confounded with it.
Rad. 135. — The sounds kwah, hwa, hoh, hoh and tien,
show the variations in this group ; the meanings are
very diverse.
A bouquet. — Uniform in sound, this group shows no
similarity in its meanings ; £fe is another form of it.
A decade. — A few of these read h'iiin for siiin, and the
primitive is occasionally written as No. 359 ^ and
No. 565 /gf from likeness of sound ; ^t leads a few
other derivatives.
m
256
iCh'ing .
%
257
JJi>
258
(Feu
/f- 259
^ (Chu
260
%*
"£C 261
TP tKien
282
Shelly
i*l
263
<-To
264
Siitn
$>
4>
265
(To
266
fitting
267
Many.— The sounds to, cM and i are heard in these
compounds, which are unlike the primitive in meaning ;
it is also used as a radical under */ the evening
Name.— This group is uniform in sound, while the
significations indicate no affinity witli the phonetic in
meaning.
Dangerous.— The sound w€i alters into kwe'i in most of
fHi i Wei the characters, some of which resemble it
fe
268
Heu>
269
Pa?
in meaning.
*
a
Empress.— lieu and keu are the sounds in this group,
but none of them show the sense of the primitive.
Rivulet.— Pai, mih and moh are the sounds; the
meanings show little likeness to the primitive, which is
altered to No. 131 7j< in badly-written characters.
Rad. 144.— The compounds are read hang, but few of
tn 9 them show any traces of its meaning.
ir* La To defend upon.— The 6ound hang varies into hiang,
Kiang* ] mn g anf i jwng . t he primitive is not used alone, and
differs from No. 348 ijf slightly.
Each.— The most part of this group is read loh, then
hoh, Ico/i, lioh and h ; from it flows No. 504 ^ and
No. 865 |$.
Rad. 137.— All the compounds read like their phonetic,
but none of them have its meaning.
A sign.— The sounds yao, tiao, tao, cliao and fu are
found here, but the meaning of the primitive does not
appear.
Will. — These are read i and chi, but their meanings
show no reference to it.
>^ 270
17 sfli
^ 272
-tr Koh,
jfL 273
~TT cCheu
274
Chao>
275
J>U 276
lA Fuh t
ft
277
Fah %
p
279
,1
I "J Hiang)
To prostrate.— These are uniform in sound, but not in
sense ; it is easily distinguished from No. 278 $C and
No. 72 y^, from which it flows.
To fight.— All agree with their phonetic in sound at
least ; it must be distinguished from No. 176 ffi and
No. 345 f£
To desist.— The sounds are uniform in this group ; one
of the compounds $J$ is sometimes used for itself.
lie. — A small group, uniform in sound, but diverse in
meaning; the right half is used also as a synonymous
form.
Towards. — Hiang runs into shang in some of these ;
it is to be distinguished from No. 206 PJ and No.
291 j^J
fnT HfcS Ead ' 143 — The sound of **** 6 Mes kto sti/i in many
U&.£luen t f t h eS e characters, and one is read si
/:£. *?* An official c/iarge.— With one exception this group is
read jin; the primitive is sometimes abbreviated to i
in composition, which is seen also in No. 373 Jj£-
A district. — One sound runs through all these, but their
meanings show no similarity.
A llogether. — The sounds of ts' uen andshwan ran through
this group ; No. 478 3? is somewhat like it in form.
To join. — Besides lioh, the sounds hoh, Mali, kiah, shih
and heh occur ; it reappears in Nos. 579 -^- and
837 -pF 5 several words bear traces of the meaning of
the primitive.
vft 2 86 Tobellonv. — The group is uniform in sound, but the deri-
x \* cMeu vatives bear no affinity with the meaning of their
phonetic.
j Jn 287 As, ?/. — Most of these follow their leader, situ and sii
■ being exceptions ; it is somewhat like No. 188 jR«
}\\ ( cTeu
A* 284
^K < Ts'uen
yv 285
^ Hoh>
lxvi.
INTRODUCTION.
260
J
280
( Yin
291
\t* 288 Light. — A group nearly uuiform in sound, cne only
JuiKwang being read kung, but showing little analogy to it in
meaning'; No. 699 JtJ is derived from it.
To draw.— -The sound i prevails, but y eh and sieh are
also heard ; some of the derivatives interchange it with
No. 152 1ft-
Because. — Yin is altered to yen in four instances, but
the meanings of the words show no affinity ; it is inter-
changed with No. 536 ^ in some of them.
Same. — A group uuiform in sound ; many of the
iT'ung derivatives contain an allusion to tubular things; it is
like No. 206 |5] and No. 293 @ in its shape.
a *•* Oroohed.— This small group is unlike in sound and
K'ufif sense, one being pronounced kiting.
283 To revolve. — These characters are uniform in sound,
kHw€i flnd many of them preserve something of the primitive
in their meanings.
j-n-i 284 To finish. — Hwan, kwan, wan and yuen are the sounds
yft i Wan of these derivatives, in which no similarity of meaning
appears.
1 1 285 Sand.—Sha and so divide these characters, and in a
£j? (Sha few a nieauing like a sandy color or roughness can be
traced ; No. 123 *}? is the origin of this primitive.
-A» 28C Rad. 160.— These characters have no similarity in
TT t Sin sound or sense, and might be properly referred to the
radical ; the real group is under No. 933 J^p
f=z? 287 Rad. 149.— These words might have been properly
W ' s Yen referred to the radical yen, as their meanings par-
take of it,
iff ^°* An expanse of water.— This resembles No. 217 jjL »
* liu and slio are the sounds, and the derivative ^C
becomes a primitive in j§fij pulse.
^- 288 Pervading.— Hang and pang are the sounds, but in
j t Hang n0 nc of the compounds is the influence of the primitive
to be seen.
R3* 3 Conscientious. — Liang, lang and niang are the sounds ;
( Liang ^ t ^ resem b] e s No. 253 J|j> and is sometimes inter-
changed with No. 624 J(J), one of its derivatives.
Brother. — Uniform in sound with their primitive, seve-
ral of the characters show traces of its meanings ; it is
sometimes written like No. 226 ^ making a few syn-
onyms.
Bad. 161. — The sounds are all chiln and shun, and
^ fian the primitive is liable to be mistaken for No. 402. J|-
«i 303 A precept.— Kiai and Mat are the only sounds;
7lX Kiai* and several words exhiwt some analogy to the primi-
tive in their meaning.
_t_. 304 To compress. —The largest part are read Icieh, others
>%. Awvi» are fe a j^ fc a ^ fafo aQ( j ts i en . |?jj i s rea d s hen; and,
unlike Kk£ hieh, the primitive is interchanged with No.
285-fr and No. 521 0|£ in a few.
Incantation.— The characters exhibit traces of the-
primitive, from which they differ in sound ; one ( /R )
becomes a primitive.
■ag j *•• /. — Wu, yi* and ya are the sounds ; the idea of forcibly
F9 i Wu stopping is found in half of the derivatives.
j^ 307 A hound. — Uniform in sound, the group is diverse in
JtZi (.Mang meaning, and contains no word in common use.
338 Not. — These derivatives are readjotf»and/»; it is derived
e from No. 71 ^v and resembles that group in meaning.
*
m
301
7»»
M iWu
*
Itr
- gh * 333 To overcome. — These are read koh and k'mg; two
y%j Koh } common derivatives are synonyms.
^^- 310 .4 rivulet. — This group is read king, king and kang;
— L "' * m 9 it is often contracted to ^ in rapid writing.
Stf 311 Illicit. — All are read y€; and the primitive is probably
contracted from fljjj with which half of the derivatives
are still written, as $$ a cocoa-nut.
£*£, 312 To turn pale. — These are divided between poh, puh and
-* * Poh} p£ ; but there is no similarity of meaning among
them.
-£? 31 ? Will. — All are read like the primitive, but they have
*E* Chi* n0 likeness to it in meaning.
Cheh P en d u lou s e/ws.— -This resembles No. 417 JRj but is
* not properly interchanged with it ; nearly all are read
cheh.
3E 31B To handle* — These characters all follow their phonetic,
~7V Lung* but not in its meaning.
jjfr tj. * Filial duty.— All except one ( B$ Mao) are sounded
* l Idao, but no connection in their meanings can be traced.
iK j(i h To refuse. — This is often written •fl|) and p}Ji> but
'not quite correctly ; the characters are read alike, but
are seldom used.
zh. 313 Bad. 156.— The derivatives are unlike in sound and
sense ; and only one of them \ $£ tu ) is much used.
•=J 31 * Bad. 151.— Ten is the common sound ; ; others are read
JuL Teu* ju\ shu and twan ; but no reference to the primitive
appears in its derivatives.
Ill Qig Bad. 159. — Besides those read chC, two are read ("ft
chan and /jjl k'u, which show a referenda to the mean-
ing of the primitive ; it is tripled in one aberrant form
M hin 9-
■■ Xana ^° change — ^U but tw0 > flK &&& fR ying are read
' " kang, but no similarity of sense appears in any of them;
No. 573 {U i3 derived from this.
_+». 322 To begin. — In this group, Ju and pu are only sounds ;
<Fu No. 648 3| is formed from it.
323 To bind. — Three are read sung, the others are shuh,
* suh and shoh ; it is often confounded with No. 249 JtC
even in well-printed books.
3a * Bad. 164. — Four are read yiu ; two do not really be-
long to the group, though they (tsiu |0 and j§) cannot
well be placed elsewhere in this system.
328 To ask. — All these are alike in sound, but their senses
iK'iu differ greatly ; many are common characters.
s
*
connection
Cheh ^° ^ rea ^' — O ut °^ ^ s g rou P on ty two (jfi an< *
' ski') vary in sound, but there is no general connec
between them in meaning.
327 To promenade. — Most are read yung, and the others
Yung a re tuntj and sung; pome of them are interchanged with
sung;
or No. 720
~?3- S* 3 This group is nearly uniform in its sound of tsin, one
5^ Tsin* being read sien ; no similarity in signification appears.
M
Jm
328 A prince. — These characters are read khm and hiun;
( Kiun UO ne of them show any allusion to the phonetic in their
meanings.
330 _4 storefiouse. — All here are read kiih, but are rarely
Kulij U sed ; the primitive itself more than they all.
331 To s/<un.*-All here agree with the primitve in sound,
Ki* and some slightly in meaning; none of them are much
in use.
INTRODUCTION".
k\
'II.
4*7 332
m> <Jan
-rr* 33 *
/=C> 335
T Few
336
*Ifc 3S7
3* Tso*
SjU 338
3K 339
@ <A«»
fe
341
2^ 342
tt'A'ao
343
'Siu
346
Kiohj
a
]9E( i Mien
348
>T. 349
TlL W&*
tic 35 °
t& i7i«
Patience. — This sub-group comes from No. 34 JJJ and
is read nien, no, jan or jang ; the primitive is sometimes
badly written lika No. 466 ;&.
That. — All are read no and na, like the primitive, but
they resemble it only in sound.
A pinch. — All agree with its sound lieh, except two
read lai ; it is like the nest.
Trustful. — The last and next are liable to be con-
founded with tliis ; all under it are read fu or feu, jit
or piao, but their meanings show no agreement.
Stable. — These characters are read sui, no, nCi&nd t'o,
and their senses vary much ; it is not often confounded.
with No. 457 =g|> which it resembles.
To sit. — All these are read like the primitive, and four
of them show traces of its meaning.
Rad. 150. — This group is read huh, kih, yuh and suh;
one character ffi reappears in $£* with the same
sound and the sense intensified.
A kingdom. — These follow the primitive only in their
sound ; it resembles No. 256 "pJJ a little.
Each. — More than kalf are read like the phonetic, the
others are hw&, hat, and one \ ^ mm, ) reappears
in ^g> min and fp" fan.
A pavilion. — This is occasionally written ""*{*;> but it is
often confounded with No. 350 $jE ; the group is uni-
formly read ting, and the idea of elongation runs j
through their meanings.
To announce. — Kuh, liuli, kao and hao arc the sounds
in this group ; the character !^p shows the integration
of two ancient characters.
Adorned. — This group is read siu, yiu and teu, and a
common character is found under each sound ; the primi-
tive resembles ^ bald, which forms $"J|£ tuh and fp|
tui, and this last again forms ||j? ; but this small
group is not worth separating.
Advantage. — The characters are uniform in sound, but
exhibit' no likeness in sense; it is altered to ^/> but not
in good usage.
/• — This collection is sounded wo and ngo, but no trace
of the primitive appears in the significations.
Had. 148. — These characters are all read Icioh ; one of
those put among them fpL properly belongs to No. 27.
To refrain. — This group is read mien and wan, with
mdl and wan ; it closely resembles 7^ a rabbit,
which forms a few derivatives.
To meet. — This group is read Jung and pung ; the
primitive is derived from ^p luxuriant; it is not unlike
No. 271 sfs and even No. 401 j§H, but cannot be thus
written ; a large sub-group occurs under No. 774 j||-
A dignity. — The compounds are read U, a small group
much in use.
To delay.— Most are read yen, and others tan, shen
an<\sien; this primitive is so nearly like No. 341 5|r
that they are often confounded, and this one is wrongly
numbered with eight strokes.
Contented.— More than half of these are read tiao from
fp one of its derivatives ; the others are read yiu,
sw and siao ; the radical is usually placed in the right
corner, as in fig 5 the form fl=j£ reappears in fl^ to
wash, and seven other characters.
*
m
352
Tih,
354
ft
355
lYii
366
ifJan
357
( Hi
358
Tui*
Nomads. — This group is pronounced like its primitive*,
but their significations show little resemblance to it.
jtf. 35a Insensate.— This is derived from No. 65 "J", and its
'*~^ to ^?corabln»t«aitj are read ho'ang; the primitive is some-
times improperly altered to No. 223 {if-
Joined.— This is a sub-group of No. 108 ffc and its
sounds are all 7^ but their meanings are unlike in all
respects.
/.—The sounds here are yii, tu, su, chu and she' ; the
primitive is often written 57? wrongly, and a com-
pound f^ reappears in a sub-group of three or four.
To contain. — This group follows its leading sound, and
some have tried to find traces of its meaning in them ;
it resembles No. 182 ft when written badly.
To Jiope.— A group read hi, ch'i and hiu, but showing
no similarity to the primitive in sense.
To barter. — The sounds of tui and shut, with those of
jut, shwoh, toh and yuelt, are heard, most of them
common characters.
Elated. — This group is sounded tsun. tswan, tsu and
so. showing the uncertainty of the phonetic element ;
the forms of this and the next are to be carefully noted.
Certainly — This group is mostly read ngai and ai, with
i and si ; three of the derivatives are like the primi-
tive, an interjection.
S6l Robust. — These characters are read like their primitive,
° which is itself derived from No. 118 y\ ] none of them
indicate any affinity in meaning.
Flowing water. — This small group is read tsah, or tsan
in some dialects ; the primitive is aometimes written
p4' 'ike No 483, and oftener & , neither of them ac-
curately.
A step. — This group is read pu, except two that are
pronounced cheh or shell.
Dry. — Four characters are read lean, the rest are han;
they are derived from No. 20 ^p> and many deriva-
tives in the two groups are synonymous ; -Sp. is like it
in form.
Z$trSiiin>
360
'/
#
<(( 362
2T Mf',
#
363
Pu*
364
<Lian
pt 365
Z±Z Nieh>
S3 388
yii Kien*
%
m
§(J Pieh>
To close. — This is also written J?j but the briefer
form is also correct ; the compounds are read like it,
and the two mean much the same.
Rad. 147. — Most of these are read Men, others kien,
ypn and tim; it is a natural group and easily distin-
guished from those under the radical.
Rad. 154. — All are read pdi or pai; it is not always
easy to discriminate between this and No. 490 Jty
especially in badly-nrioted books.
368 Quickly. —Ping an ! clang are the sounds in this small
iPing group; three 01 them ) elate to marriage contracts.
Rad. 166.— All are read £, except i® mai and 'fH
kwei, bub none of them derive theii meiuiiags from it.
To help.—This is derived from No. 193 JJ,» and the
group tollows its sound ; their meanings are different,
but one may force a connection in Sjjj> and say it is the
iron which helps the farmer.
To divide. — These words are read pieh and pah, and a
little ingenuity can discover traces of the meaning of
pieh in most of them.
372 Jiad. 1,63.— All are )cady«7i or yeh; but the mean-
Yih, ing 3 of the derivatives- differ entirely from the primitive.
367
Pex*
369
370
Chu*
lxviii.
INTRODUCTION.
Jjl ™ 7 . To report fo.-~This group is read effing, except <$$
^±i jO iingr • ^ Dut t j ie meanings vary according to the radical ;
4g reappears in the 8ub-group No. 886.
PI Y fit? -^ t w i s t- — , ^^ 3 k contracted to pj iu common books ;
its similarity to No. 703 l=| often leads to mistakes ;
most are read kiien, others are yiien and hiien.
g376 A vertebra. — This isoften written without the connect-
*Lu ing line, with six strokes ; most of the characters are
read I'd, two are read kit, and ^ forms a sub-group
of three.
CJ 376 -EW. 157. — The few compounds in which this serves as
/i^ Tsuh) a primitive arc mostly read choh, with tsoh or tsuh, but
none refer to its meaning very clearly.
H377 Wearied. — All this group follows its leading sound,
K'wa'n but none of them its signification ; it is easily confounded
with No. 499 @y? and care is required to distinguish
them.
To cry aloud. — All are read ivu or yii, but their diver-
sity of meanings shows that the primitive has had no
effect upon them.
t-tj 379 High. — This group is read tsiv, chan or chin; its mean-
■^f* i Ch'an ings bear no affinity to the primitive.
jj^ S80 Tike. — About half of these are read siao; others are
F3 Siao 1 s ] ia o, tsiao and chao ; a sub-group is found under No.
658 M-
EIGHT STROKES.
J^j 381 Ancestors. — These are pronounced tsung and chung ;
~7J\ (Tsung there are several synonyms, and the phonetic isoften ex-
changed with ,!§. and with No. 582 ^.-
t"^ 382 To fix. — Ting, clian and tien are the common sounds,
At» Ting* but the diversity in meanings is greater.
tj-*-+ 383 To environ. — About half of this group is read yuen, and
-yd f I wen the others wan; the primitive is now and then contracted
to /[!> as jig and ^j? a plate.
Empty. — This primitive is derived from No. 27 _H? as
that sound is heard in three-fourths of the characters,
others being read k'iang; many of them, too, are like
it in meaning.
m
393
373
:Wu
K
388
388
Right. — All of this group are read t, but most of the
characters are uulike the phonetic in meaning ; it is
written like 2H v ery often.
An officer. — Some of this group vary their sounds from
iKwan fewan into wan and kicn, but show no indication that
the primitive has influenced their meanings.
i£i CI en To moisten. — This is derived from No. 190 pj> and
c follows it in sound.
3fe t? 88 -^ concubine.— Tsieh and sah are the only sounds under
3C J*ieAj this primitive, which has two or three ideographic deri-
vatives.
da
#
M
389
t Pei
To spit. —This can be mistaken for No. 508 ^ •> but it
is never used by itself , the sounds are p€i. feu, peu, teu
and pu, and their mea ings are still more unlike.
398 A soldier — The compounds in the juh shing are sounded
Tsuh t t 6un or Sun . those in the k'ii shing are tsui and sui.
331 Age. — This group is uniformly read Icdug, but the
K Kang primitive is used more than 411 its compounds.
333 In, at. — All in this group are read yii, eycept two ; the
c primitive is changed to f^ but this form is raiely seen
in the compounds
394
"a 397
5& t King
tjr? 398
7$v (Shan
%<
Kiang
JK 400
'JKlYen
401
Fung'*
A prefecture. — This is derived from No. 178 •fj'
which has three sub-groups, but they are seldom inter-
changed with this ; their pronunciation is like the
primitive.
Night. — Half the compounds are read yih; the l est yc ! ,
one of which p]£ denotes the night voice of a bird.
W 398 To nourish. — These are read like the primitive, and one
iv'h of the compounds is a synonym of it.
-^» 598 To enjoy.— This is to be distinguished from No. 299
" 7F ? ft makes two sub-groups, Nos. 727 -p[$ and 728
Jgft '■> clam, tun and shun are the only sounds in it.
A metropolis. — Most of the compounds are read liana,
then king, lioh and kiang ; No. 863 ^ and No. 803
Jgfc form two sub-groups.
Only two of this group are in common use, one of
which is read tan ; the primitive is not used.
Strong. — These characters are all read kiang; the
primitive is written 5S and >E H1 lnost cases.
Aflame. — Most of the derivatives are read tan, others
are yen, shan, piao and huh, and a few of them
refer to it in their meanings.
To offer. — Fung, pung &n<\pang are the sounds in this
group ; the primitive is often wrongly written like No.
348 <=pf > in consequence of the similarity of sound.
E <93 Rid. 168. — These characters are all read chang ; the
J-^ '^'""^derivatives are more used than those under the radical ;
it is sometimes miswritten like No. 302 Jj^
^C-t jc n To defame. — This is also written 3jc*, and there seems
to be no difference between the two ; they both look
like 3p? kung, which has no derivatives ; the sounds
are uniformly t f ien.
■nP- .*,°* Military.— This group is mostly read ivu, the derivative
J8R pin being the chief exception.
A wife. — All are read ts'i, but in none of them can
any trace of the primitive be seen.
A treddle. — This is often written ^lb apparently to
' show the radical plainly ; the sounds of tsieh, tieh, sheh
and sha are heard.
The shoulder. — This group reads like its phonetic, but
none of the characters are much used.
• ^C * 08 Surprising. — The sounds i and hi are the only ones in
RJ <AT» this most numerous group under one primitive ; tlireo
or four of its compounds as jt/|f waving, ffi flourishing
and pj to send, form sub-groups.
jrJTf 40» To come en.— Tliis group follows the phonetic ; the
/JV iLa* .... . _*» , .
primitive is sometimes written ^ when it resembles
No. 257 ^.
T3~ 41 _°. A clff. — These characters are read yai and ngai, but
JJb. <!«* only one of them has any reference to its meaning.
lj|r - 11 Straight. — The sounds chih and sheh are the chief ones ;
' No. 674 Jj% is derived from it, and care is neces-
sary to distinguish the two.
-2-r; 412 j\ pig fettered. — Tha sounds in this group are chuh,
^$\ Chuhi >c liu:ig, vJioh and tnh ; it is derived from the radical
^C a 1 1 >;, and is often carelessly written without the
ere t I line.
-jA- 413 £ /,_ The sounds in this collection range between
TiT 'Yen j tK/<m, &£ tmUngok.
404
*Wm
405
( 7's'i
408
Nieh
407
^Kien
408
INTRODUCTION.
lxix.
417
Ms*
418
<Piao
419
Tuh>
~fo 41 * How. — The sounds here are nak and noh, as well as
yj\ Nai* na i^ Du t only one word is in common use.
ZKi\ ; 18 To reach. — This sub-group is derivgd from No. 237
I? and is uniformly read too.
■jfe fr^ Happily.— This primitive differs from No. 296 ^
and is sometimes written ^ in pedantic or ancient
style ; the derivatives are mostly read king, and half of
them mean to note ; it reappears in No. 927 ip:-
To take. — This resembles No. 314 I}L 5 about one-half
of the characters change into tseu and clieu; No. 864
J{£ forms a sub-group.
To slow out. — From the similarity in sound, this is
sometimes interchanged with No. 752 3|L ; the deriva-
tives are readpiao.
Poisonous. — This group is read tuh, except J|p tai, but
has no unity of meaning ; the incorrect form -^ i3
occasiouall v seen.
•gfa ■*»> Rad. 174. — Some confusion exists in these derivatives,
Pj (Tsing. many of which properly come under the radical; all
are read tsing, except $# ehoi, and many of them
relate to color.
4:J V A * Z1 , Augury.— A. sub-group from No. 239 ;=£ ; its
;f| Awa characters mostly refer to suspension, and are read hwa
and hwa.
5^ 42a A road. — These are mostly read luh, with muh and
A Luh) k w fi . their meanings seldom, have reference to the primi-
tive.
jfe. 4a3 An eminence.— This resembles the preceding, but is
£*r<Ling nevrer interchanged with it ; the characters are read
ling or lang.
* 2 * Second to. — The prevailing sounds are ngoh and ya;
tin's primitive forms sub-groups under jjg and 'g£ and
No. 819 3S.
"&£ Ip* 6 JUast. — This resembles No. 532 jf£ in poarly-printed
books ; the compounds are read tung except f% chum,
but their meanings have no likeness.
ife 42 ° Affair. — Uniform in sound with the primitive, but
"**' Shi showing no affinity to its meaning.
-art 427 Extreme. — The compounds of this phonetic follow its
* sound, and it is almost a synonym of /gj? its most
common character.
ism Tj i To limn. — This is regarded as a contraction of j§[,
*^ '• and the full form is also found in well-printed books ;
the characters ara mostly read hwoh.
Robust. — This resembles 3jj(? and its full form
E
K.
J&at
seems to have been often intended in the compounds ;
No. 946 jfj£ and No. 995 Jf^ form two sub-groups;
Jden, hien, shu, kin, shan and kang are the sounds
under it.
430 Perhaps. — This group is read kwoh, hwohovyuh;
* there are sub-groups under No. 794 |U and jg|
elegant.
431 Two. — The sounds in this group are all Hang, and a
Liang tinge of its meaning is seen in several of them.
* 3 2 A forest. — The sounds Ian, Un, shan and pin occur
€ under this primitive ; it is not the same as )|tj|[) with
which it i3 occasionally confounded.
To cleave. — This is derived from No. 99 /f > and the
group is tiniforruly sounded sih, but the compounds show
nothing of its meaning.
433
Sih t
fcJV 43 *
fet-i/Sung
A pine.— This is derived from No. 116 Q, of which
it is a sub-group ; all ate read sung, but Lave no
-H- 435
436
Sih)
H
437
( Tsan
438
( Cheu
439
(Man
440
<Tai
Jg
441
JPii)
442
, Kiiih%
likeness of meaning.
This.— A large and homophonous group; three small
sub-groups flow from it, as ^ a foundation, No. 284
$$ that, and ^ bluish.
Anciently. — The sounds sih, tsih, tsoh and txioh, in the
juh shing, and cha, too and tsie~ in the shang shing
occur ; one derivative No. 90 % j| heads a small
sub-group.
Light. — The sounds of tsien, than and tsan are common
in this group ; some sub-groups are formed from it.
To sweep. — Sao and J'u are the sounds ; one derivative
•ffjj is another form of the primitive, which is not in use.
Rad. 169 — Two are read wan, and the others man;
some of them properly belong to f*] as a radical.
Rad. 171. — Tin's group mostly belongs to ^ as a
radical, and it is impossible to decide under which class
to look for a character.
To dwell. — Regular in its form and sound, and three
or four of the group show some analogy to the primi-
tive in their signification.
To bend.— The sounds are kiiih, kuh, kiieh and huh ;
* ■ the primitive comes from No. 207 Ji}, with which it is
occasionally interchanged.
3^. ^f 3 To connect. — The sound of these characters is mostly
AJt Lhohf choh, then chui, toh and rf; an idea of continuity is
often seen in their meanings.
j3E» *** A letter. — The sounds here are uniformly han, but the
|ffi| <,Han significations are unlike.
Y- 445 First — A small collection, read mang ; the derivatives
aSL Mang* a re f trifling importance.
iftar 446 A particle- — The compounds are ngo or o; it is one of
' " several sub-groups derived from No. 145 Pj .
To receive. — All but one |§e] wan of this collection are
read sheuj and that is rarely used.
**• To approach. — This group is read yin ; there are few
-*-'- i common characters except }(£ and ^j the last of
wliich reappears in ^bf$ a soaking rain.
jtfs. **° Ornamental.— One of this group is read kwd, an ex-
^V'*7*'«» ception to the usual sound of ts'ai; four or five arc
common characters.
/£» 466 To dissent. — This group is read chang and tsing ; some
Tr" C^W^O-ofthe words affect the meaning as well as the sound of
the primitive ; it is interchanged with No. 420 "pj" •
Rad. 175.— Most of this group read fei, the others
are read pai and p€i; the distinction between it as a
phonetic and a radical is dubious.
-f.f. 453 United. — The sounds of ping, pung and jo f ien occur in
' ' < 9 tins group ; the primitive is often contracted to 9r»
and may be sought for under six strokes.
4f£ 453 A roll— These are all read kueii, and a trace of its
T2t Kiien* meaning is perceptible in many of the derivatives ; where
the radical is placed underneath, ^ is sometimes con-
tracted to No. 219 ?&•> which thus becomes a synonym.
w 464 To know.— Uniformly read chi, this group has no simi-
7>W t Che larity in meaning.
A\\ 46tt A law. — This collection of characters is read <Jti, but
rflU Chi* their meanings are very diverse.
Sheu*
448
JL 481
1Y ( Fei
lxx.
INTRODUCTION.
457
« Wei
. 458
' JCiih)
459
<,pei
466 ^ Pendent. — The sounds chui, to, shut and yue occur in
iChui the group, in which no affinity of meaning is seen.
To depute — The sound w€i varies into wo, jui, jwa,
n€i and ngai; this primitive is like No. 336 tj^, and
the two are often written wrongly.
A pinch. — The sounds of this group follow the primi-
tive, and in many of the characters some glimpses of
its meaning are seen.
Fat. — All are read Je~i, and one or two show some
analogy to the primitive, as ^jfg ill from obesity ; it is
interchanged with fl i 11 on e instance.
KU 48 ^ A friend. — This group is read pang, with one or two
fit} %Pang rea d p{ n g . a sub-group of nine characters is formed from
/Df» many of them synonymous forms of it.
RH ** x To subdue. — All are sounded fuh or puh; this group is
' properly derived from |j£. to govern, under which are
found 5f$ to recompense, |fK to blush, and others.
j3f 4ea Crime. — These are sounded U and Mi; their meanings
"&S- Li differ widely from the primitive.
Ah- 483 To open — One character ^p| cliao is peculiar in its
fs\ A» sound, and the primitive always covers the radical.
EH 464 Around. — So many in this group are read tiao, that the
/pj t Cheu mora usual sound cheu is made doubtful ; their meanings
have no affinity.
A-* 465 A fcikL — This group is all read t'ao ; the primitive is
"* * derived from No. 258 •Qj'j and the two have many
synonyms.
Jffl 4S * Suddenly. — Nearly alike in sound, as hivuh or uh, these
*&> liwuk% characters also present many analogies in their mean-
ings ; the primitive proceeds from No. 96 ^J> and is not
the same as No. 563 %$,-
£3 Hin* A pit.— This character proceeds from pjj a mortar, and
its compounds are 'read hien, yen, han, lean, tan, chan
and kiah; ideas alluding to cavities occur in several.
469
Kiu 1
470
i'rh
471
|3k t Cfe<»
473
Port,
474
*Feu
Joyful. — Many of this group are synonyms with those
under No. 99 /jS and resemble their primitive n\
sound and sense.
A fault. — These differ wholly in sound and sense, and
no analogy can be traced ; the primitive ^j tsan
resembles it ; ^|f P|f and jf* are all its derivatives.
A clald. — This is often erroneously written JjJ mao ;
the group is read 'rh, i or ni, a few varying, and many
show a trace of the primitive.
An instant. — This is often contracted to £^ ? and like
No. 467 £| and No. 953 J&, is derived from fj a
mortar ; its compounds are all read yii.
Had. 172. — As a primitive, this is confounded with Ida
l3?5 and must be regarded as the same ; a sub-group is
formed from -|g a sparrow, which then resembles No.
626 /§j| j the sounds shui, sui, tui, hwei, wet and chun
occur under it.
Taffety. — This group is read poh, mien and kin, and
one of them JflJ has two derivatives.
Rad. 170. — The derivatives are all read feu except jd^i
pu, but their meanings are unlike ; in some characters
it is contracted to No. 208 §1 > when the radical is
under.
£s
478
<A7/j
*76 Despicable. — This group is mostly read pi, then pel
* and pai; it is often incorrectly written like No. 498 yy-
tt Obscure. — This character is altered to "f|« in those
' which are read mirt, apparently to indicate their dif-
ference from those read hwun, which more resemble
the primitive.
_^ 4 T7 To think on. — The sounds nien, nieh, yen, jan, tien and
>lil> Nien 1 shan occur in this group, but none of the characters
assimilate to the meaning of the primitive.
Rad. 167. — As a phonetic, this gives the sound of kin
to nine, the others being read yin and chao; SK forms
a sub-group of three.
^g. 478 Food. — This group is uniformly read hiao, but no like-
HrF iHiao ness is traceable in its meanings ; it is made of No. 115
^£, placed above $j) flesh.
y^ 480 To join, — Lun, the usual sound, rarely runs into luen;
Rfl tjjun the meanings do not correspond.
"$t 9F^> "^ cottage-— Thi» is derived from No. 262 ]§") with
which it has some synonyms ; in ${jj and pff it is
altered from the radicals gg and J£.
f f- 482 To carve- — The compounds arc read hh and poh;
y%\, Jjuh) ^^ gg^ ^ ^ mnc i x kk e th^ |q appearance.
ilt 483 Wild land- — These are often read chi; the primitive
" ' sz is also written pf"> but is not interchanged with No.
362 ^.
_btf * 8 * A younger uncle- — The sounds here are shuh, tsuh, tuh,
/&*■ Shuh) tsih and tsiao ; their meanings are quite unlike.
488 Willing. — This group is read kang and shih ; the prim-
#
<K'ang ^ fa ~ A]itiJf) nke Ko- 479 ^.
487
488
489
l Kang
490
Ku>
A 48 * To excel. — The sound cfioh varies into chao iu nearly
"tF* Choh) i ia if ; others being read tao and tiao ; it must not he
written 3jl) as that is used only as part of No. 826 3|jJ-
A tiger. — This is regarded as another form of Rad. 141
/g, and all the compounds are so read ; No. 672 //j£
and j(g|, each make a small sub-group.
None of. — This group is scunded wang ; the primitive
" is sometimes contracted to [$J, which more easily dis-
tinguishes it from t he next.
A peak. — These compounds are all read kang, but have
no resemblance in meaning ; (^ is altered to j£ in
some of them ; this and the last are easily confounded.
To prepare. — This group is read&«; the phonetic is
often 'written like No. 367 Jf^, with which it has noth-
ing in common.
E3, 481 An obstacle.— The half of these are read ngai and the
~*f~ Ngai* rest teh ; the primitive has some relation to No. 240
^p in some of the synonyms.
EB 4 f 2 Fruit. — About two-thirds of this group agree in the
yjS Kwo sound kwo, but the others, read hwo, lo, wo, hioa and
kwan, are so much in use, that the primitive is no guide
to the sound.
BH 4 ' 3 Bright. —One of this small group is read many, the
•yj cMmg others ming ; there is no resemblance in the meanings.
jg 434 To alter. — M^st of these derivatives are read tih others
^57 Yih t i } yih, sih, tsz' and sing ; the primitive is similar to
No. 592 J|f light.
4 »* Lii.e. — Hwun takes the place of kwun in about <>ue-
(Kwun third of this group ; in badly-printed books the primitive
resembles No. 685 jig, clear.
a.
INTRODUCTION.
lxxi.
497
408
ft
#
602
4ee Distinguished. — All are read ch'ang in this group, and
f (Ch'ang the primitive is shadowed forth in the meanings of
many ; its form resembles No. 597 §§ •
Stable. — This flows from No. 153 "ff, and the group
is nearly uniformly sounded, ku, ko and Ivoh being
variants.
To give. — This primitive differs from No. 475 JjL*
though confounded with it ; the group is regularly
sounded pi.
03 TO' n A granary. — This and No. 377 [p| are easily con-
' — ' ' l founded, and the similarity of their sounds kiun and
k'w&n is a reason for particular care.
JH| 80 ° A law. — This group follows the phonetic tien; one
variant is read tun ; in some cases, No. 953 JafL js
badly written like this.
501 Still. — This group is read shang, chang and tang ;
Shang similarity of sound may lead beginners to confound this
and No. 715 "ft?) j several sub-groups flow from it, as
" No. 786 jig> No. 914 ^,
No. 870 }®C, No. 1032 .
No. 858 2f* and others.
Heart/. — This group is read tah ; in a few of the com-
pounds it is interchanged with No. 698 ^ from iden-
tity of sound.
NINE STROKES.
4=5* *•* To publish.— This flows from No. 245 jf, but it
Jg. fSiim j ias \[^\ Q [ n common except sound ; most of the
words are read Men ; No. 555 ^^ is interchanged with
it
5&£ 5?! A guest.— This offshoot of No. 272 # differs from it
***^ ° * in sound, kiah being most common.
rtfc£ 805 Suddenly. — One sound, tuh guides this group, but no
~7*Z Tuh t ingenuity can detect any uniformity in the significations.
j-j 506 Constant. — This group somewhat resembles No. 503,
1H iHdng^ ut it j s a gub.groTjp f roni No . 228 J[, and all the cha-
racters are read hang ; none are much used.
j-gTV 507 A sovereign. — In combination this is occasionally in-
''^ T% terchanged with No. 755 ^ and altered to Jflf > but
the group is nearly uniform in sound and form ; shi ^§f
is an anomaly.
jfc, BM Bad. 180.— The use of this character as a phonetic or
"HT { Yin a radical is often perplexing ; most are read ngan, the rest
ytn, yen and h' in ; some of them are good examples of
ideographic writing, as ^ sick in sound for drunk.
A pennon.— This is also correctly written f? 5 the sounds
are all yin, but the meanings are unlike ; it resembles the
next in its form.
To concede. — This appears to be derived from No. 35
«& and is often contracted to 4£ i 11 common books ;
the compounds are read i and shi.
A measure. — The sounds hero are tu, teh and tuh ; it re-
sembles, but is not likely to be confounded with sih Jrp
a mat, as that forms no compounds.
Wise. — A group nearly all read yen and ngan; the
correct form is contracted to ]§■ in well-printed books.
An arbor. — This sub-group arises from No. 4 J > and
is sounded ifing ; the primitive varies into «p at all
times.
w
509
i Yiu
510
iShi
611
Tu>
512
Yen 1
513
iT'in?
615
cKiiin
to
/ m 614 Jb rever t to — The primitive has been superseded by
^^ ' one of its compounds, Ko. 8 !9 -f|f, which leads a sub-
group ; the sounds arofuh and/n'A, and many characters
show traces of the primitive in their meaning.
An army. — The sounds In this group are kiun, hiiin,
yun, hwvn, kwon and hive'i. but in only a few cases is
there any bint of the meaning of tbe primitive.
816 R a d % 185. — Of this croup, only two of the four come
Sheu under it, which are read too.
817 Before. — A liomophonous collection read t&ien, but
5 Tsien on jy 011 e or two of them show traces of the primitive in
their signification.
■ 813 To report to — TLis might properly have remained a
c sub-group of No. 221 'J\, -with which it agrees in sound.
619 To memorialize* — These characters vary from tseu to
1 Iseu cheu in a few cases ; the primitive is easily confounded
with No. 633 Jf| unless care is taken.
; - 8 , 20 The spring. — This group is read ch'un nearly through-
out ; No. 732 Jgj> is sometimes confounded with it, Jjy
being contracted to this form.
A coffer. — This flows from No. 304 ^5 0I " which it is
a derivative ; the groups resemble each other in sense
and sound.
Kieh)
y^v ?f a To fall. — The compounds are read to; the primitive is
otherwise written pff without altering its sense ; the
sub-group No. 833 flows from jj=g , but the others are
. unused.
82a Majestic. — This is sounded wCi, but the characters are
tWe'i unusual, nor liable to be confounded with those under
Jw
No. 233
if care be used.
|jp. 82 * Ail. — The sound Men varies into kien, chen, han and
'^* kan, and one derivative J|Jt originates the few under
No 884.
M625 Bad. 181. — Many of the derivatives of this primitive
Hiehj when used as a radical, show the difficulty of deciding
where to put them ; fjj reappears in No. 847 ; the
sounds are sit and fan.
826 Bad. 176. — The similarity of sound has ruled this
Mien* group, which in many cases decides whether to put it
here or under the radical ; the meanings are incon-
gruous.
827 Tender. — The sounds in this group are jwan, no and
l Jwan nwan ; the meanings in several cases exhibit traces of
the primitive.
82 * To hasten. — One character is read fan, and the others
fPm pSn ; the form of this primitive suggests some affinity
to No. 149 ;£•
i§f
^c
Great.— This flows from No. 265 g> ; the sounds are
^» p7 Great.— lias tlows rrom JNo. Zoo ^> , me sounds are
^^ * mostly cha and a few na ; they bear no resemblance in
meaning.
8 30 To seal. — The derivatives which have this primitive on
t Fung the side are read fung, those with it on the top are
mostly read pang.
631 This.~r-M.ost of these characters are read chu, and
t CM others are read to, che~ and sii; three small sub-groups
occur under ifjjf chu, -^ shu and ||J chu, and a fourth
under No. 812 5§f still larger.
To select— This primitive is often carelessly written
ke No. 425 ^ > one compound reappears inNo. 10
j most of the characters are read lien, and a few
kien.
m
m
632
( Kien
lxxii.
INTRODUCTION.
633
<Yen
m
535
Lah i
M
To conceal. — This is really a sub-group of -^- yen. but
that Las only one or two compound; ; nearly all are
read yen ; yah and an being the excep' ions.
Happy. — Most of this group are sounded J'a or fuh,
the rest are pih ; g forms a sub-group of four charac-
ters.
Cruel. — This group is read lah ; the primitive resembles
a compound of No. L49 jfijjj but tne * w0 are easil v
distinguished.
536 To wall vp. — The prevailing sound y'm alters to yen
(Yin and Lien in a few cases ; the phonetic often interchanges
with No. 290 @
y 7 To desire.— This resembles the character ^ shwa, but
c a ° that forms no compounds ; the sounds are uniformly yao.
833 Mutual. — A nearly homophonous group read siang and
(Siang shwang ; and the meanings are -totally dissimilar ; under
No. 1007 ffl is a small sub-group.
* 8 - 3 ? To examine.— This primitive resembles No. 785 Jsl
_ j Lira rj ,
in sound, and both may be derived from No. 192 £L >
its sounds are all cha.
-jMh 540 Excessive. — Shan, chan, tan, kaxt, *&< and chan, are
"EST Skin* the sounds in this group : their meanings are even
more diverse.
-fc£ 641 Cerlain.--M.ost ofthio group are read me~i ; only two
~7TC < J\leu follow the primitive in sound, and none in meaning.
-HJr- 642 A leaf.— The numerous sounds here are read yeh, sieh,
•?&. Yeh) tieh, cheh and eheh, and in several its meaning can be
traced;
-±- 643 South. — A aniform group in sound, but unlike in
rrl ( Nan meanings.
+f§ *** How. — Apparently derived from No. 153 p> but its
H/J ( Hu etymology shows a, different source ; its sounds are all
hu, but its meanings diverse.
.3^ 8*5 Sqft. — These are read jau and nao; a large number
^C * Teu exliibit traces of the meaning of the primitive.
riL. 64* Strong. — The radical is usually placed under the pri-
4>> lleu m itive, as in ^ wu; this group is read men, rnu and
vivh.
^t± 647 To build. — The derivatives are all read kien, but almost
5?3J| Kien*' none f them exhibit its meaning.
EL 648 A divclling. — The characters in this group are read
;EE Wuh t wu h or uh, but none of the meanings of the primitive
enter into them.
pa 649 Illusory.— This resembles No. 572 |j£, and some care
R5C AVs' i s necessary to distinguish the two; the sounds are
kia and Ida..
^. 650 R a( j. 178.— It is sometimes doubtful ia this group which
-c^. iWei should belong to the primitive and which to the radical ;
wdi is altered to hw€t and » in H few cases.
Xj 681 To ccrry. — These derivatives are sounded /«, but their
"^ " meanings are incongruous ; it is allied to Xo. 367 J^,-
Ar 552 Beautiful. — Uwan is the usual sound in this group,
2r4*. Hwan } except one or two read twan ; the meanings are some-
times like the phonetic.
_£!=» 553 All. These are all read sii or si; their meanings have
N <£" no relation to that of the primitive.
m 654 £yebrows.— A group read m£i throughout ; the old
™ s form of the phonetic fjti is often used.
jtfZt 655 JJp to. — About half are read yuen, the rest are nwan,
2$L Yuen* hwan and huen ; the primitive is interchanged with No.
928 j|t and No. 527 ijl b a few cases.
W
*
656 j . e / eV(l te — I he sounds are china or cAan<7 ; but their
China* .;'*'*»
• meanings are mcongruous ; it is often written ^J*j«
under eight strokes.
v^ 657 ^ To return. — These compounds are read kwet, except
7% Auei kiieh ; the -group is very diverse in its meanings.
T&" * 58 JJravy. — About six. are read fung or hiieh, the others
y aro- all chung ; two- ( jgjj and Jg) reappear in sub-
groups of three each.
-pEj 859 To hull. — A uniform group under chah, except a few
lid L/iah) rcad.sAaA or hiah ; the compounds show no affinity in
meaning.
~f$t *f 6 °- ■^ ut '"' n — The usual sound of ts'iu varies into tsiao
*v* lis tu audchev in half a dozen instances ; some find traces of
tho phonetic in several characters.
53R; 561 Rati. 186. —These compounds are alike in sound, but
tT tJtiang ]i ave n ot much siuiilarity in meaning.
yfet Jt* 2 A crash. — This group • 33 mostly read hung, one being
pj tHung sounded huh, In which it is evidently interchanged with
No. 458 9$, as some of the others are with ii]-
iSL TV gag Hastily. — This ia written tf£ and J^.> or contracted to
•%* but has no connection with No. 466 JS» > the
sound ts f ung varies into c/iw'ang in two cases.
^15^ 664 /" M //. — One of this small group occasionally varies into
iYmg chang, but it is read^irt^r in all common words.
685 yl shield.— Tun, shun, siiin and chwen are found in this
7mjj group ; the meanings are very unlike.
666 a slip. — Nearly all of tin's group are read pien, which
Pien alters into pin and pan in two or three cases; traces of
the primitive aro seen in several words.
*«7 A deed.— This is derived from No. 256 ±fr, of whuh
No. 809 -^ forms another sub-group ; its sounds are
unlike, varying into hi, kieh, hieh and sieh.
*y~ 863 To iaund.ite. — Out of this group of yen, one character
**T ^ e " j.s pronounced k'ten ; the primitive itself is ideographic.
A law. — A derivative from No. 252 ^! ; the meanings
in the group are unlike, though their sounds are all luh.
. All. — All of this number are read kiai or hiai ; some of
EJ lEiat t ^ crn indicate an influence of the primitive in their
meanings.
a 871 R a( l. 182.— Most of this group are read fung, then
(Fung j' an or Ian; the significations are sometimes ideo-
grapliic, as ^^ a sougliing.
WL 'Twari* ^ f ra 9 7 " ent - — T\ li6 li ver .V similar to No. 549 |§£,
but their dissimilarity in sound helps to distinguish them,
as each group follows its leader.
Wl Pien' GbRM 81 ****' — A sulvgroup derived from No. 321 j|?,
uniibrmly sounded pien, but incongruous in meaning.
|£j 674 Emperor. — One sound hwang names these derivatives,
fLitlwangbut t j lc i r meanings have little analogy to their phonetic,
6J5 Also. — These are all sounded tsih; the primitive is
* written like Ko. 624 j<[) in poorly-printed books, and
No. 974 §5 Hows from it.
A prince. — This and 'jp| are evidently the same primi-
tive, but this form is mostly used in the compounds,
which are sounded lieu or keu.
An old Emperor. — This and No. 598 j3|t are similar in
form, and many derivatives under both are sounded
alike ; half of these are read kii.
To protect. — A homophonous group read pao, into
whose meanings the primitive does not enter to • any
perceptible degree.
4>
663
<Yen
660
Euhy
670
£P
676
Jleu
517
<Yu
f$ «££.
■■
INTRODUCTION.
lxxiii.
•fr
no
iYu
*
879 To conceal. — The sounds of yen and ngan occur in these
m characters ; this is a sub-group from No. 285 ^, but
the two have no analogy.
To assent. — The sounds are yii, shu and teu, mostly
the former ; this and No. 517 *M may hastily be con-
fused.
JjjK- 6ai A leade>\ — Half are read ts'eu, the others yiu and siu ;
*^ i S \t proceeds from No. 324 !f> but the analogy between
them is undiscoverable.
»*> 682 Gay. —This group is entirely homophonous ; in many
i^ i.Tsmg of the compounds it is interchanged with $£ and ■£•
^rv 58* Bad. 183. — This group is quite unnecessary, as the
/To t_Fe~i cnaracters under the radical contain all but one.
£§£: , ™ 8 * To explain. — This U similar both to No. 482 p& and
No. 412 ^C 5 most of the derivatives are read chwen,
then twan, yuen and hwei.
4(t 885 Brains. — This group is all read nao ; its ■meanings
"£*» 'Nao occasionally allude to the primitive.
jk 688 Virginity.-— All the compounds are read ching, but
JP\ filing their meanings bear no likeness to the primitive.
687 Jf. — This group is read joh, je, noh and ch' oh; it
» Js derived from No. 139 /p> but their meanings are
diverse.
588 Flowery — Tins group is read ying, and its phonetic is
t^ m 9 derived from No. 200 ^5 but the compounds seldom
take after it in signification.
689 Sprouts. — A few in this collection change miao into
i MiaOi mao and nao, but none indicate any affinity with the
primitive.
608 Light— This group is read yuh, and one derivative
Yuh> has supplanted the primitive.
581 Law. — Most of these words are read tseh or tsi; and
Tseh, cone indicate that the primitive has perceptibly influenced
their meanings.
The sky.— This resembles No. 494 J|f, and in many
cases is confused with it ; Nos. 767 ^ and No. 798
^ form sub-groups ; the-sounds are yang, fang, tang,
chang and shang.
To be. — The sounds shi and ti about equally divide this
group, ono of the easiest to recognize.
„ ; ^ 634 Mysterious. — Uniform in its sound miao, this is derived
Py Ijiliaa g. om jj 0> 12 3 *J?, with which its meanings have the
most -affinity.
M595 A star. — This group is read^si/ijr-aTid tang ; the priini-
<^ msr tive is derived from No. 164, ££, and one or two
derivatives arc like it.
M 696 Who? — A large group sounded hoh, ngoh, koh, hieh,
4%l Hohy yeh^ kiehhiah and a!; j|fc,is often used for its primi-
tive, and \>% leads a small sub-group.
1-3 B97 Illicit.— The sound of mao changes into ine'i, Jung and
P^ Mad 1 suh in some characters ; this primitive is often con-
tracted to § in combination.
Alone. — I'm, yu.ig, ngeu and yeu are the sounds; it
somewhat resembles No. 577 ^, and reappears in
No.. 921 |£-
Tsih\ To /tatter. — Uniformly : sounded tzik-; the derivative fljfc
[*' has three under it, but they are not common.
*£?> To think This is like >§, favor, whose four com-
pounds arc rarely m£t;.tloisLgmupis sounded s.s',.~si, sai
and tsai.
m
89C
\Yang
£93
<Shi
598
iYu
867
Tsai*
j-A> 608
T^rllia?-
t±* 669
2f, t Kia
Bt w*> T ° ■^ ear '~ A - g rou P rea d u>£i, and similar hi form and
PC yy e» sound to the next, but presenting no likeness in sense.
F¥ Wei* Stomach. — This primitive resembles fj a helmet, but
that forms no compounds; these are read wfi and kwei,
J&. ^° 3 To /lighten .— This phonetic is like No. 994 fj£, with
^7 JSIgofry w hich it is often • interchanged-; the words in this group
are all pronounced ngoh.
im 60 * . To curve.— This flows from No. 293 @, with which it
ia,(,Hwe'i j s often interchanged, and agrees entirely in its sounds.
tjt 665 A wr y mo uth. — These derivatives are sounded kwa, ko,
|Rj (Kwa lewo, ho and wo; the primitive is not in use, and one
compound j^ reappears in No. 924.
jju 666 Beginning. — The sounds twan, chwen, jui, chid and
flu x^- wan shwan, occur in this group, whose primitive is a con-
tracted form of 3%f singly.
TEN STROKES.
To rule. — This, a sub-group of No. 296 ^5 is read
tsai, tsz' and hai; the primitive exerts no influence on
the sense. -^
To fill a cracLt—Tke primitive is regarded as an old
"~form of |§i, and covers the radical ; the sub-groups are
No. 1004 t||) with Ip; and ^i=$ the sounds are kien,
/lien, seh, chai and sai.
A household. — These derivatives are all read kia; it is
not a sub-group of No. 412 ^3 nor should it be con-
founded with No. 623 Jf;-
To-injure. — The sounds are hai, Mali, koh and hoh;
Hai* several of the characters are not unlike it in signification.
,„ } Narrow. — This is derived from No. 166 'p? with
which it is sometimes interchanged ; the sounds are
all cha.
* ia A hollow. — A sub-group from No. ] 72 J5£ 5 the deri-
fWa yatives are uniformly read wa.
013 Patient. — A group having little in common in the
\Yung meanings of its characters, which are uniformly read
ywg.
61* This has now become an imperfect character, often
iX*ag contJ . ac ted to -r*» in counion books; No. 80S'gy forms
a sub-group ; the sounds axe ying, yung, king, lao, lo/t,
liao and ki'dng.
{© p 15 The side.— An offshoot from No. 54 ~fj '■> the derivatives
S3 \Fang are ^ e the prunitive in sound, but show little likeness
in tLeir meaning ; a small sub-group occurs under ^>
.■i- 616 Urgent. — These compounds are read tsih, but their
2?V Tsih t meanings are very incongruous.
rf- d7 Great. — These derivatives are read t'ang, and most of
jp5 s T^CK^-thein are in common use ; it is not likely to be con-
founded with No. 720 fo
y?xz 618 Royal rohes* — Alike in their sound kwan, these com-
^. iKw-an pounds sliow no afiinity with their phonetic.
1.1. el9 This. —A group read tsz or tsi, and having two small
"^ •*** sub-groups ; the primitive is properly -written 2&; but
contracted to J&.aud ^«
-/y 628 To rear. — All the compounds are read cliuh, and a re-
03 Chuhy markable similarity is to be seen in their meanings.
jSP ?? 1 . Ruined. — This primitive resembles No. 647 ^ and
still more ^? to compassionate ; the derivatives are
sounded so, tsui and shwai, and are in common use.
lxxiv.
INTRODUCTION.
820
Hoh
■fit aza Rad. 189. — In composition this is often contracted a
I J i ao little, as seen in No. 935 ^ and if* ; the sounds are
kao, Imo, kiao, hiao, hoh and sung.
*=£ eaa ()bscure. — This primitive i* more frequently written
&T* i u 9 ^| ? to distinguish it more easily from No. 625 3§^
and No. 609 ^§C j its compounds are all read mung.
fo5 La a ^ man ' — ^ n on?snoot fr 0C1 Nb. 300 ^.j and easily con-
founded with No. 575 g|(J in badly-printed books ; the
sounds are uniformly lang.
*=» 625 Great. — The compounds all read chung, are few and
y$\.*Chung no t much used, so that they are less likely to be mis-
taken for those under No. 623 Jf^-
Eminent. — A variety of this primitive, written ^
with eleven strokes, is considered to be more correct ;
this and No. 796 'ft? are unlike ; hoh and kioh are the
common sounds in this group.
f^t ea 7 Obscure. — Ming is changed to mih and mien in a few
s\ <Ming cases ; this group has many characters exhibiting a
trace of their primitive.
-V> •*• A lamb. — Kao and yao are the only sounds ; the primi-
7JW t Kao H j ve , g der j ved from jj a 218 ^ but its compounds
show no affinity with either.
■p^ •*• To differ.— The complicated form ^£ is sometimes met
S2 tCna ^th jn the compounds ; their sounds are cha, so, tide"
and tso, the last showing the influence of No. 136 2£'
"jljjB „ , TVew woon. — This primitive shows some affinity with yfjj
to hiccup, the source of No. 810 JJfc, but only in ap-
pearance ; the sounds are soh and su.
To bewitch. — This is a sub-group of No. 220 7|v> and
the compounds exhibit traces of the primitive hi their
meanings.
jjjgjj OS* Backbone. — This group is read tsih, and one or two of
rj Tsih, the derivatives show some analogy to the phonetic.
n gg- Q33 A kingdom. — This group is sounded tsin and chin or
■^ s N&wi ; the primitive resembles ;g£ r*ai, which makes no
compounds, and there is less likelihood therefore cf con-
founding the two.
1 Simple. — A group read su, whose phonetic is very
Su>
similar to No. 641 ^, both of them relating to silk.
si • 8 * To link. — A group whose original sound keu variw
r Keu into kiang in four characters ; — an unusual change.
£ * 3e Disgrace. — Most of the derivatives are read juh, others
r «/Mrt> nun and neu ; they often show a trace of the primitive.
j 637 Origin. — These are generally read yuen ; one is tsiitn,
\ S I wen a nd the characters show little reference to the primitive.
■ •*• Summer. — 2fia and sAa are the sounds ; the primitive
* * a looks a little like No. 971 g£ contracted, but they are
totally distinct.
To effect. — These characters form a sub-group under
No. 237 3£> and many are like those in meaning ; they
all follow the leading sound chi.
To increase. — This is contracted to ^jfj which is
similar to the aberrant character ^ everywhere ; its
usual sound tsin becomes tsien in some cases.
A cord. — Nearly all are read soh, others are sheh or
sih ; the primitive resembles No. 634 ffi in form and
meaning.
642 Rad. 187. — This group is mostly read ma, the others
'Ma are g^n ; the derivatives have no likeness in meaning
to their phonetic.
631
iMi
636
Ch% i
35. 64 °
m Tsin>
e«l
Soh i
mft
643
Kohy
%
<K'i
646
Hoh t
647
■ Yuen
( Fu
fin
A shell. — This primitive was originally pj^, now altered
to accommodate the radical on the left, as in ^J j
their sounds are koh. keu, kuh, huh, kioh and hioh.
A sexagenarian. — This primitive flows from 2\o. 244
p£? but the meanings in this group are unlike either ;
most of them are read shi, not k'i.
How f — This primitive is also written JbI and 3^, but
in the compounds the correct form is generally followed;
their sounds are hoh, koh, ngoh, yeh, kai and ngai.
•*• Tribute. — The sound kung in this group shows an
" affinity with No. 27 i» and the whole character reap-
pears in No. 1039 ^g 5 kung runs into lung and hung.
A robe. — This resembles No. 618 "^^, and is contract-
ed to ^j£ in writing and common books ; No. 928 ;p£
flows from it ; the sounds are yuen.
To publish. — This and No. 748 3J are very easily
confounded ; '{Q forms a sub-group ; the sounds arey'u,
fok, pu and poh, the last being most common.
•*• Rad. 193. — This primitive has two sounds ; the com-
Kw t pounds read ki h, koh and hoh, show considerable uni-
formity of meaning with its less usual signification of
division.
Elder brother. — A derivative from No. 145 l*j ; the
characters are all read ko.
A chestnut. — This phonetic rules the group under it;
the character Jj| is very similar, and has seven deriva-
tives ; the two are easily mistaken unless care is taken.
To prepare. — This primitive is often written "^Jj and
incorrectly ][$, both of which lead one astray when
searching for it ; pi, pai andjoCi are the sounds.
Surmise — The radical is placed on the right in these
characters as in $£ ; one sub-group occurs under No.
895 $£ ; the sounds are kan, han and wah.
To recede. — This is interchanged with No. 682 j^
in a few characters ; one alone is read tun.
Weak. — This group has the sounds nioh, joh, nao, nih
and niao ; the primitive has little influence on the
meanings.
Late. — This is also written like fift a rhinoceros, under
eleven strokes, and both forms are correct ; the sounds
vary from si to ts'z' and chi.
To expand. — These characters follow the sound of their
Chen primitive with two or three exceptions, some being read
both clien and nien.
658 Fragments. — This appears like a sub-group under No.
1 380 pf) with which it shows no convection in sense or
sound ; all its characters are read sieli.
••9 Ribs. — Similar in sound, these characters are unbUtfe
' in form, a few being written jjjj which are regarded
as synonyms.
™. To steam. — This flows from No. 255 7J$ and has in-
c *"^ fluenced many of its compounds, all of which are read
ching.
Grandson. — This primitive resembles f^ to join, and
each of them form sub-groups ; these are all n .id sun,
but have no similarity of meaning.
ft\ 662 To lade out. — In this group the compounds all cHSfer in
p3 ( Yao sound from their primitive, which resembles No. 467
f-\ in shape ; all being read fao.
650
tKo
651
Lih>
652
Pi>
653
Kan*
654
Tui*
665
Johy
656
( Si
657
TOT
661
t Sun
INTRODUCTION.
Ixxv.
*C
6S3
fli
664
ICi 3
OOB
(filling
60S
{Tang
607
t Tseu
008
5 Yao
ess
079
t Foa
071
Sher?
072
{OS
073
i&
074
(.Chan
07*
<o*ew
070
Sih t
077
C73
iVieA,
679
t Kao
680
c lUu
#
631
SA<T>
C83
(Chui
m
G33
jy ow f — These characters are read hi, k'i and Aiai in
nearly equal proportions ; several sub-groups occur.
Air.— These characters are mostly read hi, but show
little affinity with the meaning of their primitive ; which
p -
is an offshoot of No. 38 £,, varied in form.
To mount. — These characters are read ching, shirig or
slicing, but none show much affinity in meaning with the
primitive, which resembles No. 456 3g in its old form.
A derivative of No. 219 ^, resembling ^ emperor ;
it is a contracted character, and the radical is placed
on its right side, as f^ &c. ; the sounds tang, thing,
ying and ching occur ; two or three sub-groups occur.
Fodder. — Formed like JJHjl from two sprouts, this primi-
tive imparts its meaning to few or none of its com-
pounds, which are read tseu, tsiu and chu.
Pottery. — This primitive, which is an offshoot of No. 258
■Qj, is also written flf 5 the compounds are all read
yao, like it
A brave. — This primitive, No. 838 £f£ and No.
844 #fo all contain the same radical ; this group bears
no affinity to it, and its sounds kieh and tsieh are un-
like.
A manner. — This group is read pan, but is not con-
nected in its meanings ; its compounds are iu common
use.
A fan. — Uniformly sounded shen, the primitive in this
group imparts its meaning to none of its compounds.
A horned tiger. — This occurs interchanged with No.
507 *jf^ J the primitive is also read ti, and the sounds
si, i and chi are heard, but ti most of all.
To detain — Other forms are j|| and ^j> which puzzle
the student, but this is most correct ; the derivatives are
all read I'm.
True. — A derivative from No. 411 |^5 f° r which it can
le mistaken ; the common sound chdn becomes tien and
sfidn in many cases ; No. 1029 Jp[ forms a large sub-
group.
Aged. — These characters are read sew, sheu, sao and
siao ; the primitive has no perceptible influence on them.
To pity. — This and the next two resemble each other ;
these characters are 6ounded sih.
Fetid. — Many of these compounds are like their primi-
tive, which resembles the next; they are read cheu,
k'eu, and lieu or hiu.
A target. — The compounds differ from their phonetic in
meaning ; part of them are lead yao.
An eminence. — This is also written Mfe. and J^b with
11 and 12 strokes, which perplexes the search for its
compounds, which are read hao and Tcao.
Black. — This primitive and No. 775 ,fg are easily
mistaken, but the greater use of this as a phonetic and
that as a radical will help to distinguish the two.
To dart. — The derivatives are in common use, aud
their sounds she" or tsi€ are analogous.
To pursue. — A few in this group are pronounced tui,
and interchanged with No. 654 jgj but the greater
part are read chui.
A preceptor. — The sounds are shi and shai ; the pri-
mitive has no analogy with, the perceding.
&S
688
( Kien
3fit
089
-Afc 092
Hfc iNang
093
(Chi
094
ftj ••*,. Had. 194. — Kwd is the common sound, with h/nn,
/o Kv:e% ]ewai, ice"i, ch'eu and she;'; it is fometimes difficult to
decide whether a character belongs to the phonetic, or
the radical.
To help. — Tins group is read pi; the phonetic- is
sometimes incorrectly written ^ or ^j both of which
mislead in searching for it.
856 A Jiea. — The compounds are read sao, and show no
' Tsao likeness of meaning to their primitive.
687 A granary. — Most of these characters are read tsiang,
^Ts'ang others are c/iwang or ts'ang; but their meanings are
quite unlike.
Together. — This primitive is contracted to f**k and ^jj»; j
its usual sound Icien is changed to Hen, lien and chan
in one third of the derivatives.
Advantage. — The sound yih or i changes to ai, ngai
or ngoh in a few words ; no uniformity of meaning ap-
pears in the group.
690 An elder. — Nearly uniform in their sound Wang or
( Wang un g^ nios t f these words have no sympathy with the
meaning of the primitive.
091 Mulberry. — These compounds all read sang, but their
c6'an<7 meanings show no reference to a mulberry.
Able The sounds nang, nai, tai and Hiing are all
found in this group ; No. 986 ft flows from it.
Stupid.— This is occasionally contracted to 4§£, but
without authority ; the sounds of cfao and cheu take
the place of chi in some of the compounds.
- Eartslwrn.— The phonetic gives its name to all these
-Ef- iJung compounds, few of which are in use.
Hfcj- 695 Tea.— This group is uniformly read ch*a; the primitivo
^ iC?i ' a resembles No. 355 #> a little.
~isj i £?f 6 Plants.— This resembles No. 667 3$ in its meaning,
both, being regarded similar to the radical yvf \ its com-
pounds are read ts'ao.
B=fe *??■ Time.— This is a derivative of No. 240 "^ j its
Hsf io/i» compoun( j s are a u read shi, and most of them remotely
refer to its meaning.
To jty.—This is continually interchanged with No. 853
%%, and the compounds all have the sound tah.
<# 9 ' Brilliant.— This is derived from No. 288 %, the
^characters are read hwang, but their meanings differ
greatly.
TOO n a( i 188.— This group can be easily distinguished
Kuhy f rom that under the radical ; the sound kuh becomes
huh and hwah in one half.
™ l To increase. — These derivatives are read tsih and suh ;
Tsihj t h e y are iucongrouous in their meanings.
J oa , A sty.— This is easily discerned from No. 499 |U 5
Uwun the phonetic g ; ves it s S ound hivun to the compounds.
An officer This is often contracted to "^, even in
well-printed books ; it is like No. 374 P in form ; the
sounds yuen , yun and sun are found.
Warm.— This is also written M. with nine strokes ;
the sounds of the characters vary from Kan to yun,
wuh and ngao ; and most of them are in common use.
PH 705 A sight of.— Part of these compounds are read tah and
^> Ta/l > parti-wan; a sub-group is found under 34$, *, the primi-
tive bears resemblance to No. 852 ^«
8fa
$L
698
Tah)
703
s Yuen
E9 70 *
nn. ( Wan
lxxvi.
INTRODUCTION.
Mi
7©6
a
707
K
708
Mik,
799
/Tow? ? — The sound k'i changes into ngai, hai and kai
in most of the derivatives, whose meanings are more
incongruous than their sounds.
Fragments. — This primitive resembles No. 782 JgL,
and is often written ^ : «o is the common sound of
the derivatives whoso meanings refer to communication.
ELEVEN STR3XE3.
Secret. — This is a sub-group under No. 132 t& through
>j£> one of its compounds, which also forms other
groups, all of which are sounded mi or ndh.
^g r* A robber.— This is often written like fl£ a cap ; the
' u compounds are all read keu.
i£» 718 To venerate. — The primitive gives its sound yin to most
JH £ Yin f this group, the exceptions being read yen.
*-*+ 7H To I dge at.—Shuh, suh, and siu are the sounds ; a
1|E| <S'«A) glimpse of the primitive appears in some of them.
,-r?; 712 j domed.— The primitive regularly gives its sound to
JtjL^fChang a \\ jt s compounds, but its meaning to almost none of
them.
TSa 718 A border. — Most of this group are read king; an
J%j Kinf* errant sound kiang is heard in a few, endugh to render
all uncertain.
--jVj 714 A root. — This is easily confounded with the next, hut
Ipn Tih t their sounds are unlike,' these being read n'A, tsieh and
sheh ; jjff forms a small sub-group.
-rtf 715 To c on suit.— Similar to the last, it is less frequently
[0] ^Slicing found in combination, and all the-characters follow the
sound of shang.
■ t; 716 To revert to.— This and the next resemble each other;
yflXt ( Siien the sounds of the derivatives are all siien, and their
meanings have considerable affinity with it.
Kindred.— Similar to the preceding in form, its sounds
are unlike it, following the primitive ts*h, except in one
or two cases.
Many. — The compounds are read chd and cheh; one
(jjlfv) forms a sub-group, but the primitive imparts
nothing to their meanings.
Ead. 200.— The Chinese found some difficulty in as-
sorting theve characters, whose sounds are ma, mo, mi
and man ; as many now under the radical, should have
been placed under the primitive ; No. 1025 Jg makes
a sub-group.
790 Common.— Part of this group is read jung and others
4 Yun 9 y un g . the primitive is contracted to ffi and often-inter-
changed with No. 327 ^ •
721 Tranquil— These derivatives follow their leader k'ang
(K'angfa sound but not in sense ; tlds primitive and No. 391
Jfc resemble each other in form and sound.
78* Ead. 198.— This group and that under the radical are
1 ■""*> quite unlike ; these are all read luh but one, Jk chin,
which forms two compounds.
783 Productions. — Uniformly 1P-.6 the phonetic ci!an in
c Ch'an Qouud^ this group shows no likeness of meaning in the
characters.
734 To separate. — Part are read chi, but more are li ; one
{ derivative ffffl leads a sub-group of 12 characters, most
of them synonymous forms.
; 785 To drag. — These few characters are alike sounded k'ien,
> t K*ien and the meaning of the primitive appears in each.
< 730 ji leader. — This primitive has four sounds itself; its
k Shtma 3 compounds are read luh, soh and shwai, none of them
bearing much likeness to it in meaning.
717
Tsuh,
718
Sfm>
718
iMa
-7T
731
733
?B Kiooh ^ su burb. — This is derived from No. 39B 3^, with
^Avhieh some of its compounds are interchanged ; they
are read kwoh ; its shape resembles No. 802 ]§^ and
the next.
Wk <J 2 £ Wl*>?— This, like the last, is derived from No. 396, and
"™ * resembles No. 744 $& and No. 742 4& i its compounds
are read shuh.
=fe 739 Great. — This group is all read yang. hut the number
^Jv < Yang d no t all retain a trace of their primitive.
fj» : 730 */-
j£jr q,- Ashamed. — This resembles No. 629 Jg< but it occurs
* less frequently; the soundsare all stw, and thejneaninas
unlike the primitive.
Rainbow. — This heads a sub-group under No. 19 "*j>,
none of which bear much likeness to it in meaning, and
the sounds are yil, shu and hu.
To triturate. — This and No. 520 >§i look much alike,
y H fc ' iShung hut this is the least common ; most of the compounds
are read chivang, ch'ung and shivang.
^jt 738 ^ be.x»n. — The sounds here are hwui, sui and siieh i
those read hwui often interchange with No. 820 j|jU
from similarity of sound.
4*| 734 yi rule. — Most of the characters in this group are read
Tyd^Kwei £ w e7, others are hwth ; their meanings sometimes show
traces of the primitive,
^jp 735 To blame. — The sound tseh changes into tsih, ts&
.^ Tseh) and c/iai in a large proportion of the derivatives, whose
meanings exhibit little aflinity with each other.
To split. — This is an obsolete character, which gives its
sound li to most of the compounds, though its meaning
to none.
An echo. — A homophonous group read i; many of the
characters exhibit the idea of blaakness.
Troubled. — This group is read tsih and iiuh, and many
words in it are allied to the primitive in sense as well as
sound.
;a|? 739 lively. — These compounds are all read chw'ang or
2*%' ShwMng s ] lwan g^ but none show the influence of their primitive.
JE 740 How? — A group where the phoneticyea leads the sounds
'"0 <^ en f the compounds, but does not influence their meaning.
rfcjL 741 Proud. — Nearly uuiform in its sound ngao, the othe*s
J$i^higao* are read ao or yao and chui ; a few resemble the
primitive in sensed
±fc 748 To take— This is like No. 744 |fc and No. 728 J§|,
HpTi Chih) but occurs more frequently ; most of the words are read
chih or chi, and others tien.
-&TL 743
TXKing*
f&
:ru
730
sLi
737
/>
738
Tsih,
ft
744
745
Nih,
i 748
i iLien
- 747
f (Chan
[ 748
\CAwen
1 Sounding stones. — The sounds are king, hing and
' ' shing ; this character is obsolete, aud often contracted to
J* for its compound /g-
Apt. — These derivatives are read i, sieh, jeh and shi;
it closely resembles No. 742 5gfc 5 and the two are often
confounded even by natives.
Hidden. — This group is read nih, with the exception of
jg£ teh ; the compounds show some traces of the pho-
netic in their meaning.
To connect. — A group whos3 compounds follow their
phonetic lien, but none of them resemble it in meaning.
To decapitate. — The sounds here vary from c/i<v» to
tsan and tsien ; $|ff leads a sub-group of three.
Solely. — This andNo. 648..JJJ are frequently confounaed
in poorly-printed books ; the group is read dnctn
and twan.
INTRODUCTION.
lxxvii.
jBf 75a
7T\ ( Piao
m
^
753
( Sien
754
Tsili,
755
Tap
75C
Han'
757
(Kin
758
(Mem
5* 7 * 9 j4 place. — The sounds here change from k'ii into yii,
S c^*" /tew, n^oo and ch'u; their meanings are altogether
diverse.
ifr <Tf *, 7b respire^— This is often, incorrectly written jjsjf, which
is another form of Jjg| dPti ; the compounds are read suh,
seu and mean.
r75l Dignity. — All the compounds are read ts'ao, like their
c Ts'ao phonetic, though few are influenced by it in their signi-
fication.
To signalize. — A large and regular group in its uni-
form sound of piao ; a few compounds, as JHy and g|,
lead small sub-groups.
To mount. — About half the compounds are read sien
like their primitive, the others Wien.
Varnish. — This primitive resembles the radicals §J^
wheat and 3J5: millet, but those do not occur as pho-
netics ; this group is read tsih and sih.
A girdle. — The sounds here are chai, tai, ti and chi ;
some traces of the primitive appears, which is inter-
changed with No. 507 *j^ in many cases.
Nearly all are read han, others are nan and tan ; the
primitive is not used ; No. 1027 J(f£ is a sub-group.
A few. — The primitive gives its sound kin to m06tof
the compounds ; Jfij leads a small sub-group.
Equal. — This somewhat resembles Jfl a couple, or
altered to jppj $ the coumpounds are read man and
man.
759 Violent. — The phonetic gives its sound k'iang to all
"under it ; the form 5§l i s commonly used, but is still
reckoned as having only eleven strokes.
780 To console. — Tins gives its sound to most of its com-
W&* pounds ; they are read w€i or yuli.
78 i To leak. — A small group, uniformly read leu, and marry
Leu* of its characters analogous to the primitive, which is
contracted to J|j| in poor books.
To practice. — This group is read sih andcAeA; the
meanings are unlike the primitive.
To fly high. — The leading sound is liu, but liao, lao,
luh, kiao, km, miu and cheu are also heard, rendering
them all doubtful to a beginner.
Dark. — The right half of this character is an earlier
form of itself, traces of which are to be detected in the
compounds ; the sounds are uniformly yin.
To know. — The few derivatives are read sih, -but their
meanings are totally different.
To make. — This sub-group comes from No. a 342 "g" J
its derivatives are uniformly sounded tsao.
An offshoot from No. 592 Jjr, and an idea of
injury runs through the group ; the sounds- are shang,
then tsiang and tang.
To sacrifice. — About half of this group is read tsi, and
the others chi, chai, tsai, si and chah ; a sub-group of
seven comes under |§£ chah.
To follow. — These few characters are read hu, like their
phonetic ; but are unlike it in meaning, and not much
in use.
A bushel. — These characters are read huh, but their
meanings are dissimilar.
To follow. — This and the two next are similar ; half
s wy of this group follow the sound is'ung, others are read
sung and chwang.
ft
®
m
762
Sih,
763
Liu*
764
( Tm
; 765
: Sih,
766
) Tsao*
767
'■(iShang .
768
Tsi*
768
Hu*
m
770
Huh,
771
772
Yii*
773
<Si
*
774
-(Fung
775
*N:ao
776
Ki*
777
,Teu
Imperial — A small group, read yii, whose words show
some affinity in the meanings with the primitive.
To transport. — The derivatives are read si and sien ;
the primitive is like No. 771 $§, but it does not in-
fluence the meaning of the words.
To meet. — This flows from No. 348 ^£> with which
its compounds agree in sound, and often in sense ; nearly
one half are read fung, the vest pung.
Rad. 196- -The sounds vary to tiao, ming and niao ;
this and No. 680 J§| resemble each other.
Already. — The compounds in this group are read ki,
kai and keu; the primitive resembles No. 575 §P?
but is more used.
A helmet. — The few derivatives under this primitive
have no affinity with its meaning, but are all sound-
ed teu.
778 To kill. — The compounds are read sah ar.d shah, and
Shah t the original meaning crops out in some of them.
779 To covet. — An unimportant group, uniform in iti sound
(1 an of fan , but showing no affinity in meaning.
780 A counsellor. — This is occasionally interchanged "with
f ~ No. 813 |f, and altered to ^ and^t; the com-
pounds are read tsan, san, shan, shan and chan, and
most of them have some reference to confusion.
78r Accustomed. — The derivatives follow the phonetic kwan ,
except jff shih, and some of them partake of its mean-
ing.
iCh'-ao "^ »est.— This resembles No. 707 ^ 5 the characters
mostly follow their leading sound ch*ao, tsiao and sao
being the variants.
783 A leader. — The derivatives take the sound of tsiang,
'(Tsiang an( j the primitive, in a few cases is interchanged with
No. 687 jg from their similarity of sound.
A groan. — This is a sub-group from No. 162 ^?
and the characters follow its sound hu with a few ex-
ceptions which are read h'ia.
A tiger. — This primitive is sometimes written like No.
857 Wl-i but more often /g, which is allowable ; the
compounds are read cha, ts'ii and tso.
*a? -J 86 A hall.— One of the sub-groups under No. 501 f^ ;
=E^ 5 an 9 most f it s members are read tang and a few chang.
Rad. 197. — All the derivatives with one exception, king,
are read in, and the primitive conveys its meaning to
only one of them.
-it- 788 ]$ t. — The radical is usually written beneath the prinii-
l> tive, and in a few cases as j|| and j^h j*f| aud ^p
its position varies the sense ; the derivatives are read
?noh, mu and ma.
Poor. — This group is mostly read leu; others are lit,
and one 3|fc shu, forms a siib-group No. 984.
Long. — The phonetic gives its sound man to this group,
(,Man but no clue to the meanings, except in one or two cases.
• Finished. — All these compounds are read pih, but their
primitive does not influence their meanings at all.
Remarkable.— The sounds in this group are i, yih, fan
and chih ; ^ leads a sub-group of four ; in K'anglii's
Dictionary this character is reckoned under twelve
strokes.
To involve. — About one half of this group is read lo,
the rest are le% and tah ; the primitive is akin to No.
881 fi| and No. 985 ^p, with which it is sometimes
interchanged.
TFT
784
(Hu
785
cTso
787
<Lu
788
Moh,
789
( Leu
790
Pih,
792
J*
793
i Lei
lxxviii.
INTRODUCTION.
794
«
796
797
K'ii
79S
w
$L
%
H^
I?
z-- 7 /l kingdom. — Derived from No. 430 1*35 ' tue compounds
'- in thfs group iire mostly read kwoh like the phonetic,
with whose meaning they have no affinity.
785 Sorrow. — Hwan, wan and ckan are the only sounds ;
-Hwari> tj le primitive is sometimes wrongly written for No. 928
mi
A peak. — This is very similar to No. 626 /g|, and the
two are not carefully separated in books ; it is like -fg
a bird, which is made from No. 472 ^E-
TWELVE STROKES.
A gutter. —The sound of this is given by No. 144 g.
with which it has no other affinity.
To scald.— -This is derived from No. 592 J|r, and all
t lan 9 its compounds follow its sound tang but not its sense.
799 To burn. — This has become obsolete and is sometimes
Chlh > pedantically written *% with thirteen strokes ; the
sounds are c/ii/i, clii and skill.
800 A youth. — The sounds are t'ung, chung and chwang ;
i ""^ its sound and form resemble No. 558 l£> with which it
is never interchanged.
881 This is now obsolete, and its derivatives are read ckeh
Cheh > and sah ; it resembles No. 825 ^ and is still less
like No. 815 jjJC-
Sincere. — This heads the largest sub-group under No.
396 2^, of which No. 727 j|5 and No. 728 |fc are
two others ; the sounds are tun and tui.
Then. — This is derived from No. 397 ft,, but has no
likeness to it in sound or sense ; the words are tsiu and
tsuh.
804 Good. — Tliis phonetic gives its sound ( sken, but has no
*Shen appreciable influence on the sense of the compounds ;
it differs from No. 818 $•
808 Will-o'-wisp. — This guides to the sounds of all its com-
iLin pounds except tliree read lien; and an idea of frangibi-
lity runs through many of them.
Fatigue. — This is a derivative from No. 614 p$ '■>
the compounds all follow its sound, but rarely its signi-
fication.
To suspect. — This is also written jjffi in most of its
compounds, but the second form aloue is a synonym of
Jihfc sih ; jui is the common sound.
Two. — This conies secondarily from No. 25 ""\, under
which ;3sj > s a simpler form of this character ; this
group is read 'rk, ni and ch'i.
Pure. — This and No. 567 ^ are derived from No.
256 ifl ? its compounds are mostly read kiek, and
6ome of them are akin in meaning.
J^?i That. — This is derived from jflX> winch unites with
u * three radicals, one of them forming this sub-group,
which is read kiiek and lcwe"i.
811 To light — A group whose members are read liao and
( Liao / a0) but their meanings vary indefinitely.
112 . Prodigal. — This is derived from No. 531 %, which
802
tTun
803
Tsiti*
80S
sLao
807
<Jui
808
'EJi>
809
Kiehy
t She
sends off four or five sub-groups, of which this is the
largest ; its compounds are read cM and cka, and are
written sometimes with No. 529 j^r-
S
8V3
c Tsan
814
m t
815
< Kan
-fc/ 817
Impious. — Tins is often interchanged with No. 780 i§£
and No. 1028 ^ ', it is also incorrectly written ^§f .
which itself leads a group of three ; the compounds are
read tsan, tsien, chan and //.
One. — This group is sounded yih, i and ?igai ; the
words exhibit no likeness in meaning.
To dare. — The sounds here vary from lean to han and
kien; its nearest resemblances are No. 801 pjX an d
No. 825 ffc
Virtuous. — This gives its sound to a few derivatives, the
others being read jao, kiao, kiao, mo and sham.
A tambounne. — These compounds are read p'ang like
4 P'ang tbeir phonetic, but show no trace of its meaning.
( ,,. Joy. — This resembles No. 804 ^ ', the sounds are all
Joy. — This resembles No. 804 \
hi, except two or three read c/i'i.
*SH t^ 19 i Evil.— This, derived from No. 424 Jul, i s read both wu
4 &* l 9° t an( j n g C / { . jt s compounds are found under both sounds,
and partake of its meaning.
ijj 820 Grace. — This group frequently interchanges its phonetic
j^, Hwm with jH B subgroup of No. 733 H ; the sounds are
kxoti and sui.
j*l 821 A hedge. — These are all read fan, as well as the larger
**** - sub-group under 5js£ 7 to which belong eight compounds.
822
i T'an
m
*
823
824
825
San>
§9 ( Chao
827
IH
Ample. — This differs from No. 867 jpL, though they
are interchanged ; besides the sound fan, a few are
read tien and sin.
This. — Apparently derived from No. 435 $t, this primi-
tive exhibits no likeness in sound or sense to it ; a
few are read si, but most of them sz\
Rud. 201. — The derivatives are mostly read hwang,
[iHwang^ Qthers hSng; No 9% J| y R ^gi^p.
To scatter.— This is so much like No. 801 fffc that
some notice is desirable of their differences ; sah, sien
and san are the sounds.
Morning. — Most of the derivatives are read chao, /ft]
miao being the only exception.
A sort. — This group follows the sound of its primitive,
Biangi ^y^ resem bl e3 t|[ k'iurg, a word that has four
derivatives, ft£f and -iff being the most common.
828 To deceive. — The sounds here are yuk, kiiek, hhek and
Yuh) kiih, and modifications of these; the meanings are in-
congruous.
829 To seek. — These compounds are read sin and t'an ;
iSin n one of them indicate any influence of the primitive on
their meanings.
Pity. — This group is alike read min ; the primitive is
derived from No. 56 ^C rather than No. 439 "*}•
Intercalary moon. — These characters are read both jwn
and jwan, the primitive has both sounds ; its form
resembles the last and the next.
e Ji? Leisure. — As a primitive, this is also written |aj and
[r^J, though these three forms are not wholly synony-
mous ; the sounds are about equally hien and kien.
i 833 Weak. — The compounds, which are mostly read Ji'an,
p<CWeK s bow no influence of the primitive, which is sometime*
interchanged with No. 437 3g-
l 834 To concede. — This group has many sounds, as sun.
830
<Min
831
Jun y
bun'
stun, cloven, tsiien and tswan ; the meanings have
nothing in common.
INTRODUCTION.
lxxix.
S35
t Lvng
Mt 83e
%
Opulent. — In some of these derivatives simply 3= is
■written, but the full form is better ; the group is read
lung.
A guitar. — This derivative from No. 250 ifc is incor-
rectly written without the dot ; most of the compounds are
arranged in Kanghi's Dictionary under the 4ft radical.
To reply. — This is often contracted to -§• in the com-
pounds, which are read tah and chah; it is derived
from No. 285 tx> being one of its five sub-groups.
This group furnishes one character read chwen,
S/tun 1 an( j the others are shun ; all are in common use.
839 y j e . — The sound of io6i is heard in nearly half of
WCP this group, the others being read hwe'i, wo and Icwfi;
^^ forms a small sub-group.
Foreign. — This is sometimes improperly written ^ \
some of its compounds are read shin, fan, pan and p'o;
No. 963 ^f leads a sub-group.
To ascend. — This resembles 5£ tang a vase, which
forms only one or two compounds ; this group is mostly
read tang, others are dicing and ching.
To issue. — This group is read fah, fe"t and pok or puh'
leads a sub-group of four read fet like itself.
843 Down. — Half of these are read tsui or chui, and the
Ts ui res t cf lwen and ; kt - ao . n0 influence of the primitive on
their meanings is perceptible.
844 None. — This is occasionally interchanged with No. 404
JRJ J its compounds are read wu t hu and fu, and
some of them as |5| and J$JE lead others ; a character
like this j§£ also heads a group of six, read wu.
*p. Grand. — This character, derived from No. 622 pfg,
influences many of its compounds, indicating lofty, noble,
&c ; the common sound k'iao is changed to kiok in a
few.
Certainly. — About half of this group is read /en, and the
others nien ; this and No. 997 ^ are somewhat alike.
and all
837
Tahy
838
840
( Fdn
841
t Tdng
842
Fah)
846
(.Jan
m
^ c Su
Necessary. — This is derived from No. 525
its compounds follow its sound sti.
848 Elephant. — Only one of these, read shang, differs in
Siang* sound from the primitive, which bears a resemblance
to No. 852 j&.
849 Repeating. — One of this group is read It, and the others
Fuh . >fcr
J fuh; the primitive comes from No. 514 Jg^ with which
it is interchanged in a few cases.
88 P Scorched. — This may be regarded as derived from No.
1 472 / J£, and its derivatives are all read tsiao ; their sig-
nifications hare a little affinity with it.
861 T congregate. — These are read tsah and tsih, and one
Isih) f t ne three is a synonym of the primitive.
862 A crowd. — Traces of the meaning of the phonetic, which
Chung") gi ves ji s sounc i c ] mW j to all the derivatives, occur in
several of them.
jjy United.— Like No. 837 ^, this is derived from No.
285 fo 5 it may easily be confounded with No. 698
?pj j the compounds are read hih.
8 ** Illustrious. — This group foDows the primitive in its sound
(I sun tsun, but not at all in meaning; it resembles No.
748 M
7V ang A ^ read y — Tllis and No - yl2 & are easi ty mistaken,
and this is usually written fjf to diminish their like-
ness ; the derivatives are read tsang and sang.
Several. — This regularly follows its phonetic &«; in a
few cases, like |fe the primitive is abbreviated, but
oftener to JLj as %)[, for jjK, &o.
8S6
( Ki
857
* 868
'•(Ch'ang
ifets
#
859
( Tsui
883
\Hwa
861
l Mang
862
Heh>
863
l King
865
Ju>
Empty.— This is sometimes written like No. 785 f§_,
and seldomer like No. 784 7fjt ; the derivatives are read
k'ii and hu.
A prop — This is one of the offshoots from No. 501 f^j
and is also written ^ and JjL in some of the deriva-
tives ; their sounds vary from chang to chang.
A beak. — This group is pronounced tsui like its phonetic,
which influences the meanings of the compounds.
Flowery. — This is often contracted to ten strokes ^
as it is a sound character, but the dictionaries place the
words under twelve ; they are read hwa, yeh or yih and
w€i.
Flourishing. — This word is troublesome to find, for it is
contracted to ~?ff and tjft, but the dictionaries place
such under twelve strokes ; they are read mang.
Rad. 205. — One of this class, gg? forms a sub-group
of eight, and another j$R of four derivatives ; the com-
pounds are read heh, m€i and vioh, chiefly the latter.
A prospect— -This like No. 803 jg£ is an offshoot of No.
397 ^ I the sounds under it vary into ying, kiting,
hung and hao.
T a Important. — This is a derivative from No. 417 JR ',
the compounds are read tsofi, chwai and tsui. :
A road. — This is derived from No. 272 ^j and the
characters are all read lu like the phonetic, of whose
meaning there is no trace in them.
Kwe"* H mor ed. — Two derivatives uuder this, [ff and jjj,
form sub-groups, and the former is often interchanged
with it ; they are mostly read hwe'i, others are tui, i
and whi.
A lone. — This is not unlike No. 822 J£L in form and
sound ; the compounds are mostly read tan, then chen,
shen, toh and ft.
To buy. — This phonetic leads the sounds of all its deri-
vatives, and one of them No. 973 j([ heads a large
sub-group, though some etymologists separate them.
Thicket. -■■ This and No. 930 gj§ resemble each other ;
the compounds here are all read puh or poh.
??* Spacious. — Tliis offset from No. 501 "jig has a few
(Ui ting c jj arac t ers under it which follow its sound clt'ang ; it is
easily confounded with the next.
Broken. — This is like the last and more common ; mos*
of the characters are read pieh, then pi, and ideas of
injury pervade most of them.
THIRTEEN STROKES.
Intention. — The group of characters which flow from
this primitive are all read i or yih, and many of them
partake of its meaning.
A griffon.— This resembles No. 839 ffi a little, but
it and its derivatives are seldom met ; they are read
chai and tsien.
A hawk. — This is easily mistaken for Jfgg a wild goose,
but the latter seldom occurs ; its derivatives are all read
ying, and J§j leads a sub-group.
867
(Tan
868
Ma?
!fe 869
H Puh,
871
°Pi>
872
z>
873
c Chai
874
* Ying
lxxx.
INTRODUCTION.
S75
^LAen
876
iYung
t^ »77
878
<Pin
879
'•Tan
880
P
881
iLe'i
882
Tsah)
864
<Kan
885
Tah)
888
Shing*
887
Fati*
888
Tie/iy
*m 889
Pl&C A "' 7 <>
eg. iK'tang
PS 891
J^ ^Aw
;*rj A in*
893
paj She/ij
#
Kan*
Frugality. — A derivative of No. 688 yjjfc, with which
it is rare! v interchanged ; this primitive gives its sound
lien to all but two of its compounds read cfian and tswan,
but its meaning to none.
Concord. — This is also written J3, and gf£, but these
forms are not common j their sounds are yung and wdng.
An obsolete character, where the radical is found
between the lower parts, as j|f[; the characters are
read lo, lei and ying.
To state to. — This group derives its sound from lin JR-
a granary, and the two are considred the same primi-
tive ; the derivatives are read lin and Ian.
Grand. — This is often interchanged with No. 867 SfL
from the similarity of sound ; these are read tan, shen
and chen.
Bight. — This group, is read i tliroughout, and some of
the characters show affinity with the meaning of the
primitive.
Tlunder. — This and No. 985 gjar resemble each other
In sound ; this group is read l€i, and the derivatives
occasionally intimate the meaning of the primitive.
Sordid. — This is derived from Rad. 179 3£ ; its com-
pounds are read tsah and sah, and partake somewhat
of its meaning.
To follow. — This sub-group under No. 522 >f|f> is
frequently interchanged with it, and its derivatives are
read mi ; one of them |jjg has six flowing from it.
To excite. — A derivative from No. 524 Jfc ; the char-
acters in this group are read kan and han, and many of
them partake of the sense of their phonetic.
To perceive. — This is not an offshoot from No. 416 Jp,
but from ^E altered ; all its compounds are read tali.
Holy. — This is a sub-group under No. 373 3?, and
is often contracted to sj \ its derivatives are read
ch'ing or ch'dng.
Bold. — This is apparently derived from f$> plants, but
the sound indicates No. 528 ^ as its origin ; the sounds
pan and fan are curiously confused in the group.
Sharp. — This was at first written ^J£' but this is now
the proper form, and is also contracted as in gft ; all are
read tieh.
To strike. — The compounds in this group are read kih
and hi ; they have little likeness of meaning.
A border. — Occasionally interchanged with No. 759
jjR 5 and most of the compounds are sounded kiang ;
5s leads three or four derivatives.
Trader. — The compounds are also read kia, and are in
common use.
To prohibit. — This group comes from No. 432 >|>|C> with
which it has little affinity ; the compounds are read kin,
and look a little like the next.
Grievous. — These characters sound like their phonetic,
which resembles the preceding ; they all contain the idea
of suffering.
Avaricious. — This is contracted to m, and its com-
pounds are read sheh, seh and ts*iang ; several of them
partake of its meauing.
Ability. — Tliis forms one of three sub-groups under No.
653 H\ j its derivatives are read kan and hwan.
886
Sllhy
897
Tied
Serious. — This properly has tliirteen strokes, but the
characters are placed under twelve in the dictionaries ;
they are read suh, siu and siao ; J($ forms a sub-group
of eight.
A palace — This group is read tien and tun; the charac-
ters are not much used.
JB$
893
Pih }
A model. — The meaning of tins phonetic appeal's in
several of its compounds, which are read pi, pih , poh
and mih; the group is easily distinguished from No.
1014 ^£-
7BW •• 9 Bough. — In the dictionaries, this is counted with twelve
Jh£ Shehy strokes, while it really has fourteen, and this discrepancy
causes some difficulty in finding it ; the compounds par-
take of its meauing and are sounded seh and sah.
,sg" t *•<> To love. — This group is uniformly read ngai or ai ; most
£C Ngai of its characters have the idea of obscurity.
'figg *•*■ To direct. — Chen is the common sound, and tan, yen
/|3 (Chen and shen are the others ; their meanings are quite un-
like.
mm 902 To explain. — This group is about equally divided be-
Ht Kiai* tvveen kiai and hiai ; the primitive is merely a pltonetic.
iek ^W" M ' mte -— Tilis can ^ easil ? mistaken for No. 977 ^t ',
1W* . e» j ts corn p 0un( i s are rea( { we 'i or w ^ anc j a f ew f them
are like it in meauing.
-^ 984 p a t. — This group contains the sounds tswan, tsui, tsiien,
* suen and tsun ; No. 1003 'jjg forms a sub-group.
JSt ,,. , An imperfect character, to which No. 953 |&f bears
' most likeness ; the compounds are read hioh, kioh, hoh
and hung ; it is often contracted, as :j|5 for ejk in poorly-
printed books.
jg|M 988 ^ To break. — This leads the sounds of its compounds, and
SgSc 'Hw€i traces of its meaning are seen in several of them.
AL »*7 To respect. — The four sounds of this primitive reappear
T^Jy Kihy in its compounds, as kih, yao, hih, hoh, kioh and kiao,
the last the commonest ; this and No. 741 jjjf, look
alike.
wfei 908 Obscure. — The derivatives in this group are read ngao
■^* ^9°° jmd y un . ^ resembles J|f«j which has only three deriva-
tives read yueh.
Birds. — This group is read k'in; its meanings have
no likeness ; this and No. 724 $j| resemble each other.
To follow. — This is sometimes mistaken for jgj which
has itself seven derivatives read c/iuh like it ; these are all
read sui.
All. — The sounds under tlu's primitive are tsien, sien,
ils'ien y en , hien, kien and lien, of which the last preponderates.
"ff^ /y ia > To assemble.— This and No. 855 f^ are h'able to be
•* ±twul confounded ; half of the characters in this group are read
kwei; the others hwui, we'i and kwai.
43f. 913 A village. — A small group read hiang, whose phonetic
?p|) tHiang^ ^^ tQ be mis t a k en f or jj$ k'ing, but that has no
derivatives.
*S* *£* OuqhU— This is a sub-group under No. 501 "fpj ', it is
^ ,iang * °Or . , . , „ ,
frequently contacted to -=fc m cheap books ; all the
compounds are read tang, but their meanings follow
their radicals.
909
' i fCin
• 910
Jsfc
915
Am>
Fighting. — This primitive which resembles jljg a place,
gives its sound to most of its compounds, of which others
ire read kioh and kih ; two of them lead two or three
derivates each.
INTRODUCTION.
lxxxi.
917
918
2JW ,
910
SuP
Kin'?
921
Wmf
1
m
:s:
U3»
9 rf. 4 vase.— TLis phonetic is similar to No. 785 jit and
No. 857 j|£; the compounds are all read hi, and the
most common one Jfjj leads thirteen derivatives also
read hi.
To captivate. — This primitive, No. 981 Jig and No.
999 ^ resemble each other in sound and form ; the
group is read lu throughout.
Fresh. — This is rather a sub-group of tsan $&,, which
leads four, ether derivatives as §>£ and 2g ', not many
of either group aie in common use.
A year. — 'fhe sounds in this group are kwe'i, hwui,
we'i and yueh ; the primitive is contracted to /JJj and
other forms.
To respect- — This group is read king, and most of the
characters are in common use ; it looks a little like
No. 870 ®t
A myriad.— 'This offshoot from No. 598 pq 5 itself re-
appears in a sub-group, No. 970 /{£ I its derivatives
are read wan, tun and mal.
922 Bad. 205. — This, group is read min, yin, ying and shing
*Min or shang; it is easily to be distinguished from that
under the radical.
923 Birds singing.— In this group, the compounds are read
Sao* sao, tsiao and t sao, mostly the latter ; the idea of dis-
cord appears in many of them.
j? 24 , Overpassing. — This comes from No. 605 |fFj> and
imparts its 60und kwo to half of its derivatives, the
others being read chwa.
925 To J arm.— This group is mostly read nung, then nang
(.Nwng and "nao; many of the characters relate to density or
thickening.
A case.— This is used as a contracted form of No.
1021 }jji> but as a phonetic has no likeness to it, all
the derivatives being read li or fi.
To direct.— This is derived indirectly from No. 416
2^£, and one compound ^ has three or four under it;
the sounds are yih, i, shih, tseh and toh.
IS? Delicate.— This and No. 555 ^| are sometimes inter-
$Kiung cl]an g e( j . j ts com pounds are read hwan, hiien, pien,
yum, shwan and siien ; some of them have one or two
derivatives.
929 An insect.— The characters in this group are read chuk,
Shuh * ehoh, tuh and shuh ; No. 1037 S§ is an offset, and
one or two other sub-groups are found.
Patrimony.— This resembles No. 869 Df,, and is com-
paratively a small group, whose members are read both
yeh and nieh in some parts of the country.
FOURTEEN STROKES.
Happy.— This being a sacred character is contracted
to j|fr with ten strokes ; its compounds are read ning
and nang in equal proportions.
A guest.— This is often changed to 5f| as being more
easily written ; the words are read pin or pien.
Recrimination.— This is derived from No. 296 ^p by
duplication ; its compounds are read pien and pan, and
most of them are placed under the 160th radical.
»3* Rad. 210.— Many of the characters which properly
iTsi come under this phonetic are placed under the radical
in Kanghi's Dictionary ; the derivatives here are read
tsi and chai.
-The characters in this group are read hao;
926
Li>
927
Yih t
930
Yeh,
931
iNing
932
t Pin
933
t Pien
936
t Su
937
,Rh
938
939
( Yen
946
CKi*
IS
935 Heroic.
the primitive flows from No. 622 jflj, and is somewhat
like it.
Necessary. — This primitive, also written jfff> is some-
times interchanged with No. 847 2f|) which it resembles
in sound and sense ; it flows from No. 527 -jp|> and the
compounds are read jii, 'rh, neu and sii.
You- — This is contracted to %p in composition ; the
derivatives are read 'rh, lo, mi, nai, ni, ching, nieh,
si and rim ; jfl| nas p i x derivatives.
Just.— One derivative under this ^^ has four under it,
x " which and the others are all read tsang.
To -dislike. — This is read both yen andyeA, and its
compounds are read yen, yeh and yah, chiefly 'the
first ; their meanings show some traces of the primitive.
An obstacle. — A small group whose compounds are
read ch'i and ti.
941 To congregate. — This is occasionally interchanged with
No. 417 JJjj, and looks like No. 852 %_ ; the deriva-
tives are read tsil, tsung, cheu and chung.
942 Longevity. — This group contains the sounds cheu, tau
Shew* and chu, but none sheu ; the primitive is written in
many ways,
y*^ Intercepted.— This resembles No.^1010 tj£ and is also
written ffj£ J its derivatives are all read tsieh.
Glistening. — Formed by duplicating Rad. 155 3jjv
whose meaning it has partially kept; the words are
read hoh and hia.
A terrace. — This group follows the sound tai of its
phonetic, which is often contracted to No. 186 *^> and
also to 'H? with thirteen strokes.
To examine. — An offshoot from No. 429 |j>5(> this primi-
tive has affinity with its derivative No. 995 ^ j the
sounds are Lien, yen, hien, but chiefly Ian.
946
Hoh,
946
iTai
946
(Kien
947
Tsiu
948
Tihy
949
c Yin
\Z&
Completed. — All but one f& nai of this group are read
tsin, and there is much affinity with the primitive in
their meanings.
Plumagery. — This primitive, an offshoot from No. 254
/J?)) does not affect the sense of its derivatives, which
are read tih, tiao, yok, yao, chao and choh.
Diligent. — This is often interchanged with ^ one of its
derivatives, the two being regarded as synonyms ; their
sounds are yin and wan.
To cultivate.— This is derived from No. 436 (J j and
its compounds are all read tsih.
961 Steam.— The compounds under this character are read
(Hwn ^.„ w an j y^^ ; t j las n0 affinity with No. 558 3tL, nor
will No. 1032 H be taken for it.
Suspicion. — This conveys its own sound t to about half
its compounds, the rest being read ngai, ying, chi and
hai, and some having two or three sounds.
To give.— This resembles No. 905 &&, but still more the
word Jii Hng, which has four derivatives read like it ;
this group is read yu, hii and sii.
•8* A prison. — The derivatives are here read both yoh and
Yvh ) y un i u different places ; one is a synonym of its primitive.
•** To connect.— P 'art of these characters are read ki, and
A"' > others twan; some of them are like the primitive,
which is contracted to Pp «
959
Tsih,
952
963
,Yu
lxxxii.
INTRODUCTION.
^
izk t •) Sagacious. — This is often contracted in writing to J|lf
^^ under twelve strokes ; the compounds are read jui and
Stun.
-fUE rr °, To measure — This flows from '^ c7n*A, which has
also js£ shu-ang as one derivative, and No. 1033 'g?. as
nnother ; tyty is frequently wrongly written so as to cover
the whole characters as |3| ', the sounds are hwoh and
tvoh, hu and, A«;a.
jtg 9 » 8 Dreaming. — This perplexes one by its varied forms, in
•* which *^ and 'jjj^ predominate ; the group is read
viung and mdng.
A necklace. — This is formed of Rad. 154 _P, repeated,
and has its derivative in No. 1015 Zg£ j they are all
read ying.
Manifest. — Tin's has been superseded by its common
derivative ^j which itself has a few offshoots ; the
sounds under it are Men, shih, sih and ngan.
To send. — This primitive resembles No. 682 jfi) but
js not an offset from it ; the derivatives are all read
kien, but show no likeness in sense to the primitive.
To match. — This is constantly contracted to X^J 5 all the
compounds are as much used as their leader, whose
sound tui they follow.
FIFTEEN STROKES.
To fudge. — This flows from No. 840 ^f > and its deri-
vatives are read shjin.
•** To write. — Tliis group is read sie~ ; its characters are
f Si^ little in use.
969
Yhiq-
930
^Hien
^tjg. 981
SH. c K"ien
m
962
TuP
943
'Shan
t 965 A kitc/ien.— This and No. 817 JJ^ both come from j£
| jCA^* c j iu ^ a k an( j Q f mus ; c . jj^J- j ias also three or four com-
mon derivatives, read chu and shu; this primitive is
very often written $$ under 14 strokes.
L fi ? Broad. — This comes from No. 824 jj£> and its com-
[ Kwang p 0lin( j s ^. Q rea( j kwang, leung and ktvoh ; one or
two exhibit some analogy tojt.
cPiao
Iridescent. — This seems to flow from No. 722
*
in composition it interchanges with jfl and jp| in a
few cases, and all the derivatives are read piao.
888 A shop. — This is often wrongly written, as if the lower
r en part was Jg ink, but the two are unlike ; this group is
read chan and chin.
969 To nourish. — This group is read yang, but its members
I Yang indicate no likeness to their phonetic, which flows from
No. 218 3£-
Severe. — This is derived from No. 921 $£> hut resem-
bles it neither in sense nor sound ; the characters are
read li.
970
978 Essential. — This leads the sounds of its derivatives, a
Clrihy
few changing from chih to chi; it is contracted to JI|
even in good printing.
-fi& 9 J 8 Rustic. — The derivatives here follow the sound lu ex-
E3 *-u cept one reacW/V ,• they have no likeness in meaning.
'dg Cttiao To prove. — This is sometimes contracted to 3% in com-
bination, and resembles No. 903 fjgfc ; the derivatives
are read ching and chi.
j&k 878 Pleasure. — The characters in this group are read loh,
Tpi Loh t y i t iinc i s / t0 /^ ij ut most iy HJi ; their meanings often
refer to splendor ; ||§ leads three derivatives.
jj§K , 9 7. 9 % Prudent. — This primitive does not give its sound, as
•* the derivatives are read chih ; No. 854 ^l suggests it
in part.
«§ 980 Bristles — The derivatives in this group are read lieh
jrW hieh) i , , . . . jm-
trndlah; in common books it is contracted, as Kg for
S^ and one or two others.
To re/led.— This primitive resembles No. 917 J| and
No. 999 ,/j§[ in its general form, and shows some affini-
ty in sound with them both.
961
LiP
983
Pad>
984
jShu*
m
971
< Yiu
972
Ilieh)
973
Map
974
Ttieh,
Afflicted. — This is sometimes contracted to §H^> but
only in poorly-printed books ; the compounds are read yiu
and jao.
To mount. — This comes from No. 243 pj ; its compounds
are few and infrequent, and all follow its sound hieh.
To sell. — This comes from No. 868 j|. but its sounds
are not so uniform as that ; most of them are tuh, then
yuh, shuli, teu, tih and, not; their meanings vary greatly.
A joint. — This derivative from No. 575 J!fJ leads a few
common characters read tsieh ; it is contracted to J§|J
by rapid penmen.
'J 82 To exterminate — Some of these derivatives show a
«»*$*litUd affinity with their primitive,- most of them are
read nieh and wah.
Cruel. — This gives its sound pao to half of its com-
pounds, and the others are read poh; they frequently
show some trace of its many meanings.
Number.— Tins is an offshoot of No. 789 |j| '1 its com-
pounds are read shu, seu and soh, and show-no simila-
rity to the meaning of either.
<-lAi Fle lds.— Thi^ group and those under No. 793 )j| and
No. 881 ^ are alike read Id, and their compounds
are often interchanged ; ^ has 12 derivatives, and
ipi has six, beside others ; ffl is contracted often to
jJC as 5jf?i even in well-printed books.
To stop. — This flows from No. 692 gjj, and is often
contracted to •^g- in common books ; its sounds are pa,
pi, p€i and pai.
SIXTEEN STROKES.
Grandees. — This primitive somewhat resembles No. 872
,§},, but the group is quite unlike ; one character is
read hin, and the others hien.
Near. — Half of this character is sometimes wrongly
written ^p 3 which is a synonym of 4^ the hazel ;
the derivatives are read c'/ian throughout.
989 Rad. 212. — The group placed under this radical con-
cLung tains- many in which it is properly phonetic ; the
prevailing sound is lung, with a few read chung, pang,
sih and cheh.
rj . .To embosom. — This character is contracted to ^p^ in
composition ; its derivatives are read hwai, and 3^|
leads a group of three.
«5 To ascend. — This flows from No. 219 4rr» and in sound
L*ang -g, ^ v
is like No. 666 Jgg> and seems to be a contraction of
one of its compounds ; the group is read tang through
out.
Hoh S ud den. — This group resembles No. 626 'fji in sound,
and No. 948 ^g in appearance ; it is read hoh, but
the compounds are not much used.
986
Pa*
987
Hiei?
988
t Ts'in
INTRODUCTION.
lxxxiii.
Jm.
893 Generations.— -This is often written J^ under 14
Lih.> strokes, but the dictionaries follow this form ; it is also
contracted to ftjfc as in ffi£j when the radical is under-
neath ; all are read lift.
Simple. — Tliis is constantly interchanged with No. 603
^■> both forms being regarded as correct ; the sounds
are all ngoh.
To observe. — This primitive is derived from No. 946
Jn[» but in practice the latter is contracted to |§£,
nearly like No. 429 ffX, as m |ft olive ; the sounds
are all Ian.
To trust. — This is often contracted in composition to
No. 535 )f(:J, and the right side is also written like jpf ;
its derivatives are read fat, lah t tah and Ian.
A swallow. — This and No. 846 %fe are often taken for
each other ; the words in this group are read yen like
the phonetic.
To resuscitate. — This group is sounded su throughout;
the characters are seldom met.
Black. — Many derivatives under this character partake
of its meaning, and all but three read I'd follow its
sound ; it resembles No. 91 7 J|| and No. 981 |§! in
form and sound.
Courageous. — This group conforms in its sound Mai to
its phonetic ; the characters seldom occur and are diverse
in meaning.
Often. — The derivatives from this phonetic are all read
pin ; few of them are much in use.
Suspend. — These characters are read hiien, one of the
sounds of the primitive, of which one of the three is a
synonym.
A law. — This is an offshoot from No. 904 Ttfp but the
lower half of the primitive is often altered ; the com-
pounds are read M and holi.
SEVENTEEN STROKES.
994
Ngohy
995
<Lm
998
Led*
997
YctP
99S
999
rJjU
1GCO
Hiai>
1001
iPin
1002
Hien*
1003
1004
( Kien
lOOS
iLien
1903
<Jmh
1010
tTsien
Impediment. — This primitive comes from No. 608 ^P|>
and its derivatives are often interchanged with those ;
all are read Men.
g. To encourage. — This is contracted to ||^ in common
1 l 3 books ; the sounds under it are mostly jang or yang
with siang, niang and nang.
jj- A victim This resembles No. 880 ^ ? but occurs less
* frequently ; its compounds are all read hi.
SA ■an(fl oar ~f rosL ~^ <l e " vat i ve fr° m No. 538 4B> tne sounds
"are uniformly shwang; it is frequently interchanged
with No. 739 ^-
To connect. — This flows from jTp) which itself has a few
other derivatives as gfj and Ijfjf ', this group is read
lien and lin.
A barricade. — These characters are uniformly read Ian,
and from one of them JJSJ flow six derivatives ; the
primitive is an oflfchoot from No. 532 }|^.
Minced. — This can be mistaken for No. 943 ftg) from
which it differs in sound ; the derivatives are read tsien,
chan, tsan and sien.
p,, A leveret. — This primitive is often contracted to <?*
i in common books ; its derivatives are read cftan and
tsan, and one in common use is tsai.
1012 Fresh. — A homophonous group read sien; the primitive
1013
Yeh,
1014
Sie/iy
Rad. 214. — 'Hie characters with this in it as a radical
resemble each other in sense, and those r.nder it as a
phonetic are alike in sound, except yii; ^ lias four
derivatives.
A/ault.— These characters are read sieh and ye/i ; the
primitive is r.ot derived from No. 898 J£$ which resem-
bles it in construction.
An infant. — Tins is one of the derivatives frem No. 959
read ying, but their
1017
Tsah)
XOIO
Nieh*
Abundant. — This
and No. 926 ;^£ are constantly in-
rSien
is not unlike No. 998
in form but not in sound.
1 PR » ft* compounds are all
meanings have no connection.
EIGHTEEN STROKES.
' *® ls To conceal. — The characters in this group are all read
,Js ican tsw'au • they must not be confounded with those under
No. 980 j^ read lah.
Mixed. — This is indirectly derived from No. 851 -^ 5
and is a little like No. 1027 Hfc? its compounds are al 1
reod tsah.
To whisper. — This imparts a trace of its meaning to
some of its derivatives, which are read nieh, cheh and
sheh.
j> 1019 A nobleman. — The characters in this group are read
3* Tsieh) shwoh, tsiao and tsioh, but show no likeness in meaning
to their primitive.
g. lose To return— This primitive leads its small company with
Jj (_Kwci its own sound kwti, but gives none of them any of its
■ meaning,
u 1021
*• t* ua 9 terchauged with each other, but not quite correctly :
the sounds Jung and yen are the usual ones in this
group.
y. 1022 A n i r is. — About one half of these characters have the
g Kwan goun( j y^^ the rest are hwan ; it is contracted to -jg?
in rapid writing.
To dread.— This and No. 1034 J[, differ a little in
form, and altogether in sound, this group being read ku
throughout.
NINETEEN STROKES.
To Und. — In some of the common derivatives, this
primitive is contracted to No. 212 as ft£ for H* 5 the
sounds are chiefly liien or Iwan, then wan, man, shwan
and pien ; two or three small sub-groups are formed
from it.
Wit/iout.— This is an offshoot from No. 719 ^ and
some of its derivatives are interchanged with those ; all
here are read mi.
Elegant.— -This is derived from No. 722 Jjfc ; in some
characters it is contracted to No. 247 ]!§ or No. 724
}§£ and even to flfl the upper half; the compounds
are read li, si, sz and shai.
Difficult. — This is in form an offshoot from No. 756
IpL, the derivatives are read nan, no, ni and tan, some
of them having two sounds.
To help This is also written ^ and f^, which
perplexes the student as to the proper number of strokes ;
the last contraction resembles No. 813 ifj, with which
it is sometimes interchanged ; this group is read tsan,
tswan and tsah.
Summit.— This is derived from No. 674 jj|<? and agrees
with it in sound ; the compounds are read tien, and
show a little likeness in signification.
1023
Ku*
1024
JLuen
102S
<Mi
1020
Li*
1027
iNan
1028
7W
1029
(Tien
Lxxxiv.
INTRODUCTION.
t Pien
Side. — This is properly a sub-group of g(i», which itself
has six derivatives, some under both being interchange-
able, and all read pien.
xo3i £ ne t. — This group is read to, and some of the charac-
iLo ters partake of its meaning.
1032 A clan. — The sound fang shows this group to be a
■* T ' an 9 derivative of No. 501 fjij, and net of No. 862 |H ',
its meanings are unlike either.
rji i Offering. — This is contracted to jjpj even in well-
printed books ; the sounds of the compounds are Men,
yen, hwan and yah.
To fear. — This comes from No. 1023 .!§., and some-
Kioh,
•what resembles No. 957
faoh or koh and hoh.
the characters are read
i«3b Severe.
$Yen
This primitive may be regarded as derived
• from No. 815 ^j[» with wliich it has no likeness in
sound or sense ; a few derivatives are read ygan, most
of them yen.
TWENTY-ONE STROKES.
1036 To oppress. — The few derivatives in this group are
" a read pa; their meanings often indicate pressure, and
the complicated primitive is sometimes contracted.
1037 Appertaining. — This flows from No. 929 -^ , and is
' often contracted to ^ ; the derivatives are read chuh
and shuh.
TWENTY-TWO STROKES.
1038 A bag. — This primitive appears to be derived from No.
^ 1005 ^gj, and is often abbreviated in writing ; its com-
pounds are all read nang.
TWENTY-FOUR STROKES.
1039 jg donate. — This primitive seems to conic from No. 646
• 3C' Dut lts derivatives are read hung, kan and chwting,
and its parts contracted to Jg^ m some cases.
Spirit. — This is contracted to No. 182 ^ and m,u or
iling
ling.
but not iudiscriminalely ; the derivatives are read
Those who are curious to follow the manner in which
these primitives unite to form groups and sub-groups of
derivatives, will easily be able to do so by running one or
two through the radicals It will soon be perceived
how far they really serve as phonetics now, and how
cautious one must be in deducing the sound from the
primitive, especially of words in the juh shing. This
combination of radicals and primitives is easily paralleled
in other languages, especially in Greek and German,
whose facility of compounding and decompounding roots
and prefixes gives them such power and variety of ex-
pression. If there was a possibility or use in a universal
language, in which mankind could convey their thoughts
irrespective of the sound of tho symbols, the Chinese
seems to be the best fitted for it, inasmuch as the system
of combination here explained is susceptible of infinite
development to express almost any name or idea.
Out of this whole number 106 characters are either
imperfect, contracted forms, not in use, or such as are
rarely met with, leaving 934 common characters, most of
which occur as often as any of their compounds. One
advantage of learning this list, is the readiness it gives
the student in reckoning the number of strokes in a
character. When it has only a few strokes as U, $fc or
jg, there is no hesitation in the search ; but when their
number is over twelve, as in P-ft, §£ or %%■> ^ saves much
time to know at sight, that they are to be found under
14, 13, or 21 strokes respectively. It is easy to ascertain
the strokes by inspection, after becoming familiar with
their construction, and is more rapid than to count them.
For instance, P|§ is composed of P mouth joined to ij
the 256th primftive ? and $| the 211th radical, making
21 strokes, under which number it is placed. In others,
like $|, or $$ or f|lj, where the component parts are not
so easily separable, to know by sight that the characters
occur under 12; 14, and 17 strokes respectively, is worth
all the previous labor spent upon learning the primitives,
in the time it saves.
Callery has given a score of pages containing sentences
constructed out of the primitives, in order to assist in
learning them. It will be worth more to the student to
make and write sentences himself, out of the characters
contained in the two preceding lists, and thereby familia-
rize himself with their use. The practice of repeatedly
writing the characters, is the best way to imprint them
on the memory ; but it may be made more serviceable, by
trying to form them into sentences. The proper manner
of forming a character can best be learned by imitating
a native as he writes, and it is the only way to produce
well-shaped characters. It is not worth while to spend
much time in using the Chinese pencil, for we are more
familiar with the pen ; and to make an accurate character
is more important than to write an elegant one.
SYLLABIC DICTIONARY
OF
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE.
See also under the syllables yai and kgai. Old sounds, a, ap, ak, and at. In Canton, oi and ai ; — in Amoy, ai and e •
in Fuhchau, a and ai ; — in Shanghai, a, e, ya, and yih ; — in Chifu, ai.
From hand and really as the
phonetic; it is interchanged with
iy ai j|g to defer.
To rely on, to trust to; to
push away ; to carry on the back ;
to place alongside; to force, to
crowd, as with the elbows; to
graft ; to strike on the back ; to
be the object of, to suffer, and thus
it becomes the sign of the passive ;
next, near, contiguous.
jfg | to be next to each other ;
to lean on.
^ 3$. tfJ 1 sns ue ^ as P ower f"l
friends.
] $£ a student's surety.
j PI I ¥* to 8° fr° m d° or to
door, as a beggar ; to gad about.
| ^ back to back.
1 'ft jijl ^fc I can't get in, — for
the crowd.
1 ^T or 1 '"J* ^J* to be beaten ;
I was thrashed, or struck.
| l$l towards evening ; late in
the afternoon.
I M f& 5L brothers nearly the
same age.
~f — • 4p I have waited already
a year.
1 5§§ M to procrastinate day
by day, to delay till the time
has passed.
In Cantonese. To lounge, to
lean against ; to lie down ; an
interjection of surprise, sorrow, or
pain ; to beg or a*k.
| "f (Kj lie down a little.
I tfki *s| l ean 't here, as against
a wall.
j 1& -fa it will answer.
I i$C ffc I intreat you.
| j]^ oh dear ! whew ! an ex-
clamation also written as be-
low, and in other ways.
m
An interjection of surprise,
mixed with regret or self-
reproach .
] pjj haiya ! it indicates
more distress than our heigh-
ho ; alas ! alack !
1 $ It T oh dear ! * ve
\. made a mistake.
j
just now knew it,
&&& I7 at!I onl y
/=f^~ From rain and to visit as the
■S"st .phonetic.
c ai -The heavens covered and
v >dorned with clouds; a cloudy
it bright sky ; obscured.
$| S • ] ] the beautiful clouds
are Mattered about.
| ^Wr clouds.
JK, | -AaAj hill-tops.
From clouds and to desire; like
the last.
Cloudy, obscure; sky cover-
ed with clouds ; murky.
| §H dull or cloudy ; applied to
spectacles, as they can relieve
sight ; said to have been brought
from Malacca in the Yuen
dynasty.
C]_ l JL? From plants and to visit.
pvty Beautiful and luxuriant ve-
f ai getation; shady, flourishing;
fine, graceful, stylish, pleas-
1 1 °3E.£ § ± the many
accomplished officers in the
king's employ.
^J | dignified and courteous.
y j a rich emerald color, as
of a lawn or grassy bank.
J£|[ ] shady groves.
3 From earth and to cover.
Dust rising in the air; ob-
( tu scured, as in a dust storm.
•£ | jflC clear, pellucid water.
Vt Vd |e 1 the mud turned into
light dust.
Wi& 1 ££M to get beyond
the defilements of this clusty
world, — as when becoming a
priest.
i
AI.
ANG.
ANG.
l>.l
Fro]nc/'a)7uC)i t ?)r.a'!/,and to simd.
The focpnd, form is unusual,
arid confined to stature.
Low of stature ; diminutive,
short, squat ; to lower.
] ^ or | A or J ff a
pigmy, a little man, a dwarf.
I 1 6^^S of rather low stature.
1 Jft "t" a short fat man.
1 Wt $X 6$ to ° low ; squat, dumpy.
"f ^ make it lower, as a door.
| ^ $£ too low; very diminutive.
If
From-q/e and a bank; very often
read ( ai.
,u The outer corner of the eye ;
to raise the eye and stare at.
|=J to look at fixedly.
I *m to gh^nce at angrily^ to look
at aside threateningly.
>JL> J From a plate and advantage ;
►£> the primitive is regarded by some
j rather as a contraction of ^pq. a
great number ; it is interchanged
with ngohj t/2, dangerous.
A pass, a defile ; in difficulties,
straits; narrow, confined, straitened;
urgent, exacting, stern; distressed;
narrow-minded, low-lived, illiberal;
impeded, as a path.
^ I narrow, as a pass; met.
contracted, as one's views.
| ^g a narrow lane.
P a defile; the approach, as
to a fortress.
J£ poor and distressed, as
from calamity.
Jjjj^ ] a dangerous pass, as a
mountain path ; met. unjust,
i^.f.l i^ appalled or
excited, as if in perilous straits.
/>tt ) From to eat and hnte.
pl^J Cooked rice which has turned
ai 3 sour; nioldiness- on food; a
kind of cake.
J£ 5! ~¥" 1 when the food has
become sour.
J£ fH fffl 1 tne food was sour
and moldy.
Sparing, niggardly.
mJ~^5 From mouth and a knot; \l is
\y rv also interchanged with P/£ the
•j crow of a cock.
An uneven or unnatural tone
of voice; to chirp, as birds; to
cackle ; to hiccough.
] PH to belch, from wind in the
stomach.
A part of these -characters are also pronounced kgakg. Old sounds, ngung and yung
in Amoy and Fuhchau, ngang and yang ; — in Shanghai, ngong; •
Great, high, to raise the head, as J
an attitude of expectation; used by
c^/v dog f& was once called j f j£
In Shantung, the raccoon
dog |^ was or
jGwigr by the people
t=fl From sun and high; to be dis-
(Jt^rJ tinguished from ^fj i mao.
i ang To rise higher and higher, as
the sun ; to issue ; to elevate ;
grand, stately, as a house ; lofty,
imposing ; dear, as a price.
•fj" to carry the head high,
jf exorbitant; the price is rising.
| | self-possessed ; not
afraid of men; satisfied and elated.
[ej ] tall,imposing;proud,haughty.
1 $t flfl A. ne entere( l in a digni-
fied manner.
fit Hi a pompous manner.
•dk
1
i/ing
The original form is composed
of u even an< l r a sea ^ i tu0
► second form is most common,
and must not be confounded
with JjjJ tnao, or J|) Mung ;
it is like the last.
speakers for I; high priced; strenuous-
$J ifl $£ ] tne P'ices vary; they
are now cheap and now dear.
iMUH^Mg | public spirited
and energetic, yet still self-pol-
Bessed.
/? 1 U tfo. * do not pity myself.
The turned-up eaves
Chinese roof, called
and 5j| | ; when the gable or
ridge-pole is turned up/fit is
called Jgi J n M| J| or magpi
at Peking; and &%%$$ or.
pheasant's head at Cantor
M
l<mg
m
i ang
m
% ang
Also read yih y A h
is J|f| ] . Also bar
An angry horse
one who throws u/ his head;
startled and pranyng.
In Canton, ong and ngong ; —
— in Chifu, ang.
Read s Zt'«. A horse with a
white belly.
1 ^ JH Ih) a sw 'ft courser that
can go a thousand U in one day.
The navel.
j the navel.
9^ 1 J§t $£ a windy colic.
A basin, a dish ; a gnrglet ;
a water jug ; a sort of tureen ;
an earthen vessel for beating
time on ; overflowing ; sleek.
a water ewer; broken
pottery; potsherds. (GavlQnese.)
"fib ^ hie good keeping is seen
on his back, as a fat man.
] a soup-tureen; water-coolers,
a vessel to cool things in a well.
(Cantonese.)
] rich and abundant, like a
spring.
| 3^ an ancient name for old
spirits, generous and rich flavor.
CHA.
CHA.
CHA.
Old sounds, ta, tat, tap, tak, da, dat, and dak. In, Canton, cha; — in Sivatow, cha; — in Amoy^.ch6 and t'a*
in Fuhchau, chaj — in Shanghai, ts6, s6, zo; — in Chifu, tsa.
To place the finger on a
thing, for the purpose of se-
lecting it; to take, to press
down, to feel.
The scab on a healing sore.
J a cicatrix, a scar.
^ From wood and fierce tiger or
raft ; the second form is com-
, monest for the fruit, and is
also used for ^ch'a £H a raft.
A sour red fruit of the size
of a cherry, a species of haw-
tkon\(Cratcegnsciineataa.\v\2 ) i unu ~
tifuh), common throughout China;
the fruit is called $T.3|L^pand |Jj
fl ££ at Peking ; and {[\ | else-
where; the acid is much esteemed.
[jj ] IS a sweetmeat or jam made
from the haw.
| the cry of magpies;
mFrom wood and to obstruct;
used sometimes for the preced-
ing, and for Jsz'fis; sediment.
( cka b ' i i-r
To put wood in the way to
post the passage ; to lie near to ;
conterminous and opposing ; name
of a place.
Ht^ An unauthorized character.
cr J~L The sound of indistinct ut-
( cha terances ; a lisp.
1 1 &ftl>4 [the spar-
rows] are twittering and calling to
each other.
P$P$ 1 I whispering together.
In Cantonese A final particle,
implying a short time.
jTp | wait a moment !
^ | just take a cup of tea.
From water and to examine as
trf*" tho phonetic.
cha Sediment, refuse, lees, dregs,
grounds, settlings; the re-
siduum left after expressing the
juice ; the garbles of an article.
| f^ feculence, leavings, siftings.
/V $J | broken star-aniseed.
$|gf | shell-lac
H| | the refuse left after prepar-
ing drugs ; a second decoction.
Read cliit*- Name of a stream
in the south of Shensi.
Eed upland rice called 7^
by some authors ; the
term is local.
"1 The third form is properly used
only for pimples on tho nose.
Discolorations or cracks of
} the skin, supposed to arise
from the obstructed perspi-
I ration ; a pimple, a blotch ;
J pustules,
gjg J chapped; a cracked
and rough skin.
JH 1 J|, wine blossoms on the
nose, sometimes called ^ jpfl
or flour thorns, from the pus in
them.
Irregular teeth ; uneven, dis-
torted teeth, sometimes call-
ed snaggle-teeth.
From great above many, and is
regarded by the etymologists as
a contracted form of 5|y ; it is
sometimes written "^ but not
quite correctly.
To open out, to stretch open ; to
bluster ; to extend or display, as, a
cause.
J =* to boast.
I ^ to open the door.
1 f jz M a vam disposition
and unwieldy person.
4H 1 ^ the two original pow-
ers are vastly spread out, as at
thp creation.
Not close grained, said of
some kinds of meat ; a scar ;
to adhere, to stick, as paste ;
cohering, close together.
fo
( ciia
Broad, spreading horns, such
as are largest at the base ; to
strike an ox across the horns.
SH I expanded horns.
From words and to boast; tho
second form is obsolete.
* To speak hesitatingly, not
straightforward ; afraid to
speak out, reticent ; angry,
disturbed in mind.
1 Pi incoherent talk, like that of
one confused and afraid.
Also read ( chwa ; the second,
and most common form at Can-
ton, is unauthorized, and has no
doubt been altered from the
first.
To take up, as by the fingers;
to seize or take, as animals;
to grasp, to clutch, to grab ;
take firmly, to hold fast; to work,
ES a bellows; to squeeze; a handful.
I ^ |§ Iv'e got it safe ; hold it
Steady.
•1 JSt %$ to W01 'k a bellows.
1 — • ^C ] groh a big handful.
J -jff| to keep a gambling-table.
1 jfc <fl? \H water-sogged pork; it
is sometimes watered t,o increase
the weight.
! tK Hf to hlow the fire-pipo ; to
act as a scullion.
#^f ] JEjL I have security for it.
I ;Hf f JJ M he holds the power.
] || hold it tight; I've got it fast.
&£ 1 |g there is nothing to hold
on by, no security for him ; also,
a nickname for a Budhist priest.
] ||$ |f|j to double up the fist.
I jJH to crush to pieces.
^* To open ; to widen out.
J |$ to expand ; to come
c clia out, as flowers; to spread out,
as ths embroidered plaits of a
Chinese lady's skirt.
1 §331 $3 to °P en ou t ^e fingers.
CHA.
CHA
CHA.
c~i »-|j An exclamation of regret and
5 /HL surprise ; to chant or sing.
Via Read tsu'- To curse or
scold at.
lflA^ Sometimes written %p, but not
r| p- quite correctly ; see also under
^cha
ch'a?.
A condiment offish, prepared
by finely hashing it with rice
and salt, and setting it aside till
fermented.
1 ^5 a species of edible Acalepha,
or perhaps a Medusa ; it is de-
scribed as red like coagulated
blood, and draws crabs ai'ter it.
1 4$ a general term for biliary
and other calculi ; bezoar stones
found in animals ; this term is
probably a foreign word imitated.
pi hemp ;
( cha
ater plant, called ground
the ancient name of
a district near the present
Kia-hing fu in the north of
Chehkiang.
c^rfe! Also read ( tsz\ Tones of a
>-r-i pipe. A basket for charcoal
l cha is called c cha, at Changsha in
Hunan ; a basket with a bale.
|H | bamboos growing irregular-
ly ; uneven ; also to play on a
flageolet.
Cli-J^ An unauthorized character ;
jj/fcj also read ( chd.
'cha To tread on, to walk through;
to step on.
\ — - )$il Jjl I g°t m y feet covered
with mud.
] |K to walk through the- rain
and mud.
F. m 3 The original form is composed of
t^ (A lost or forgotten, and ■"■• one
A inserted in it; as if on going
} out, a man should got ono and
then stop.
At first; for a moment; a
while; unexpectedly, inadvertently;
now, at this juncture ; hastily,
quickly, on a sudden ; hesitating,
as if something was in the way.
I jl | H now it is cold and
then it is warm ; very fitful, as
the weather.
] $S abruptly, at once.
J£ I happened to see it ;
it was suddenly seen.
^ by sudden stops.
^ptl) A running sore ; a chronic,
y p* severe disease.
cha 3 ] JJ$ scrofulous sores under
the ears, running sores on the
neck; in Canton, the mumps
is so called.
] Jjf severe sickness.
Wfc* A loud rude noise ; the noise
H p^ of crunching, as of hogs
cha 3 when eating ; for a moment ;
a loud noise.
| f§" to run out the tongue, as
when surprised or alarmed.
In Cantonese. A particle, im-
plying doubt, it may be so ; also
a final sound, denoting it is so;
I see it.
^/L-»> From words and suddenly as
p» C tho phonetic.
cha 3 To deceive, to impose upon ;
to feign, to make believe ;
artful, cunning, false ; fraudu-
lent, underhand, pretending.
&I ^ 1 ilk ue knew but pre-
tended to be foolish ; a wise
man acting as a fool,
iffj 1 to extort by false promises.
jfr | to delude, designing, treach-
erous.
1 fS supposititious, false ; coun-
terfeit.
1 ^ Hi *° ^ign to be honest.
| JJ£ to sham defeat ; to skulk
from the enemy.
J5 ] clever at imposing on one.
| j^ to feign to be asleep.
H| | to cozen, to cheat out of.
| gto disguise ; to pretend to
be hid away.
8ft 1 to force out of, to exact,
as taxes; to falsely demand,
as a debt.
j|| | protean, changeable, fickle.
H
From wood or spirits and nar-
row; the verb is often written
J^E at Canton, but incorrectly;
the second form is usually
employed as the verb.
A press for extracting oil
or sugar ; a press for spirits ;
to press in order to extract the
juice, as from fruit or sugar-cane ;
to squeeze, to press down hard.
] 12 a house or shed where oil
or bean-cake is pressed.
$f| ] an oil-press.
J® 1 * tpiai vat; a press for pres-
sing the mash.
-Jjo A sigh ; groaning ; a loud
Ft noise, as when calling one.
cha 3 J 1 the cries of birds.
[ {jjfc to suck wounds.
B
dfc'
cha 3
From to worship or insect and
ancient ; tho second form is
used as a contraction of S^
beeswax so often, that it is nob
much used in this connection.
The imperial thanksgiving
made to earth at the end of
the year for the crops, was called
fc | in the Cheu dynasty; the
allusion was to the binding up or
hybernation of things at that
season.
\*>f > From fire and leaflet ; it is inter-
ll -Ar* changed with *£ chahy
cha 3 A crackling sound, as of a
clap of thunder or burning
thorns ; a discharge, as of a gun.
| fl| a sharp clap of thunder.
,V^> One of the small branches of
"v£ tue River Han near Sui chau
cha 3 in the north of Hupeh ; this
name is also given to four
other streams in the empire.
' > Careless about ; not arran fjed
in the middle, or nicely.
cha* ijp. 3f? HJ ] to do work in a
slovenly, heedless manner, — >
alluding to the disorder in a heap
of stones ; the phrase, however, is
variously written.
CH<A.
CH<A.
CH'A.
OH e A.
Old Bounds, mostly t'a, fap, and fate, with one or two in do and dot.
In Canton, ch'a, with two or three in t'so ; — •
in Amoy, ch'a ch'e, and t6 ; and nearly the same in Swatow ; — in Fuhchau ch'a, and a few in ta ; —
X
The fingers crossing each other,
which the character is supposed
to represent ; it is also inter-
changed with \% au d ftT elf a*.
To cross the arms, to in-
terlace the fingers ; to fold the
hands, as in bowing; diverging; a
crotch; a place where roads diverge;
a prong, a fork ; cross-roads.
^ | a pitchfork; §fe | a silver
fork; $| | fish-grains.
5£ | a trident ; also, a trivium.
1 j& to r»ast or toast on a fork.
] ^.fjfoS^ t0 interlace the fingers
and make a bow.
J[§ | the play of throwing up
tridents and catching them.
.clta
To fork np ; to nip ; to seize
with pincers or a fork ; a fish-
prong or grains ; to take up
with the fingers ; to drive
out ; to pitch out.
| ffi ^ tum hiin out.
1 Jl sfe f° r k lt U P ; — as wnen
putting a thing on a high nail.
From clothes and crotch; it is
also read ch'a?.
( c1Sa, The skirt of a robe ; the flaps
of the skirt.
$§■ ] the opening of a petticoat,
where it is not sewed to the
bottom.
] ^ the upper half or seat of
a pair of trowsers, worn by
ditchers and workmen.
A quiver, called usually
££ or arrow bag.
From 25: the left or wrong, and
>{{£ uneven tranches contracted ;
also explained as things done in
two ways, i. a. things wrongly
done, which cannot be straight-
ened.
in Shanghai, dso ; — in Chifu, ts'a.
To err, to mistake, to miss the
mark ; error, fault, difference ; a
discrepancy; an excess; unassort-
ed, unlike.
1 sf> J> not m n c h unlike, nearly
the same.
1 ^il £it vei 7 different, dissimilar ;
you are quite mistaken,
1 fg a mistake; | ^Jgfltostep
wrong; a blunder, a faux-pas.
] "? I£ % differs a little ; they
are very much the same.
21 # ?@ SI £ 1 respecting the
different sorts of wines.
1 If! !fll m Pekingese; extraor-
dinary, unusual, as a lusus
naturae.
1 5|a differing ; they are unlike.
Read tfJMi. To send, as an
envoy; to commission, to act for, to
manage vicariously ; a minister, a
legate, an envoy ; an official mes-
senger.
<fj|i a bailiff, an agent.
^ | " official messengers, who
serve in turn.
1 -if* governmental business.
j$p ' the escort or guard which
conducts a criminal.
] fit a policeman, an official un-
derling,
jfjft ^C §k ] to sen( l a chancellor
to hold an examination.
Hj^ 1 or ^ J a government
courier; the first is one who
goes to Peking.
Jl | an attendant, an official
servant
Read ( £*V. Uneven, projecting
irregularly; discrepancies; to make
a distinction; to go wrong, to act
differently.
^ | not uniform, unequal ; not
to do as one was expected.
igl /^ | £|! every one has his
own peculiarities.
^ 1 W ^ no difference being
shown to the excusable or the
less guilty.
rt-tf* A final sound used in chant-
cW/[> ing, to prolong the line; a
( ctta euphonic particle, like Oh I
t\Er»| From knife and sent.
cZC'J To take up a thing with a
t ch\i fork or a bodkin ; a small
javelin.
F$ $L ~? 1 $SJ to stick a fork
into a bit of meat and take it up.
A^t* A y° un g girl, for which ££
c \\J, ( c ^ a is a i so nsed; an easy, re-
<ch*a tired life of leisure and respect.
Read toli^ Another; that one.
.ohhi
The character -^ ^tu was once
used instead of this, showing
that the use of tea dates from
earliest times; it was afterwards
changed by dropping a line, so
that it became, as one etymo-
logist analyzes it, a jjlljl A 7JC
or plant for man, the shrub itself
was once called *a , and the last
gathering ;g ; it must not be
confounded with ^J$ to respect.
The tea plant ; the name .also
includes the genus Camellia, and
forms part of the names of many
plants which are infused, or which
resemble tea ; the earliest gather-
ing of the leaves; a tea, an infusion
of any kind.
$$£ ] green tea ; ^ | black tea.
] fjft and | $|| tea pressed into
cakes and brick tea ; there are
many forms of each.
] 3ijj| cured tea, the tea leaf; but
leaf tea is ^ | intimating
that it looks unprepared.
ffc ] orpg | or^ ] to drink tea.
$1 1 2$* bring in tea ; used some-
times as a polite request to stop
and take a cup.
jgfl | to hand tea to visitors.
OH f A.
CH r A.
CH f A.
m\ « ft I * « 1 or ft J
to draw tea; to prepare and
bring in tea.
] fg a tea-pot-
| % or 1 Jul a tea-cup; | $£
or 1 Mi a saucer 5 live fitter
gets its name from its boat-
shape.
JL a small side-table or stand ;
a teapoy.
] ^ or | J^ a tea saloon ; a
restanrant.
] $j| or ] ^f; a tea-shop, a tea
dealer's store.
-t pa 1 ^ rst rate tea "
1 f& a bakshish ; a fee, bonus, or
privilege.
j^b 1 to fire tea, as in curing it.
| |j|j a tea-inspector.
j 5|c or ^J | broken tea, refuse
tea, stems and leaves mingled.
] ^ the flower of tea ; also, the
Camellia plant, especially the
C. japonica; the G. oleifera
produces the | $[f or tea oil.
From hand and tea as the
phonetic ; it is an unauthorized
character.
To rub on, to smear ; to daub,
to spread over ; to cross out,
as in a writing.
ffi to paint with cosmetics.
WL to spread a plaster.
^ to rub ointment on sores.
| ;$♦ P ]gi to disguise one's face.
] £j j§t U to whiten his nose ;
i. e. to flatter, to agree with.
In Pekingese, read VMz* To
mix together, as sand and lime, or
mud and mortar ; to get jammed,
as carts in a gateway.
^t^Tj. A mode of reckoning grain
cy ~\j when reaped, one ^clSa being
s c/i ? ii equal to four hundred *]?ing
•Ip? or handfuls.
fkj ] name of a part of an-
cient Bactria.
Deep and retired, as the fur-
ther rooms in a mansion.
Mi U 5S 1 uis two e y es
are very sunken.
t ch*a
jc/t'a
A house injured, and ready to
( {/£!■ , tumble down.
*»» i m z t * *r « 4
don*t sit under a decayed,
rotten roof.
Tito first is also read tfs'o ;
occurs used with the next.
A skiff, a long shallop called
t]\ /,{£ or small bottom, in
Hunan on the River Siang.
K|I | salt boat ; a scow to
transport salt.
SU $j» a fi 8n > described as like
a skiff in shape ; it is probably
one of the carp family.
To fell trees, to hew, to chop ;
drift wood for a float ; a raft,
in which it is interchanged
with the next.
the fairy raft, refers to a
story of Ilo-sien-ku, one of the
eight genii,
fpi | to ride a raft ; to sail on a
ship, to take a voyage.
] ffi wood cut unevenly.
^?TV From 7$v wood and Jl. morning
f |=r| under it; it was originally the
joAVl same with |J[ an obstruction; and
in combinationis often changed to
[i? without altering the meaning.
A raft, for which the last is now
used.
To examine officially; to inquire
into; to look up or over, as records;
it appears that, I have learned, hav-
ing ascertained, &c,and much used
in dispatches, when commencing a
statement.
E ] or | j^ ] the great
raft, which in the days of Yao
floated twelve years around the
globe ; it is thought by some,
without any evidence, to refer
to Noah's ark.
Hf | to ask about especially, as
when there is Jjd ] a police search.
] §f£ to examine, to scrutinize.
I $J to patrol the streets, as the
1 ?& !§f or "ight guard does.
] Jf£ I find it has been received.
] ^ to audit accounts.
n»
Also read chehy
isagreeing, not fitting.
""clfa p>f incongruous, not cor-
responding.
c ^j-"£. "I Much the same as \fc ( ch*a.
y%\j A handsome young lady, an
cf jJl^ [ elegant girl.
^ \j J §1 %L 1 ix> a ^ ne k°y an( i
''cIPli a beautiful girl.
] -f£ a Taoist name for vermi-
lion, or for the fairy which springs
out when oxidizing quicksilver.
1 From mouth and to rely on or
divell ; it is like the next.
-i-^j I To vociferate, as when an-
il-^ J gry ; to sputter, to talk
c7<V thick ; to grind the teeth ; to
grumble at ; to disdainfully
upbraid ;. to pity.
The first is read ( cha in (^ |
•fc -^p the name of a god fabled
to have been a son of ^ iffi, born
about B. c. 1200, in a ball of flesh.
He is the Chinese form of the In-
dian vajza or god of the thunder-
bolt; and is pictured as riding on
two fire-wheels through the sky,
wielding the lightning.
Read ( ta, in the Sanscrit word
jjjij | j atata, the third frozen
hell, whose damned can only say
atata, because their lips are
stiffened.
Read tu\ To set down a cup
at a sacrifice.
In Fulichau. To trouble, to
interfere with.
to cause a failure.
Like the last. To talk extrav »
gantly, to vaunt, to talk big ;
to deceive by brag and talk.
f|» ] to vaunt one's self.
1 Jp| strange, incredible ; hard
to believe, amazing.
J.|£^> From insect and divelling ; it is
•E-t^ a synonym of §p c ch'a.
chW The large sea-blubber or jelly
fish (Medusa) that floats on
the ocean ; it is described as like
a sheep's stomach, but having no
cAV
CH f A.
CHAH.
CHAH.
belly, body of a dull white color,
eyes red as clots of blood, and
■drawing crabs with it$ another
name is yjc -f$: water mother ; it
is sometimes eaten.
) An unauthorized character.
A shred, a fragment of pot-
clc\i' tery is ^ | 1^ in Peking ;
when used as a verb, to split
off, it is pronounced -j'-A^/. ; as ^
^f. | 5£ to break or snap off even.
A stream dividing up into
streamlets.
S. 1 fpf a " ver m Liaotung,
and one in Hanyang fu in
Hupeh.
j£ ] ?Jj the union of three streams-
eAV
>^3^> From hill and divided ; this and
|J_| the next occur used for x ch'a 3£.
eJM* a fork -
The place where roads meet ;
divergent paths.
1 ?1l a place where the road forks.
a town at the head of Nankow
Pass.
.— . | £§• P a trivium, or meeting
of three roads.
In Pekingese. Wrong, as going
astray ; pained.
3J? | "J* you are going wrong.
] "p ^ ~f a pain 1b the side,
as physicians say.
3| 1 #j frS a digression, an epi-
sode ; irrelevant talk.
K
From tree and for &,• used with
the last.
chW Divergent branches ; crotch of
a tree ; a fish-prong ; a kind
of rake, a pitchfork.
i^Hf^^ 1 the forests
on the hills send out their
branches ki spring.
I ^ a pronged stick.
I $(£ M, a pickpocket who slips
an arm out of his sleeve
In Pekingese. An offense ; a
flaw in the conduct.
ffi 7 1 §1 some tbing unlucky
has happened.
^ | ^i *° see ^ a ^ au ^ t m one 5
to criticize others.
OHAH.
Old sounds, tat and tap, with a few in dap. In Canton, chat, chap, and one or two in tsd ; — in Amoy, chap, chah,-anA
chwat ; — in Fuhchau, chalc, chwok, and cha ; — in Shanghai, tsah; — in Chifu, tsah.
t cJia
From tvood and a slip.
3 A thin wooden tablet, ancient-
ly used for writing; a thin
slip of wood ; a paddle ; a
letter ; often interchanged with
^Ij writings, documents ; a direction
from a superior to a subordinate a
little below him; plates or folds of
armor ; a severe epidemic.
] j$£ orders from a superior officer.
^ | writing tablets ; blocks cut
for books.
||| ] your letter, your esteemed
favor.
jf& ] a letter, so called because
one was fabled to have been
taken by a wild goose.
] ^ an order received ; similar to
2j$ | the letter under reply.
5^ | an untimely death.
pl^ff From silk and a slip of wood.
5J^ j To bind the arch of a bow ;
( cha to tuck in ; to wind around
and bind up ; to tie in a bun-
dle; to make secure ; a bundle.
•"•' ■ J "• ?E * nosegay, a bouquet.
] |i| to tie up, as in a roll.
| ||f to set a camp, to intrench.
| Jjjfl to bind the feet of girls.
] ijfjl to hook or tie open the bed
curtains.
1 S| tie it up tight ; as when one
1 »nT tightens his girdle.
_£»? From hand and a slip ; it is in-
jTL-) ter changed with fflj to stab; also
c ] ia used for the last.
To pull up, as weeds; to make
or cut out paper images ; to prick,
to pierce ; to bind or fasten, as the
slips in a wattled fence.
1 ^ %. cut out to tne n * e *
] ^ to embroider a certain design.-
~JJ | to stick with a knife.
| Iff to stick a pig.
1 ffi 3F» {£ * cannot exert myself;
I am too weak to do it.
-fcf, A small species of cicada,
jj^ striped and marked on its
. fcha wings,which leaps far; it is also
called §f^ ] or wheat locust.
Ity $H ] a kind of Truxalis of
green grasshopper, which makes
a dull noise; the name is applied
to a chatterbox, a woman whose
clack never stops.
ffiV A water bird, with a long bill
jVt^Tj and plumage of a lark, com-
sclia mon in Chehkiang ;,it is pro-
bably a sort of sandpiper
(T ring a) or dunlin; the 7JC | as
described, include water birds like
plover, snipe, redshank, or lapwing.
^ §£ J red-breasted plover of
Chihli.
3H j ^p the eastern reed sparrow
(Calamo, dyta orientalis.)
^C ffi 1 woodcock (scoZopaa;.)
From to ansiuer and a knife ; the
composition of the word alludes
to the old way of cutting writings
on bamboos. The word chop,
so much used by foreigners, is
derived from this through the
Cantonese pronunciation chap.
Occurs interchanged with <fL»
but this and ^j| taft.,are different
words.
CHAH.
CEAH.
CHAH.
To prick, to puncture ; to stitch
in, to embroider; a document, a
paper; a particular kind of paper for
dispatches; a contract; a diploma;
an order from a superior officer ; a
warrant or patent ; to write out, as
a list of prices or items.
|J5 1 ft stationer's shop.
| ^p anciently a memorial to the
throne ; now an order from an
officer to one under him.
JH; | a diploma purchased by a
Kiensdiig.
1 $£■ pfr charge ^ hi account ; —
a Cantonese phrase.
] ^ a contract for goods.
j ^ to settle for goods to arrive.
j M i§£ <0 agree upon (he price.
^£ | to lodge at, as in traveling;
to be an officer at a place, the
one holding the post.
jj£ an order from government.
From grass and issuing as the
phonetic.
m
fcha Sprouts and shoots appearing
above ground ; animals grow-
ing stronger and larger ; to sprout.
|j(j | ^ ^ the orchid puts out its
sprouts.
ft 1 1 $ 3^ first it sprouts,
then it grows up high, — and
lastly it decays ; said of plants.
^Ir^L | Jjf ^ the oxen and sheep
grow strong and large.
Eead clhih, A sort of herb ; a
dandelion is called ^ ] || in
Chihli.
From rain and words.
5 Pattering of rain or fashes
fcha of lightning ; a multitude of
v«ices ; name of a place and
river in Chehkiang.
1{| | ] flashes of lightning.
jfj ] the rain patters down.
& M 1 I tue hall wa s full of
loud talking.
Read sa7t, Suddenly.
1 M H Hr tne h^ poured sud-
denly down.
IE;
(diet
IE
To sew and hem ; to sew to-
gether, as strips of cloth.
From words and to hull grain.
Pfl|j Verbose; to talk much; to
( cha mutter unintelligibly.
) 1^ to grumble at with mut-
tering; incoherent words.
^^P* A double hem or border on a
TFM > robe ; to bind the loins.
( cha | ^ a sheath or a fan, worn
in ceremonial dresses.
/JptJ:> boa
shut a city gate ; the
board or gate which shuts
c-AV oft' a sluice or flume ; to stop
a door by a board.
T 1 Wt P ut n P 'he front-boards ;
i. e. to close the shop at evening.
$£ ] a kind of tester or frame-
work over a brick bed, on which
clothes are hung.
ccha
From a gate and a scale; similar
to the last.
A flood-gate, a water-gate ; a
lock in a canal ; a dam ; any
thing placed to impede progress; a
barrier, a guarded gate; a turnstile;
a gate in a stockade ; a barricade
of posts ; to shut a gate. In Fuh-
chau, applied to the front curtain
of a sedan.
| -fc a guard-house at a barrier.
lift! I a P ass ; a barrier, like that
formerly at Macao ; to shut the
gate.
^ | an aqueduct ; a sluice ; a
waste-weir with gates.
$y J, street gates, common in Chi-
nese cities ; they serve to prevent
the assemblage of mobs, to divide
off the wards, and aid the police
in arresting thieves.
1 PI a guard-gate ; to bar a gate.
?§ *3P 1 P 1 ! to s tand guard at the
passes.
§|J | open the barrier ; take up
the portcullis.
/B | * ] 5^ a gate-keeper.
| f jiT the Grand Canal is so called
in some parts of its course.
^* To wink ; to move the eyes
^^.■> about.
'r.ha $ 1 pa, 0£ 5£ Ah; see how
ckan* he winks 1
] @ to wink the eyes.
1 Bl % WX ^ «> tlle twinkling
of an eye, ia a very short time.
^ F$ P 1 flfc # S. t0 intimate
one's wishes by a wink without
speaking.
1 A
i s
they
From fire and leaf ; but the
unauthorized forms are the
most common ; the meanings
of this character vary in
different parts of the country.
To fry food ; to boil in fat
or oil ; to scald by pouring
on water.
| ^ to boil thoroughly ;
to fry.
^ to fry meat balls.
3E to fry crullers.
jpfe to scald Ailantus leaves,
are oaten when tender.
In Pekingese. The second is
also read cha' ; coal broken up into
fragments; bits; to blow up, to burst.
| ^p nut coal, or coal in bits.
1 £J; coa l °f any kind.
| j£l a bomb or moitar.
j^l | the gun burst in pieces.
The crowing of a bird.
) p_^ ] the mournful crowing
jc/ia of a jungle fowl or pheasant.
From 'metal and to chop; it is
commonly but erroneously con-
tracted to $J% in Canton.
A heavy pair of shears work-
ing on a rivet as a fulcrum at the
end ; it is used to cut up fodder,
money, slips of sheet iron, and
such things ; to slice or cut open.
| 3|f to cut grass fine.
1 71 a grass-cutter.
4
sc/ja
A Tso read tsan or tstvan, and
> used with the preceding.
To cut up or chop ; the noise
of cutting fine.
CH'Afl.
CH'AH.
CH'AH.
c:e-3: c a.:h:.
Old sounds, t'at and t'ap. In Canton, ch'atland ch'ap; — in Swatow, ch'at, sat,
ch'ap, and ch'ak; — in Fuhchau, ch'ak and sale; — in Shanghai, ts
From **• a cover and *j£ to
. sacrifice, intimating that when
•^-J^ ^ human efforts were unavailing
jCft'a to find out a cause, then sacri-
fice was the best thing.
To examine, to get at the truth,
to inquire into judicially, to act as
a censor ; to criticise, to observe
closely, to scrutinize, to learn the
particulars ; to sacrifice ; to purvey.
^§t 1 or 3=E I to examine careful-
ly, especially as an officer, like
the Jjjf ] p] provincial judge,
does.
| »(](» to ascertain the circum-
stances.
| fft! to examine and decide, as
a case.
^fjp | a vexatious questioning.
^jf | to make a self-examination.
] unsullied, as a reputation.
j& 1 & %k lie examined the
minutest points.
0J| ] M Jg ^ }$£ ^p to candidly
examine an affair, so that the
people feel no sense of injustice.
£jj to ferret out ; to search
and find, as a detective does.
vtJsL Similar to the last, and often
. — i employed as a synonymous
t^ > form.
To inquire into every parti-
cular ; name of a statesman in the
Liang dynasty, a.d. o<±0.
^>C|| From J] knife and S$c to Mil
>T* J > contracted.
.ilSa A pillar or spire on the top
of a dagobah or shrine, from
which to hang streamers ; a tope
covering the ashes of priests ; a
Budhist monastery.
^ | your convent ; said to a
priest.
$£ ] a temple of Budha.
Jl 1 to visit a temple.
] *£ a staff for banners before
a temple.
I *t& ^f'J ^ ie kslatriyqs, one of
the Indian castes.
] $5 ill Sanscrit hJiana, the 90th
part of a thought, reckoned to
be the 4500th part of a minute.
Form npextlc in a mortar; occurs
^ used with Jp and |^, to which
jr it gives part of its own meaning.
To hull wheat; to deprive
grain of its husk.
fjj§ | a beetle to pound adobie
walls.
^ | agricultural implements in
general.
From hand and up to ; it is some-
times wrongly used for the next.
tcifit To receive ; to take or gather ;
to raise up ; to help ; to lead ;
to bow with the hands nearly
touching the ground, — the saluta-
tion of a woman ; to tuck the
skirt under the girdle.
1 ^1 [£5 U to introduce good
people to the great.
J|£ | to get or collect.
jj£ Kjfc M I to labor without
adequate reward.
] fy to bow very low, as the
Japanese do.
From hand and to hvll wheat as
the phonetic ; it is interchanged
with the last two and the next.
To insert ; to pierce, to drive
into or stick in, as a pole in
the ground, or flowers in the hair ;
to thrust into ; to set in a socket ;
to interfere, to meddle with ; to
insert, as stuffing in a fowl ; an
iron pointed pole wr crow-bar.
1 Iijt to transplant rice-shoots-
1 "35? to stick in a label or mark.
1 ^ "$£ "ifc t0 m< -ddle officiously,
to want a share in.
A fH A 1 e 'S nt hearers and
eight out-riders.
] ffi to make an effort to get in.
1
1
m
h'ip, and ch'ah; — in Amoy, ch'at,
ah; — in Chifu, ts'ah.
I 3 $1 ^ to st ' c k fags ta the
ears, when [whipping a man J
through the camp.
JH to furtively secrete in
another's room, so as to im-
plicate him.
W $L 1^ set 0llt w ihWs, and
you will have a shade ; — dili-
gence will get its reward.
P or ] I|}§ to interrupt, to
put in a word.
| "f$t ^p to put out a flag, as
an auctioneer.
| ^ ^ j|to put grass in his
hair and sell him, as the poor
are obliged to elo with their chil-
dren in distress.
| a narrow purse for keys.
^ | to find a place for one, to
get one a situation.
1 H II M lie cannot get away,
even if he gets a pair of wings.
] ')M to l )llt 1U stuffing for roast-
ing ; in Canton, a concubine's
child is so called in sport.
£=£• Sometimes us;ed for the last.
>JpE|) A spade or pick for turning
4 c/At up the ground ; a large pin or
skewer for fastening the outer
garments; a flat hairpin, ornamen-
ted with feathers ; a carrying
beam ; a sort of crow-bar.
£rj 1 to carry a pick ; met. a
farmer, a field-hand.
^H!* 1 'i little spatula for incense.
ifo£* The name of demons $H
MfT\ ) which bring pestilence ; they
ctfa are the ralcshas of the Hindu
mythology, the agents of evil;
also written fp^l] by many persons.
Also used as the name of a foreign
country.
>^> Irresolute ; to boast ; to bo
) diverted from one's purpose is
iclSa | \% said of disappointed
aims.
10
CHAI.
CHAI.
CHAI.
Old sounds tai, dai, dat, and dale, with one or two in fait, tat and dan. In Canton, chai ; — in Swatow and Amoy, chai
and che ; — in Fuhchau, che and ehai ; — in Shanghai, tsa and sa ; — in Chifu, tsai.
From yf even and JJ» to
worship ; the third form is
\ised in the classics, and the
contraction is common in
cheap books.
To respect, to reverence; to
abstain from ; to guard
against, to purify, as by fast-
ing or penance; pure, serious,
reverential; a study, a closet;
a retiring room ; a fine shop, ;is for
the sale of medicines; leuteli fare.
^J to perform services for
releasing a soul.
%S 1 &l paper storks on which
the soul flits to heaven; met. a
pander.
jH ] he has only vegetable food.
1 ?$ to ^ ast an< l not kiH animals.
/£ j\ | ^ [onions] are not re-
garded as proj k.t food for fast days.
fiQ fasting days.
| Jjf; to fast on the Budhist
festival of All-souls.
I & a pilgrim — to aTaoist shrine.
J£ ] to fast on vegetables.
jjj] | a study; a library-room.
§ ] a student's room.
$fe ] elegant leisure.
1 ^ to live at ease.
I S£ respectful, modest.
Read i ts2\ A mourning dress for
parents.
In Cantonese. A particle, im-
plying that it is so, it was said.
H A f2i 1 wno dared to say so ?
& f£l 1B f?f I lt 1S J ust as ^ e sai(J -
Like the preceding, but res-
tricted toadwelling of thatch,
a hut ; while the last is a
more substantia! edifice.
From xoood and to bury.
Suckers springing from the
roots of a decayed tree ; dead,
rotten wood in the roots.
,cliai
.chai
From man and to blame.
To owe money ; to bear a
chai* burden ; a debt, an obligation;
freight or passage-money, so
called by the ship-owners. •
pp ] to owe a debt.
| :£ a creditor.
| A ( or I fj* m Cantonese a
debtor.
£j| | to pay up, to settle a debt.
tit | to honor one's endorsement.
flf | to collect a debt ; whence
M 1 %> a ^ erm f° r tnc spirit
of a son who died before he
could recompense his parents ;
and of an unpaid creditor which
torments the debtor.
"Djr | to lend money, shave notes ;
it indicates usurious lending.
] jf^| a miserable debtor, one
over head and ears Jh debt.
fj§ ] a tavern score.
^» | to spend riotously.
1$ il 1 tff to ^ orce one to P a y
up, as by intimidation.
WL 1 $R & tbe debt is of little
consequence.
5^ ^ ] a revenge due for an in-
jury received in a former life.
From wood and to fill a crevice;
both of these are regarded as
aberrant formB of £jg a faggot.
A stockade for defense ; a
palisade ; a hold, a guarded
retreat, like a hold,aguarded
retreat, like a Maori pah ; a
cantonment or encampment,
a military station ; a pen for animals,
a corral ; a brothel.
'M 1 harracks ; a military post, a
cantonment.
j]j | a temporary defense hastily
thrown up; a hill fortress, like
the New Zealand pahs.
$$ ] to plunder a post.
ff$ ] a bandit's hold ; and | ^
is the wife of the bandit chief.
Jffc % | a stockade guarded by
cheveaux-de-frise.
KdJ | a log-house fort.
jg Ij! | in Cantonese, a bagnio ;
and |T | is to frequent one.
The original form is thought to
represent a crawling beast, and
resembles the second character;
the first is the 153d radical of
a group of characters referring
to feline beasts, of which the
second is the obsolete, pedantic
form.
ar
chai'
( ch'
To discriminate; a fabulous mon-
ster called Ijffe ] , having one horn ;
others picture it more like a deer ;
it can discriminate right aud wrong,
and eats fire in its ravenous fury,
even to its own destruction ; it is
drawn like a tiger on the wall which
screens a yamun, as a warning t»
rulers against extortion ; provincial
judges and censors once wore it as
their insignia; and are designated
j|j, a term also applied now to
district magistrates in respect.
$$ | flj an ancient name for an
executioner's cap.
Eead ( chi. A worm or grub ;
reptiles without feet.
4 J| fj ] progressing like a cater-
pillar.
|^ | a sloping hill-side ; to descend
gradually.
carry out your purpose, Sir, do
you think it will be quiet T
A press for pressing the mash
in making spirits ; a kind of
strainer.
From disease and to worship.
A wasting disease; weakness,
like marasmus, distress, trouble,
care.
^ ] a debilitating disease, slow
consumption of the energies.
Q | to bring disease on one's self.
j (Jjjjj atrophy of the bodily powers.
CIHAI.
CH'AL
CH'AI.
11
OIE3: c .A.I-
Old sounds, tfai, t'ap, t'at, running into d'ai d'at and d'alc. In Canton, ch'ai ; — in Amoy, cffai, elf a, t'd, and Ian; with
Blight changes in Swatow; — inFuhchau, chai, ch'ai, cha ch f a and tw*ang ; — in Shanghai, dza; — in Chifu, ts'ai.
IX
From metal and a fork.
A Lair-pin. broad and curv-
,cK-ai ed, so that it will lie across
the occiput ; met. females.
f> ] to divine by a hair-pin.
|| | a bevy of women.
|^ | a maid-servant.
j(\\ | a thorn hair-pin ; met. mi-
serably poor, because she cannot
buy a metallic pin.
1 HI fH @ uer hair-pins and
ear-rings dazzle one.
Ml Wi ] a P m w i tn a phcenix.
^ | j£f f^ a kind of medicine, the
■stem of an epiphytic orchid of the
genus Dendrobium, whose dried
yellow stalks are likened to hair-
pins, and look like liquorice roots.
Strips of meat dried in the
north wind, called ] JJK were
t chai anciently prepared for winter
provision.
Read ( ts\). Rumbling in the bel-
ly ; flatulent.
\W+; From xvood and this ; when of-
Z*j~T ficers went into the -wilds, they
. stockaded their lodges ; jjjS chai'
clcLii j a now use( i i n this last sense.
Brushwood; faggots, firewood,
fuel ; to stop up ; to screen, to
protect ; like the next, to make a
burnt-offering to Heaven, as Shun
did on the mountains.
— * $G | a faggot of firewood.
$T 1 $t * woodcutter, a lumberer.
E$ | firewood split up for use.
] BK a knotty stick.
|£ ] to split wood.
| ;$» kindling wood.
1 ft} or 1 IB a quantity of fire-
wood, or faggots.
] tj^ fuel, wood.
| ft) my cottage, my humble
abode.
7K f5f£ 1 drifted timber, or that
which has been rafted..
%L 1 vJL ^C '*" dry sticks are P nt
near the fire, — they will ignite ;
viet. don't go too near temptation.
^j| ] a poor stick, a useless fellow.
5^| ] lean as a lath.
| ^5 an empty pated fellow.
1 Kffc^ftf! h\ [Shun] sacri-
ficed burnt offerings in order to
the mountains and streams.
lt\— i Originally written like the last.
(>J> To burn faggots in sacrifice;
iplfai the firewood used in a sacrifice
to Heaven.
g| 1 J£Jg£ Jl ft to worship the
gods by burning a heap of wood.
AXT A kind of sudorific medicine,
cp>$^ ] y}jj, otherwise called mouse-
I'-JSai ear; ^| j^ is another mode of
writing it.
hjHi A dog whining for his food ;
cH?^ ] PJ^ dogs snarling over their
fCjI^ai food.
From beast and talent, but the
combination is said to allude to
, its leanness, as like a stick of
wood; the second form is not
so correct as the other.
A lean and tawny beast
akin to the dog; it loves
rapine and destruction; the wolf;
met. wicked, wolfish, truculent.
| j{|i£ a wolf (canis lupus) ; in
ancient times two animals were
here designated, of which the first
was the common wolf, the other
a [smaller species, or a hyena or
lynx, to which the description
answers better ; ^ ^p it now
denotes the wolf alone, and ] $jj£
includes the jackal ; met. evil
beings who tempt man.
1 H: la ?H a wo ^ sto P s tne roa ^>
— said of bad rulers.
] $»J a jackal, or a wild dog.
WL in ] i ean as a w °if-
3* >fr in Pi U M in 1 he has
a tiger's heart and a wolf's face ;
— the latter is said to smile on
seeing a man.
From man and even together.
c \J~\ A class, a company, persons
jc/i'-a* of the same sort ; a sign of the
we ; ourselves ; we
plural.
together.
f£ | we comrades, all of us chums ;
persons of the same rank or age.
n
l ch x ai
ehutai'
the same kind or class,
good fellows, comrades.
From foot and single ; it is
also read <chw'en, but more
commonly read chw'ai'; the
second form is vulgar, and of-
ten pronounced 'ts'ai, while
both are synonyms of Sj{£ t ts'z'
which itself also occurs read
,cl?ai.
To tread on, to put the heel
on ; to stamp, to trample on ; to
raze, to destroy.
| ^ step on it firmly.
J§! ] the heel ; to tread on.
I ""* )$$ $£ stepped into the mud
over my foot.
I W JQ£ )k. trea d on the water-
melon skin ; i.e. to trip one up ;
to delude you.
1 {£ ffe treacl on &
| j^ |lP to walk on stilts.
JB§ 1 5? 3$> to ta ke a ride over the
fragrant grass, — a spring ramble.
1 & ffij •&$ to stamp angrily.
| |31 ^ to tread on a slack rope,
an acrobat ; also a thief, who
uses rope ladders.
1 H & £ Le "as destroyed the
camp ; to remain victorious.
1 J$ $0 fit trampled to a jelly,
as in a crowd.
i From insect and myriad, ; but
the ancient form resembles a
squirming scorpion.
A sting in the tail, as in the
hornet or scorpion.
^E | a bee's sting.
M II in 1 to wind the hair like
a scorpion's tail.
ch*ai
12
CHAN.
CHAN.
CHAN.
CHAM.
Old sounds, tarn and dam. In Canton, chan and cham; — in Swatow, cham, chtv n a, t n ia, chie and chan ; — in Amoy, chain,
ch'an, chien and tarn; — in Fuhchau, chang and tang; — in Shanghai, tse n ; — in Chifu, tsan.
A striped cat, perhaps s
JO
c ehan
From words and to incroach ;
it is also rcadc/ie/i)-
To talk and gabble ; to joke
with, as children ; guileful, art-
ful talk; incoherent; to convey
one's words; occurs used for tswari*
iJff to be hoaxed.
] fH t0 whisper in a friendly way.
1 It piquant raillery ; sarcastic.
*chan
From chariot and ore, alluding
to a battle field, or to an ancient
military execution by destroying
a criminal between two chariots.
To sunder, to cut in two; to
decapitate by public execution ; to
cut off, to root up; to sever, as
intercourse ; temporary, shortly ;
furiously, bravely; faded, forgotten.
| "If to decollate, as is done in
cases of ] fp or capital crimes.
| jfc to subjugate [a refractory
state] ; to destroy; to prune trees.
| m to cleave or cut open.
!|Jj. ] to cut [a criminal] in twain.
j|£ | to oversee an execution.
| jjjFi his posterity is all cut off,
as of a great rebel.
1 Hf 1$ t0 breali off all inter-
course with.
| |jT Hj f£ to cut an iron nail ;
met. decided, certain, fixed.
I II Wt Mt to sever the influences
and aura, — as in geomancy.
I §H flJ A [the troops] forced
the defenses and carried the place.
Used with the last. A wine
cup made of jade, deeper
than the lamp-cup.
2£ ] fine, beautiful cups.
r rjg^jt From dish and small.
JUL A shallow cup for oil ; a wine
^cltan saucer; a classifier of lamps
and glasses of wine.
— ■ ] $f£ one lamp.
)$£ ] a cup for a water-lamp.
■=M--ru
Pj| j| 7JC the brass
cups of the ice-venders are rat-
tling briskly to invite purchasers.
Formerly used for the last in
j|f | a wine goblet; it is now
''chan applied to spirits, which be-
ginning to clear itself is allow-
ed to remain over winter.
1 III turbid liquor not yet settled.
To fly swift and powerfully
like a falcon is | j , refer-
ring to its darting here and
there for its prey.
Read <tsien. Martial ; ]
warlike.
From wood and small.
A covered loft; a scaffold, a
than* terrace ; a way made along a
cliff, a pathway or bridge in
narrow, steep places ; a hearse ; a
bamboo tumbril, for which the next
is also used; the body of a cart ; a
storehouse, a ware-room ; a work-
shop ; a pen or corral surrounded
with stakes or boards; a small
bell ; a kind of fragrant wood.
1 M a war ehouse, a go-down.
| fH. storage ; the price paid for
storing.
] HI* a P atu over an d along a
steep cliff.
J^ | a horse-pen or stable; a corral.
$7 ] to put into store.
I ?H a plank road, a corduroy
way.
A carriage arranged for
sleeping in, used by army
officers.
] 1$£ a sort of ambulance ;
also, a kind of hearse.
] ifi a military chariot.
A sheep-cote, or a pen staked
around to guard steep.
chaw
species allied to the tiger cat.
| fg a tiger shedding its
hair, or having lost most of
its hair.
From silk and to secure.
A seam which has opened ;
to rip, to rend, to come apart ;
cracked, split as bark; a
hint, an inkling.
$£ ] a slight defect; a hint, a
slight idea of.
] ^ ripped ; to rip open seams.
^j» ] the corol of a flower, or the
separate petals.
^J* ] to calk, to pay the seams
in a boat.
Trt & ^ tt. ® 1 the rice did not
look plump, but shriveled.
chan*
Like the last. An opened
seam in a garment.
^|| 1 to sew or patch a
seam : to mend clothes.
m
tsan*
From water and very.
Deep, clear, tranquil, as
water ; calm, serene, as placid
moonlight ; to sink, to im-
merse ; to soak in, to imbibe, as a
sponge ; to steep, to moisten ; to
receive, as benefits; excessive, as in
dissipation, addicted to dregs.
] fpT an affluent on the north of
the Yellow River, in Hwai-king
fu in Honan.
] }§, imbued with favor, Baid of
the Emperor's kindness.
SI ° r | ] W* -HI a aeav y dew.
M fKj hran new.
:> To dip, as a morsel in sauce;
this character has been used by
chan' some Protestant missionaries
for baptizing by immersion.
] api to put the pencil in ink.
1 Wk to 60a k '■> to dip and wet
through.
CHAN.
CH<AH.
CH'AN.
13
(>J From to stand and incroaching
*| as the phonetic.
than 1 To stand Tip ; to stand still ;
stopping, standing; a stage, a
fixed governmental post ; a journey,
a day's travel.
jl!p | the distance between post-
houses; at the end is the ] |?j|
or stage-house.
— ] {$r or,e stage ; it is about
one league or ten /;' in length.
] <fi£ stand still ; stop !
] j£ on his feet ; standing.
j jjfj stand off a little.
| j|fi $ stand up ;, get up.
^J | to engage to make the stages,
as cartmen are often hired to do.
From pearl and together with
or frugal; the last character is
sometimes read wan*, and the
first also tswan* and tsait*.
To impede, to interfere with,
as by underselling; to sell
at a profit, to gain ; to palm
off, as poor goods; to over-
charge, to ask an exorbitant
to mistake;, to earn, to be in
the receipt of.
| ^ to make a profit.
] ^| % it has been very profitable.
chioart
price :
fjJH i& ] t0 double the cost.
I 'frf if- I u ad tne wor k f° r my
profit ; i. e. I got nothing but
bother for my pains.
| J£ to get just a living.
|£ to palm off on one.
| ^ ^ to reap disappointment
and sorrow.
$£ W 1 or 1 ^ $m I made
nothing on it ;. there is no
gain in it.
i-f&> From eartlo and icily.
y$i To border or dylae which
chan* defines the limit of a grave ;
the bounds of an altar.
Old Bounds, fam, dam, Pan, shan and ts'im. In Canton, ch'am, tfam and cWan; — in Swatow, ch'am, cham, siv»a,
chien, siam, ch'iam and ch'an; —in Amoy, ch'am, san, and sw n a ; — in Fuhchau, chang, sang, ch'ang, and
ch'iang; — in Shanghai, ts'an, and ta n ; — in Chifu, ts'an.
From hand and wily.
To stab or prick ; to sustain,
xh\th lo push, to support by the
hand ; to supply what is
wanted, to repair, to make up ; to
divide with, to foist in ; to wedge
in ; to pull out ; sharp ; pointed.
I tfe t° "phold, to support and
lead, as a cripple.
] Ji* «— ^ make another share;
as when stock is to be increased.
] $|l to fill a crack.
| P$| to interrupt another, to take
the word out of his mouth.
] jI& ^ a l° ca l name for plated-
ware.
^7 1 M 1& t0 & et nel P for tbe
feeble and tottering.
I $H /f> ${j to put inferior sorts
in, to dilute, to foist in, to mix.
1 ft! ita P£ m ' x ^em a ^ properly
for eating.
To cut off; to cut into, as
when testing the purity of
iCkhin sycee.
| ^ to cut apart
t T sed for the last. A chisel ;
a bore for cutting or piercing ;
( cltfan to cut out, to engrave deeply.
^l ] coulter of a plow.
|j| | a boiler for seething and
decocting medicine.
1 *J-y^f|j he carved on the cha-
racters for a memento.
4^Jj A tree called | ^ which
c lyul grew near Confucius' tomb,
t cUan having hard whitish wood and
large flowers ; it was perhaps
a magnolia ; sharp pointed ; a
water-gate.
1 %M or ^C ] terras f° r a comet,
referring to its tail ; the first is
also applied to a rebel leader.
Formed of hare and an animal
described to be like the muntjak;
_ several of the combinations
iCil'an under this primitive, which
seldom occurs by itself, embody
its leading idea.
A crafty hare full of dodges ;
artful, wily, cunning.
| 3§ a crafty rabbit, which has
several holes to its burrow.
From words and wily as the
tt>fi& phonetic.
its^an To humor, to flatter ; to mis-
represent, to gloss over; to
traduce, to asperse, to detract ;
to insinuate bad motives, or conceal
good traits ; cozening, slandering,
fawning.
| ^ name of an ancient tripod.
| f^ to cajole and then malign.
I W t0 g rnm kle at.
pQ to intrigue against.
J \ a traducer; to asperse people.
| a* 5g;|^ calumny brings trouble
on one.
] P ^C ^P he is everywhere
vilified.
3t "? f!j 1 our sovereign listens
to slanders.
The rippling sound of water
is ] "}@ ; applied also to the
ichtan sportive leaping of fish ; per-
spiration of the hands and
feet ; water gurgling through
a hole.
H
CHAN.
CH C AN.
CH'AN.
To gounnandize, to love
good eating; greedy, glut-
tonous. The second form
also means to sip or taste;
to peck at.
P | voracious, gluttonous.
V^/f, 1 not particular about
one's food, not fastidious ; not much
appetite.
A cliff; a high peak, a sum-
mit that rises above the
clouds; the first form is
)>• commonest.
] jg a craggy, steep ascent;
rocks piled up, high preci-
pices.
Also read <tsan. A kind of
i'Jffl monkey, found in Yunnan,
t ch\tu the ] Hjf], whose description
allies it to the duoc ; its swift-
ness on the trees is said to be like
that of the flight of a bird.
From ££ to bear, and 7§ emi-
nent contracted.
'cltim To produce, to breed, to bear;
the increase of anything; a
birth, a parturition ; productions or
resources of a country; the natives;
an estate, a patrimony ; an occupa-
tion, livelihood ; a sort of flageolet
or large reed with three holes.
| Uj| real estate, a property.
jf; j m to found or buy an estate.
$$ *M ] to divide the estate.
fig jfc ^ ] tfle estate is totally
lost or dissipated.
H? f« *M 1 wa sted all his patri-
mony, as by gambling.
J^ | or 2[£ | the productions
of a region.
jg | constant occupation, means
of living, a regular income.
£j* ] to increase; to bear a child.
Jg| ] difficult labor, as from mal-
formation or wrong presentation.
|^ | a midwife.
|j§ J a tonic for pregnant wcmen.
t]% ] an abortion.
J p*j the vagina, a medical term ;
it also means accoucheurs, and
] ^ is the art of midwifery.
%
slSaio
i.
( ch K un
To breed domestic animals.
Windings among hills.
| a devious path among
hills, a goat-path.
Name of a small stream, a
league east of Si-ngan fu in
Shensi, a branch of the R. Pa
Wl M' which flows through
the ]j| Q Blue Field.
] waters bursting out.
To put a shoe or patten on
the bare foot.
From metal and to produce;
the second is an old and un-
usual form; used with the next.
A tbin iron plate; a shovel,
a spade; a plane or shaving
*ch K an tool, like a spoke-shave , to
cut and pare ; to smooth, to
level off. In Fubchan, to shell off
or scale, as the plaster from a wall
with a chisel.
$i 1 or 15 1 a r * ce shovel, used
by cooks.
iJj to scarp hill-sides, to dig
into hills.
1 — Hi] I ^ a set of tongs and
shovel.
I 3§£ B& $1 t0 root "P plants; to
extirpate root and branch.
Interchanged with the last.
To spade up, to level off ;
.-» to trim, to pare down ; to
r|J cut grain; to cut with a
<ch*an weapon or edge-tool.
| JJ to plane or sharpen a
razor by shaving the edge.
^J» ] or | f a dark fragrant
wood, or sandal-wood shavings,
burned for perfume.
| £)J to smooth off.
I fH to woun d> as with an ax
slipping.
'I
A sort of tree growing in
Nganhwni, which produces a
cltan fruit sh.-iped like a peach,
nearly two inches long, of a
yellow color ; when cured by salt
it tastes like a plum.
Read t shan. A mattress.
Composed of three qp sheep and
-^p ^H house contracted, to represent
ch*an sheep huddling under a shelter.
Sheep crowding as each one
tries to get out first ; to put in
confusion, as records or books
disarranged.
To ride a horse barebacked.
I Jl§ ^tt J^a ^ r ^ e without
l ch*an a saddle.
< r±f| Intended to represent a spit
|/-j-l or gridiron for roasting flesh,
*ch*an and the meat on it.
'chivhin jft\ jy $j H | like a joint
of meat skewered on a spit.
l-i^> Complete virtue, as shown in
j Jjg£ one's life well spent in good
clihm* actions ; a company, a group
of people.
To regret, to repent ; among
Budhists and Rationalists, a
ch t aH ) class of ritualistic works,
which are intended to be
used as manuals.
'U$ fl fft t0 re f° rm an d d° "gh*>
as submissive insurgents.
' A dog crunching his food ♦
gnawing, crushing between
c/*W the teeth.
In Cantonese. A word of indig-
nation ; to devour.
$1 \fc | here then, eat it!
fft 1 ?W $ ft W y° uVe clean
gobbled up all my dinner ! —
said to an importunate sorner.
C/iV
■> An earthen pitcher for boiling.
^ | a sort of jug for making
congee,
common at Cantor.
CHlN.
CHIN.
CHIN.
15
Old sounds, tin, Urn, and dim. In Canton, chan, cham, and tsun ; — in Swatow, chin, chim, tidn, tiam, cham, chiin, and
Urn; — in'Amoy, tim, chin, chim, and chim ; — in Fuhchau, ehing, ting, ch4ng, tdng, and ting; —
in Shanghai, tsang, with a few in dzang ; — in Chifu, chin.
— + ~\ From ]§L upright and J\man
underneath, but its present
> composition ia explained to be
from |3 the eye, £ for fl£
~^~ J to change, and L, for (^ hid-
fChdii den, referring to the power of
genii to change and ascend to
heaven.
To change the corporeal into
its pure essence, to become one of
the genii ; among Taoists, it means
divinity, immortality, no dross, es-
sence; true, real, sincere, unfeigned;
t» act as the soul prompts; genuine,
unadulterated ; authoritative, as a
classic; spiritual, pure, ethereal; in
reality, truly, no mistake, in fact; a
likeness or portrait; actual, not se-
condary.
1 IE truly, indeed, actually is so.
| f^ it is really so.
|j£ | it is true; he says the truth.
7fc ^0 ] Wi I don't know whether
it be true or false.
| ^ the true image, as seen in
a glass.
j /fc m utterly unworthy of trust.
] *fr true hearted, ingenuous.
| JH true, orthodox principles.
fjjg | throughly do a thing ; ear-
nest to get at the truth of it.
I Mi his veritable property, as a
stolen thing proven when claimed.
] £j? the true ruler ; Heaven ; a
Moslem word for God.
5^ | heavenly endowments, refer-
ring to temper and heart.
| J{ a phantom ©f a man, is one
who^E* ] possesses divinity, and
therefore can become invisible.
3U 1 or fl£ j to draw portraits.
/{C ] original source or vocation;
first condition, said of persons
or things; but | ^ is the
real cost of a thing.
| are the four great disciples of
Laotsz'; named Chwang-tsz'' jJJT
•^ Wan-tsz' 3£ -^p, Lieh-tsz'
?'J -?> andK'ang-sang-tsz'Jj Jj|
•^p ; they are worshiped with him.
EFrom ivorship and truth.
To be blessed because of truth
( chdn in worship or prayer.
tg
Dropsical swelling, like ana-
P^T sarea; a pufty swelling of the
chan lees.
From tile and a kiln ; it is also
read x kien.
( chdn To mold ; to model, as a pot-
ter does the clay ; to act
on, to fashion, to mold another's
mind, to make like; influenced,
guided ; to examine, to distinguish ;
to act on reciprocally ; in epitaphs
used for alarm, or whatever hor-
rifies; to avoid; plain; a potter,
a modeler in clay.
1 FU $S UC t0 fashion and guide
all things, as God does.
1 5}'J A ^t to discern men of
talents.
A bright blue orchid, the
ffi | which grows in the
(C/ia/i, south of China ; other names
are }$, ^ ground fir, and
"P 5 §fc ik toad orchid.
| -flf precious and rare.
| ^ an auspicious token, as a
just statesman in a reign.
H 1 A 1ft # the things which
are prized by mankind.
fit -fft ] the first man of the age.
j Jjr to esteem very highly, to be
careful of; to treat with great
formal ty ; ceremonious.
^0 ^ Jt like a pearl in the
palm, said of a daughter.
A ] ^ ^T SfC i| how can I hope
to have all the delicacies 1 — the
eight pearls are kinds of game at
Peking, viz., venison, wild boar,
pheasant, gazelle, bear's paw,&c.
V
M
( chdn
1 3
From 3£ 9 em an d tffi bushy
hair contracted ; the second
> is a vulgar form.
Whatever is noble, precious,
or beautiful; rare, impor-
tant; excellent; a prize, a
rarity, a delicacy ; to prize,
to esteem,
^fc pearls; ] $fc ffi pearl sago,
named from its pearly look ;
1 %fc tffc the Spiraea or meadow-
sweet, from its whitecorymb; and
I $fc ?ft one °f the names for
maize ; — all refer to their resem-
blance to pearls.
^ precious things.
(J^ a delicious, savory taste.
f|i a dainty.
From metal and all or ten ; the
second is the common form.
Ml
m.* f A needle ; a pin ; a sharp
( ipT* probe, a cauterizing needle;
chdn a8tin & an y g harp, thorny
thing ; to probe, to prick ;
pine leaves.
^ | or |^ ] or 5| | to thread
a needle.
1 lljf I embroidery, fine needle-
work.
1 ]$Il fli tn e stitches are coarse.
^^5 ] tobegforexcellentneedle-
work ; met. she is very skillful.
||i| | a hair-pin used in Canton.
jU HI I a drumstick needle — a
Cantonese name for a pin.
jfill ^ ] 1£ like sitting on a cush-
ion of needles, — is a troublesome
or unsatisfactory affair.
| ^ rules for the acupuncture.
j ^ to cauterize ; to probe.
i[f | a barometer.
^^ ] a thermometer.
] J^ exactly opposite, like two
needles ; i. e. their ideas are
just the same; exactly in point;
diamond cut diamond.
1 $£ $?J lie Iuean » petty, close, lit.
one who saves by sewing skins
and scraping iron.
16
CHaN.
CHAN.
CHAN.
Interchanged with the last.
(jQKi -A- probe, a needle ; to pierce ;
fhdn to warn, to exbort, to urge a
reform, to expostulate ; ad-
monition, appeals to reform; max-
ims warning people ; pointed, cau-
tionary.
%J 1 or 1 \% surgeon's probes,
formerly made ofstone.
[ "a or j j| warning words,
admonitions.
j HJ restraining laws.
| $fc to criticise defects, to probe
another's faults, to satirize.
] ^ an ancient officer, like a censor.
The needlefish, as the character
imports; it is described as a
phan slim,small fish like the Leucoso-
ma, or Chinese white-bait, and
noted for tbe extension of the snout
like a bodkin ; it is the Ilemirwn-
phus intermedius, called J| £g ]
(or ^jj|) at Canton ; i.e. the long-
short bodkin ; in Kiangnan, it is
known as the B| ^ 4 15 or scolding
old-wife.
From peck and very; giving the
sound.
m
ph&n To pour from or into, to
empty out, to ladle ; to add
to ; a ladle or cup ; to deliberate,
to adjust, to arrange.
1 ^ M ^ ifc wil1 be tetter t0
consult about it.
| ^ to pour out tea.
j ^ "J* it is all well settled.
$j|J ] carefully talk it over.
| HI to discuss, to settle by con-
sultation.
A kind of wood good for
arrows ; it is probably one of
the conifers, like a larch or
juniper ; a target.
| {U a mushroom or fungus found
on this tree.
1 J^£ a target ; to kill criminals
by making a target of them.
Eead sMi^, a synonym of ^
the mulberry fruit, also called
^ | mulberry seeds.
ch&n
I
fikciii
An old name for the bag tied
to a horde's head when bait-
ing him, now called ,B| ^§
|H or horse bucket-bag.
From stone and to incroach ;
used with the next.
<chan A block on winch to beat
clothes; a square stone or
block ; an anvil; a stone with which
athletes exercise their strength by
lifting and pitching it.
| ^ a board used by butchers ; a
chopping-board.
Jfi | a horse-block ; a stone to
which criminals are chained.
|$J | to lift the weight, as soldiers
do, to test their strength, like
throwing the discus.
*g| | a straw anvil, or stone to
beat plants on ; also, an old
term for my husband; as if he
were a block for me to beat on.
jch&n
Constantly used for the last,
with which it is nearly sy-
nonymous.
M
Read Jian. Peaked, like an
upright stone ; hilly.
] {f^W^ tbe loft y P eaks
pierced the sky.
■2c 'fr %3 1 ■•#§? j£ tDe Bt ones were
piled up like pillars on both
sides [of the dyke. ]
] a name in the Pan Tsao
for a meteoric stone from Lui-
cheu fu on the mainland north
of Hainan I.
From extreme and to enter.
(■Jyt\ The utmost, the highest de"
elian gree ; extremely ; to reach ;
a multitude, many ; to col-
lect.
fiWiWt 1 may all blessings set-
tle here; a phrase put on doors.
^ | 13 ^ bis bounty reached
everywhere.
Also read (tsHn.
Abundant,
C-^f^ exuberant herbage ; bushy
fChdn trees ; accumulated, a collec-
tion of ; to wear on the head.
c/id/i
At 3|j| | | how abundant is the
foliage [of this peach 1]
1 W\ \\i tne kerchiefs worn on the
head by the boat women at Macao.
The Chinese hazel or filbert
is | ^p (Gorylus hetero-
phyUa) shaped like the pekan
nut ; it grows in the northern
provinces, is smaller than
the European nut and more
oily; a thorny tree, like those in
quickset hedges, whose spines were
once used for mourning hair-pins.
overgrown with thorns and
brushwood.
One of the small headwaters
of the B. Hwai in Honan ;
also, a river in Hnpeh ; to
reach,
abundant, as a crop; thick-
ly placed, as houses ; loose,
easy, comfortable.
C I0E?t To hang the head, as when
f3.M wcak or B ' ec ipy 5 a peaked
( c/um head.
1 1
Wi
rom wood and walking.
A pillow ; a rest for the back
*eM?i in a carriage ; a stake to
fasten cattle ; to use as a pil-
low ; to lean on, to pillow on.; to
lie on the side ; contiguous, con-
terminous, adjacent.
1 HM a pillow ; 51 f a kind with
an ear hole.
] $2 a bedfellow.
] ^ in bed, asleep ; while asleep,
j >j|* the occiput ; the neck bone
in fishes.
$2 j -j$| your occiput is thick, —
met your friends are strong.
P*J ] the socket of the door-hinge.
] ^ in bed; in private, secretly;
a wife.
Efe J& flff 1 be pillowed his head
on his bended arm.
"^ I IK 31 now I can s l ee P with-
out anxiety.
1 ^111^ cares disturb his rest.
Ii ft ik 1 turning and rolling
on my pillow — restless.
CHAN.
CHAN.
CHAN.
17
_£ ^ to die of old age, to die
in one's bed.
/fC ] $m the stick leans against
the wall.
1 tft ?£ M inefficient bed-
clothes ; met. a poor man.
"M 1 iH he sIee P s quietly, he
has no cares.
As if composed of Jjf and ffi,
meaning the neck pUJoiQ, or
'cAaw. the sleeping hove; i.e. the
occiput, that bone of the head
on which one rests in sleep-
ing; or to droop the head.
Eead ''tan. Filthy.
Read Jmi. Silly, in the phrase
] $)! foolish looking.
c tT^, Bright, clear as a gem ;
V^r transparent.
c rrt^ From JU field and j£ pearl
UA^t contracted, as the phonetic.
*~ckdn Raised paths between fields >
dykes over drains ; a border 5
to come before the gods; to an-
nounce to the Terminalia that the
Emperor is coming to visit the
border ; the origin ; to terminate,
as life.
| jtpjjj a frontier.
fi£ 1 'fS ^ tne dykes were con-
tiguous.
JJJ I paths for landmarks.
c jfo/l To twist a cord around, to
7[v^ bind; to revolve, to turn ; a
^c/idn revolution ; a single thin gar-
ment, for which the next is
most used ; crooked, obstinate.
] jpi crabbed, mulish.
1 IH to go around.
f ^/^ Plain, dark garments ; sum-
'y^' mer clothes of one thickness ;
*c/idn border of a dress ; a figured
garment.
1 M M sm g le grasscloth or linen.
5t f& 1 2 tne Dr others all wore
black.
From disease or flesh, and
pearl contracted, referring to
theirform; ch'an* J\, is some-
times wrongly used for it.
Pustules of any kind, a
rash ; eruptions, pimples,
sore lips or fever sores ; fever break-
ing out irt sores ; measles : — to
remove which, the -^? jpljl ^ £&
is worshiped,
^fg ] small-pox pustules.
j| ] a sort of carbuncle.
JU 1 -^ to have the measles or
scarlet fever.
|f§ ] small pimples, as In measles.
c-3>^ To ascertain the state of ; to
B^* verify, to examine, as when
'•chdn a disease shows itself.
| M. t0 k*^ tue P 11 ' 86,
. 1 ^ to interpret a dream;
From (3 eye and a contraction
of fire y^ and hands joined j\
^cMii as in jjj5c» which is not the same
as this chai-acter, though some-
times iniswritten for it.
The pupil of the eye, the want
of which makes one blind.
;J|£ | the subtle germs of
good and bad things ; — used
in this phrase wrongly for Jj^ 5
incipient.
From cart and bushy hair con-
chdn To turn, to revolve ; to move;
to act in behalf of; a cross-
board to lean upon in a carriage ;
met. a carriage; distressed, sorrow-
ing ; cramped; pegs for cords in a
lute ; the last of the 28 constella-
tions, including the stars [3 d rj v in
Cor v us.
jp^ | wains and carriages.
] m it j^ the carriage went
rolling on its way, or revolving
in its rut.
•J£ 2^ J§j£ ] military carriages
in numbers.
1 "JlH compassionating; kind feel-
. ings towards one.
] jg; kind thoughts of, to think
of and do something for.
'chdn
%f 1 curbed, discontented, as in
a treadmill sort of life,where one
is kept down by power.
The second character is in-
tended to represent streaming
hair; as a primitive, its mean-
ing in most cases is lost.
Bushy, thick hair; black
and abundant hair.
1 "HI $JA If his bushy hair
was like a cloud.
'jtf J^ Similar to the last.
jJjLJl^ Beautiful blackand glossy hair,
l chdn shining like a mirror ; black.
Read jjin. To dye black.
To tie ; black and thick, as
hair; close-woven, thick.
| $t£ fine and close, as cloth.
W- 1 -7* Hi whose black hair
will not change its color ?
| M black, a deep black.
c tf /v To restrain rising anger and
P^* not show it in the eye ; to
A chdn keep one's equanimity by a
strong effort.
« W IB 1 * » £ few and
remarkable are those who can
be angry and not show it.
At^k) From metal and true as the
rplH phonetic.
chdn J- P ress down; to repress, to
keep in subjection ; to guard,
to keep in order, as a pass ; to
protect and oversee ; to restrain or
forestall evil influence, as pagodas
or peaked hills do ; a mart, called
;/C 1 "feJ' a g rea ^ manufacturing
place, of which there are four in
China ; in the days of the jg, ft)
Wu Tai, it seems to have desig-
nated certain cities or palatinates,
whose rulers had superior privileges
from their power and subordinate
territory.
| jjg to maintain superior power
over things which ] ^ repress
evil, as charms on a door linted
do noxious influences.
| Jjl a name for the planet Saturn.
j$| I an idolatrous procession to
quiet demons.
18
CHAN.
CHAN.
CHAN.
j ISjfa charms, spells; magic.
j ig to invite the gods to come
to a heuse to protect it.
1 HI to q met the fears; to repress
breels.
] fff ai. Entrepot, a trading-mart.
| f£ a fair ; a town more impor-
tant than a village, but less
than a district.
^ | H ^ to awe the whole
land into peace.
1 **? to guard, to keep watch
and ward
|U | provincial rulers, both civil
and military, who | jfc guard
and soothe the whole people.
I lH a brigadier-general, a mili-
tary officer next under a glj %j$
^ or major-general ; there is
at least one in each province.
* Originally written with TfJ* boat
(altered to Jj m oon *fc fire, and
chdrt jy hands joined, now contract-
ed ; the combined idea refers to
the virtue of light and limits of
man's power.
In early times a common word
for I, me ; but appropriated by Ts'in
Chi-hwangti, B.C. 221, for the royal
We, Ourself ; subtle, incipient.
1 1$ our ro y a l se h°, our Imperial
Majesty.
] £g our virtue.
1 ^ We are well ; — the reply
written on the cards sent to court
by high provincial officers to ask
after the Emperor's health.
jflt 1 the incipient springs of tbe
germ not yet acted on ; the first
idea of; a protoplasm.
From bird or spirits and walk-
ing.
A bird like the secretary
falcon, also called ^ -J] Jfjjj,
with a long, black neck
and red bill : it eats snakes,
and is supposed to be so
noxious that fish die where it
drinks, the grass around its nest
withers, and its feathers steeped in
spirits make a virulent poison ; in
this sense, th« second from is used ;
chart
some partsof tbisdescription accord
better with the bittern, as its voice
is noticed as remarkable; a poison;
virulent, venemous; mortal, deadly.
1 j® poisoned wine.
] ^ destructive, poisonous.
|rfc | 2$£ be drank poison and died.
^ ^ | ^ dissipation is like a
deadly poison.
V£) The head of a beetle or mallet;
a plant, whose leaves when
chdrt burned, furnish a mordant for
fixing colors; it is probably a
kind of saltwort or Salsola.
i=|=f ) From rain and to shakeor excite;
/tC^ occurs used with the next.
cMrt To shake, as thunder does ;
to quiver, to tremble, to strike
with lightning ; to awe, to move ;
impressed by, startled ; to quicken,
as a foetus ; to alarm, to intimidate,
to arouse; thunder; thundering,
terrible; marvelous; surprisingly.
*fe | an earthquake.
U| ] struck or killed by lightning.
] |j| the rattling sound of thunder.
— ] one outcry, one shake.
j ^ terrified ; to scare terribly.
| ^fc* incensed, irate.
| j^ to strike with awe.
] Wi ~T shattered by the concus-
sion or noise.
| ]§Jj to move, to disturb ; to act
*on, as tbe vernal sun on nature.
| ijj|> the fourth of the eight dia-
grams; it refers to the quicken-
ing movements of nature.
j|l X> 1 fl £t J$ a11 trembled
with fear at his awful presence.
»J|i >M 1 "PI brilliant are the
thunder and lightning.
® a U M/£ 1 S not one
but regards his movements with
tremulous awe.
] J3^ a Budhist name for China,
the last word being intended for
the Sanscrit stem, a country.
) From hand and to shake'; similar
to the last.
chdrt To move > t0 J°gS le 5 t0 6tir
up the energies ; to excite, to
stimulate; to issue forth; to rescue,
to save; to restore, to put in order,
to repair; to flap, as wings ; to ter-
rify ; to uphold ; to receive, to con-
tain; to stop; to call back ; from ;
unsteady,trembling; ancient; many.
] Jr|j to set about a work, to be
up and doing.
] $fc, to save from danger.
] f£ to encourage ; diligent.
] ^ to pull up or out of, to raise
up or from.
| fk ^ ^ to animate the mind
to obtain an object.
J^ ] E3 $$ he is one who can
arouse the country.
] ^ to s bake the dress.
1 "6" #D j[& fr° m °f °kl it has
been so.
] »|fjj to alarm.
| fi to go on prosperingly, to
flourish.
^ | the hand unsteady, trembling.
•£ ] ^ ^ his great eneryg has
made his family famous.
1 1 H> [ n ^ e ] e g ret s on the wing.
| j§fi f^ H to stir one's self up
to exertion.
I S —* |§ cuddled up in a heap,
as a scared child. (Cantonese.)
Read fhdn. Numerous; plenti-
ful; honored, noble; ^ UjJ ^ ^
| | -^ it is right that your des-
cendants, should be in [likej flocks.
/p^) A lad of ten or twelve years ;
|fPC a g° od »°y-
chart ] Ji gentle lads, such as play
a part in idolatrous proces-
sions ; a horse-boy, a hostler.
J Liberal ; rich, affluent ; to
give, to relieve ; a largess, a
chart charity; bounty, supplies.
] *$i| to aid the distressed.
1 HI to feed the hungry.
] 'lit t0 commisserate and assist.
> To strike or stab ; the noise
of felling wood.
chart
CH f lN.
CH'iN.
CH'AN.
19
Old sounds, din and t'in, -with some in Vim, dim and dam. In Canton, ch'izn, ch'am, and shan ; — in Swatow, tien, ngim,
Urn, tin, sin, and chien; — in Amoy, chin, tin, t'im, sin, fan and tien ; — in Fuhchau, ching, ting, t'ing, t'Sng,
sing and ch'aing ; — in Shanghai, ts'ang, dzceng, ts6 n and yang ; — in Chifu, chHn.
M
<ch*dn
To get angry, to rail at ;
passionate; scolding.
^ ] or | g to get very
angry.
jH: ^ 1 M ne never scolded him
at all.
f& Z> M 1 fft ^ he does not
seek to irritate you.
Read
bully.
.fieri. To bluster, to
anger filled his breast.
HE^4 From eye and true.
( H>^» To glare at ; to stare angri-
fih d>i ly at a person.
1 su£ 3»» JM. incensed beyond
all bounds.
1 ^h BH se * n * s e y e on n * m m
anger.
cfcan
ch
From gem or pearl, and ^
somlre abbreviated; the se-
cond form is unusual.
A beautiful precious stone ;
a rarity, such as tribute
• bearers bring.
5C 1 ?K *S Tbeautlful gems and
natural curiosities.
From city and forest.
A superior district in the
south of Hunan, on the head-
waters of the R. Siang; it
extends along the northern slopes
of the Nan-ling.
To stop ; good, set in order,
c'l^PT^ as trappings or attire.
ffc&n | ||f a sort of feather or
hair flounce, which was ap-
parently sewn along the hem, some-
what like the fringe on the ancient
Persian dress.
M£ Uneven ; | =|| irregular, as
c ^gg- the peaks of mountains or the
(CWan
FT
W
chhln tops of trees.
_m "J The second of these is also
^5J read H'ren.
To stretch a thing out ; to
pull out, as an elastic band.
| |g to pull and work the
dough, as a baker does.
From Jp. a place, and 7[C
wood, joined with Ep going ;
the etymology refers to the
virtue of the element wood in
the state of China; the sur-
name ^ch'an is only written in
the first form, the two last are
mostly read ch'an''.
To arrange, to set in re-
gular order, to spread out ;
to dispense ; to diffuse ; to state, to
express carefully, to lay before, as
an officer; to reply; what has been
stored long; a long time, of old;
stale, not fresh ; turned, as eggs or
fruit; dried up, worn out ; many, all;
path leading up to the hall ; a
feudal state of the Cheu dynasty,
lying southeast of the present capital
of Honan, comprising also Ch'an-
cheu fu ; it existed from about B.C.
1100 to 477 ; thirteen princes are
enumerated.
frfj ] or ^ | to state to a su-
perior officer; the phrase is em-
ployed by consuls when addres-
sino- a governor.
;j|j ] or ] JlJ to seat or rank in
due order.
I M spoiled* as grain ; obsolete,
out of date, inapplicable.
1 A ^, one l° n » m tne employ,
an old hand ; a veteran.
1 fj£ to arrange in place.
1 In ^ a stafcemenfc or plaint to
the Emperor.
| jm the old grain in the granary.
%t 1 IS fjl to " ac k f°°d m iCtfanj
met. to be short of supplies.
| J$t dried orange peel, — lit.
"old skin."
] |jjc a case of long standing.
f $ 1 $<n 'US to s P re ad out the em-
broidered tester ; met. the wed-
ding-day.
£fc \ H A °^ an d antique, out
of date, as curiosities.
Read cKa>i ) . A rank or file of
soldiers ; a battalion ; an army,
troops, forces ; to place in rank, to
set in array, to marshal ; a battle,
a fight; as a classifier, used to
denote a gust, blast, burst, or time,
a shower, a short space ; transitory,
a little while.
| _£ in the fight.
Y ] to go into battle.
ffi | to deploy or post troops.
^T JJJI 1 the van, the front troop ;
the front of the battle.
J$C | defeated the army.
] ^ the force of the army ;
valiant, martial.
ty ill \% ] he braved the enemy
and rushed on the foe.
jf ^C A 1 g et a woman to start
the quarrel.
3$: ^ 1 besotted with, infatuated,
to act silly about.
;f|| | sleepers for the floor.
— ] ] ^ it is growing colder
and colder.
~- ] jfj a passing shower.
— | ^tg a puff of smoke.
— ] Bjj — ] ^ BJJ one while
you know, and then you don't
know.
~~* I iK f^ one explosion of fire-
works.
A medicinal herb, regarded
as good for rheumatism ; the
fh'dn "j§ | or "g ] ^, a fra-
grant plant(J. r tern isi a abrota-
num), from whose leaves a decoc-
tion is made for fever patients to
drink.
20
CH'iN.
CH<aN
CH f XN
From earth and deer, as these
animals raise a dust when
herding.
,ch an _ „ . .
* Dust, small particles; mo-
lecules, atoms, exhalations ;
traces, example; to make one's self
dusty ; met. the dusty world, the
age ; worldly vice and pleasures ;
confused and troublous days; in
Tiurlhism, fleshly perceptions of the
senses, as the 7^ ] six baya
ayntana, or outward conceptions.
] i£ dust, dirt.
A J to dust things.
I M J& 2£ covered with dust
I i§ grimed in; dirty, as a beg-
gar's face.
1 i ^C a cloud of dust.
j5£ ] (o wash down the dust, —
to feast a friend on his return.
i& tk 1 io f°ll°w another's ex-
ample, to walk in his dust.
ft 1 or ] -fft or /L ] the toils
and vexations of this world ; a
Budhist idea, designed to extol
asceticism.
fo ] passions, evil desires.
3|r ] it shows the dust, as black
cloth.
^ ] the dust cleaner, — a poeti-
cal term for the wind.
I it is perfectly clean
trr tik
.E p os
,ch { an
e original character is sup-
sed to represent a man bend-
ig low; it forms the 131 st
radical of a few miscellaneous
characters.
An attendant, one who is
subject to another ; a vassal ; a
minister, a courtier who can speak
to his sovereign, a statesman ; to
serve in office; to bend before; to
rule, to act the lord over; only
Chinese statesman use it for I in
their memorials.
^ J prince and minister, one of
the five social relations.
Jg, J a loyal officer.
^ J or H| the officers at
court ; statesmen.
^J£ J civilians.
j£ J military officers.
,c/Mn
"M Wl 1 Wl a ^ nat i° ns submitted.
/j£ *^j J I, the high officer, used
only by the highest grades of
officials.
J§| 5^|i 3l 1 the ki n g' s power and
officers reached everywhere.
Iff W /[> 1 £ >fr lie never llac l
the feelings of an officer.
/J> ] a rebellious or contumacious
officer.
1 -^ my chamberlains and concu-
bines, i.e. my imperial household;
it is also used by these people
when speaking to their master.
m m >j> 55 t * % 1 though
the body [of Reason] be small,
the universe cannot sway it.
From water and walking ; but
some derive it from 7jC water
and i% dregs; the first is read
l shan when used as a surname.
To sink, to immerse, to put
under the water ; to quash,
to suppress ; lost, destroyed,
deprived, ruined ; muddy ; deep,
dull, as colors ; a bass or subdued
note; confused ; a lake, a tarn.
I l^ - ' ost > irretrievably ruined, as
the lost in hell,
] §§ drowned ; doting on ;
victimized.
I K| to quash a case.
1 fsi to st ^ e or crush, as an affair.
"4* 1 JL ffi mne to teu i fc vv '^ sua k ;
the odds are rather against it.
j$i 1 Jf. ue J s veI 7 si °k -
J )£ sunk to the bottom.
J ^ lost, sunk, gone down • no
hope for it.
1 ^ the garu-wood, agila, or lign-
aloes (Aquilaira ag allodium),
prized for its fragrance ; the ^
j ^ is a sort of Agave, deemed
to resemble it.
] 5^ the eighth heaven, or epi-
cycle of the Budhists.
] |H a small feudal state in the
Cheu dynasty, now | jj[J jg^
on the River Sha in Ch f an-cheu
fu in the east of Honan.
j 7JC a river in Ch f ing-tu fu in
Sz'chw r en.
In Pekingese. Heavy, a synonym
of fhung 1|f weighty.
ft jijf J excessively heavy.
foAj* The roe of fish ; .the parts of
cft{/L this character are sometimes
<cl£an wrongly transposed in Can-
ton ; and perhaps the character
,ch^un UJ| eggs, commonly
used there, is derived from it.
>=fi* Long continued, rainy dark
cYyT^w eather.
<ch*an |^ (^ ] j dull, lowering ;
it looks like rain.
\£&j The female of the |j| elk ; as
c7[ Q > the sexes of this animal have
icM&H, separate names, it is to be
inferred that it was once
common.
M
Similar to cM>J ^ to shake.
To rub, to wipe clean ; to
^clMiv give ; to adjust, to contract ;
to shake and cleanse.
[ ^ to brush clothes.
f f$ to arrange firmly.
j JflJlJ shake and hrush — the coat.
X^frf Hilarity exhibited in action,
f/iyV as D y children capering.
ftfciu jjj|[ |J| j hopping and
dancing about from joy.
% * The original form is supposed to
WT& represent sprouting plants trans-
"JS^^ formed by heaven; it forms the
ip/ian 161st radical of a small, incon-
gruous group of characters.
To excite to action, to move,
to influence; a day, a time; times,
hours, seasons ; a Chinese hour or
one twelfth of a day, but especially
the time from 7 to 9 a.m.; heaven-
ly bodies which mark the times,
and especially the sun and moon ;
applied as in ^ | to the planet
Mercury: the fifth of the twelve
stems, over which the dragon rules ;
spots in the sky where no stars
are seen; the elements.
~~ M flif I an k° ur of the
Chinese day.
CH f AN.
CETAN,
CH r AN.
21
J§1 | the heavenly bodies ; the
zodiacal spaces where the sun
and moon meet in conjunction.
jjfc | the north star.
j£ | sun, moon and stars.
ft | ^ long incense sticks, de-
signed to mark time as they
burn.
|g ^ zp | I was born out of
time, my natal day was ill-
starred ; unlucky.
j^0 | a birthday, a lucky day ;
as ££ ] is one's birthday.
If X H ft m =f £ I; all of-
fleers will perform their duties
in time, in accordance with the
seasons ; i e. the five elements
will harmonize with the four
seasons.
Y=\ Composed of p day, or gg
(J£p^ clear contracted, and $£ time.
i°h an The sun beamingforth; morn-
ing, dawn ; clear.
§H p] 1 the cock heralds the dawn.
Jl£ | a lucky day.
BJj | to-morrow morning.
| ■§!* fig $jj| to turn day into night.
| jp. JlJ I came at daylight.
I "If 5 — iS fl burn a pastille
from morning till evening.
^r From a cover and time as the
trCt " phonetic.
<eh*dn Retired rooms where the Em-
peror dwells.
;$H | the maple rooms ; met. the
palace, the Emperor.
] jEg the capita], the imperial city;
the name indicates its seclusion
within the inclosing walls.
C |J^4 An isolated peak, like an
— | aiguelle, tapering and lofty ;
fts'du a steep bank.
l ch f dn ]p; j a medicine, probably the
jl 2^ Scutellaria or skull-
cap, but written wrongly.
^ \ the sharp peaks ; the old
name of a small feudatory in
Honan.
A river in Han-clmng fu in
T Shensi, a branch of the R.
l ch}dn Han; also c&ftud Hwang Shut
or Yellow Water ; pure, lim-
ped; mountain rills; to soak; stag-
nant; puddles in ruts and tracks;
to get fish out of a fish-pool.
jipj ' ] long drizzling rain.
] ^ "j*" the falling tears came
fast.
$fa ] footsteps filled with water.
Sand mixed in things, as in
grain or dishes.
e chhm *f- ] grittiness in the food
which hurts the teeth.
In Pekingese. Offensive;^ ]
vulgar, not in good taste ; sordid,
grimed.
C ^ft Interchanged with the last.
\^\ Ugly, deformed.
l cUan |j^j | to hang the head in
confusion and shame.
Vinegar-like, sour.
| §£ vinegar ; also
*ch*an drunk.
very
''ch'dn
Dirty, dusty ; turbid water ;
obscure, as when the sky is
filled with dust.
] m dirty, begrimed, cover-
ed with filth.
C^-J| From si
$51 tyin '
Ik and to lead; also read
'cUdn A rope by which cattle are
led, drawn through the carti-
lege of the nose.
^ ] to hold the ropes of a pall
or catafalque, as is done by the
bearers.
From jig to go, and '
bushy
hair, or ffj you contracted,
for the primitive.
To follow, to come up be-
hind ; to avail of, to em-
brace, to improve, as an
opportunity; to go to, as a fair; or
to frequent, for which the second
form is most used ; as a preposi-
tion, at the time of; by, through.
sfc ] iff g° ar, d learn the state of
the market.
1 Wl '° §° *° ma rket.
] c f^ to learn the secrets -of an-
other's art or trade.
| $jf j ust as I wished.
1 ft lit to improve the time or
occasion.
| IH ^ to take advantage of the
chance or opportunity.
1 M, ££| |H when there's a wind,
hoist sail.
] ^ ffii \ $t J ou did it when yon
had the power.
1 ffl t0 S° on a trading voyage.
| ;f| £§ |«il jff avail yourself of
this shower.
[1
From a door out of which a
horse is going.
^chw^ang To thrust out the head, to
appear ; to bolt out or in ;
rudely, suddenly ; forcibly
to push ahead, and against
etiquette ; lawlessly.
| || to slip by the pass, to dis-
regard the customs' regulations.
| ffi JJjf to put out the head ; to
distinguish one's self.
®L 1 M 2j$ to rusn m > to rudely
intrude.
| jjyl p^ to force open the office
door ; to rush into a yamun.
] jH to rush across [an officer's]
pathway.
] ^ffff ffi ne rushed out violently.
1 dt: &§ a tme ^> *'• e - one wn0
rushes in at daybreak.
| |^ to induce calamities.
2^ | 3E an epithet for the rebel
Li Tsz'ch'ing, who overthrew
the Ming dynasty, a.d. 1643.
) From disease and fire ; it must
fyC not be confounded with *yg < chan
c >>* with which however it is often
interchanged.
A fever which breaks out in
sores; a febrile feeling; a fastidious
appetite, longing for delicacies.
&ZM£: 1 fo &#tlie sadness
of my heart makes me feverish
like a throbbing head.
22
oh'is:
CHANG.
CHAKG.
From dress or man and per-
sonal; the second form ia
obsolete.
Inner garments next the
body ; ornamental but not
necessary; to give effect,
to show off; to make a
largess, to dotate, to assist; to
patronize, to befriend.
| f^ to help the priests by alm£.
1 JJJ a handkerchief carried in
the girdle.
1 3§ girdle fobs, as those for fan,
chopsticks, «fec.
1 IS a fly-feaf i Q books.
] ■£», to beautify the person ; to
allure by meretricious arts.
fife | put on for effect.
|J^ | to bring forward in illustra-
tion, to explain by figures.
*f§ | to give custom to ; to assist
in any way, as to a support; to
give strength to ; to toady.
To donate, especially to
Budhist priests for religious
purposes.
^ | the recompense re-
ceived by donors for gifts,
in being led to heaven.
i&Fp The wood next to the body;
^(yQ i.e. a coffin, especially the in-
ch*dn' t ner one; to gather faggots.
f§ | a coffin, often detained
in a j^ | ^g or mortuary-shed
near the grave before interment.
| ffi one name for the Elceococca
cordij'olia, the favorite tree of
the Chinese.
Eead kwan''. A water bucket-
4fcT^3 To shed milk teeth, usually
JsJX^ a * ' ne a S e 0I> seven years, as
cff&n? the composition of the cha-
racter indicates.
CHRIST Gh.
Old Bounds tung and dung. In Canton, ehdung ; — in Swatow, t n %6, ch*H4 and chi&ng ; — in Amoy, chiong and tiong ; —
in Fuhchau, tidng, t'idng, and chidng ; — in Shanghai, tsang ; — in Chif u, chang.
From how and to lengthen.
c J>V To draw a bow ; to extend,
ichang* to stretch, to open ; to draw
up, as a list ; to increase ; to
state, to proclaim to, to publish
abroad; to grant to; to appoint or
set out, to display for sale; to
make much of; displayed, adjust-
ed ; to string a lyre ; to boast of ;
a classifier of things which show
much surface, as a table or bed,
paper, a proclamation, a chair, &c.
| ^> to hang up for display, as
festoons.
Hj J to open out, as goods ; to
set up a business ; to sell ; to
re-open, as at new-year's.
^ Ji $£ §U 1 I' ve sold nothing
to-day.
] ^ to open wide, as a door.
^ | 5: 5c t0 ^ ave a Dr, ^i ant
[shop] opening for three days.
Ml ^ §1 t° ma ke a parade, to
show off, to put one's house in
the best of trim.
] fc to make much of.
H? ] self-laudatory, boastful.
3|B ] cross-grained, unreasonable.
^ ^ -jj ] impetuous, incroach-
ing, unscrupulous ; to burst out
angrily.
| j[Ij a demi-god who protects
children from harm, much wor-
shiped by the Manchus.
| |H to make widely known.
^fc | to lord it over ; but ^ :£
] is rather not to agree with,
to let alone ; no way to bring it
about.
^ ^ ]£ | I have no idea as to
how it is; I cannot decide the
point.
— | |jjf or z^^— | one chair.
| H^0 Chang the third bro-
ther and Li the fourth ; scil. two
common surnames used, as John
Doe and Eichard Koe.
] %£ wildly, furiously.
I H $t Fj§ to cast a net to in-
veigle others,
^t ^ 1 3 tne sur ly d°S pricked
up his ears.
1 Iee j$t §1 to spoil an affair by
sudden fright.
1 ik /\ ftfi maintain fully your
six armies in good order.
r "g=!j From "jf sound and -f* ten, re-
y C-*J*A ferring to the finishing of a
Chana^ strain in music >' as a primitive
& it usually gives the idea of a bar-
rier ; it occurs used for fJ§C and
4%L and others of its compounds.
A piece of music ; a character or
section ; an essay written according
to strict syntax; a pattern ; a state-
ment; statutes, institutes, rules,
items ; clear, beautiful, as the
Milky Way; variegated; to polish,
to decorate; courteous, elegant,
as blazoury on a flag, or a piece of
weaving; a display ; a grove; a
classifier of documents ; name of a
small state in the Cheu dynasty,
an old name for a maternal uncle.
^ | a chapter; an article or
paper.
| 'pTJ sections and paragraphs.
IjUfc ] many documents ; several
papers or statements.
f£ j5C 1 to write essays, such as
are presented at examinations.
CHANG.
CHANG.
uflANG.
23
] ||| an ancient style of cap in
the Sbang dynasty.
ij£ 1 a complete aifair, a finished
thing, — referring to a finished
composition, as ^ J5j£ | means
an inelegant essay; met. confus-
ed, in disorder.
ai ] adorned, variegated ; the
35. | were emblematic figures
on ancient robes.
1 fal regulations, rules of action,
directions ; bye-laws.
ijsp 1 guide tor selecting lucky
days.
& | a memorial to the Throne.
^ ] orders issued by the magis-
trates.
I M the under-secretary of the
General Council, who receives
decrees from the Throne and
transmits them to the Inner
Council.
10 ] or fjj | a seal, the instru-
ment to stamp orders.
| ^ the metonic cycle of nine-
teen years.
DP $9 )3L 1 every article is well
arranged or disposed.
1 f>k or 1 ^ the P ou lpe or large
cuttle-fish ; large sized ones are
caught along the coasts.
j| |r£ Food, particularly fine white
cTJX " ce f° r the table.
<chang J£\ ||| it | he laid up the
rice, or supplies, like a hill.
filF? Cakes made of flour,
c pJ5^ | §J| a general name for
$fku>g buns, sweet cakes, biscuit, &c.
\f&* A husband's father; while
(At* #£ 1 denotes both his pa-
ehang rents.
52, ] a husband's brother.
■qg£ Interchanged with the last and
the next.
fixing Fear; in the phrase j ^j|
terror-struck, alarmed, horri-
fied.
Je5S Terrified ; | ^ scared out
< |-=f£ of one's wits.
fhang
To go fast ; ] f|| to walk
; i— j- in a great hurry, and as
(Chung when alarmed ; to proceed
awkwardly.
ffjtf From feathers and elegant.
c -^^ The variegated pelage of an-
t chang imals or plumage of birds;
beautiful, adorned ; to ex-
hibit, to show ; to give distinction
to ; to make manifest ; plainly.
| 0^ clearly exhibited.
Hg j luminously displayed.
§g^1 his excellent sayings
were very impressive.
] it fH J$ exhibiting his virtue
and dignity.
1 p ^ ^ h Y his display [of
liberality and humanity,] the
people all trusted in him.
J^fti The camphor tree (Laurus
f/\ y. camphora,) said to be so nam-
<chang ed from yu-cJiang ffi jp£ the
ancient and classic name for
Kiangsi, because the tree
grew there.
j /fc camphor-timber,
1 JJH gum-camphor.
^ ] camphorated; a camphor odor.
^□St A large tributary of the R.
<V*f» Wei in the northeast of Ho-
ciiang nan and south of Chihli, call-
ed the ||j ] or Cross- flowing
Chang, from its course of west to
east; it has two main branches, the
clear and the muddy Cbang; part
of its waters join the Pei-ho, and
part reach the ocean through other
channels.
| Jjg* a district in Kung-chang fu
in the southeast of Kansuh.
1 jj\\ ffi in the southwest of Fuh-
kien, about 35 miles west of
Amoy.
Tfjni A kind of ancient stone or-
c »Ujp nament like a flat ruler, used
^dicing in 6tate ceremonies ; a jade
plaything.
& tl ^ 1 tne attendants pre-
sented the batons.
I | to bear a son, because this
thing was anciently given a boy
to play with.
An ancient feudal state, now
part of Tai-ngan fu in central
fhang Shantung ; also an ancient
city in ^\ Kii in Shantung ;
name of a large province in the
IVin dynasty comprising the south
of Nganhwui, where Hwui-chau
fu lies.
?nfi£ T he housings of a saddle.
•¥> 1 $& < or 1^ VI) s P atter -
pliang dashes, an outer flap attach-
ed to a saddle to protect the
rider's dress.
fhang
A hornless deer or muntjak
Ilydropotes inermis) akin to
the musk, known as the river
deer, common in Kiangsu,
with long tusks; it is a grace-
ful and elegant animal, as
the composition of the char-
acter intimates ; other small
deer are popularly so called.
§jfc | the silver or white chevro-
tain, — which appears when a
good king reigns.
I US [fragrant as] the musk and
roebuck ; the terms ^ -^p and
|H Jfj? are specially applied to
the roebuck.
JHJ 0j| | a Formosan deer {Cervus
Swinhoii), so called from two
spots near its eyes.
A bird belonging to the
waders ; another name is jfc
W water-hen, and it is per-
haps a bird akin to the
^ | a book name for the
heroD, called ^ ^ in Chihli
jacana or rail.
Cj^g^» From hand and constantly as
" *lft : the phonetic.
l chang The palm of the hand, the
sole ; a webbed foot ; a hoof ;
to grasp ; to slap with the hand ;
to rule, to control ; a jurisdiction,
what is under one's hand.
^ ] the palm.
24
CHANG.
CHANG.
CHANG.
JQ | to clap the hands.
/fl j ]JC to scrutinize the hand ;
palmistry.
| fll the book-keeper, a chief ma-
nager, the boss; an accountant.
ff — £° ] to slap once.
jlT $J 1 to snoe a noI *se.
^ ] to join the hands, as Bud-
bisls do in prayejr.
1 iHl ^ ff| to command the
Ibices.
JJH ] to administrate a post ; the
control of an officer.
| J^ to direct a matter.
] f A an overseer, a director.
| ^ to teach and direct, as a
class of graduates ; ex cat/tedrci
teaching.
j|* a department in a yamun.
Hr' $D & 1 [ ne r°kd the empire]
as easy as turning over the palm.
^ 1 bewildered, unmannerly, as
from fuming and bustling; from
he has lost his balance.
j|| | a bear's paw.
1lll A 1 the cactus, more especial-
ly the flat leaved kinds.
F>|Jt> The piece of leather used for
|R| soles on Chinese shoes ; a
l chang part of a saddle ; a patch.
ff. $t 1 t0 P ut on a so * e "
•ft* f@ 1 "? to P ut on a P atc h, —
either cloth or leather, on shoes.
c / rt The family name of Mencius'
I / L mother, and still retained in
'c/iung this form in honor of her ;
his own private given name
was fpf c K r o.
From a cloth and extended; it
is interchanged with the next
in some senses.
A curtain, a canopy, a screen ;
a tent ; met an abode, a
a dwelling ; a plan, a reason ; to
calculate, to spread out; an ac-
count, for which the next is now
substituted ; to reckon, as an ac-
count; occurs used for Jf^ to screen.
^ ] or | -"p an awning, a screen.
| |^ a hanging screen, before a
door.
ehxing
%$ ^ ] an awning, as over a
court ; a great awning.
g$£ ] to pitch one's tent ; to open
a school, to turn teacher.
] Jj| a tester, the top fringe of
a bed-curtain.
$jL ] unreasonable, incoherent,
stupid, muddled.
Hf | a soldier's tent.
H | a scroll given to old people
on their birthdays.
iH ^ 1 a scroll in gold letters,
sent to mourners.
HI °? f|t ] a screen ; a curtain
hung around a bed or bang* for
protection or concealment.
£] ft | §g the white clouds
screen the view.
ft 1 — fil A a beautiful bride.
An unauthorized character in
general use for the last ; it af-
fords a good example of the
cluing power of the radical in relation
to its influence on the meaning.
An account ; a debt, a claim, a
charge ; to reckon, to sum up.
It I or W* 1 to estimate gains;
to reckon or settle with.
•j^ Jpjt | don't charge that in my
account ; it's none of my busU
ness ; I'll not allow that item.
J|£ | to collect accounts.
] @ accounts; ] |j| a bill.
] |j£ the counting room, where
the ] |^ or | -jkp* account
books are kept; also, the counter
in an inn.
iH 1 or 7G I to clear onC > to P a y
] Jj| or balance of an account.
^ | to owe debts.
1 ^ $$ Jt* to De embarrassed
with debts.
^ ] to let out money, to shave
notes ; to give credit.
iS^E 1 tocharge articles not really
bought, to foist in fancy items.
f$ to transfer the accounts
and debts to another, to make
an assignment ; to fail.
In Cantonese. A synonym of
''fang |j^ a time, an occasion.
$1+ $§. — ' I I came here once.
%
etiang*
*
From flesh or disease and to
increase; the first is also
read ^ch'ang, the intestines.
A swelled belly ; a tume-
faction, a swelling of any
kind ; pot-bellied ; drop-
sical, puffy, tense ; to e well
up ; to grow big, as a boil,
dropsy in the abdomen, as-
cites.
fjjj 1 puffed, a sense of fullness, as
from indigestion or repletion.
Jffi 1 or 1 JJt swollen.
?^f | to relieve the swelling.
| ^| the belly hard and puffed.
] ^ flatulency.
| |$; to charge interest on credit
sales. (Fu/ichau).
n*p? ) Like the last. Dropsical swel-
yj§l lings, presenting puffy, hard
change places.
> The extension of water; an
overflow, a freshet; to inun-
chang > date, to swell and wash over,
as the bank; to expand, as
iron by heat; applied also to prices
advancing, — a use common along
the coast.
J!{£ | °r ] j|fi the flood ls rising,
the water advances.
1 M or 'M 1 tae tide is coming in.
] j-lfc or 1 $$i an overflow, burst-
ing of the bank, a crevasse.
1 $3l T h^ e( ^ w * tu Wft ter ; up to
the banks.
1 $L ~T swe l'ed an d burst, as a
jug by the water in it freezing.
^ H 1 H Q the clouds in spring
cover the peaks-
fH |g H j the price will ad-
vance.
$fc M | ^J the elasticity of a
fluid, — a term in mechanics.
| ffjp a name for the Gulf of
Tonquin.
,j|i£) From disease and section as the
*l^3 phonetic.
chano > Malaria, iasma, pestilential
vapors; noxious exhalations
that cause general sickness.
CHANG.
CHANG.
CHANG.
25
ftjj ] an unhealthy climate.
^ | miasmatic, malarious.
] 3M a P^ a S ue » aa epidemic aris-
ing from malaria.
^ | noxious gases; vapors rising
on hills, which are deemed to
be injurious.
> A dyke, an embankment; to
separate, as by a bank, to
chang* stop up.
.5 From place~and section.
To separate so as to screen
dicing* or protect; to divide off, to
shut up inside, to include ; to
embank; to raise a dyke; an inter-
vening distance that serves as a
protection; a barricade, trench, or
dyke, that divides or protects; a
terminus; a screen, as of cloth,
serving as a nominal defense.
| ||j an intret ched camp.
ffi | a defense; to defend the bar-
riers ; met. a capable minister.
^ | a wooden partition.
] H| whatever stops the onset or
path.
| p^ to close against ingress.
£jj| ] to throw up defenses.
p|| J to screen off, to rail off.
jtj|r | a protection on the border
or frontier.
$Jj{ | a brocade screen.
i|pzl"> A steep cliff, a range of
H^p peaks. |]^ | a line of steep
chang* hills that serve as a limit.
■pf ] green hills.
lU 1 5 '& Hi ?8 l ^ e stee P peaks
rise one above the other in the
distance.
M 1 » 4H tne g reen paths wind
up the intervening hills.
B^jjjp A cataract forming, as the
JpL composition of the character,
chang* a screen in the eye, indicates.
| |H or ] ^ a cataract,
more usually called jfg ft jf| (j^ \
meaning green water poured into
the pupil.
_L*) The original form is a combina-
\*Lh tion of 3$C hand grasping ~f* ten.
cluing* A line of ten chHh or feet,
reckoned in the tariff to be
141 English inches; but it varies
according to the foot used, to even
less than 120 inches in some parts
of China; to measure; an elder,
a senior ; one worthy of respect.
] jj» to measure off, as land or
a room.
] ^ to verify a measurement, as
by officials.
'ft' 1 j| its measure has been
made or taken.
] JvJ, ^f ffc the measurement can
be ascertained.
— ] J^ ten feet long.
^ | a wife's father.
|U | the Emperor's father-in-law.
| ^ a (or m y) husband; a man,
one who acts his part; a son.
] A a wife's father, often applied
also to other elderly people.
1 ^ or | ^ jj& a wife's mother.
^C 1 ^ a maa °f ability, one fit
to manage; a capable man.
"jf ] the abbot of a Budhist.
monastery; a monastery.
JjlS I an old gentleman.
«
) From man and a measure; inter-
changed with the next.
chang' Weapons of war, sharp wea-
pons; to fight, to come to
blows ; to rely on, to look up to ;
to depend on, as a man on his
wealth or influence.
•IT %$ 1 to S et ^ e victory.
$fc I or fT Wf. 1 defeated, van-
quished,
^ | to join battle, as armies do.
^T ] (>r Wl 1 t0 % ut > t0 g° mt0
action.
] ^|j j^to insult people be-
cause one has power (or friends),
to get an ally.
|J| ' to confide a responsible
office to one.
jJ^J ] to look to, to implore aid
from a superior.
ft
military arms.
I A j£ ~fy to trust on a human
arm.
p*J 1 a palace guard.
ik 1 or M 1 t0 trust t0 » t0
rely on.
•hK-tI^} From 7fC wood and ^£to re ^V <m
'I\)L, contracted j used with the last.
dicing* A staff, a cane ; a cudgel, a
club, a shillelah ; shaft of a
lance ; one who leans on a staff,
an old man, aged ; to lean on ; to
beat, as a criminal in a court ; to
bamboo.
;J-g | an old man's staff, hence
the term ] ^ an old man.
I "? $$ a visage elder, one over
sixty years of age.
] -fg to confidently rely on.
HUf'fcS.JSF 1 # ft mutual
confidence is the bond of friend-
ship.
jH | " staff holders," denote the
chief mourners for a parent in
a funeral.
HI 1 ^ W t0 dr iH in order t0 fee
ready for war.
|g | or jjS ] an abbot's staff or
crosier, usually made of tute-
nague ; it is supposed to have
power to open the gates of hell,
and let souls out of misery, and
is therefore carried when masses
for the dead are made ; it 6tands
for the Sanscrit kalckarma, the
staff of begging priests; aged
women wear a hair-pin having
a Budha's hand, called by the
same name.
1 — 1j infict a hundred blows
— on the prisoner.
] j|? /^-f* gave him eighty blows.
^ | to beat, as with rattans or
green bamboos|; there is a differ-
ence in the severity of these
two punishments, the second be-
ing the heaviest.
ff | or | |J* a bambooing ; to
beat a criminal.
| ^|jj to beat and then expose in
the cangue.
In Fuhchau. A classifier of
sugar-cane.
26
CH'ANG.
CH'ANG.
CH'ANG,
Old sounds, i'ung, dv,ng,d%wng'&n<L %hung* In Canton, ch'Sung and a few shdung ; — in Swatow, ck'iang, Hang, s n ii
and t n ie"; — in Amoy, ch'iong, tiong, fiong and siong ; — in Fuhehau, ch'iong, fidng and a few siong ; —
in Shanghai, ts'ang, dz'ang and a few ts'ong ; — in Chifu, ch'ang.
■=fe
|~~| From the p sun and to sai/,
1 1 | referring to sunlight ; as a primi-
/; tive,it exhibits some of its mean-
4 » ing in many of the compounds.
The light of the sunj efful-
gent; flourishing, prosperous ; fine-
looking, elegant, beauteous ; suit-
able, as just words ; increasing in
wealth or peace in which sense it
is used in shop names; powerful,
affluent ; to illuminate, crowded ;
prosperity.
| £g abundantly; prosperous;
having many descendants.
] well off, lucky.
;)£ J splendid, brilliant.
J|j Jl fg | he prospers who
obeys Heaven.
^riJ£i& ] it is really a lucky sign.
] iii >J& $fc HI m °k follows after
good fortune is exhausted.
3% 1 fKkWt & i nsures prosperity
to your descendant.
jj | plants of all kinds; all things,'
the world.
35t | the six stars of the Dipper;
others give only tLe three 6tars
<f> n ■& in the Great Bear ; and
others only the star Dubhe.
^ ff | "= Yii bowed when he
heard good instructions.
To throw a cloak or other
garment loosely over one,
and not to fasten it with
the girdle.
A herd of animals fleeing.
| £g mad, ravenous, like
c/Pang dogs; insubordinate, boiste-
rous, seditious.
] Jp jjnjJ violent, acting like mad,
•possessed.
tl From woman and elegant; it is
[p| constantly interchanged with fg
„?' to lead.
t c/it ang
A singing woman; her chil-
dren cannot enter the examinations.
.*
| j^or | $p a courtesan, a
prostitute, a strumpet.
j§£ ] to keep a brothel; to keep
a house of assignation.
^ | to be a whore.
| fp|j public women.
The elegant plant; the sweet
<|E=t flag, much liked by Wan
jttang Wang ; applied to other water
plants Kke it.
] Jjjf the calamus (Acorus ttr-
restris); its leaves are hung on
door lintels on the 5th of the
5th moon toward off evil influ-
ences; a water Iris is sometimes
wrongly so named.
From door and elegant.
The gate of heaven, called
t ch*ang | flfj, kept by Kwan-ti or
the Chinese Mars; it is also
applied to the emperor's palace
gates, and to the west wind, which
is a cool wind.
] f'j one of the gates of Su-chau.
M
A
From man and long ; it is also
read chdng.
^cfcarig Groping about, not knowing
the road; madly; blindly;
to fall down.
fa the lares of a person who
has been eaten by a tiger, and
leads the beast to seize others ;
met. a tempter, an evil adviser.
| j $Jc bewildered, undecided.
| ^ a rash man, a blunderer.
] ] -^ iBl Yt\f ii going here and
there without any particular
Tide, as one who has no home.
I
The long insect, as the cha-
racter indicates; it denotes a
ch'ang worm of the centipede family.
] fill an flM name for the
millepede (J-ulus^ supposed to
get into people's ears.
From earth and laid out ; the
first form is correct, but the
second is most used.
An area of level ground set
apait, ail open waste plat ;
a field, a lot; an arena for
any purpose, as driiS, gam-
ing, theatricals, or executions; and
■extended to study and examina-
tions; a scacrificiiil ground ; a
thrashing-floor; a kitchen garden;
a company of, the society ; a
classifier of affars, a fit, a spell ; and
in some places of a job of work.
j|£ | a parade-ground, a field for
•reviews.
]§| | a building lot.
| ffc a court-yard ; a lawn.
^ | tfc among the officers; the
official style of things.
5|| | all are alike, as a uniform
set or body.
IP ] the field of battle.
^£ | an execution-ground.
7£ J the tripos, the haN; as jH ]
to enter the examination as a
candidate, eithercivil or military,
PI IH I t0 °P en a gambling-shop.
ft$ t$ 1 dice-houses, gambling
tables or heEs.
^ I or Wl I a thrashing-floor.
$? ft 1 a commodious residence;
a respectable neighborhood.
JJ£ | to oversee a literary exami-
nation.
^ ^ — » ] [this life is like] one
great dream.
^ ] a Budhist festival.
/f> &I 1 M h e is unacquainted
with etiquette.
| pj{* f£ Jp| to raise a disturbance
during the performance; to make
a little excitement at the fete.
j^ ,| an altar in the open air;
the ground about it.
jj| ^|£ I * place where a man is
cirticised.
CH'ANG.
CH'ANG.
CJTANG.
27
|f fcj From flesh and expanded.
t/jffif The intestines, the bowels ;
yCh^ang they are divider! into tlie ^
| the large or lower intes-
tines and colon, which the Chinese
suppose connect with the lungs;
and the >J> ] the urinary intestines,
which join the heart and bladder;
met. feelings, affections.
N 1 or 1 St the b° wels > the
inwards, the viscera.
]§[ | the rectum.
SI <ffi | to stn ff P 0I- k sausages.
^ ] {£§" a serpentine, windingroad.
jf? >ft 1 kindly disposed ; tender
feeling for another.
|£ | ffi griping pains, as in cho-
lera ; spasms and gripes.
© ^§ M 1 he nas his own lungs
and bowels ; — opinionated, self-
poised.
From man and reward.
To restore, to indemnify; to
gifting pay back ; to forfeit, to atone;
to retaliate; to make amends,
to replace ; an indemnity ; restitu-
tion.
|g | to make compensation, as
for property destroyed.
| >fr M m y desires are gratified;
to pay a vow.
^ A 1 ^ a murderer forfeits
his life.
$§| ] to pay up the indemnity.
| 5H to pay back, to replace ; to
restore, as lost thkigs.
H f^ $£ 1 he wants me to in-
demnify for the loss — as oflife.
Hk M !$ ] '^ wil l he hard to
fulfill his old wish, as for an
old man to get a degree.
From g the will and ft} to
manifest; and the second, with
*{ij* sweet, refers to tasting;
the first form is the best.
iptiang
To taste, to test; to essay, to
prove; to deliberate; when
preceding another verb, it denotes
past time; usually, formerly, ever;
the autumnal offering of first fruits
to ancestors.
fHi 1 Wi ! M rft he once tried to
hang himself.
1 — 1 or 5fc ] £ first try it;
taste it once.
] — ^ taste a little of this.
| m hereditary property.
j |j£ I have tasted it; |j£ j to
try, to attempt.
jfc | not yet occurred; I never
knew of it; I have had no ex-
perience in it.
| [iU I have ever heard; it is usual-
ly the case ; and Jgjt ] is similar
— I have thought, it is common-
ly supposed; these phrases are
opening expressions in an essay.
^ | entailed property, whose
proceeds are applied to ancestral
sacrifices.
jpj | who has tested it ? — nobody
knows of such a thing, it never
happened ; <fpj | /f, ^ how can
it be otherwise?
I really have not been the one
who detained this ship.
One original form indicates a
man appearing above his dress;
as a primitive it serves chiefly as
fCVang a phonetic ; it forms the 168th
radical of a few characters, most
of which relate to hair, as this radical
is regarded as a contraction of the
190th radical Jj£ long locks.
Long in time or distance; ball;
constantly, regularly,. always; used
to, skilled; grand, much used; di-
rect, straight ; to excel ; to make pro-
fit; often occurs in names of places.
I £fe "long life" — a euphuism
for a coffin, in order to avoid
a direct allusion to death.
1 £ ^ $£ a & reen > olfl a S e ' de-
notes the physical immortality
of the Taoists.
1 ^ a long time, from of old ;
enduring.
| ^long-winded, as a great talker.
] |fjj the long return or home, a
Budhisttermforthesoul's abode.
ffi 1 £l fco * sslte a notification or
report, as by a neighborhood
at Canton.
-^ j spent more than the limit.
1 £g the length of a thing; traits
of character, the long and short
of, the pros and cons, memts of;
often answers to expediency,
trimming to circumstances; also,
a turn in affairs.
pfr A #f 1 to speak of what men
excel in.
PI 1 II the door is constantly shut.
& W $f 1 in what each one excels.
| j|f; durable, lasting.
— |ffi JSJf | changeable, no per-
severance, vacillating.
Ft 1 H ^T* M the profit was
reckoned at 3000 taels.
^ I Jk a common snake {Elaphis)
near Peking.
Eead l chang. Old, senior; su-
perior, greater ; an elder ; one who
ranks ; able to lead ; to excel ; to
increase, to grow; to cause increase,
to prosper; to think highly of, to
elevate; too heavy, as in weighing;
to swell, as wood, or a boil.
^ | head of a family, the pater-
familias.
| -Tp the eldest son.
^ it ffc 1 I am °lder than you.
ik ^ j* ] how o] d are you ?
jf^ | or 4£ ] a senior, a vener-
able person.
] H family of the oldest brother,
especially when he lives on the
estate.
{j£ | a constable, a headman.
^ | to grow larger, to swell, to
develop.
/j> 1 JH h e does not improve —
in his studies.
^ ~P ?E I the good man's-ways
prosper.
B~tH*. JG 1 % ¥ *S be
then come to see the elders ?
I §k it hred worms.
tfr\ | born and brought up ; train-
ed, reared.
1 1& A J& ^ be praised the
other's good qualities.
| A H fyi it makes men wise.
jlfc W*. /f» ^T I this custom (ox
practice) cannot be suffered,
f ^ | a centurion.
28
CH'ANG.
A pleasant fruit called ] f§,
t-Z S^Z tue carambola or bilinibi
jcA'ar^r (Averrhoa), known as the
$H $fc or willow peach at
Canton.
M 1 Wi a cou ntry called Udyana,
which Budba visited, in North-
western India, .along the Eiver
Subhavastn, noted for its forests;
the Greeks -called it Suastene.
| jj£ name of a musician ^ ^
whom Confucius visited.
C/lYftf From j££ & blow and jeg usuaZ
lUl it as the phonetic.
\h % ang High, level land ; a plateau,
from which can be had a
wide view ; open, •spacious ; to dis-
close or display ; to rub bright, to
burnish.
^ ] a high spot, like a terrace.
j^£ 1 or Iffi 1 broad, ample, as a
mansion ; spacious.
*-* Yc 1 ft * broad, open space
of ground.
$a f$t %* 1 a dangerous, ex-
tracted spot.
1& M \M P & 9b the business
still requires some further dis-
cussion; it is not yet finished.
From shelter and spacious;
the second and unauthorized
form is most common.
A shed, a covered place
not walled in; a temporary
erection ; a depot, a deposi-
tory ; a storehouse ; whole-
sale stores; an extensive work-
shop, a manufactory of government
stores; a place to Teceive taxes; a
street of workshops; occurs used
for a mine, as of silver.
j^ j^ | a coal depot; a coal
shed,
^g 1 a mat shed, erected for a
temporary use.
H| £& 1 a mint for casting cash.
JgL | an cflBce for selling lottery
tickets.
3|[ ] a thatched shed.
$j| j a customs' or tidewafter's
shed.
TO
CH'ANG.
Alarmed; | fJJ, nervous
and discomposed ; appre-
hensive, disturbed.
^ctfang %
X.ZZ \t From day and ever; occurs Inter-
7]^ changed with ch'ang* fyj joyous.
^dtang A long day; remote; bright;
pervious, as when a ray shines
through ^ extended, filled ; clearly
perceived.
J a long day.
''■cfrang
The downy fearthers of a
crane or other long legged
bird, used in trimming fine
dresses.
| ^fc a k^d of cloak or
gown without sleeves, worn
by women - ; a shroud,
down of the crane, used in
adorning dresses; a robe with
wide sleeves and facings, worn
by actors.
1
A|t5>} Great billows, raging waves.
v"-* , Read c fang. To leak, as a
Cl W roof; to run as water in a
gully; to drip; to perspire.
I iH $& to s ^ ec ^ manv tears.
1 yfc the water runs down, as
from a roof.
I BJ ?K 2jS the water drips down.
] jtp to drip with perspiration.
J ^ an eaves-gutter; a water
channel.
M fct > "| From mouth or pipe and
IJ r\ elegant ; the second is obsolete.
,t|j [To lead, as in singing; to
J go before ; to act as a cory-
c/^tinq^ pbeus; the leader or master
•of ceremonies; to sing, to
carol-* to give cr pass the word ;
to crow; anciently applied to a
division of a night watch, equal to
one fifth of it.
^ ] to sing and play quietly, as
amateurs who | $1 sill S fion gs.
1 % to call cut cue's name, as
at a levee.
CHIANG.
J n ft to sing slowly ; and |
W ""? t0 «i n § rapidly; are terms
used by theatrical singers, deri-
ved from the wind instruments
used by them.
j |$jj| to follow in singing, to join
the chorus.
| J! to sing pays, theatrical
performances,
jjjp J to thrum and sing, to ac-
company an instrument with
the voice.
PJd fH 1 M t0 beat the gong and
clear the road.
] fH to givecrders at a ceremony.
| Jfg- to call out rice [to the
corpse] ; — a usage in some parts
of China, accompanied with, a
plaintive cry.
>tt > From man and elegantl as the
'j r^ phonetic.
ch x cvug' > A fine looking person ; a
leader, an example, a guide ;
to introduce; to induce, to lead, to
seduce ; to Start, as a tune.
] ^ to lead on, as a reconnoiter-
ing party.
| |^ to head a riot.
] g to speak first ; to lead, as a
precentor.
| |§g to lead and follow, as a
husband and wife.
*|j* | an inventor, one who | jfe
invents, or takes the lead in
starting.
| - — > r^l to lead a troop.
Eead t ch r ang; and interchanged
with $||, meaning a singing girl;
to sing ; also occurs used for $||
ravenous.
| @ hired singers and actors,
both boys and girls.
rrjl=l > From field and increasing ; it is
P$K» the original form of the next, but
,-^r , the 1 two are now distinguished.
Wang , .*
A broad barren plot of ground
or country ; name of a place
in the old feudatory -of Wei Hf,
now the north of Honan.
1 M. ~%L ?# ttie waste ar 'd neglect-
ed fields — have no inhabitants.
CHANG.
CHlNG.
CHlNG.
29
Jjjl > Originally like the last.
The inner qualities develop-
cftang* i n g; joyous, contented, in
good spirits; exkilirating, as
home music; penetrating, thorough;
spreading, filling.
| Jj)f bold, hardy; presumptuous.
1 'HE gratified, happy.
^ | delighted, as children.
| §5. pleasant conversation.
j jrfc social feasting.
I ^J the eleventh moon.
] ;|g according to one's wishes.
jl I or 1 *§ g° in S through ;
perspicuous, as a style"; clearly
expressed.
l| Ft > Losing one's senses, acting
P J3$ as if giddy ; large eyes.
y In Pekingese. The eyes
blurred and swollen.
W* Hpf ?>£• I the eye has swollen
greatly.
J>tEi ^ Disappointed in one's hopes ;
\J\. vexed ; dissatisfied.
•chhing'' \ j jfi» lamentable and pro-
voking too.
1 M M /£ & * iooked for it
longingly, but never saw it ; I
was utterly disappointed.
A case for a bow ; to put up
a bow in the cover.
■cttang'' }& ] a sheath for a bow.
* Originally formed of |J a vessel
t^ in which 7f% grain is fermenting,
Cti ang and |j a spwn underneath ; it
forms the 192d radical of a few
obsolete characters.
Sacrificial spirits made by fer-
menting millet and fragrant herbs,
one of which was turmeric; to put
a bow in its case ; the case.
| M mixed wine.
ij;|J ] odoriferous spirits made from
millet, which it was thought
caused the gods to draw near.
] j|[ aromatic herbs.
ifj}j | £j J§. he puts up his bow.
dr j one who prepares libations.
| jrj| luxuriant, as plants grow-
ing vigorously.
Old -Bounds are tang, tang, ding and ting. In Canton, chang, chang and Pong? — in Swafcow, ch n e* and che'ng ; — in Amoy,
thing, Ung, and tong ; — in Fuhcb.au, cheng, and chang ; — in Shanghai, tsang ; — in Chifu, ching.
||| | ^ it's not easy to mea- hence jj£ ^ | is to fly kites,
sure lances with him. especially singing ones.
| ^ (5j| the difference is very little.
| #5 _£ ' ^ ' I came very near be- ] |
chang in g gulled by him. (Cantonese.)
The original form is composed
of Jfc. claws and two 3£ hands
* pulling; as a primitive, its in-
fluence is apparent in several
of its compounds ; the second
form is a common contraction.
To wrangle, to contest, to
litigate ; to emulate, to strive foi
precedence ; to debate; to diner ;
used with chang'' §|? to reprove, tc
expostulate with.
$g | quarrelsome.
^ petulant, unforgiving.
5fc striving to excel, contentious.
jHfe to go to law ; litigious.
'Jfy to laud one's own deeds;
'to emulate merit.
f|? to seize by force or process
•of law.
2jS howbeit, still, nevertheless.
^l obstinate, pig-headed.
•||i to squable and wrangle.
H|j to come to blows, in conse-
quence of j ,p or | ||, get-
ting into a dispute and angry.
| fyft self opinionated.
A fabulous griffon like a
leopard, having five tails and
fhang a horn; others describe it as
like a flying fox.
| $& horrid, repulsive, hideous.
fct£j5 To open the eyes.
cFFJ* BU j to look at angrily,
pliang displeased at the sight of.
| ^ ~— j|£ ||| to open one
eye ; keep a watch over the
thing.
From bamboo and wrangling .
A sort of virginal or harpsi-
x chdng chord, having twelve brass
strings, and played with a
•plectrum.
JjJH j jingling stones hung in
porches, or 'under ithe eaves ;
they are attached to kites, and
to thrum a virginal,
shrill piercing sounds.
f£\ The clanging jangle of me-
tals struck together; a small
^chdng cymbal or gong.
l|£ | the din of drums.
1.1 Z±&&%& do you
imagine that such famous scho-
lars are easily to be got ?
^c/idng
f
Broad, open ; the echo in a
wide house; painted silk;
j ^ ample, expansive.
The second form is not much
used, but is probably more
. correct than the first, which
is also read tang'.
To sit and'doggedly look at;
tang* to fix the eye on ; to gaze
at in a supercilious way.
|j^r I the vacant stare of one just
awaked from sleep, before his
thoughts .ape 'Collected.
CHANG.
CH'ANG.
CH'ANG.
► > 'To pierce, to stab; to file;
to amass, as property ; to
clking' collect; to nerve one's self.
| ||i to block up the way.
| ^ to get something between
the teeth.
|gi | determined ; energetic.
| ^ to take care of a family.
] ^ to break away, as. a borse
from his halter.
j|| 1 to embroider tambours.
1 T l& t0 ma ^ e money, to get
rich.
| ]J£ to get rid of one.
In Cantonese. To wedge in ;
to calk.
| $J? |§ to stuff a fowl with Ban d
{Cantonese).
%$ | to calk seams.
ri/t%> From words and wrangling ; it
JjzQ* occurs interchanged with its
„ primitive.
^ To remonstrate with; to try
to stop oppression by expostulat-
ing with the ruler,
ijjj | to reprove and warn ; to
oppose arbitrary power.
H| ] to dehate, to discuss faith-
fully with one ; to dispute.
allowable to dispute one in the
imperial presence?
chdng'
| \ a race of pigmies, described
as being seven inches high.
To draw a bow ; to press
open anything so as to in-
spect it.
"* To burnish, to rub metal
bright. The second charac-
ter also means to stop up.
J|| J to furbish a sword so
as to see one's face in it.
] ^p minium or red lead.
To unroll a painting or
scroll, so as to display it.
chdng*
chdng'
Old sounds, fang, djang, and dang. In Canton, ch'ang and ch'ang; — in Swatow, ch'e'ng, t n e, and teng; — in Amoy f
t'eug, chong, cheng, and ch'eng; — in Fuhchau, ch'ang, cheng, and teng; — in Shanghai, ts'ang,
tBang, and dzang; — in Chifu, ts'ang.
^ch'ang
The original form of the next
two, now used in combination
as a primitive.
A prop, something to shore
up ; a post out of the per-
pendicular.
Prom hand and to prop ; used
with the next.
To prop, to shore up; to
distend ; to fasten open, as
with a stretcher ; to pole, to
push off; to buttress; to
open out; to adjoin, bordering on;
to run up, as a firth into the land;
to prop, a fulcrum, a stay, a lean-
ing post.
1 $§ t0 P°* e a k° at > — which a
generous man can do in his
belly ; a metaphor for his liberal
views.
1 $t to P usa across the ferry ;
met. to intrigue with officials.
3Jj» | to curry favor with one.
J0 151 1 3^ tfl e m i st r ' ses ll P~
ward.
| /fc 2>£ I can't help you much
— with the officers.
| ^ to curtail, as one's expenses.
m n £ 1 % ft I am quite
able to stand up under it.
Like the preceding.
A branch stretching out ; a
fhdng fulcrum, a prop; a horizontal
strip to support the frame,
as the slats on a bedstead.
| ;££ a bracket or truss to sup-
port a beam.
1 BH &. PI stretcn °P en tte
window.
$jjft ] a crooked brace.
In Cantonese. To expel, to
turn out.
] 15 Hi £ kick or turn him out.
1 ijp f$ to P ro P U P the jaw; —
t. e. to praise one's self.
To eat much.
I IJ> to gormandize, to -eat
^ISdng to excess.
m
i
Often read itsang.
c = -±r The hair in disorder and
^ch'ang standing up.
| ^ un trimmed hair, short
and not combed smooth ; applied
often to the beard.
From hill and wrangling.
To rise high ; overtopping, ex-
<clldng celling; conspicuous, as a peak.
fs'dng % \ >$ $L [like] standing
alone on the airy peak.
H^ dignified, high; used by
physiognomists as |jj| ^ | |Jj|j|
he has a noble brow ; eminent ;
lofty, as a character.
A thorn on a tree; some-
times rendered a fagot, a
fh'dng bundle, from the similarity
or misprinting of Jjjf and }$£,
in dictionaries.
The tinkling sound of gems
or sonorous glasses striking
.ok' fag together.
3^ ] tinkling; a phrase in-
tended to imitate the sound.
39
CH'XNO.
CHAO.
CHAO.
81
( /y?V From wan. and granary as the
ItST ph° ae '-'' c<
*fc'u.My A reckless fellow, a sou of
BeKal ; a profligate; so the
people of Wu ^ or Kiangsu an-
ciently called those of Gbung-cbeu
t^t >}\\ or Honan.
1 ^C an old reprobate.
M iffij j§; ^ | he drove off the hun-
gry wretches without any cause.
From wood and long ; it is often
wrongly used for the next.
fl/Sang A prop, a stay ; the two door-
posts; a rule; to follow or
comply with.
1 ;££ a side post or column ; also
to make one follow after
$£ ] a staff.
^ 1 one of Confucius' minor
disciples, whom he said was
under the power of his lusts.
fe p*J | standing in the door-
way on the sill.
In Cantonese. The threshold.
4*)£5£ The common orange (Citrus
<XB» aurantium), or coolie orange,
<ch*ang poetically termed ^ Jjf the
golden ball; the shaddock is
also called by this name in some
parts of Fubkien.
ffi ] sweet oranges from Sin-hwui,
a district southwest of Canton.
| jfc dried orange skin.
| |)I aU( l ] flf orange sweet-
meats;' marmalade.
jlj ] a wild fruit of the dogbane
family (3/efoc??nws)likean orange
in shape and color, growing on
a vine, found in Kwangtung ;
used for a deobstruent.
£££» A perch for fowls ; a prop ; to
flfr t straighten or pull out, to
tcfi'any tread on ; to roost.
f& $ 1 j£ the ends [of the
bow] should be straightened out
Several of these characters are heard as if sounded chiao. Old sounds, to, tok, do, and dok or dot. In Canton, chin,
chau, and shiu; — in Swatow, chio, chie, jid, tid, sid, tau, chau and tie; — in Amoy, chiau, tiau, chau, and tau; —
in Fuhchau, tiu, chau, chiu, and chwa; — in Shanghai, tsao, dzao, and dao; — in Chifu,., tsao.
iC/iao
From day and to call.
The brightness of the sun ;
bright, luminous, refulgent,
splendid; manifested; to show
forth, to display ; shrined on the
left in the hall.
"iff intelligible • perspicuous.
f^J bright; to fully understand.
^j| cleat, evident, plainly shown.
JH| famous, renowned.
PJ§ "§3 tQe empress' palace.
jE$ @ 1 % well known to all
the world, universally heard.
& 1 -& JfH t0 - e row on tne right
and the row on the left, i. e. in
the order of age or nearness and
precedence ; used only for the
arrangement of imperial ances-
tral tablets in the temple, by
which the proper generation of
each person is designated.
5^ 81 1 1 ^he eye of Heaven
is clear; heaven is clear-
sighted.
! 4Sh to IS i^ ain as w ^ en tne
cover has been taken off.
^# | | his reputation is
illustrious.
1 31 ^ the fillet of Queen Chao
of the Han dynasty, now worn
by the -Chinese; it somewhat
resembles a small havelock.
m
chao
From hand and to call.
To beckon, to motion to, to
hail with the hand ; to let
people know; to invite, to
induce, as by proclamation or hand-
bills; to entangle, to provoke, to
annoy, to excite; to raise, as troops;
to confess, to assume; self-crimina-
tion ; a sign-board ; a placard ; a
signal, a wave of the hand.
] P^ to call and beckon to; to
wait on.
| ^C to proclaim an amnesty; to
invite rebels to submit.
^q engaged to -serve, as a clerk.
] ijljff a handbill, a poster for sale
of goods; a shop-eard.
st* W 1 W "Sick no bills here.'''
1 X or 1 M X A to engage
or advertise for laborers.
it
1 % A & to bring a- son-in-law
into one's house.
| f$. a sign-board.
jjgj he owns to the charge ?
he becomes responsible for it
1 M J£ or 1 ^ to enlist volun-
teers, to recruit ; to raise a troop.
g | to bring on one's self.
1 tfi Ht 19 to excite or beguile
people, — and then rob them.
j ^ ^ to entertain guests.
] fy "^p calling and beckon-
ing is that boatman.
| tj\ to introduce, to bring in,
as a convert or attache,
| |«7§ unequal to resist
him ; I can't fend off.
/|> 1 ^t fife, don't entangle your-
self with him; don't provoke
him.
] Itt HL °T" tne kd w h° causes
profit; i. c. the God of Wealth.
] jjjft to tall home the soul — of
a man who 'died abroad.
I i!5 P°etical name for a crab,
which seems to call for the tide
to come up by moving its palpi
32
CH ? lN.
CH'iN.
CH'lN.
,chao
I ^ P fi he confessed his
crime by his evidence,
j 12, to offer a house to let.
To ridicule another, to jest
upon; to laugh and joke
jhao with; railing, sportive allu-
sions.
j=j | a pasquinade.
j ^ to jeer at ; gibes and jokes.
] Jj| to rail at sarcastically, to
abuse and ridicule.
$& B. ^ W 1 H II he h eld up
a moth and a dragon-fly, and
laughed at the tortoise and drag-
on, — for they could neither of
them fly, big as they were.
Interchanged with the last,
but some say not properly.
To boast; to talk much.
] pj£ or | ] /j§ the chirp-
ing and bickering of birds.
Read Jao, in the phrase ||| |
talkative, verbose.
J.|fT From hand and claws; it is
WjlL usually pronounced t chaio in
i. Peking, and often written *^>
cna ° but wrongly.
x/aca ■ . .,
JLo scratch, to tickle, to titil-
late ; to tear with the claws ; to
please, to cajole.
| <£[: to clutch, as a hawk ; to
pounce upon, as tidewaiters do
on smugglers.
1 Wi Jit scratched his face bo
that it bled.
| Bjf or ] "£§* to scratch the
head, as when in perplexity.
| |/gj to draw lots.
1 ^ Jf to pester another — till
he commits suicide, as is believ-
ed to be done by the spirits of
suicides to their enemies.
Similar to ^chkio J|. a nest.
A raised lodge erected in a
^chao marsh to watch the crop ; a
kind of grass creel for catch-
ing fish ; to drag a net.
Read tsiao, and used for ^|J to
execute.
& 1 IS ffi sfc J| he ordered
them to be exterminated, and
not suffered to live.
h~Tt A large bill-hook or sickle,
cjjl p| was so called in the region
i chao of the River Hwai during the
feudal times.
T^rj* The white skin which grows
cPj)[ over a scar, called fjj| J$i or
cliao shadow cuticle.
MX
fnao
.ch'ao
~ 1
From §\ sunrise and TfJ* a hoat
contracted to J\ moon ; the
second, meaning a sign of the
sun, is a pedantic form.
The dawn, the opposite of siTi,
ty eve} morning; early.
] £? or | H^ morning and
evening; early and late,
in a morning, in a trice ;
suddenly, quickly.
1 1 2J5 he comes every'morning.
J8 1 (<* -^) %. ix ^ have you
breakfasted % — a polite morn-
ing salutation.
RJJ | to-morrow morning; some-
times used indefinitely.
H 1 Wi 1$ "iT the merrymaking
on the third day — after a birth.
•ffc | the 10th of the 2d moon,
when all the flowers are supposed
to open in northern China.
Jjp ^ 1 ^ 1 never took a morn-
ing's [leisure].
] *$• name for Corea given by
Wu Wang when made a fief of
Ki-tsz' ^ -^p ; tlie rulers prefer
it to ^ j|j|, and use it in official
papers ; its meaning refers to its
eastern position, where the fresh
morning comes-
Read pliao. A court, so called
because lield in early morning; the
imperial palace or court; to have
an audience, to go to court ; to
show fealty; to hold a levee; an
imperial audience; a dynasty; a
reign ; the government ; courtly,
fashionable; to visit a father or
elder; as a preposition, towards,
facing ; fronting.
1 ^L or Jl 1 to S° to court j to
see his Majesty.
ffi | his Majesty holding court
Jjfr ] to take the reins of govern-
ment.
f=jg \ the high officers who sup-
port or stand near the sovereign
at such times.
;<£ | Our dynasty; also called
55 | the heavenly or celestial
dynasty ; its present style j §g
or dynastic name, is Ts'ing Chao
^ | the Pure dynasty.
f!| | to change the dynasty.
| ^ to ride on horseback into
the Forbidden City ; — a mark
of high favor conferred on
grandees.
1 M or 1 $& an antechamber
of the audience-room.
j jjj£ a court-dress.
| ^ examination for conferring
tlie Hanlin degree.
81 11 1 $M to reform and strength-
en the government.
— • | ^C "? —* 1 S eac h mon-
arch has his own set of minis-
ters.
— 1 % ^ a high grandee of
three reigns.
-~ dp !a ] the first rank sees
the emperor's face.
1 ± $. •? ^ to go up the hill.
J& 'fr 1 II the devout heart
fixedly performs the ritual, —
said of priests when at worship.
I "flt ~~ Ifi $1 mov ® forward a
little, as when sitting back in
a cart.
| Jfj| to invite one to court,
as was done in old times by
presents.
1 ^T M to worship the Goddess
of the Dipper — for long life.
The following list of the dynasties
which have swayed China, is made out
from the Lih-tai Ti-xvang nien Piao
M f C & IE ^P M Digest of the
Reigns of Emperors and Kings ; in this
work there is a historical synopsis of
the leading events of each year from
the Han dynasty to the beginning of the
ilanchu sway.
CtfAO.
GHAO.
CHAO.
33
ABSTRACT OF THE CHINESE DYNASTIES.
WU TI KI ^5, $ |^ RECORD OF THE FIVE RULERS.
BEGAN B.C. KEIGNKD.
T-ai Hao -fa $fc commonly known as fj£ j|| j£ Fui-hi sbi.
Yen Ti jj| ^ , commonly known as jjj^ J|| j£ Shin-nung shi.
Hwang Ti ^ *J^, also called >|if j|j| j% Hien-yuen shi.
Chinese historians commeuce the r chronology with the 61st year of this reign or B.C. 2637, which is
51 8 years after the deluge, and 82 years/after idie death of Arphaxad, according to Hales' chronology.
Shao-bao tjp t^, named ^ ^ -K Kin-t'ien shi.
Chweu-biih $g Jf(, named ^ pji j£ Kao-yung sbi.
Ti Kiih ^ ij§£, named ]fj ^ j£ Kao-sin shi. — Ti Cbi ffi ||t his son, included in tbe next reign.
Ti Yao $f |g, named fj§J )§L j£ TWt'ang shi.
Ti Shun rffc $£, named ^ gr j£ Yiu-yii shi.
2852
2737
2697
2597
2513
2435
2357
2255
115
140
100
84
78
78
102
50
NAME OF DYNASTY.
T~Hia jf~
2. Shang ^
3. Cbeu J*J
4. Ts'in m
Han $f|
Tung Han "%
Hen Han ffc |
8. Tsin ^f
9. Tung Tsin
10. Sung 5fc
11. Ts r i ^
12. Liang §g
13. Cb'an P*
14. Sui |ff
15. T'ang j@
16. Hen Liang $
17. Heu T'ang g
18. Heu Tsin %
19. Heu Han fg
20. Heu Cbeu ^^
21. Sung $
22. Southern Sung ^^
28. Yuen x
24. Ming BJ
25. IVing ft*
NUMBER OF SOVEREIGNS.
BEGAN B.C. ENDED B.C. DURATSON.
Seventeen, averaging 26 years to each monarch's reign.
Twenty-eight, averaging 23 years.
Tbirty-four, averaging 25 \ years.
Two, one reigned 37 years, and one 3 years.
The beginning of Ts'in Chi Hwang. ti's reign is placed at B.C. 221,
and the end of the Chen dynasty at R.c 249; for 28 years —
7C Y >8» 7C * *^ e empire had no emperor. Some writers
divide this dynasty, making the After Ts'in endure 46 years.
Fourteen, averaging 16| years.
Twelve, averaging \§\ years.
Two, one 2 years, the other 41 years.
The San Kwoh — . pp which divided China during thia period
were the Han ^, Wei $1? and Wu $|-
Four, averaging 14i years.
Eleven, averaging about 9| years.
Eight, averaging 1\ years-
Five, averaging 4| years.
Four, one 48 years, and three 7 years in all.
Five, averaging about 6| years.
The four last dynasties are known by the collective name of
Nan-peh ch'ao fff iffc J|J[J Northern and Southern Dynasties ;
the Wi. Wei dynasty divided the country with them from a.d.
420 to 550, under fifteen princes.
Tbree, one reigned 16, and another 12 years.
Twenty, averaging \\\ years,
Two, one 8 years, and one 7 years.
Four, averaging 3j years.
Two, one 7 years, and one 3 years.
Two, one 3 years, and one 1 year.
Three, averaging 3 years.
The last five shortlived dynasties are collectively known as
the Wu Tai jGL fE Five Dynasties; they had 13 monarchs
in 54 years.
Nine, averaging 18| years.
Nine, averaging 17 years.
Nine, averaging 9| years.
Sixteen, averaging 17 years
Seven rulers up to 1861, 217 years, averaging 81 years.
2205
1766
1122
255
206
A.D. 25
221
265
323
420
479
502
557
589
620
907
923
936
947
951
960
1127
1280
1368
1644
1766
439
1122
644
255
867
206
40
A.D. 25
231
221
196
264
43
322
57
419
106
478
58
502
23
556
54
589
32
619
30
907
287
923
16
936
946
951
960
1127
1280
1368
1644
From Ta Tu, B.C. 2205 to T»ung-chi, a.d. 1862, are 4067 years, during which time 236 sovereigns reigned,
13
10
4
9
167
153
88
276
each about 17 years.
84
CHAO.
CHAO.
CHAO.
7R
.chao
The original form represents
three talons ; it forms the
, 87th radical of a small group
of characters relating to claw-
ing; sometimes written like
^ as a verb ; the second and
antique form represents the
nails growing on the hand.
Claws of animals ; the talons of
birds ; to scratch, to claw ; to hold
in the claws; to grasp with the
fingers ; met. an agent, a minion,
a runner for, an aid.
| $| or | #j£ to tear in pieces,
to dissever.
^ ] to bind a girl's feet.
1 ^p or ] ^ agents, emissaries
servants.
Jjj 1 ]fc fox-claws' skin, a kind
of fur of inferior sort.
J| U| | a comprador's claws, one
who buys for him; a purveyor's
assistant, a market-man.
JH J ^g a name for the hawk's
claw, (A rtabotrys odoratissimus)
at Canton.
— ] ^£ a bunch of plantains.
I fa t0 scratch.
)& ] a kind of shears.
From hand and spear ; it must
be distinguished from < ngovp( L I.
k c)vao To supply what is deficient,
to make up; to pay a balance;
to seek, to look for ; to exchange,
as money ; to barter ; settled, as
an account.
| |j; I to pay off the balance
of the account.
1 if§[ to seek for, to search.
1 m to exchange, as silver into
cash or bills.
1 PI £fr t0 see k f° r employment.
1 J£ ^ lifc ma ^e up the number;
rerurn the full sum.
1 fjf supply the deficiency.
| W ^p to change a bank note.
1 til 2fc ne nas changed it> as
a bill
1 ^ /Hf I cannot find it.
Read hwa, and used for Jiwa.
^lj a boat, for which it seems to
have been miswritten.
c y/~Tj A fish-pond ; an irregular
'I |Zf tank, a pool.
^chao jH | a water-lily pond.
^ ] pools and tanks in
parks.
|J| | a celebrated, fine fish-pond
of Wan Wang.
C l!l ffT ^ ° cover tne nea( i.
'r/lv 1 H l|J a turban or cloth
^chao to wrap around the head, as
the Fuhkien sailors do.
'■f\s) From to go and resembling.
To ha&ten to, to visit a suze-
chad* rain, as very small fiefs did ;
a few ; acute ; a long time; to
pierce ; an ancient feudal state in
the south of Chihli and Shansi ;
its capital was the present Chao-
ch'ing hien | ^ Jjy£ a town on
the R. Fan.
] j/\\ a prefecture in the south-
west of Chihli; and also a dis-
trict in the west of Yunnan,
south of Ta-li Lake.
I 5\. a g°°d while.
jUj ] to hasten, quick traveling.
*$ B 3^ | I W *H return it to-
morrow, as a borrowed book.
/*^s*} From bamboo and claw as the
trfT phonetic.
chao > A- bamboo skimmer ; a ladle ;
a nest in a cave or under a
shelter, as distinguished from one
on a tree.
] |gr a wire ladle.
The first is also read chuh,
branches growing up straight,
as in a cypress. The second is
LJj) J also read choh t a table. The
/P.H1 J first is derived from /^C wood
cftao* anc * '{W to ivash contracted.
An oar, a scull ; a long,
steering oar projecting from the
bow; to row with an oar (its only
use at Canton, where it is some-
times wrongly written |jj| to denote
the verb) ; to shoot, as an arrow ;
to throw away; — these uses are
confined to southern dialects.
c/iao*
] zj|| to row an oar.
Ji5 ~jj 1 row harder.
{fj ||j throw it into the street
I $1 $$ rowed across the river—
at Canton.
| pJj 5 to hit, as a target.
A basket for snaring fish
by covering them in the
mud; to catch, to cover over,
to shade, to protect, as a
vail or cover does; a pro-
tection from dust or wind ;
to envelop, to surround, as by a
cloud.
1 4 f§ to entrap fish in a basket
creel.
$| ] a basket for fowls.
IjH I a cover to keep the dust off
a sedan.
J§| 1 a lamp-shade or globe.
^ 1 a sort of catafalque over a
bier; a pall of any kind.
] IS 7|T a vail, such as foreign
ladies wear.
1 ^ a sor ' °f c l° a k or hood.
jjKI $1 ] 1 Bow ft^ tne net was
— of barbel 1
> Great, large ; rank, high, as
grass ; erroneously used for
cliao* 4j[, which is the correct cha-
racter ; and also for the last.
) To fry at a fire; a blazing
fire; the crust left on a pan
choc* after boiling or frying.
$f| | to fry in fat.
| giij Jjj| fried to a crisp.
) ~\ The original form represents
the lines on a tortoise-shell,
> after roasting to prepare it for
divination; the second form is
not common.
cfiao*
An omen, a prognostic ; the
border of a grave or altar,
for which the next is used ; a
million, used chiefly in Budhistic
writings.
— | a million ; as ^ ] is mil-
lions and millions, a vast inde-
finite number.
CHAO.
CHAO.
CHAO.
35
| Jj£ the people, the mass of the
people, the million.
H£ ] ^ ^ the multitude of his
men.
jj£ ] a had sign ; rather ominous.
| |ii a sign of ; as f| ft fft ^
ffi^fc ] ll^F it is a sign of a
good year when the snow flakes
hare six sides.
|if ] a good prognostic.
Jp[ ^ ;£ | a foreshadowing omen.
/jf | the capital; a great city, a
vast mart ; its magistrate is Tjf
1 jjS" ; he is' now only found
in Peking.
JLjIL) The hank around a grave ; a
Xyn bonier, limit, or hound.
chud* ^3 ] thehoundaryofagrave.
kj From 6a?incr and omen.
A flag inscribed with snakes
chad* and tortoises, one of four kinds
used of old in the army.
1 J^ banners and scrolls in
funerals or other processions.
Wt #b 1 $& raise on m gk tuis
battle flag.
'3 From to divine and to cite.
To prognosticate, to inquire
chad* by auguries, to divine.
The second form is very com-
mon, but not so correct.
* To commence, to lay a
foundation, to institute ; to
project, to devise; at first,
the beginning ; to rectify ;
to strike; to extend; capable, in-
telligent.
| J| }{f the city of Chao-k'ing
fu, lying west of Canton : it was
once the provincial capital.
1 -J- /£j" ~ ')\\ there were twelve
provinces at first.
1 jj-g the clue or rationale of a
thing.
1 $jjjj the origninal institution ;
the first plans.
Hi 1 J$ H [ u * s forefather's] vir-
tue laid the foundation of his
prosperity.
chad'
/>||J From metal and knife.
^•'J To pare, to lop off; to trim
^chao an excrescence ; bright, clear;
a catch on a crossbow ; to en-
courage; to visit, to wait on.
| $£ to incite, to urge on.
mi ) From mouth and knife, alluding
>v— | to the incisiveness of the cita-
* ' tion ; its meaning appears in
(ChtlO several of its compounds.
To call by words; to sum-
mon, to cite ; to require a subordi-
nate to appear ; to invoke.
1 Jl or jIl 1 to k e called to court.
^| | your gracious summons ; —
a phrase in a note of thanks.
3C ] $k W do not dela y wnen
your father calls.
75 1 /a $B to convoke the six
presidents.
] =j| to invite [the ghosts to their
feast,] — as priests do.
Wl 1 "$* 2f£ to send for an officer
to appear at court.
Read shad when used for $[$, an
old city in Jii-ning fu in Honan;
the appanage of | f£j lying in
the present ffi >)]\ in Shansi.
~fTt^ From words and to summon ; it
ttrt occurs interchanged with the
™ » l&st*
clno m , .
lo proclaim, to announce, to
declare, as a king ; to instruct
by decree or order, as a sovereign
does, a usage that began with the
Han dynasty; to animate, to en-
courage; a royal proclamation, a
mandate; name of a small state of
the Laos people in the southwest
of China, a. d. 850, called ]|j | ,
now Tsun-i fu, situated in the
north of Kwei-cheu.
M' 1 a gracious proclamation, as
a pardon.
| ^ or 3E ] a royal mandate.
| &~ to proclaim ; and p^ | is
to issue the proclamation.
H J or $fc ] or J!, | an Im-
perial mandate.
1 ^ to consult with the Emperor.
chad*
| p* a rescript from the monarch
to his cabinet.
1 fa H 31 m andates, orders,
and memorials ; I. e. official
records of every kind.
$f[ 1 5c TF fco ^ KUe a decree from
the Throne ; to make an imperial
announcement over the empire.
] "? ^X H ~fj lie taught his sons
the principles of justice.
ffi | a petty officer in the Han-
lin Academy who makes poetry.
jj|; | the Emperor's will, which is
afterwards j=j j proclaimed to
the people.
] IH to give orders about, to direct.
From fire and bright, i. e. the
light of fire illumining.
To enlighten, to shine on; to
regard, to care for, to oversee;
to patronize; to front towards ; to
accord with, as a precedent; as,
like, -accordding to, same as ; light,
the reflection of light; as an initial
word, it often answers to whereas,
seeing that; something given or
referred to as evidence, in which
cases it is often used elliptically to
include much that has gone before;
a permit, a pass, a release.
] ||$| to look in a glass ; but
1 M iPi means a pier-glass.
| MS to pay attention to ; to buy
of, to patronize.
>fl£ | a blaze; fire, flame.
^IJ ] large candles or lanterns
used in temples or processions,
probably named from the phrase
i=t M ?% 1 ma y a m °ky star
shine down on you ; a candle-
stick and candle are called a
J^ 1 or hand-light.
IE 1 or K 1 denote the direct
ray and the reflected ray.
Ht ffc °-° ^ n ^ e tne pattern.
|^? copy it so.
ffc ift as y° u sa y-
ffi according to (he account or
number; the number tallies.
$? *"f J; shine over the world.
BJ} to manifest, to consider.
36
CHAO.
CH'AO.
CH<AO.
jff | to keep as evidence; a part
cut off to be retained as a tally
or proof.
>ft fff 1 IE, I see ini0 his designs.
1 iHf flfc light him ; give him a
light, as to one going home by
nigbt.
J to understand thoroughly,
as a friend.
| ^ to oversee, or look after.
|j | to regard kindly, to look
down on.
] "f^ a communication between
foreign and native officers of
equal rank; to inform officially.
&
Vfo I evening, the evening sun-
light.
^t ] or |f§ ] a passport, a safe
warrant, a paper that protects.
f£ ] a river-pass.
] ^ to look after, to be interest-
ed in; to intercede for; to over-
see, to regulate.
] ^j be it known ; whereas, refer-
ring to; — used in official papers.
-^ | for you, Sir, to look at ; — a
phrase on a bill of goods.
j8»§ ] « r 1H 1 illumine it, light-
en it ; i. e. please cast your eye
on this etition or paper.
chao >
1 Hi or 1 H $k to toke photo-
graph likenesses.
1 ls£ Hf photograph pictures.
Another form of the last.
Bright; visible.
j§|- ^ | the Sampyris nocti-
luca or fire-fly.
| ] clearly seen and understood.
^1' JL 5i <\ st, i u are clearly seen.
|?7Z' To spade the ground to get
j-f-^ out bad soil ; to open up a
chart fallow field ; a bank, a boun-
dary.
1 @ a wall to divide or screen off.
Several of these characters are heard ch'iao. Old sounds, t'o, do, t'olt, dok, t'io, djio, t'iolc and diop. In Canton, ch'ao and
eh'iu; — in Swatow, tie, ch'id, ch'au t'id, siva, and ch'a; — in Amoy, ch'iau, tiau, ch'au, chau and ch'a; — in Fuhchau
ch'ieu, tieu, ch'au, and chau ; — in Shanghai, ts'ao dzao, and tsiao ; — in Chif u, ts'ao.
From to go and to cite.
-L2r To step over, to leap over ; to
tfh*ao vault; to go before; to excel,
to surpass; to promote, to
raise; to bring up, or release from
purgatory, as Budhists do.
] ^ above the average; or ] ^
better than the common run.
1 jS very clever ; fine looking
and accomplished.
| j||| excelling, singular.
5c £ii I '14 a heaven-born genius,
one of rare talents.
1 ifc. or 1 5t t0 P romote over
others, to overslaugh other offi-
cials.
1 ^ [as if] restored to life ; to
save from death ; also to cause
one to be reborn into another
life ; similar to | $£ or 1 M
to leap the ford or abyss, i.e. to
release souls from suffering.
1 4fc #? [ llke ] taping over the
northern sea; met. impossible.
] &£ one in the first rank of
tiu-t$ K ai or Lujin graduates.
M
The recoil of the bow after
the arrow leaves it ; a bow
^chao unbent.
^ | a large bow.
J& *3 | ^ the red bows all un-
strung.
\~Tt T° he grieved; extravagant,
c | pj | '|j| grieved, as a child
(Ch^ao mourning for his mother ; dis-
heartened.
ettao
From hand and few ; it is much
interchanged with ch'ao* jSjjP
a bill.
To seize a little, to take
some; to search, to hunt up; to
lade out ; to transcribe, to engross;
to confiscate, to escheat, to seque-
strate.
JEfc | to attack from behind, to
come on an enemy unaware.
1 £1 or J % or J gf to trans-
cribe, to copy; as | |j| to
write off the records of a case.
I £j c °py i fc ou t ^ x i as fr° m a
3£- | or manuscript copy.
1 ^t in to C0 Py an official decision
] fa to beg, said only of mendi-
cant priests.
| ^ to search and seal up a
house, as when confiscated.
1 M, M to embezzle money in-
trusted to one.
7fC I the Peking Gazette; in the
provinces it is often copied out.
jfgi | to take out with a spoon.
1 H ^ to copy other's composi-
tions, as at the examinations.
In Pekingese. Near, as a cross-
cut ; to fold up.
^ ] ?E go by the nearest road.
] 3£. to put the hands in the
sleeves, and sit idle.
=fc/K To harrow ground over after
c^X ploughing; a harrow with
pltao long teeth to break clods; to
scatter seed.
S&4 ^° speak for another, to
cpvj^ state a case in behalf of
,ch f ao another.
CH'AO.
CH'AO.
CH'AOl
37
The original form represents a
pi nest on a ^C tree under
Uai'es.
fhuo
A nest on a tree, distinguish-
ed from fio tjj? one on the ground;
a lurking-place, a haunt, a retreat,
a den; used to designate the holds
or camps of an enemy or rebels ;
to nestle; to make a nest; a sort
of pandean pipe ; a small ancient
state, now Cb'ao hien | J$5 in Lii-
cheu fu in Ngan-hwui, north of
Wuhu on the Yangtsz' River; it
was here in Nan Ch'ao f^j ] that
T'ang imprisoned Kieh, the last
sovereign of the Hia dynasty, b. C.
17G0.
^| | or | ^ a bird's nest.
75 Jig ll> ] the bi r ^ s have gone
to roost; met. a wooded, rural
region, the resort of hirds.
1 JU to lodge, to sojourn at a
house.
j^£ ] a resort of robbers; the
enemy's (who are always deem-
ed to be rebels) camp.
fg£ ] to rout out the robbers.
1 ■££ a sage in the days of Shun,
who when asked to take high
office, washed his ears to remove
the defilement.
M | ^ houseless, beggared, des-
titute.
| ^ to skulk in, as a brigand.
In Cantonese. Crumpled, wrink-
led ; rough, like a piece of coarse
paper ; shriveled, as dried fruit.
#{ElIE&&lfM as wrinkled
as a granny's face.
1 Pii Pj£ wrinkled, creased, rump-
led.
A lake in Hoh-fi hien£> j$Bgg
in Nganhwui, which produces
^ch'ao gold fish ; its name, meaning
nest ivater, has probably a
reference to its position.
From chariot and nest, referring
to the form and use.
~ ch\w ^ turret or lookout place on
a war-chariot, from which to
observe the foe.
From water and morning; refer-
ring to the notion that the water
every morning returns to the
The early tide ; flood tide ; a
tide, called % £ P$ J, % "the
breathing of the earth ;" moist,
damp.
fH ] to avail one's self of the tide,
jig ] a fair tide.
jKf ] a head tide.
| *J| and ] j|| the tide is ris-
ing, the tide is falling.
| ^ to become damp and heated,
as grain.
] j^ damp, as ground or a thing;
said too of | JJ| tidal grounds.
2j£ | becoming damp again.
| ^ damp, miasmatic exhala-
tions ; met. stupid.
1 ?fc iM ~T tDe ^de is now at
high water ; same as j £Ji
water is at its level.
| j/\\ ffi a prefecture in southeast
of Kwangtung, whence ] iS
means camphor in the north of
China, as it comes from there.
A marine animal, called Rp
, said to sing in the night
Sfcao and go into the sea by day ;
the animal here referred to is
perhaps the lamantin, found,
in the Indian Archipelago.
Tall, as a man; small.
| stately, tall.
1 Jl ^C iH a ^ ne l°°ki n g
tall man.
ft j ^ If JM M he rented a
small lodging and lived therein.
C k L*F\l From fire andfeiv ; the second
»r^J> I and third forms have gone out
r\r I f use .
'"cfcao
roast in a pan; to fry
in oil or butter till dry ; to
C b*y pop, as is done with kernels
Hr*J j of rice or maize.
cftao j|£ | to fry brown, to roast
to dryness.
| ^ to roast or fire tea-leaves.
| ^ to roast or brown rice.
I M ~F or ] H 21 to roast
chestnuts.
| H to fry and sell, as a travel-
ing cook or huckster.
$£ ] fry it in fat.
1 jB to roast thoroughly.
i c/^ao
Dried provisions taken for a
journey, as wheaten cakes.
% From mouth and feiv; it is near-
ly synonymous with the next.
c ch'ao A clamor, an uproar, a hub-
bub ; to wrangle, to quarrel ;
to disturb, to annoy, to interrupt.
| Hj a violent altercation ; loud
scolding; a brawl.
;ffj ] quarreling together.
p|| ] to make a noise and a row.
| A3 t0 make a din in one's
ears, as the clang of cymbals.
^h. 1 *~~ $£v a g reat hubbub.
f£ | to raise a rumpus, as evil
fellows do.
Eead miao\ The cry of phea-
sants or other fowls.
c 9 Jk Used for the last. To annoy ;
flyr graceful, light, nimble; rapid;
'c/j'oo strong; cunning, deceitful.
| $H to disturb ; to trouble
another.
] |§? troublesome and flippant.
] If graceful ; ] $$ high.
From metal and a few ; or ( ^j?
contracted, with which it is
constantly interchanged.
w
ch ax?
A document, a voucher, a
government paper; a receipt; a
passport, warrant, or similar official
paper ; paper-money ; to take up,
as with pincers, or a pinch in the
fingers; to copy, for which ^ch'ao
%p is most correct ; a little.
1 IS paper money, of which
those under 1000 cash were
called >J> ] small bills ; and larger
ones fc ] great bills.
1 Hu Wl a Government bank, a
bank of issue.
38
CH r AO.
CHE.
CHE.
| Hj§ an office for stamping duty
receipts on goods ; a douane.
■fife j tonnage-dues ; port charges
on ships.
jfc | to burn paper money to
Neptune.
j£ j to force people to pay taxes.
H ] to waste money, lavish.
j|? | historical readings ; studies
in history.
$£ | transit dues ; duties.
JTJ/|V To plough or harrow the
P*X ground.
ch x ao* £3 to cultivate the land.
*$f 7jC H 1 w ^ en tne water
is on rake it thrice.
[^> A vessel rolling and tossing
on the water ; uneasy and
ch ad* pitching.
JH $E ^fj- 1 the vessel rolls
when the wind is high.
M> Occurs used with ch'oh^ JijL to
stride.
c/(W To limp, to walk lamely.
Old sound, ta, tak, and tat. In Canton, che ; — in Swatow, chia, che, and su ; — in .4»noi/ > .chia and gan? — in Fuhchau,
chie and chie; — in Shanghai, tse and ts6 ; — in Chifu, che.
m
cho
From j^, to go aud yftjj people.
To cover, to screen, to shade,
to veil ; to cut short, to in-
tercept; to shut off, as light;
to protect from ; and hence the
things that protects, as an umbrella,
a parasol ; to care for.
| ^ to hide from view ; to hush
up, to conceal.
1 H t0 vei ^ w hat modesty re-
quires; to parry, to evade, as
an accusation.
1 fifi to disguise, to excuse, to
throw dust in one's eyes.
1 ^ to screen from the dust.
j j|] to fence off; to protect by
an inclosure.
— |J||» | a sun-shade or parasol.
"ppj 1 an umbrella. {Cantonese.)
1 -j^ JSJi to shade from the sun.
1 ~/[ ^ it will not cover it ; it
can't be concealed.
1 J£ cover it over; to cloak.
1 ijj£ to hide, to conceal.
| ^| to stand between, to take
the part of; to impede.
1 j?% to bide one's shame; tho-
roughly mortified.
JU | loquacious; great, discursive,
as talk.
2|fp Firm.
; J/^ . | ^J| firm, but not virtuous ;
,c/«5 one says, artful, clever at
schemes ; and another defines
it, unauthenticated, unproven.
I
cho
II
,cho
To screen ; loquacious, bab-
bling.
PJ| ] garrulous ; to vociferate,
as an excited crowd.
Used with the preceding.
To reprimand, to abuse ; to
hope for ; to deceive.
H JUi] 1 to talk much and
not to convince.
Said to be formed of f J self
contracted to £J white, and JJfc
*c/«? a 5 ^a?i<7er contracted to resem-
ble /&old; othersjmake it from
3> many and £J white; q. d.
one distinguished among many,
one having e'clat.
A pronoun, this, that, it, which,
what ; when it is the subject of the
proposition, it comes at the end of
the entire sentence, and thus differs
from fft, which comes before the
verb; as ^ % flu fg M 1 *
j^ ^ 4 °^ those who succeed
without laboring, there are none ;
as a relative pronoun, ^g is now
colloquially used instead.
When following verbs, it forms
sometimes the concrete, and some-
times marks the person after a
verbel phrase ; as ft ] a walker ;
^ | he who has been capped ;
H| ] the observer; he who looks.
As a disjunctive particle it is
preceded by fo ; as rf* jfa \ Jfc
T 2, ~h 2fc $L a J ust medium —
that is the real basis of a country.
After nouns it indicates a class
as ^ ] the foolish ; ^£ ] the
dead; ^ j worthies; $& 1f |
people without affection ; -ffc $fc ]
^ ^ ) we who shall die first,
you who will die last.
It also puts the noun it follows
in the abstract, as ~f$fc ] perfection ;
M *£ 1 he who is perfect; U |
nature; ^ ] the origin; |f ^ ft
| whatever is for riding in; ff* jfa
j this midst of which we speak.
It is often used in this way be-
tween single words or phrases, and
puts them in apposition ; ^ | J|I
^ heaven — a principle; £ ]
Z$r jfoi humanity [consists in] love;
fslj | 2fc •& virtue, that is the
basis ; £H | !?§' ill benevolent
people delight in hills ; ,j§ ] J^
^ the word M J£ means to dwell
at (or in) a place.
As an adverbial particle, or to
arrest attention ; jg£ | to com-
mence; — though at the beginning
of a letter, this should be rendered,
I who commence ; ^ ] formerly;
Wt 1 perhaps; Jj| | recently; —
J once, this time only &> | —
j|£ | now — then, hereafter.
X& 1 U*fS 1 z%®
J^ ^ what is the difference
between those who do not, and
those who cannot act *<
fc.1 % fc& \ m fchuman-
ity makes man happy, wisdom
profits him.
CHE.
CH'E.
CITE.
39
From reddish and that which.
An ochre color ; a reddish
brown or carnation, like nan-
keen.
| ^5" ochrey stone, used as a
coarse paint; it is haematite
iron ore, and one sort, called
ffi ] %j is brought from Tai-
cheu fu. in Shansi.
| ^ a felon's dress, which is
often made of nankeen-
| :& |i| made the hill brown —
by clearing it of trees.
j| this affair, this matter.
*U
cko'
J
From to go and words ; it was
originally read yen 1 ; the con-
tracted forms are common in
cheap books.
To meet, to receive ; a de-
monstrative pronoun or par-
ticle; this, the nearest; here;
now ; this thing.
| Jl here; | ffgj this.
| |H so, thus, this way.
| ^ such, this sort.
j Bl (Hf A people of this place.
1 fl^f" "§! now » at tms ^ me *
1 ITl^Jt sucn an mces "
sant rain
1#
1 is T ■Hf tnat ^ eats a ^ '
In Cantonese. An adverb of
time, placed at the end of a sen-
tence; just now; shortly; momenta-
rily ; a form of the subjunctive.
tT $i 1 * et me vv hip y° u -
£t£ P"{» | stop a moment.
;j1 The first is the form given in
the dictionary, but the second
*'»*^ is most common; the third
^dfcJlJ I occurs very seldom.
Tlie sugar cane (Saccharum
m
>
mi
chi?
cane ;
1 £
officinarum) grown in south-
ern provinces, called *jj" j
sweet cane, or fj" ] bam-
boo cane, and *j(£ | reed
f£ ] dark or reddish cane;
sugaring sheds.
| or $g ] to extract the
juice.
Ufc 1 boiled cane, hawked about
for sucking.
] $f£ and | |Q the refuse- after
grinding, cane shreds.
| J| the cane slips for planting.
] <ffr tuft of top leaves.
ffi
cho
Sometimes used for the last.
Also a small tree, having
oval, acuminate leaves, on
which wild silkworms feed;
the Quercus or silkworm oak of
China ; the trunk is straight,
bows are made from the wood,
and the root furnishes a dye, once
used for making the imperial
yellow.
a small, thorny sort, on
which silkworms also feed ; re-
sembling a scrub oak.
The common partridge or
J $j| ; the grouse and fran-
colin are probably included
under this term in some
parts of the country.
g
cho'
l"Ql > A sort of grasshopper ; also
}j¥\ an insect found in rat holes,
cho* flat like a turtle and scaly ;
it is probably a sort of land
Isopoda, or wood-louse; or perhaps
a large species of Porcellio;
another name is j^ ||? ground
turtle.
] jjjjl a sort of serpent.
Mo
Old Bounds, fa, t*ap, and t f at. In Canton, ch'6 ; — in Swatow, ch'ia, chi, and eh n i;
in Fuhchau, ch'ie, ku, and ch'ie ; — in Shanghai, ts'd and ts'a ; —
fe 1 or S§ ^ 1 a one horse cart.
The original form is intended to
depict the body, wheels, and
axle of a carriage ; it forms the
159 th radical of a large natural
group of characters relating to
vehicles.
A wheeled carriage ; a cart,
barrow, coach ; a frame with wheels
in it, as an irrigating trough or
lathe; to turn a wheel, to turn over ;
a frame-work.
| :|| or I HI a cart-wheel.
-— $jif | one cart.
| ^ or jU | f|§ a cartman; a
charioteer, a cart-boy.
ft fS | i|| I presume to arrest
your carriage, — to invite a
guest.
{§ the covering on a cart-top.
1 iH or 1 fl or 1 IS cart-hire.
| JJJJj an awning over the horse;
the calash of a carriage.
Jjjjf, | a windmill ; a whirligig.
M 1 % t0 P olisu on a 1 #fc or
| ^ a turner's lathe.
ff ] a pulley; and jf ] %* a
pulley-block.
^ | or J| | a baggage cart.
I 1 ^ | an old name for the
mariner's compass.
>J> | a wheelbarrow.
] j^ turn it over
] $j§ to exact usury (Fuhchau.)
— in Amoy, ch'ia, ch'6 and ku; —
in Chifu, ch'6.
^ | an elevator.
T 1 P fa & & M £ll he has
just reached his jurisdiction, and
is not yet conversant with
everything.
| *$} J§L the cart-way grass, the
plantain, {Plantago major) used
as a diuretic.
1 3E *° wor k s ems > to cut
^Jade.
-^ ] the three carriages, a Budhist
term for three modes of crossing
tansara to nirvana, as if drawn
by sheep, oxen, or deer, which
shadow forth the three degrees
of saintship; this term (triyana)
is also written £ | ^|j; and
40
CH'E.
CHEH.
CHEH.
" f{| three vehicles, and is
further used for three develop-
ments of Budhist doctrine.
Read JJi, and used for large
vehicles ; l>ut b<>lh this so rod and
fh'e arc given it in sentences with-
out any real distinction in sense.
The chariot in Chinese chess »
its powers resemble those of the
queen; the black piece is distin-
guished from the white by being
written \£. with \ at the side ;
a wheel in mechanics.
Je. J war chariot*
Q | a puolic office.
I Bj Sw PI carriage and horses
at the door; met. a rich man.
""* 1 M »^ two horses to a chariot.
3f 1 or 1 | #J % the jaw-bone.
An aluminous mineral, ] |H|
c f H^f-* with pearly luster, and veined;
^ctfo the opaque white official but-
tons for the s r xth grade are
made of it : it is brought from
Yunnan ; the name seems to have
been given from the veining resem-
bling that in the ]|[ ^ or mother-
o'-pearl shell ; it is a kind of
pyrophyllite.
From hand and to spread open;
the second is a common but
> vulgar form.
tear open, to rive, to
apart; to tear away;
<p' 1 ° to pull up or on ; to haul,
to drag ; to track.
] _£ haul it up on top; hoist!
•1 DH to I )U ^ a P arfc -
1 'M ffi f$£ t0 n0 ' st ^ ano -
haul the tow-line.
^£ | haul it fast, as from sliding.
] ii W It t0 P ufl an obstinate
donkey.
1|? ] to gather up the thread of.
1 $£ or ] ^ to tear in pieces.
] /$C ^ to hold on by the lappel,
as a child.
In Cantonese. To abscond ; to
clear out; to scud, to skedaddle ;
to send off; to go.
$ ] 1$ I'm off!
| ££ to detain, to keep back.
| ^| pull it close up.
To open the mouth wide, to
gape ; to loll the lip, a droop-
ing lip.
| ^c with one consent, the
popular wish.
.ch'6
Old sounds, tit and tip. In Canton, chip, chit, and ship\; — in Swatow, chi, chiet,
tek, liap, siap and chih; — in Fuhchau, chiek, niek, and tiek; — in Shanghai,
t sho
From hand and ax ; explained
by a reference to frozen plants
snapping in two ; it must be
distinguished from ts'eh, jjfj
to tear.
To sunder, to snap in two,
to break off in the middle ; to
annul ; to fold ; to oppress, to
repress ; to decide or discriminate
between ; to deduct ; to stop ; to
reprehend ; to injure ; to lose one's
heir ; to exchange or lose in trade ;
to make amends for, to set over
against ; to break and then rejoin ;
to abate, to lower ; part of a coffin,
a matted frame laid above it to re-
ceive the dirt ; act of a play ; to
be deprived of one's future peace
by dying unmarried, the succes-
sion being lost.
1 fit to injure, to break.
] iJD( to decide causes, clear the
docket ; to make a jail delivery.
$f ] ~Y broken or snapped off.
1 tfi ~V ^C to condescend to all
classes.
% /E i s n ^s eacn p iece
was reckoned at two stone of
corn.
$f $J 1 IP t0 at one for error by
future merit, as officials do.
[jb, ' to twine and bend ; to
allude to.
"j|j | to reprimand personally; to
take to task, as an elder brother
has the right to do.
] f|| to abate the price.
1 ifa or iU 1 a discount.
] Jjg to induce rebels to yield, as
by a defeat.
] /£ |§ it won't break.
M J$< 1 tIL w ^ at dividend will
you pay %
| jjjg to lose one's mercies; to
waste things.
I A | I i @ to mortgage
one's labor to pay a debt-
tiet, niap and sip ; — in Amoy, chiat,
tseh and seh; — in Chifu, cheh.
| ifij- |5 to decide as umpire or
referee.
| ffc to sell cheaper ; to retail.
] f^» to decide equitably ; broken
in the middle.
Wi s^T 1 M to obtain the honor
of a Itiijin from the emperor; the
phrase refers to a legend con-
nected with the moon.
KI IS 1 an unt imely and disas-
trous shortening — as of life.
1 flRl or 1 /r)f a mone y equiva-
lent for rations.
] J|| greatly afflicted, as if broken
and ground to powder.
H[ reduced to extremities.
In Cantonese. To tickle; to
spatter at ; to spurt, as from a hose.
fflf,
cho>
To join a seam ; to cut or
engrave.
| |j§ to join or rabbet planks
together ; to sew a seam.
GHEH.
CHEH.
CHEH.
41
did*
To sting ; a sting, or what-
ever insects use to wound
their enemies.
] pjj to sting the lips.
$$ 1 or 1 Jk the dried
skins of various sorts of
jelly-fish or sea-hlubher, known as
yfc -$£ when alive. The last form
is most commonly used for this
meaning ; it also denotes a kind of
swimming crab, which is edible.
From mouth and to snap; the
last two forma are seldom
used.
tC/lO
»J
► Wise, sage, perspicacious 5
to know intuitively 5 dis-
cerning; versed in, fully
aware of.
BJJ | sagacious, shrewd,
knowing.
\ 1 judicial clearness; said of
the emperor Shun.
| intuitive wisdom, as of the
sages ; said of the emperor.
From water and to break.
A stream in Chehkiang, a
cho* feeder of the Ts'ien-t'ang
River, from which the province
| j|£ derives its name ; it is said
to mean the bore or eagre, which
often breaks at the embouchure;
also a river in the west of Honan ;
the province of Chehkiang; to
scour rice • to rain.
P! # 1 ft 'M tbe door [of the
temple] looked out on the tidal
bore in the Chehkiang.
From heart and listening to
whispers.
chp Afraid, agitated ; to subdue,
to influence, to bring under ;
pusillanimous, disheartened.
I I A*& to win people's
hearts.
| f!J cowardly, afraid.
The branches of a tree sway-
ing in the wind ; a sort of
vine that climbs trees, like
the Glycine.
| the waving of trees, as
ifHv | | the waving, flutter-
ing maple.
1 )j£ H a trailing plant that
runs over trees.
~f ~H^ This is sometimes made synony.
rS9*J m °ua with t'iehrf ff > but the two
,cho
are different.
A fold in garments made
when ironing; a tuck; gathers,
plaits, or flounces, like those in
a Chinese lady's skirt ; plaited,
puckered.
|T ] "-p to fold, to plait ; to lap
over, as when tightening the
dress.
"U | $g an embroidered and
plaited skirt.
] fjfc to fold up bed-clothes.
From hand and to practise as
the phonetic.
To injure, to destroy; to fold,
to double together; to rumple;
to pile up ; a fold, a doubling ; a
paper properly folded, as an official
document 5 the paper itself.
] t& to fold paper.
| ^p a document for govern-
ment.
J| ] a memorial to the Throne.
| J§Ji to bend the body.
1 i£ $ Wi to thank one with a
graceful curtesy.
] >§g to pile or fold up, as gar-
ments.
£§, ] ^p a fleet courier.
] ^ to turn down the corner, to
make dog's ears.
| ^ a written digest, a precis.
^ ] a paper for memoranda.
4* H 1 Si y° u nee< * not fo^ it.
j A 2j$ to induce one to give
in or come in.
jg jft | the last will— of a
statesman ; it is sent up for the
Emperor's inspection after the
testator's death.
An old name for a hog in
-_, Honan and southwards; a
zho* term given to fat ones.
From cart and long ears, or
to take; both forms are used.
The sides of a chariot,
where the arms are carried;
unceremoniously, abruptly ;
directly, without permis-
sion ; a disease of the feet.
| fjjfc I must forthwith presume ;
— an apologetic phrase.
] $c hastily, suddenly, forthwith.
Jlf. ] to reduce to one.
1 i£. J| c£ to sit all day -with
benumbed feet.
"Ttf, Supposed to represent long
•X\ Lj ears, which are considered
cW to be a sign of wisdom ; it is
now used only as a primitive,
seldom conveying any meaning to
the compounds.
To take up other's words;
3 to quote or mimic what
others say 4 verbose, talk-
ative.
From flesh and a slip.
I) To slice off meat ; to mince,
<?&>>
to hash meat ; a hash
mutton, beef and fish.
of
A scabbard, a case for a
> knife ; one author defines it
chO } soft leather.
42
CH'EH.
CH'EH.
CH f EH.
Old sounds, fit and t'ak. In Canton, ch'it and ch'ctk; — in Swatow, t'iet, ch'i, and chek;— *in Amoy, fiat and ch'ih; —
in Fuhchau, fiek, ch'ah, ch'aik and chalc ; — in Shanghai, ts'eh, ts'ak and su k ; — 'in Chifu, ch'eh.
:/,V
Sfjxtff From y\ to step and ^ to tap,
with to 5'ea?- between them ; it
is often interchanged with the
next two.
Pervious; discerning, perspi-
cacious; to penetrate, to go through;
to remove ; to peel off, to skin ; to
cultivate during the Cheu dynasty,
a tithe; on a share system of
rental ; mutual division of crop ;
a road, a bye- way ; to destroy.
1JI 1 or 3®. I to penetrate, to
fully understand.
] Z£ ^M. 9$ to sift an d investi-
gate to the bottom.
| Q^fl he alloted the re-
venue on the land.
7fc jj£ ] superficial, not taking
pains with, careless.
| ^ | H to understand tho-
roughly, from first to last.
] §j| to remove the dishes — when
the band played at sacrifices.
] j^ an order of merit instituted
by Kao-ti, n. c 201.
| ^ the rule for tithing.
Similar to the preceding and
easily confounded with it.
To remove from or to one ;
to recall ; to send off, to
reject, to set aside ; to flay.
WL JH I "ifc ^ ie w ' nc * wms k e d it
away.
] Hfj to remove; to peel; to take
oft', as a wrapping.
] [BJ to withdraw or cancel, as a
license ; to recall, as an officer
from his post; to do away with.
1 fiE I *H to Sli pe rse d e an officer
by sending another.
j| | ^fa syphon, used to decant
liquor.
/f> 1 jtl & [Confucius] never
omitted to eat ginger at meals.
| ff£ to remove calamity,
j )$ ffa ]?£ to clear off and
leave the table.
| ^ to carry off the [table]
things ; to remove, as a shed.
ch'o
W-*»/r Occnrs ; wrongly used for f§x
'ch % o > Pellucid clear water, through
which the bottom can be
seen ; water exhausted, run out, as
in a chtinnel ; to search out.
H£ | clear, pure; met. sincere in
heart.
1 )& Wi ^Uu to tn °r°ughly search
a matter to the bottom.
FromJ|l carriage and
ough contracted.
thor.
di x <? A rut, the track of a wheel ;
precedent, example ; to follow
a precedent.
03 j?§ 111 1 to fo H° w In * ue °ld
track ; he acts as badly as ever.
j]Q ] a dried-up rut ; i. c. at the
last gasp, used by borrowers.
1 pT. |/g this precedent can be
followed.
$C 1 W fr follow on in the old
paths.
The original form represents
a plant sprouting; below is
the root, with the culm shoot-
ing up and two plumules on
its sides; it is only used as the
45th radical of a few miscellaneous
characters, some of which refer to
springing plants.
The form of the character is
"Tfrr intended to represent a number
sV~* ^ of sZ/ps containing decrees tied
is O 1 together-
A slip, a memorandum with
writing on it; to record on tablets;
a register, a list, an inventory ; a
volume, especially one with a hard
or board cover; records; a census;
a patent or commission; to plan ;
to choose, to appoint.
$L | to enrol one's name in a
list ; to write in a list.
i_J5 jorj ]orJ4p | a
list of the population, a census.
f^ j$j! ] a door register, giving
a list of the family.
die?
5^ | to make a list of people or
things.
] jfr-j" a book sealed in an envelope.
^ ] an imperial register of
population.
1 1$j zE ' ie was promoted to be
a king; to make a man a king,
and give him the patent or
invest him.
■— 2fc j one register.
^ | and ] ^ books, documents,
archives, law-papers, &c.
jfe Ti I JR the historiogra-
pher then recorded the prayer,
saying.
From wood and slips ; also read
sliau*; nearly synonymous with
pjJJ ch'ahy.
A palisade ; posts of a stock-
ade ; a railing of posts ; win-
dow-bars ; moveable upright slats
that serve for a door.
fj 1 a sort of turnstile, a door-
way railing.
] #| or | M or 1 R| * street
stockade, or gateway of posts,
used to divide the wards in
a city.
5E l§ A 1 tue whole force raised
a stockade.
j|| | the guard at a stockade.
|H j a fence, a line of posts.
| |j| an inclosure of posts, as in
a corral.
having plenty to eat and a wide
park to sleep in, [the deer]
might feel ashamed at its keep-
er's kindness.
m
dm"
From stone and to break-oft as
the phonetic.
To drive off an ill-omened
bird, which is building its
nest near.
Mi :$4 to destroy the nest of
such a bird with a pole, or by
stoning.
CHEN.
CHEN.
OZHCZEHST.
CHEN.
43
Old Bounds, tiam, tian, and tan. In Canton, chim and chin ; — in Swatow, chiamp ch n i, chian, and tian ; — in Amoy,
chiam, tiam, chian, and tian ; — in Fuhchau, chieng ; — in Shanghai, tsd n , s6 n and clzc n ; — in Chifu, chen.
\-^ From p to divine and P mouth ;
I I <j.d.askingbysortilege;alsoread
Chan ch en \ an d used with^pi to usurp.
To divine by casting lots ; to
observe signs, to wait for a verifica-
tion ; to look towards, as an au-
gury ; divination, sortilege ; a lot.
| jU» or | J> to cast lots ; the
first is usually restricted to divin-
ing by the diagrams, or by the
dried carapace of tortoises.
] /f» St a false prediction or
sortilege ; — the reverse of a
1 S& or 1 M a verified lot.
| Jf consult the fates.
] P ;£h ^° predict by what one
first hears ; to tell fortunes mere-
ly by word of mouth ; it is also
written P 1| to guess events,
and have the words recorded.
Si iZ 1 IS & a g irl gassing -for-
tunes by the lampwick.
| Hf to decide a thing by sorti-
lege, as in bibliomancy.
| -jj^ to foretell the weather, as
farmers wish to do.
| ifc to see a sign of; to discern
the omens.
j!£ J a posthumous command, an
order left behind one.
| M I! Cambodia or Chiampa ;
the second name is an imitation.
.»S
Yom uutcr and to divine.
To moisten, to tinge ; to re-
^chan ceive benefits, to enjoy; to
participate in, to be a reci-
pient ; obliged, benefited; infected
with ; atl'ected by, imbued with.
] J$, to receive favors; I have
enjoyed kindness.
1 tit g°t l' through your favor ;
also, to make some profit on,
as a shopman does throngh a
customer.
J Hi 'fk 'fflf corrupted by bad
company.
1 Ji§ to catch a disease.
ff | ^ the perspiration wet his
back.
^ IH if} 1 sorrow and joy are
equally divided.
| JHf soiled ; influenced; infected;
it usually means ] ffi defiled ;
made turbid, dirtied, — literally
and metaphorically.
|=| ^ very well satisfied,
• conceited.
w i3* i <^ ^ ie wi ^° w ^v 8 iiave
soaked his clothes [blue]; met.
he has become a siutscai.
%& 1 f, ^ I am deeply sensible
of your great favor.
Eead tien\ The old name of
Loh-ping hien ||§ Z£ ^ in Bing-
tlng cheu in the east of Shansi.
Bead fiien. A small stream in
||» §i jft-ft in the south-east of Shan-
si, a branch of the River Chang.
f=f=> Interchanged with the last.
c*M A drizzling, soaking rain;
^chan to wet, to soak ; pattering ;
soaked ; to moisten ; to be-
stow favors.
] g$ dead drunk.
| \ljk wet .through, — by the rain.
| [j£ or | fjlj soaked through ;
moistened — by your kindness.
| f| wet to the skin.
^ Wi 1 "SI c '°thes are so wet as
to cleave to the skin.
imbued with your
favors and goodness.
ft I if % wiieu [ llie ground] is
thoroughly soaked.
From hair and faithful ; the
contracted form is common.
Felt of any kind ; coarse
fabrics, rough and nappy,
chan as ru 8 s ' carpets blankets,
felted hats.
| |p| a felt hat.
J Q a carpet bag.
] -^p a rug ; if large, it is ^ ]
a carpet.
iH 4£ ffi M 1 t0 huddle together
on the rug in winter.
pfc | a blanket ; a carpet.
21 ^ 1 "? a rlowered rug ; a
Turkish carpet.
#0 $c. |f ] [uneasy] as if you was
sitting on needles.
The second form is unusual,
and also means to hide away.
"^IHT I To turn around ; to remove ;
c \ JsL J to follow ; to run ; — unable
^chan to advance is }£ ], usually
referring to want of success
in life, unfortunate in one's plans.
>H ] lame, halting in one's walk.
|sj& A kestrel or sparrow-hawk,
c^»^ w ^h light grayish plumage,
chan and swift and strong of flight
in pursuit of its prey.
1 \& ancient name of a place in
Kansuh.
i,\i HI #fl 1 ^ e hawks and kites.
t-^-r From fish and faithful as the
{~i phonetic.
chan A large sea-monster, the
sturgeon, described as 20 or
30 feet long, and weighing a thou-
sand catties ; the mouth opens be-
low tlie muzzle, and a row of
spines run along the back and
belly ; the body is scaleless, and
the flesl) yellow ; it is also called
^ ffi wax fish ; f=L ^ imperial
fish ; and jg ] yellow fish.
] ffijjV sturgeons and wluiles ; — to
which unscrupulous men are
likened.
Congee or gruel that has
been thoroughly boiled, thick
and rich.
] ftffi watery congee and
thick porridge.
4-t
CHEN.
CHEN.
CHEN.
Much the same as the next.
• A silken banner of a reddish
dihan color, plain and triangular,
used in the olden time to an-
nounce the prince's order or ap-
proach, because he had no em-
blazonry.
$£ if! 1 M t0 set out an d ar ~
range an altar for worship ; it is
especially done by the Tao-
ists when honoring Yuh-hwang
Suangti.
From J]\ a flag and jj crimson,
used with the last.
jchan A silken banner; a staff bent
at the top to allow the banner
to hang well ; it was used to call
or to signalize a high officer ; used
for £. as a fi na l particle ; attentive.
] M a si S nal fla S-
jfc J to respect or keep aloof
from.
J |Sjj| a term for the five years in
the cycle having ^ in them.
Ji m 1 b£ ma y ne De care ^ u l'
-£» ] take it away ; reject it, as a
story.
■ft
A red, hard, close-grained
t wood found in western China,
c/tan called | ^ in imitation of
the Sanskrit chandaiia or san-
dal wood, but including too the
Pterocarpus and Styrax trees ; the
wood is used for carvings, fine fur-
niture, and boxes.
4/i$-£ Composed of /~ high j\ for
^ l| — f 'JJ to divide and f§ words; q.d.
Chan to talk high and unreasonably; as
* a primitive, its meaning seldom
appears in the compounds.
Verbose, tattling ; for which the
next is preferable ; at such a time ;
to oversee, to direct ; excellent ;
a government augur in old times ;
to reach; sufficient, more than
enough.
] j|p ffi the bureau which mana-
ges the households of the em-
press and heir-apparent; its of-
ficers are chiefly Manchus.
*J> 3* 1 1 tne soun( i of low, un-
meaning talk ; gabbling; loqua-
cious.
||{ J to carefully provide.
^ f/fc Talkative; nonsensical, wild
<fyj=j or prattling talk.
fkan \ !|f delirious talk of a sick
man ; heady, incoherent talk.
It 1 f£ or tf 1 to to tal ^ like
a fool or crazy person.
Of
From eye and to oversee as the
phonetic.
fC/ian To look up, to reverence, to
regard very respectfully; to
revere.
I jf^ to regard, look up to.
jty 1 3$S T these children look
up to you.
J jjp to look up adoringly, as to
a sovereign; to have an audience.
£k HE 1 to make mistakes in pub-
lic ceremonies.
Jj£ ^ ffi ] all people have their
eyes fixed on you.
J #| to long for, to anticipate, as
if with bated breath.
1 Wi Q M j look at that sni1
and moon ; i. e. upon my troth,
I am as true ; a kind of as-
severation.
)H 1 to look at thoughtfully.
1 jjj§ ceremonies of an audience,
ritual forms ; the term j jjjj| £J
has been used to denote the
Sabbath, and ] fl|| — • then
means Monday, and so on.
] |U name of a portion of Annam
in the T ; ang dynasty.
VGfkt A heavily laden horse • a
cJ^jbL w hi te horse with a black
fhan back ; a unicorn.
From wind and to divine as the
phonetic.
l chan Anything moved off by the
wind, especially the water
when raised in waves.
JgJ, {§{, j the blast raises the waves.
$3 j to shake, as things in a
tempest.
The original form is composed of
p* body and J^ workman re-
* % " peated four times, showing unit-
ed action.
To open out, to unroll and in-
spect ; to expand; to exhibit; to
stretch out at one's ease ; to judge
of, to look ink); to prolong; some-
thing great attained ; true, sincere;
cheerful, pleasant.
] ij£ to laugh.
I M to ra * se tn e eye-brows, to
look cheerful.
^ to blossom out ; to open.
I ^ to open, as a book; to
spread out, as a map.
I ^ to display for a sight ; to
inspect.
J pj£ to extend, as the time,
j U to exhibit.
1 $]* gratified, at ease.
3j j may yon open this — a
phrase put on the address of a
letter.
^h 1 «f s£ to develop rare
abilities.
] #}*■ to display a bridal trousseau-
To bind up ; one says, to
wipe away, as tears. This
''chan character is wrongly read 'men
by many, in the sense of to
twist, to curl, to twine ; as | ff|
■^p to twist thread ; ] f$ to take
or pay a quota; but ^ is more
correct.
j ||a stretched as wide as possible.
] ;jfj a duster to wipe a table.
From carriage and to open out •
it is also read ( ch'an ; and inter
t "/*"* changed with ( nien $$| a roller.
To turn half over, to roll over
on the side.
] lp| to revolve ; back and forth ;
over and over; to and fro.
] $$ H JjSr continually thinking
on, unable to forget.
?K 1 a water mill.
Kead 'men. To roll on.
]fl j — 5H fffc the barrow has
rolled (or made) one rat.
CHEN.
CHEN.
CHEN.
4i
From body and faithful as the
phonetic.
< c/ian Naked, nude ; without any
covering; to strip.
1 & tfc ft stark naked and ex-
posed.
] jpj" ^ Jj$ stripped off his
clothes.
c 7gt|f» To tear off, as a placard ; to
M/JC P et 'l °fl» as a scaD ; the scur f
c/tftti skin, the epidermis ; a scab ;
skin peeling off.
&■ PH \H ] [beaten till] his skin
broke and the flesh flayed off.
Bead tan*. The skin of tbe
face chapped and sore.
||jZ| J The head awry ; shivering,
ji^ chilled through; trembling,
Chun* shaking; unsteady, as the
hand.
|3 $£ ] #§[ the limbs shaking
with cold.
£H ] shivering; and H j tremb-
ling, either from weakness or
cold.
>fr M $J 1 so terrified that the
flesh creeps, as when in view of
danger.
1 Wi Wi a cnild Rubbering or
shivering, as when afraid.
Eead t shen. To smell.
iff^*^ From grain and faithful as the
A^J phonetic.
chin' A* sheaf of grain ; grain bound
up in any way after it has
been cut.
|£ t~| ) From horse and to roll.
^/J^C A horse rolling himself in
chaini? the dust, commonly called
$T %£ 5£ or ^ # making
a whirl or boiling the dust.
7n:
chari 1
tm>
clvaii?
c/ian*
From property and a shop.
To scheme how to get the
property of others by fraud
or robbery.
A kind of white veined wood,
well fitted for making combs
and spoons.
From man and to divine; this
form is rather modern, and
r some etymologists call it erro-
neous; it is commonly em-
ployed to distinguish the two
tones and meanings of the
second form, which is also read
fchen. It is used for ( ch'en {%
to see.
To usurp, to seize by force 5
to arrogate, to take a liberty, to as-
sume; to possess; to trespass upon;
to take improper precedence of.
3H | to invade and possess, as
fM EH fi^ds for sowing.
I 5fc to presume ; to rudely take
or go first; to push forward.
1 1§i lit to take what one likes ;
to peculate, to take some profit
or advantage ; not considerate
of others.
| jj!|f to forcibly occupy.
| ^ to demand or covet more
than one's share.
| ifo-jp to incroach a little, to
make a grievance.
^ | to trespass on ; to appropriate.
1 A lie "A to wheedle and get
other people's wises.
Eead fien. Careless, superficial;
low ; trifling ; to skim.
] 11 light, trifling; as fy ^
] 'jjj don't slight your lessons.
| J|| pf^ (IE to hum, to read in
a low tone, as one turns over a
book.
In Pekingese. To pay close.,
heed to ; to do faithfully.
1 $!( ft' to attend diligently to
one's business.
tJJjfjJ From weapon and single; others
itljr derive it from ^weapon and||x
Chan? w '^ beast contracted.
Alarmed, terrified ; fearful ;
to join battle, to fight with num-
bers ; a battle ; war, hostilities ;
military, pertaining to war ; anx-
ious dread caused by rumors of
war.
fM or jp | or fa ] to join
battle, to fight.
| f»jjl drawn up in battle array,
on the ] j:J| battle-field.
I 5E °* 1 $1 diec l m battle, as
a ] -J2 soldier.
JflL | or gjl" | a long and severe
battle ; a bloody fight, as in a
prize-ring.
] J$f, victorious.
| l|£ drums sounding.
^T tft 1 terrified, scared, as one
going into the melee ; to shiver,
as with cold.
| fH or | f|| paralyzed, tremb-
ling with fright.
1 ] M M lightened, quaking
with consternation.
T ] ^ to send a challenge, to
declare war.
ikf H pugnacious, given to
quarreling.
I^^IIIff who
ever yet got a victory without
having to fight for it?
Jf| | to play the game of morra
at a feast.
I jtS a war- junk ; a man-of-war.
^ ] a veteran, one used to war;
a long war.
^ | J$jjl a flag of truce, made of
board with these three charac-
ters on it.
46
CH f EN.
CH'EN.
CH r EN.
OH c EN.
Old sounds, t'iam, t'ian, dian and t'am. In Canton, eli'im, ch'in and shit* ; — in Swatow, chiam, ch'ien, and t'ien; —
in Amoy, ch'iam, ch'ian, tian and t'ian ; —in Fuhchau, chicng, tieng, and ch'ieng ; — in Shanghai, ts'e n ,
f.sj" aiid -dze" 1 ; — in Chif a, ch'en.
From to see and to divine.
To spy, to .peep; to glance at
j -^| to wait in hope for ;
^ | to have a sly look at.
£>JC A bordered curtain on a
<T>^V l^y's cart > W which sense
t c//«» it is like the next two ; a
coverlet.
$jf iji /f|" | a lady's chariot has
curtains.
^ $|jf ^f ] the hearse had a
fringe or curtain.
Eead Jem. Felt clothes.
From clothes and to oversee;
the second form is least used.
An apron or flap; the skirt
of a robe, which shakes
when walking ; a covering
for the knees; to adjust the
dress ; flapping.
1 W or "fill 1 an a P ron -
| f$£ a screen, a covering.
] ] nice and trim, as a robe ; a
skirt flapping.
^ j|- | not enough to fill
one apron.
1 #D •& neat ty dressed.
lar to the last ; the second
m is commonly used for
valance.
.eh' an
.ch x an
The curtain of a carriage
Stretched along its sides; a
screen on an entrance ; the
lappel that hides a seam ;
to break or snap off.
$fc | a bed-curtain fringe or
valance.
?@ if! Wl 1 ms tears bedewed
his apron.
Vft Also written '['^ in this sense.
<>l_*i» Discord; a jarring noise.
4 c/iW | fflfc the discord of notes,
harsh sounds that grate on
the car.
£^*ifu'!& i ait
when the five notes do not
confuse each other, there is no
discord.
Long, slender, as a stick of
timber; the pivot on which
,ch'an a rice beater works.
$i \% W 1 tne cw l ar rafters
should be slender.
Composed of / dwelling; 3c.
village, /\ eight, and j^
ground, to represent the 1£
men which was allotted to each
C^JOS J yeoman in a village; the second
ch x an form is unusual.
A dwelling-lot assigned to
a retainer ; a shop, a stall; a square
for a market ; a town residence.
] f{f a bazaar ; a market-place.
5)S 'fT 1 ^ fc(> ins P ect tue shops
and markets.
Froni silk
phonetic.
and siwp as the
fh^an To bind up, tt» wrap, to ban-
dage.; to entwine, to cling
to; to implicate; to molest, to
bother; intricate, involved ; twin-
ing about ; swathed.
| jjjfl to bind up the feet.
] Jgi to lace the waist.
7%- | hindered; to impede one's
acts or movements.
| 0J( to put on a turban ; but
1 5M H * s tae hire °f a
harlot.
| ^ a waist-bag for carrying
money or tilings.
] )fl to implicate, to get around
one.
1 $£ to trip, as by a rope; involv-
ed, obscure, as a meaning.
1 JI& bound by many ties, in-
volved with ; to entwine; met.
interminable ; protracted, as
illness.
j|j| wound round and round; to
bind about ; to cord ; implicate.
^ IH he never stops, or gets
done troubling me.
jj? to importune, to bother.
| | it is hard to get rid of his
importunity.
| delayed, hampered, as from
circumstances ; slow, as in re-
covery.
A small branch of the R. Loh,
mentioned in the Shu King;
,<ch\in it rises in Mang-tsin hien,
and flows south by the city
of Honan fu, near the entrance of
the E. I into the E. Loh ; and is
about twenty-nine miles long; also,
an affluent of the E. Han in Kuh-
eh'ing hien |J ^ 0, in the north
of Hupeh.
Utjf? From foot and market as the
lH3rf plionetic.
<ch*an To tread in, to follow in or-
der; to revolve; the motion
of the sun in his fixed orbit; a
course; a trodden path, a rut.
H ill $i 1 &• sllfl luoves in his
orbit.
B | or 1 -ifc tue courses of the
stars.
| jPf| the path of a star; the
zodiac
] ^J3 or | K to follow a prece-
dent, to tread in the old paths.
From door and single.
To open ; to spread out, to
•enlarge from the original
condition ; to expand, as by
instruction; manifest, plain.
BJ3 to state clearly.
,v£ to illustrate, to comment on.
jf| to make one to know.
$f Ji ~F to en ^ ar g e the empire.
|H to explain what is obscure.
CH'EN.
CH'EN.
CHEU.
47
.] gi, a city of Tsi, now Ning-
yanghien 5|£ ^ $b m S0lltn °^
Shantung.
c |J*jRf» An old carriage altogether
Jpf* worn out; the canopy of a
'cA ( an carriage.
W. *¥• 1 1 tue eDon y car "
riage is quite ruined.
C =t te? I ncone rent talk, as of one in
fj-^p» a, fever ; irregular and ineor-
l chan rect expressions.
From words, and pitfall, or
an inner gate; the second
form has become antiquated.
To flatter, to cajole; to
lie to one by flattering, to
worship a god, or praise a
man, beyond what is due to
them ; to pander, to fawn, to court ;
adulation, sycophancy; gratifying
to one's feelings.
M A5 3S 1 P oor anc * yet no flat-
terer.
| $f sycophantic; to cajole, to
play the lickspittle.
] tfk IX & to P ra ise one, in order
to get his favor.
| §£ to laugh and joke with, in
order to please.
1 A pJ b|$ the flatterer is des-
picable.
fgg ^ ] If wanton music tickles
the ear.
| ft specious flattery.
Jt ^C ^f» 1 meet your superiors
without sycophancy. '
c.P&Ef To laugh loudly.
™m 1
jfp J^ to laugh and
i c/^an smile with one.
CrHfci Etymologists derive this char-
It^ Ki acter from -5Er to leave and Jpl
oilman or -R property changed and
combined.
To command, to order ; to
prepare ; to release.
| 5^ ]£X f|B iftjt to keep ready mili-
tary means so as to meet the foe.
| In to muster troops out of
service.
] ffi ^ prepare, to get ready foi\
] jjj* to end an affair.
Also read c cAVm. To pull or
extend anything, to attempt
''clfan steadily and persistently.
1 Jl T ■$& stretch it out
longer, as cloth.
| ^ |H try it on if he won't give
any more ; make the attempt to
get it.
1j
To- strike, to beat
K eh*a?i
The foolish look of a sim-
^ pleton is j Pj| ; — a gaping,
l ch*an gawky look, as of a bumpkin.
From hide and to oversee ; the
second form is rarely used.
A flap to protect the dress
or the horse from the mud
chhui' when riding; spatterdashes;
a skirt to cover the dress.
j|£ | saddle-cloths,housiiigs; they
are made of thin leather,
it; IE £1 I ,ae piebald courser's
gay housings.
^3 Small sticks resting on the
'jM plate, on which to support
ctfan'' and extend the eaves beyond
the wall.
)!
> A horse traveling very fast ;
.-j a rapid canter.
Ml
ch l aii >
> To open a door a little in
order to peep ; to obtain.
cAW $0 | to spy through a
crevice.
3 Like the last; ifc is also- read
ctien.
cftan? To spy or peep ; to look at
sideways; to eye another
privily.
D| | to furtively spy at.
CHEU.
Old sounds, tu, t'ut, du, dut, dju, tdk, and dok. In Canton, chau; — in Swatow, chiu and tiu; — in Amoy, chiu, tin,
and liu ; — in Fuhchau, chiu, ch'iu, tiu, teu, and cheu ; — in Shanghai, tseu. and zeu ; — in Chifu, chiu.
Composed of P mouth and fft
J Ji|| to use ; the three next derivatives
j are interchanged with it ; as a
,c eu p r ; m jt;i ve it usually conveys an
idea of everywhere, if it influ-
ences the sense of the compound
at all.
To provide for, to supply ; to
extend everywhere, to make a cir-
cuit ; to environ ; plenty, enough ;
secret, deep; subtle; a curve, a
bend ; open, honest, the opposite
of J;jj i pi ; to the end, extreme ;
entirely ; close, fine.
I 1Hi everything is ready.
] ^ •secret ; crowded, close toge-
ther; well arranged, satisfac-
tory; definite and particular;
no defect.
] i|)| the famous feudal dynasty
of Cheu which lasted from b. c.
1022 to 255, under thirty-four
sovereigns; it was so called
because the emperor's power
reached everywhere.
| j^ to treat friends cordially ; to
make a circuit ; circulating, as
the winds do.
•
48
CHEU.
CHEU.
CHEU.
| ^ to bring about a thing?
to remove ill feeling, to carry
through; everyway complete.
| JH a broad road ; but 3H |
means the windings of the road.
| [§ or | [j£ universal, every-
where, all around.
] £0 let all know ; universal
knowledge.
1 M /f> Jfc Public and open, with-
out selfish ends; nothing left
undone or slighted.
| |$J give him the whole duty
or tax.
US ^ ] Q I was dreaming that
I saw Duke Chen, i. e. I was
asleep ; said by Confucius, who
admired him.
jfe a place in the south-west
of Shansi, now KM-shan ||j£ \[\,
where -fa 3E planned the over-
throw of the Shang dynasty.
f# i§r *F ] §\\ to fail to treat a
guest properly ; /£ | also de-
notes a deficiency, "not enough
to go round."
Frequently used for the last.
To revolve, to circulate ; to
t cheu inform the people ; a year.
] &£■ f£E ^B ma y the whole year
be prosperous.
I $C /P M> nows unceasingly, as
the blood.
— | one turn or revolution ; as
— | jf[ all the way around it.
1 IHU HL a Dlln dred li around it.
] ffe < — jj$L he is ever the same.
^ ] return of the year.
A EE| Hurried ; ] |j| to walk in
cj/fij an irregular manner; fluttered
,cheu and impatient; bustling.
FEI •'^ rom wealth and everywhere.
cJ?/R| To bestow, as alms ; to give ;
clieu and usually intimates a free
gift.
| >j]§[ beneficent, liberal.
| ^| to relieve the poor ; help the
distressed people.
] £fr to « ive to.
jfli %fo /(* 1 the offering or present
is inadequate.
:|j Hi A heavily laden cart ; a wain
civ J oyerloaded in front ; heavy ;
t clteu low.
4* Ha Interchanged with ( t'ao fgj in
cl/fil tms senee -
( cheu An evergreen found in Hu-
nan, furnishing a hard, tough
wood, good for presses, thills, carts
or poles ; the bark of one sort fur-
nishes a coarse paper; a tree like
the Styrax ; a pole for poling
boats ;, name of a river.
In FuticJiau. A closet, cupboard,
or cabinet.
M
The original form depicted a
canoe, three cross boads and a
turned-up bow ; it is the 137th
^C/teu radical, and the characters
under it form a natural group.
A vessel, a boat of any sort, a
" dng-out ; " to go in a boat ; to
transport ; if the people are likened
to a water, the prince is the boat ;
a stand for a cup ; to carry in the
girdle.
| jj£ the captain of a boat, or a
flotilla; ] ^p a ferryman.
$§ £i } Jt. wn at did he carry
at his girdle ?
] jjjjt cargo of a vessel ; to trans-
port.
| ^ on board a vessel ; a land-
ing-place; | ^C^;^ the boats
are lying at Taku.
' — lii H ] one punt, one dingey;
a wherry.
] $ life 3$j the water- and land
routes are parallel.
| 5L t° boat it ; to take a thing
with one.
| jlj or Chusan I, so called from
its shape being thought to re-
semble a boat.
/j£t To cover close ; to shade and
c \Jj conceal ; a veil, a shade.
t o/tai ||| | -^ i§| who has deluded
my beautful one?
] (JH false ; to deceive.
fj^t A square frame or dash-board
73T m fr° nt or " a carriage, sup-
flieu porting and protecting the
driver's seat, and covering
the thills.
%. ] bended poles at the
end of the thills.
.ekeu
From bird and boat.
jlYWj A sort of crested lark or bob-
,cheu o'-link, called f| | or §§ £|
whose song is heard in the
morning ; native writers liken it to
the magpie.
"J* a narrow, long boat.
The original form represents
three mounds, around which the
water flows ; as a primitive, it is
used chiefly to impart its sound.
An islet, a place in the water
where men dwelt, for which the
next is now used ; a political dis-
trict, ranking next to nfu or pre-
fecture ; anciently comprised 2500
families ; of old a grand division
of the empire ; a continent ; a
dwelling ; a horse's rump ; a region,
a spot, a place ; a time.
| J[ a neighborhood, a hamlet.
£{! ] a district magistrate of the
highest grade, having a | [p\
for his deputy, and a ] ^ij for
his assistant judge or syndic.
^L 1 the nine divisions of China
in the daysof Yii; met the world.
| £ gor | g the city jailer ;
an inspector of roads,
fllji | a poetical name for China.
From region and water; occurs
written ( cheu j% in old books.
An islet, one small enough
to be seen at once ; a place
where men and birds collect and
dwell ; the term is chiefly used on
the southern coasts, J=^ is more com-
mon on the northern ; in Bicdhism,
a dwijxz or continent ; Jffi jjj|^ ] is
the continent of '' those who con-
quer thespirit " (Purva- Videha); or
g{|£ g§ ] " those who leave the
body," the great continent on the
east, whose inhabitants have semi-
.c/ieu
CHEU
CHEU
CHE U
49
circular faces ; and | " the
superior continent," is the northern
continent of kuvu-divipa or uttara-
Icuru {JL ^ 1 where the inhabi-
tants have square faces.
fp ] a low island • a bank awash
in a river or sea.
] J£f alluvial fields; made lands.
•jlj | the Nine Islands near Macao.
^JNtf To strike; to pluck out; the
c irrr, winding lines of hills ; a
c/ieu place called Cheu-chih | j||
in Si-ngan fu in Shensi,
south of the R. King, is so
termed from its winding val-
leys.
■^ ■-Lf From words and long life as the
phonetic.
Hurried, bustling; to impose
upon, to hoodwink.
j jg| J£ fn io deceive ; to delude
by misstatements; to make a
lying representation.
The original form represents a
*}£, hand holding a l|J cloth
' in the | J house; the second
form with bamboo is most used.
cPPf
jc/*'e«
ch K eu
To sweep up dirt ; a besom
of twigs; a broom, — written
only with the second form.
^ 3£ ] the sieve and broom
holder, — a term for a concu-
bine.
ffl 1 ^E a species of goose-foot
( Clienopotliuiu [A ochici] scojxiria),
whose tender leaves are eaten ;
it is cultivated in Chihli for be-
soms and coarse brushes, which
are prepared by simply drying
and trimming the whole plant ;
the book name of j^ jg is per-
haps identical with it,
A kind of gibbon or macacus
found in Sz ch'uen, and said
to be as huge as an ass; it is
the female of the Loh j$f£
and perhaps denotes a species
which has not yet been described ;
or it may be the dusky gibbon
(Hylobates fuwreus)
C _11U To grasp, as a fan.
4 / n ] W\ to nut ° r i ,o 'd a ^ an -
S;h*eu
C Jt_l» From flesh and inch, referring
H VI to the pulse at the elbow.
'clteu -^ ne elbow, the joint of the
fore-arm, and also includes
the wri.st or fore-arm sometimes; a
fore quarter of meat; to conceal,
to hold in the elbow ; to take by
the wrist : an old measure of 2 or
H chih, — probably a cubit, or
the length from the elbow to the
finger-tip; the Budhists say it is
the 16,00lJth part of a yodjana, or
the 1000th part of a mile.
1 Wt 48 j3S as near as l ' ,e e lo°w
to the side ; — a dear friend, a
near relative.
/ff£ ] a fore shoulder of pork.
^ | the elbow ; the wrist.
$£ | to hold one by the wrist.
$i. ^T tic 1 wnen h e 6tarts i fc
sticks to him.
^ ] to fold the arms.
! 1 £. M: ^ e dangers of a bare
arm, — i.e. of want or exposure,
referring to a sleeve that reaches
oidy to the elbow.
3c
-iftl.) From spirit
PIJ New, ripe 1
spirits and an inch,
liquor; pure, strong
ch*eu? spirits, thrice distilled, and
enjoined to be drunk by the
sovereign in summer; it was pre-
pared for the libations and feasts
in the ancestral temple, and was
made in the first moon so as to
become mellow by the eighth
moon, when it was wanted.
| ^ or wine money, was a vail
paid to chamberlains at a ban-
quet by feudal princes.
ffi ] punished for having vile
spirits.
^_L) A trace in a harness; the
7y \ crupper of a saddle, which is
ctfeu* made of wood and passes
across the haunches; it is now
supeiseded by the next.
] -^ or ] ^E the infamous mo-
narch, whose crimes caused the
ruin of the Shang dynasty, B. c.
1122.
Used with the last. The
crupper of a harness, called
| ^ on pack-animals ; it is
now usually merely a stick
across the rump, fastened to the
saddle by the ends.
\ ■ I > From pg flesh and to ft| 'proceed;
jS\ not the same as the next.
ch % eu'> Descendants, posterity ; said
only of the families of gran-
dees,
j -^p the oldest son.
posterity.
the sons of high statesmen,
generations.
From p^ cap and {±J to proceed;
it is often confounded with
* the last, and with ivii* pf
stomach ; the second form
occurs in the classics as a
clCev? synonym, but is usually read
yiw>.
A helmet, formerly made of
rhinoceros' skin; it seems occasion-
ally to denote a visor.
Ip | morions and cuirasses ; de-
fensive armor worn by warriors.
i t» ) From a shelter and to proceed.
pfcj To hold, as the earth does ;
cheu 1 all ages, past, present, and
future ; from remote anti-
quity till now.
# 1 Z ft III Z> Bfc yet the
hills and rivers in the world do
not change.
c/t eu *
From two P mouths over J]^
man ; the first mouth was
» altered to words, in order to
denote the verb ; it was at
first the same as Jj)£ to bless,
but was subsequently employ-
ed by the Budhists for the
dharani, a charm or magic
formulas, which are defined
Jfi£. g§ true words.
To curse, to imprecate ; to recite
over spells; an incantation, an
imprecation, a charm to hurt an-
other ; a litany, such as priests
50
CHBU.
CH'EU.
CH'ETL
recite, and for which sense they
employ mostly the form ^J£ as a
techuic, using it only as a noun.
fa ] or fj| ] to recite prayers
or incantations.
*& f£ ] the charms addressed to
Kwanyin.
| Jl| to curse, to blackguard.
H|f | to invoke imprecations on one.
| |j|[ to rail and curse one.
| •fjjl, ^ may he die ! curse him
dead !
^|-f-|> To ask blessings on ; to
p[jL| bless, to pray for ; a man's
ch'eu* name, a statesman during
the T ang dynasty.
f&Sr i The seal character, called
Wl 1 If or 1 £ f,om Ch.*en ]
ekeu* -fc $i» :i u '^'' officer of Siien-
waug of the Clieu dynasty
B. c 803, who invented this form
of the character ; to study.
jJ33^5 From p day and
^=J contracted.
to divide
cJieu y Daytime, daylight ; half of
the twenty-four hours.
| ^ % !• or Z> & 1 #C g° in g
on day and niaht; unceasingly.
1 O "J" ^ m tue ( ^ l - v ' c °l' ecfc
your rushes [and reeds for the
thatch].
£j ] broad daylight ; openly.
t§£ a siesta.
! | f£ $£ to turn day into
night, as rakes do.
To peck, as a bird ; birds
twittering ; a star in Hydra.
Jt | the bill of a v bird.
^ }|| J£ | [the pelican]
never even wets his bill.
Also read <chu. Talkative.
I | loquacious, garrulous.
!Pt)
Pi
Considered by some to be
the same as the lask
To peek; the bill of a bird ;
a large bird with a crooked
beak which eats its young.
. OH c I3TJ.
Old sounds, t'u, t'ut, du, dut, d&k and t'&k. In Canton, ch'au; — in Swatow, ch'iu and t'iu; — in Amoy, tiu, sin, hiu,
and t'iu; — in Fuhchau, t'iu, ch'eu, and siu; — in Shanghai, dzeu, ts'eu and zeu. ; — in Chifu, ch'iu.
.ch'eu
Composed of -^ hand and J$J
from, which is a contraction of
|§[ to detain, as the phonetic ;
the second form is not com-
mon.
To take out with the hand;
to lift; to take out, as a
dividend ; to levy or assess, as
duty ; to select, to draw, as a lot ;
to expand, as the plants in spring;
to utter aloud ; to raise water ; to
pluck up; to receive one's portion;
to whip ; a tenth, a fee.
1 Jj^r to levy duty on.
1 5ft or 1 ^ to ta ^ e a ^' ee or
percentage ; a commission-
] & $ li't it up.
1 Hi 'eject it ; take it out.
$ 1 If WM & M when the
plants throw out green shoots,
we know spring is coming.
1 $5 spasms or cramp ; but ] jj|{|
jjgj is an old punishment of
pulling out the tendon achilles.
| < — piji $|j convulsed by spasms;
quivering from a fit.
1 3N to extort; to exact illegal fees.
^ $ (I | ^ drive him off with a
whip ; fy ] ffc I'll whip you I .
Jrj — | to add a tenth.
1 j||> to go out, as on a visit.
| Jj* ^ R^ I've no spare time.
■^ lju ] $t ^- cannot take the
time; also, I cannot release or
free myself, as from a visit.
1 Jj' $& ue took bimself off ; he
ran away.
] fel or ] S !nL t0 ta ^ e a ^^ e
leisure or vacation.
| fy to lay by a percentage, as
for expenses.
] ^ lift it carefully.
| {£ to weight or heft the stone
— a martial test.
| ^ lift it by the bottom.
] ^ to levy taxes, but not to in-
clude 5jl£ ] illegal rates or fees.
1 iHi M to abstract the papers
of a case from court.
In Fuhcium. To miss; ] $fo
to drop a thread in weaving.
In Pekingese. To smoke ; it is
also wrongly used for ^jj| to shrink,
to contract.
] Jjg- a drawer in a table.
I jt0 to sm oke a pipe.
Vexed, annoyed.
1 1'JI dissatisfied, disappoint-
ed in one's wishes.
'"J
,cMeu
£ From disease and to fly high.
e/j^T To be healed, to cure ; con-
chleu valescent; to reform, as by
teaching; remedy ; an injury.
3£ i^ ^f» 1 °- oe3 ue sa 7 ue ' s not
yet well"?
/£, | incurable.
j$| ] healed ; well ; cured.
From man and long life ;-ocours
sed with the next.
ch'eu ■&> company of four, a party;
a class, a sort ; a comrade, a
mate ; fellows, friends ; who ? to
cover, to screen.
1 :H a cu " c l e °f friends.
CH f EU.
OH'EU.
CH'EU.
51
|JG j a partner, a match.
1 fS a uam l ot fellows.
I ^ a clique, a ring, a camarilla.
1 ffi ^ £ who will do this
for hi in "?
$j| | a young bride ; the phrase
alludes to the oriole's voice.
iit*£ From field and long life; used
r«wf: with the last.
"eh'ea -A cu ' '-'^ated fi e M> particularly
a fluid of hemp; to till; to
continue successively; to classify;
a mate, a class ; who ; formerly ;
to aid.
$C 1 or 1 laf heretofore ; time
past, previously.
| ; fig | to cultivate the ar-
able fields.
1 HI $. $| lh e diked fields are
rich and fertile.
•fa | the nine fields, denote the
divisions of Yu's Great Plan in
the Book of liecords.
| ^ who asked about it?
/Vy»^ From bamboo and long life as
■ ■ *■£ the phonetic.
cpnJr
' ' c/#eu 1° calculate, to compute ; to
devise, to arrange, to plan ;
a time; a lot, a tally; a ticket, a
tillot; an ancient division of a night
watch, about fifteen minutes.
Ill j$I 1 if uow mau y times have
you read it t
fit | or ffi j to draw a lot or
tally.
clll 1 ^° strike the hours, as a
watchman ; a clepsydras.
^ | to give out tickets, as to a
soup kitchen.
1 ^ to pitch reeds into a jar;
name of an old game.
j! 1 W H t0 P lau strategy in
his tent; met. a high general.
1 SH or 1 1$. t() devise, tc scheme;
to set a triip for, to plan.
] ^ to settle and arrange, as a
way of action.
\ %% a counter in play.
jS If 1 % to calculate the whole
thing at once.
Yf 1 a ta "y or bamboo billet.
— | j|l ® he never proposed
one plan ; lie has no cleverness.
tt±£ E m barrassed.
(JJVhf 1 $M irresolute, undecided;
fCh'eu unable to get on, wavering.
~) From spirits and region as the
phonetic ; the other forms are
unusual.
y To pledge a guest ; to urge
him to drink, or toast him
in return for his bumper;
i to recompense, to make a
return ; to repay, to requite.
1 si to p a y> as a vow -
1 Sfc pledging, as a host and
g i lest.
interchange of wine-enps is not
a fortuitous thing.
1 Wi to return thanks, especially
by a return present
1 ^C to make a thank-offering.
1 H or 1 %r % M- to thiwik the
gods ; to acknowledge heaven's
favor, as in being saved from
fire or death.
^Jg 1 4j at a great expense, as
for entertaining.
1 ^fe a gratuity for services, as
when one | ^ requites for
trouble.
1 ^ to return an invitation.
-^ 111 O ccurs used with the last, and
C 5 / l| ^ or cheu? v/L to revile.
<cl£eu To answer, to respond.
1 ^ to reply to.
^fcBJ A- single coverlet; a bed-cur-
c4ym tain; to cover, as with bed-
cCh'eu clothes; an under-shirt.
^ 1 coverlets and sheets.
j ||ij| a curtain.
Read fao. The sleeve of a coat-
t JLk From heart and from; also read
ch*e u Grieving, sorrowful; cast down
and anxious.
3E >ft .EL 1 a sorrowing and an-
xious heart.
] ] careworn ; weary and sad
looking.
~$~\' A medicinal plant with a
(*Jp4 bitterish root, called ] 2S
fCtfeu and j^j Jfft the ground elm ; it
is a sjitcies of Hedysarum.
^tet From grain and everywhere.
il/RJ Grain growing rank and
flfea close ; thickset, crowded ; a
crowd; dense, close together;
viscid, stiff; thick, as paste.
A @ ] $£ people closely crowded.
1 A Jf ffc a Very great crowd.
@ 1 A 4» $* & lest they should
lose each other in the crush.
1 $J M #J tllere is ^ th tijick
£soup j and thin.
^IT;I From silk and everywhere as
mlttl tne P^ one t' c ; used with the
- "' "* next and last.
fCheu
Thin silk; wash silks, like
pongee, sensbaw, or levan-
tine; to bind; to wrap around, to
twine ; to hang with ornaments ;
thick; stiff.
£k | stiff or raw pongee
Afc | soft or boiled silk.
| ffifc silks and satins; a general
term for silk goods.
U | reeled pongee.
%fo | silk and cotton mixture.
jig ] coarse serge of wild silk ;
raw crape or pun jam.
1 H to wrap around, to inter-
twine, to wreath ; to hold con-
sultation with.
!Ji | a kind of silk or thread
camlet.
| c f/ a quilting needle.
] %$ fine, close woven, beautiful.
J^ I* Used with the last when denot-
\.a*« To draw out threads for
weaving; a clue, a thread ;
to arrange the details of; to search,
as a cause ; to try the tone of a
string.
1 |ll to investigate the causes of.
|gfe 1 to wind off threads, as for
weaving.
52
GlVEU.
CrTEU.
CH r EU.
fife a,
From words and two birds; the
first is also used for $ch'eu j!||j
► to p'edge, and both are con-
tracted to the next.
To contradict, to oppose in
argument; to recriminate;
to abhor, to hftte; to compare
and verity, to collate; to revenge,
to pay off, to requite; an enemy,
a competitor; dislike, enmity ; to
class; a sort, a match for or pair.
1 E or 1 M or 1 |Pl tue same
kind; to class; to pair; an op-
ponent, a rival
3|£ ] a wrong, a cause for revenge.
-^ | to cherish a grudge, for
which one must ^ j get re-
venge ; it usually means blood
revenge.
| jjjjfc an enemy, an opponent.
P I to asperse, to blackguard.
lH 1 IH* to nate ' to detest; I
cannot endure him.
I§§ fff 1 lit t0 g et the rea * market
price.
>!?< 8$ 1 flc to return ev h" for good.
An abbreviated form of the
last. An enemy; to draw
iCfceu spirits and pledge a guest ;
proud ; to unite ; a pair ; a
companion.
| \ my opponent.
^ | two men urged on by their
unappeased dead ancestors to
destroy each other.
1*1 "? IpQ 1 * w '^ De your com-
rade.
Z£. ] to hand up or draw spirits.
jjj£ | an appeased blood feud.
| mortal enemies; very proud,
haughty.
Read fciu. A great portrait
painter, named Kiu Ying ] jjj£, of
the Ming dynasty, also known as
Shih Cheu Jfo ^|«| Stone Island.
A brace of birds; the alter-
cations of birds; to wran-
* gle, to bicker; a silkworm
found on the Ailantus
£ 1=1 J
,ch eu tree. I
A
l ch'eu
MTlie panting or grunting of an
ox; to go out, to issue from;
<ch*eu, an old district in Honan.
] ^ an old name for tlie yak.
The original form resembles a
hand holding thiugs; others say
it is like "~p ten inside of .
two, because the twelfth moon
is called ] /} t ch'eu yueh t
The second of the twelve horary
characters or branches; the second
hour of the day from 1 to 3 o'clock
A. M. or the fourth watch ; it is
denoted by the ox, and astrologers
say that persons born in this hour
are likely to be dull.
>J» | 5i the nierry-andrews in a
play, the jesters ; also called
] jjlfl ! tne .V P*" n t their faces.
£j | seeds of the morning glory
(Pharbites nil), used as a pur
gative.
From spirit and demon.
Abominable, ugly, deformed,'
l ch x cu vile; disagreeable, disgraceful,
shameful, ashamed ; to dislike ;
shamefaced; ashamed of; to act
violently; to compare, to bear a
likeness to; a sort, a group.
fo | an unhappy fate or lot.
|^ ] or ] Hf ill-looking, as an
ugly face.
/£ £fl ] brazen-faced, hardened.
1^ | ashamed for — or of.
pT | shameful.
f£j | bashful, timid, maidenish.
| Hp( scamps, vagabonds, hood-
lums.
Jfc '$J 1 HM com P ar e one sort with
the other.
^ | a disgrace to the family.
j »& M 3fi£ a v 'k disposition ;
ungrateful ; impertinent and im-
practicable.
>J> ] a miscreant; a mean wretch.
| J^. or | fc disgraceful conduct.
$H I to presume and act rudely.
rMr Jt 1 «£ ^he reality is its re-
proach.
jft- | and ^| | are opposites, good
and evil ; handsome and ugly.
|^=| ) From se//and <Zr><7, al lading to the
JtE«. scent ; several characters under
7v £»
c l.ip U * tne rad'cal g have th's primitive
in combination, to which it gives
a hue of its meaning.
The scent of a track followed
by a dog; to scent out; an odor,
a smell, now confined to bad ones;
effluvia, stench, putridity; disrepu-
table, unsavory ; to stink, to rot :
heretical doctrines.
] % a bad reputation.
] lil bed-bugs; met. foul-mouth-
ed fellows.
] ^ a u; 'd breath; a stink; — not
so noisome as |$ | putridity.
jg ff ! <j ifl jgfc | 7 they will soon
come to a quarrel.
jg | Tj|' £p to leave a perpetual
reproach — upon one's name.
P ] afoul breath; high priced,
exorbitant; — a Peking phrase.
] $$ "stinking copper," denotes a
hardfisted miser, and an officer
who bought his post
] HM. noisome, rank; putrid, as
fish.
] | § |H | '% vile talk ought not
to be listened to.
J )fl W worthless, as a corrupt
thing, or a scamp.
Read AiV. Fragrance; to smell;
to injure.
| ;£ smell it.
H | a pleasant smell.
nfjj 1 W ffi how fragrant and in
good season.
) To discard, to reject; bad,
disagreeable, in which sense
ch'eu* it is like the last.
ft ft j $ 3 don't wish
you to cast me off.
^ J To go as if weary ; to walk.
In Cantonese. To sprain, as
ch ' €U ' the ankle.
1 H H I sprained my foot.
> Name of a stream which joins
the Yellow River in Mung
cAW hien jjg; g£ in the north of
Honan ; it is about fifty miles
long; the effluvia of water.
CHL
CHI.
CHI.
53
CHI.
Old sounds, tei, tai, dai, ti, tat, dat, zhat, tit, dik and dft. In Canton, chi and chei ;
in Amoy, chi, si, ti, chu, and che ; — in Fwhchau, chi, ti, te, chie,
in Shanghai, tsz,' sz' and dsz' ; — in Chifu, chi.
1^. a private or confidential
clerk ; also, a sub-abbot or sub-
prior, a harmadana one who
— in Swatoio, ti, chi, chei, and si ; ■
chai, and che ; —
From dart and mouth, indicating
the rapidity with which know-
ledge is communicated ; it occurs
interchanged with chi* ^ saga-
city.
To know, to perceive ; sensi-
ble of, to appreciate ; to manage, as
one who knows; to be acquainted
with ; to tell, to inform ; an inti-
mate friend, a fellow ; knowledge,
wisdom ; to remember ; healed.
f$ | I heard so.
| j|£ to notice, to advert to.
/£ | ^ self-conscious, having
emotions, intelligent.
J[jl | contented, satisfied.
1 fit or 1 ill knowledge, infor-
mation ; to comprehend, to fully
know.
1 iM $ Efc y° u should reform
wben you see your faults.
HI | who knew it ? i. e. nobody
knows it ; unexpected.
1 >ft or 1 Ej $J & an intimate
friend, one who knows you.
] £E ~jf Ourself knows it ; the
thing is known to Us; used by
the Em] >eror as a reply to reports
and memorials.
1 M ; Jf: aware of it ; I have heard
of it already.
^ | an old friend.
| ^ lam sure of it ; I know it
certainly.
/£ )& $8 I do not know it
thoroughly, or the reason for it.
ty\ 1 i§fc 3B a misprision of trea-
son ; accessory before the fact.
3S 1 £ $s Uje dovish » ignorant
fellows; uneducated rascals.
] Jjrf a prefect ; i. e. one who
knows the prefecture.
~* 1 ^r ffl a moderate scholar,
nol well informed.
JH 1 "P a fortune-teller, a sight-
seer.
^ | ignorant of, unaware ; un-
consciously ; unacquainted with.
,cli
fill
looks after the food, guests, build-
ings, &c., in a monastery.
] i|fc to manage public affairs.
3fc 1 the old-time sages ; 3fc |
^ a foreign term for a prophet.
] jr§ a patron, one who recom-
mends another to office.
] ^ or | J10 to tell to, to com-
municate ; to inform in a semi-
official or private manner.
A plant called ] •$: which
appears -to belong to Verben-
aceas ; its seeds are used as
a cool i jig medicine and ex-
pectorant.
An insect, the j $^c or a
spider, applied to all the
Araneseor spider family; the
etymolgy of the name is
£H Ut *'• e - t ^ ae i nsect that knows
how to kill.
1 S^C ^ a Tm S w orm.
^f+ The original form represented
^r a plant issuing from the ground,
f ^*T^ afterwards grad ually altered to
t c " its present shape.
To go to, to progress ; to-
wards ; for, in regard to ; to pass
from one state to another ; the sign
oHhe genitive, when placed between
two nouns; after the subject of a
verb, it becomes an expletive par-
ticle or like a partitive ; as a pro-
noun in the accusative, — it, him,
them; which, what; and in these
cases shows the action of the pre-
ceding active verb; occurs used
like l che ^ after a noun to make
the abstract ; or as a relative this,
that ; or to denote nouns in opposi-
tion ; in most cases it must be con-
strued with the preceding word ; to
leave behind.
in
ft
Hf 1 1 A the person who hears it.
^C 1 ^ & heaven's plain decree.
| -fnj then how will it be %
| ^ fpj if so, how then ?
/fj jfa there is no such thing.
PU ^ I have not heard of it.
fflf ] that to which the
mind inclines.
1 "? ~f". I§ tu i s same cn ild (*• e -
bride) went to her home.
3^ $f ] heaven orders it.
^^B | ] jgft he did not know
the road there.
fr tffl T\S ^ ^ ] t0 g° and
not arrive at their destination,
is not Qncommon.
zji| 3 &£■ ] those who were three
years old.
$£ -fpj ] where are you going?
4j£, ] nothing of it ; impossible.
^ | was killed or died ; here it
is a sign of the past tense.
-^ £§» 1 A a virtuous man.
* M ft 1 1 M m [^tue]
which is great and influential is
called holy or sage.
& 1 3* JE 8 m 4 M ^en
the bird is dying, its note is sad
indeed.
5C Jti 1 iH T'ienheu that goddess,
i. e. the goddess T'ienheu.
1 96 zfc lH fill ^ swear to be faith-
ful till death.
A plant, often drawn in the
t/2L mouth of deers, and regarded
t c/*' as felicitous from its durabili-
ty; six varieties of different
colors are noticed ; the preserved
specimens, or wooden gilded models
of it are common in temples ; it is
a sort of branching boletus, called
lit 1 ^ or ^fil 1 m allusion to its
supposed power to prolong life ; the
Polyporus ignmrus, or similar sorts
of fungus; bringing good luck;
54
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
vivifying; a flower like an orchid.
| Jj-jj the sesaninm, which pro-
duces an oil, called ^ ^f from
its fragrance, it is the til or jin-
gili oil of the Hindus; the white
seeds are used in cooking, and
are sprinkled on cakes, whence
speckled things are likened to
them, as tbe j jjfc fg or Core"an
sahle, from the wliite hairs in it.
1 Hj <£ ^ the house of the Epi-
dendrum, — a beautiful mansion ;
met. to be intimate with the good.
1 fil y our ua ppy f aeu > 1 ^ y our
house.
sffi? I the ornamental orchid, refers
to a state umbrella.
1 JiB * species of agaricus.
| 0J fields of sesamum — in
fairy land, i. e. Mt. Meru.
■ | * The original form represents a
A/ hand breaking a bamboo sprig ;
^^^ it is the 65th radical of a small
fC/l group of incongruous characters.
A branch, for which the next
is used ; those that branch off, as
posterity ; to diverge ; to hold, to
withstand ; to pay out, — and po-
litely, that the one who asks may
receive or draw out ; to advance,
as on goods; to succor, to prop;
posterity, descendants ; a sept, a
tribe ; subordinate, secondary ; di-
vergent, parting; to attend to ; to
bear up, to stand firm; to mea-
sure.
1 |£ a watchman.
1 ffl or 1 jfr t0 & ive oat > a s 1
i S to l ,ii y w "ges ; and jj
rf* $ the daily outlay.
| tlfe descendants; a tribe of.
^ | of the same clan or surname
j£ | nearly allied to, blood rela-
tives.
H[ a collateral branch of a
family.
| ^p a child of.
| ^| descendants.
| 0| irrelaveut, vague, evasive,
lying
/L -^ I a" b e delays in every-
thing he undertakes; be is un-
willing to do anything.
] f|| to lend.
] ffi to expend ; expenses, outlay ;
receipts and disbursements, as
given in by a steward.
;£ | root and branches ; father
and sons ; the original stock
and collateral branches.
jlft fa ^ 1 a weakened, ailing
body is not equal to such work.
$1 1 ^ iR t0 waste the public
money.
tff ] $j| an agreement or contract
1 Ufr occurs in Budhist books for
China; and ] J|r for the San-
scrit word chaittja, a tope or
building that contains no relic.
^ ] to refuse advances ; to sus-
pend payment.
-JH | to gradually redeem [its
paper] ; to pay instalments.
$& 1 or ~f* Z2 1 tte twelve horary
characters, given in the follow-
ing table.
USES OF THE TWELVE HORARY CHARACTERS.
The application of the Twelve Branches to the hours of the day dates from before the time of the construction of the
Sexagenary Cycle (b.c 2637), and is ascribed to the Celestial Sovereign. They are also called Ti Chi JflJ, jj£ Earthly
Branches, and the animal which represents each branch is supposed to have great iufluence upon the destiny of the person
born during the hour it rule3 ; the Mongols, Coreans, Japanese, Siamese and Annamese apply these animals to the same
signs ; and the combination of the animal with the hours, and then with the zodiacal constellations, on through the points of
compass, and the elements, all furnish the groundwork for the astrologer's skill and influence. To express European hours
it is enough to prefix lciao ;££ and ching j£ to the characters; thus, chiiuj-tsz' j£ -f* is midnight, ^£ jfc is 1 o'clock A.M.
and so throughout. Each Chinese hour is divided into eight h'oh %\] of fifteen minutes each.
TWELVE
SYMBOLICAL
ZODIACAL
POETICAL
POINTS OF
CORRESPON
BRANCHES.
ANIMALS.
SIGNS.
NAMES.
COMPASS.
Tsz'
f
Shu jjj^ a rat.
Aries.
11 to 1 A. M.
is ~ ]jf 3d watch.
North.
Ch'eu
ft
Niu ih an ox.
Taurus.
#tt
1—3
is ^ 4th watch.
N.N.E.fE.
Yin
1
Hu JJ& a tiger.
Gemini.
*» H Iff
3 — 5
,s 3x Bl ^th watch.
E.N.E.fN.
Mao
w
T*u tfa a hare.
Cancer.
mil
5 — 7
East.
Sh f an
it
Lung j|| a dragon.
Leo.
#tf&
7—9
E.S.E. f E.
Sz'
E
She jife a serpent.
Virgo.
* 5TL &
9 — 11
is _£ ^p forenoon.
S.S.E. fE.
Wu
¥
Ma 0j a horse.
Libra.
&n
11—1 p.m.
is j£ ^p noon.
South.
Wei
*
Yang i£ a sheep.
Scorpio.
©ft
1—3
* s T ^f* afternoon.
s.s.w.fw.
Shan
*
Heu %£ a monkey.
Sagittarius
is m
3 — 5
W.S.W.fS.
Yiu
w
Ki Hi a cock.
Capricornus.
itm
5 — 7
West.
Siih
m
K f uen ^ a dog.
Aquarius.
H3 1%
7-9
Is ^Jj ]g 1st watch.
W.N.W.f N.
Hai
%
Chu Ijfc a boar.
Pisces.
*mm
| 9 — 11
is ~ ]|J 2d watch.
N.N.W.fW.
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
55
JT |» From wood and to diverge; it is
/l*"y interchanged with the last.
c/i A branch, a twig ; a slender
upright post, while a leaning
post is called ffi ; to branch, to
scatter; a tributary, as of a river;
a classifier of slender things, as
pencils, pens, flowers, arrows,
spears, coral, &c
— 1 7& a n ' <)Wer > met - a P rett Y girl.
- I J|a detachment of troops.
| |£ trunk and branches.
1 |H to roost on a branoh ; met.
to get a post or literary position ;
a sinecure.
| 3|| leaves and branches.
Jt j§£ | to leave the subject, to
branch off to another topic.
| ^{j an extra finger or toe.
JjJ'J £fe 1 Iff otuer Bhoot s will
sprout ; disorders will spread ;
other contingencies may arise.
J| Wi 1 t§" he did not venture to
become a pillar ; met. to take the
management.
JR]
From flesh and to diverge;
the second form is vulgar.
^ The limbs.
pg ] the four limbs.
] || the body.
M 1 Vk M slim > smaU
waisted, said of young girls.
| j|| to cut into four quar-
ters; to quarter.
rl fcu* From worship and reaching to ;
I HIT* not to be confounded with <Jti
)i ]f|R sacrifice, though the two are
s said to be mere variants.
A disjunctive conjunction,
only, but, not only, yet; to invo-
cate ; te> respect, as when seeing the
gods ; awe, regard ; reverently ; to
attend k> reverently.
] ^ to venerate.
| |K or | ^ to reverently re-
ceive, as from the Emperor.
toM&%M'ik i Le did not
regasd the bright principles of
Heaven, or the awfulness of the
people.
] pj" however ; still it can be.
| ig to expect.
| ^ — |H there is only one sort.
| to revere what is reverend.
| $fc only this.
From flesh and reaching as the
phonetic.
A thick, indurated skin on
the hands or feet ; a wart or
callosity on the knuckles, said to
proceed from eating too much
pickled food.
^ ^£ $$ 1 horny and callous
hands and feet.
Grain when first ripe, or be-
ginning to ripen ; to trans-
plant rice.
From flesh and excellent as the
phonetic.
M
ch'
Horned animals of all kinds,
whose fat is firm ; fat, lard,
suet, grease ; viscid juices or dried
gums of plants ; applied to mineral
bole and soapstone ; to grease, to
daub ; wealth ; glory.
JjjQ ] cosmetics, rouge; though |
|^- is the white cosmetic, and
by met. the fair sex, the girls.
J£ | the fat of the people, their
money.
tfj i/E A 1 to get out of disgrace
or poverty into honors or wealth.
1 ^ g rtas y matter; unctuous;
met. wealth.
| fifj to paint — the face.
~)t 1 juice of flowers.
H^ | a red bole, used in mak-
ing certain ointments ; alumi-
nous or unctuous earth.
] jfi f;Jc % he greased the cart
and fed the horses.
iif|*7fc ] a gum obtained from
a species of Euphorbiacese.
The character is supposed to
represent J\. a man with P
.cV
a seal underneath.
A cup to measure meat and
drink ; a goblet holding four gills ;
a syphon.
$| ] a syphon to decant liquor ;
met. to waste, to run out at the
spiggot.
3£ 1 a jade or precious goblet.
-J»P^> From tree and goblet.
c i/tL A plant whose seeds are used
c# to dye yellow, the Gardenia
fioribunda and radicas, called
| -^p or j| | , the becho nut ;
when roasted it is the ^ | , and
is exhibited in fevers.
rij ] a small kind (Gardenia
Jlorida), of which the blossoms
of some varieties are used to
rcent tea.
J^TJ ] -"jp *he Gardenia rubra.
] $$ ^ $f the jasmine and po-
megranate contend as to their
goodness.
From bird and to diverge as the
phonetic.
c c/s' A lucky bird, referred to as
the harbinger of joy.
I *J| supposed to be a bird akin
to the magpie, whence the ] *j|
||f|, a fine monastery in Shansi,
built about a- d. 40 by Wu-ti,
of the Han, derived its name.
m
.ch
In Cantonese. A particle in-
dicating certainty; also that
the act was immaterial.
1 {&. certainly it is so.
] ^ the buzzing of bees.
Light down, like that grow-
ing under the feathers ; a soft
kind of felt or i lush.
-t^f£ A stone plinth which sup-
c"j ^ ports a tablet, called | |S,
t ch' the socket ; to prop, to shore
up.
I *l£ "M- ^ v ro v U P (° r °P en ) tne
window, referring to such as have
hinges at the top.
3
m
.ct!
The base or plinth of a pillar
when made of wood ; the
use of stone for bases and
pedestals has now become
general.
56
CHI.
CHI.
CHI
C jp-/ The original form rudely de-
J 1 ^ lineates a person coming be-
t c/i > bind another; its only use is
as the 34th radical or\a dozen
unusual characters ; most of which
are themselves primitives, and re-
late to progressing.
The original form represents
plants growing on a border,
'*" * A which tliey define; it forms the
t C/j 77th radionl of characters,
chiefly i - elauing to stopping,
modes of progress, &c.
To halt, to be stopped, as by the
edge of a lot of land ; to cease from,
to desist ; to be still ; to remain, to
wait ; right deportment ; to dwell,
to lodge at ; an object, that which
the mind rests satisfied in ; stopped,
as a cough ; hindered, detained ;
as a prisoner ; a final expletive ; as
an adverb, but, only, however, not
to stop at ; but after a negative, it
often makes a neat climax; — as
%Zin&X ] to^i^ved
him not as a son merely, but as
himself; used by the Budhists for
ten trillions.
| J| only is.
] |§ merely can.
7 1 H f@ nofc mere ty three, i. e.
there are more than that.
]{JL to stanch blood.
£p ] he knows when to stop;
sagacious.
| Jj, to desist from ; it came to a
stop.
1 sfi & w '^ n °t> or can,1 °t he
■topped.
Jgj | deportment, air; — but P
^ | means not to talk at im-
proper times, to keep the door
of the lips.
| "%& pacified; to calm down;
appeased.
*| | to forbid; prohibitions.
pT *X 1 H'l 1 s '°p wnen y° u i'k e
(or must); i.e. there is no help
for it.
|t | ^ ^h rascal who stops at
nothing, a reckless fellow.
J£ PJf 1 thither the people tend,
the national center or capital
$£ <lt 1 no fi XtJ d purpose.
jfl| | or ff | deportment, bear-
ing ; acts, conduct, doings
1 fH to q tlei| ch (hirst.
IjH ] to raise the foot — met. to
go a plowing.
iiL
Interchanged with the last two,
and used for the last.
t c/i' The toes; the foot; a hoof;
to stop; a foundation.
1 H§j M % to step high or dain-
tily and look pompous.
£ 1 the left leg.
3£ ~M> £«i ^ et y° ur ^ ee ^ conc i e "
scend to come here; — used in
invitations or notes to superiors.
It m H 1 P^ a se say which way
you wish to turn your mat —
for sleeping on ?
$$ 1 M ^f tDe un icorn's hoof is
giveu as a prognostic.
From earth and to stop ; it is
also written like the next.
t eA' A foundation ; the limits of
a lot; fundamental; one's
country.
^ | a basis, as of a wall; a de-
pendence,
-j^ | a dwelling-place; a lodging,
jfa ] a lot, a plot of land.
PJ | the area of a lot.
$( ] old ruins, substructions.
Like the last, and nearly syno-
nymous with it.
Tit
^/i The base of a wall.
B£ ^ the foundation of
a city wall.
<r£ ] Cochin-china; the first
half of this name is a transcript
of this old Chinese name, and said
to have been given because in that
land men and women bathed toge-
ther ; the other part was added by
foreigners, apparently because the
people used the Chinese language.
t^iL. To accuse to one's face; to
pJH reprove boldly; to impeach.
it
From plant and to stop as the
phonetic.
.di
A fragrant plant but bitter,
used for a carminative; it
resembles orris root and is the root
of a fleur-de-lis (Iris florentina), of
which the tincture is employed;
£j ] and ^| ^ and Jf ^ are
common names, but some of the
roots so called may be derived
from umbelliferous plants like the
Opoponax.
$ijj name in the Tsin dynasty
of Si-ngan fu, now in Shensi.
From water and to stop as the
phonetic.
.Cli
A small islet or bank in a
stream ; to stop at, as at a
watering-place or island in
the sea.
"5 1 ?3 ~f". 1 among the pools
and islets.
From worship and to stop as the
phonetic.
t cA' Happiness; enduring ^con-
tentment ; the satisfaction
which comes from attaining one's
end; to take pleasure in.
| jjjg joy, blessedness.
IB ] orfl$ 1 orf | may
you have this day's joy, or
daily joy, or abundant content-
ment ; — forms of salutations in
closing letters, denoting a desire
for the reader's happiness.
^ ] to be blessed.
ffi iM a£ j particularly anxious
for present felicity.
Wi ~P iU 1 if our P rm ce would
be happy — in the good.
cj*tf "1 From silk or kerchief and a
surname; the second form is
, unusual; silk or cloth was used
for writing before paper, which
was invented by ^ fjjj( Jul
Ts'ai King-chung, alias Ts'ai
Lun, about A. D. 100, of the
bark of the Broussonetia, old
rags, and fishing-nets, all cut
and rasped together.
Paper, stationery; a document;
classifier of writings.
l ctC
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
37
U* I ft to play cards.
|£ ^ I to P a l )er walls of rooms.
— | ^ one document, one letter.
1 Wt or 1 ?Ih stationery; scroll
paper; &c.
""" 5H ] a sheet of paper.
] ^ stamped and scolloped pieces
representing money, scattered
along the way at funerals to buy
the quiet of malicious spirits.
j|£ fj* >j£. ] respect written paper,
— which is carefully gathered by
scavengers, who are paid lor
their work as a meritorious deed,
lest holy names become defiled.
TjC Ufa | a B °ft k^ of cottony
paper; it is found at Canton.
•IT %j& 1 to "hum the paper," a
Canton phrase for torturing in
prison.
53'J $ m tM /§ 1 a don ', t ri p
open thai paper; i. c. don't di-
vulge the secrets of the trade.
jH J to hand in a petition.
^t 3s& 1 P a P er burnt in worship
to represent gold and silver.
^ ^ | a sort mentioned as
brought from Europe in a. d.
280, which seems to have been
manufactured from the fiber of
aloes,
^jjj; | a brass rim to flatten paper
when writing on it.
1 ]% or ] JL P a per houses,
animals, &c, burned at funerals
to the dead.
] >$. the paper match ; it retains
the fire by thrusting it inside of
a bamboo.
H| | the fly-leaf of a book.
From stone and downward ; it is
also written /gi and read Hi.
f clC A whetstone; a fine grind-
stone; even; smooth, as a
hone; to attend to one's conduct,
to observe the rules of decorum;
to level, to equalize.
1 HI £. J=£ [ as a friend] who
warns and polishes one.
$J5 ^S I "? to sw i n g stone
weights, — a military practice.
4* 8t 1 tt [Hke] a peak in the
current, i. e. a patriot statesman
an inflexible man; one unmored
at danger; the allusion is to the
Ti-chu hill ill Shen cheu g|C j/f\
in the west of Honan, which
interferes with the channel of
the Yellow river.
cj»|~| From tree and only; also read
^*y£ chih i ; it was a contraction of
t / j Iciuhj fjfj an orange, but the two
are now distinguished.
A hedge-thorn or spinous
shrub ; a variety of orange like the
pumelo, with a thick rind; hurtful,
injurious, like thorns; a peccadillo,
a trivial offense; an old name for
iff /if j|fi in the southeast of
Sz'ch c uen on the borders of Kwei-
cheu.
1 Wt skin of the Citnis fusca;
and | ^ denotes its dried
seeds and skin.
] ;j;JL the llovenia dulcis ; the en-
larged stems are used to flavor
spirits.
| J$|i thorns, prickles.
In Cantonese. A plug, a stopper,
a cork, a spiggot; to cork. Also
used for ^ as a classifier of flowers,
hanks of thread, or what is tied up
in parcels.
jHI | a cork for a bottle.
] jj c °rk it tight.
C Tttt From only and a cubit.
/V^ The foot measure of the Cheu
*c/j' dynasty, which was as long
as a woman's fore-arm, or
nearly the same as an English
foot, divided into eight -jj* inches.
1 J^ g. ful between a foot and a
cubit, i. e. a very little; very
near, close by.
] F* 5^ fK a near adviser of a
monarch, denoting one who is
a foot or two from his face.
C-Jj|-| From carriage and only.
-SpA> The end of the axle which
l c}£ projects from the hub like a
finger; the hole in the nave
that keep* it in; forked, bifurcate;
an old name for Tsi-yuen hien ^
951 f$k hi the north of Honan near
to Shansi.
fyfo ] a cross-roads.
| "fj* ifefc a monster of a double-
headed snake, described by the
Chinese.
Sir 1 * A bruise; a swelling caused
y^ ^ by a blow or knock, which
'c/i' does not breal the skin.
^ a black and blue swell-
c \^J This character is composed of
J | H* agreeable contracted, below
*cA' u a spoon ; as a primitive it is
used phonetically.
Excellent, pleasant tasted,
delicate; meaning, intention; pur-
pose, design; scope, sense; the
Emperor's will; an order; a de-
cree, a ukase, a rescript.
^ | to receive orders; always de-
notes the Hi | or sacred will,
for which officers §j| | request
his Majesty's orders.
^| | or | ^ fine flavored; de-
licious, as a dish.
| ^ how luscious 1
| ^ the import, the drift of; as
M 1 §c p; ^is argument is
very recondite, or far reaching.
*— J|l ;£ *fc ] an important re-
mark; a synopsis.
$» M< ' 1 $5 Yii abhorred pleasant
liquor.
c \* \f j From hand and excellent as the
J'tl phonetic.
l c/t A finger; its thickness is a
common measure; a toe; Jjj^,
the third of the eight diagrams,
refers to the finger; to point out, to
refer to; to teach, to command;
to denote ; a mode, a particular.
^C 1 or g | or 4- 1 & the
thumb.
jj^ | or tfr | the middle finger.
4S ^g | the nameless finger, i. e.
the ring finger
58
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
^ | the forefinger.
2 1 J|£ the thickness of three
fingers' breadth.
1 ^F ft J£ to ma ^ e gestures, to
gesticulate.
] Hfi t0 snow on e how; to re-
veal to.
] JJ^ j^ ^ to point out the evil
results of such a path.
1 3C M If or ] 3£ | H to
make a feint, as in battle ; to
point here and there, befool-
ing one.
| -fj« to employ; to direct, as a
servant
| ji certain; surely.
j ^> >£ ^ * s doubtful, I can't
say certainly.
i t-k M, M to talk about the
weather.
] ;Jtj£ to signalize with the hand;
title of a military officer of the
rank of a captain,
jjjp ] [f|j in a trice, quick as a
fillip; instantly.
| jjfl& ^ an informer.
B& flU ] ~j£ plain as your hand.
j ^ ^: Q to point to heaven
and swear by the sun.
1 JK or 1 tM reDU ke ; t» cri-
ticise sharply.
1 W ^L t' ie Denna flower (Law-
sonia inermis); but the ] Ep Hfe
denotes the Impcttiem or bal-
sam, both being used to dye the
finger nails; the |Jj | ^ is a
species of Symplocos resembling
the Lawsonia, and therefore
confounded with it.
To provide in store; to have
ready, as implements of hus-
bandry.
| 75 §M 1$ the bills, hoes,
and other tools were all pro-
vided*
From hill and oj/lce as a phonetic.
A high and isolated peak ; to
pile, as in a hillock; to lay up ;
provided with, as supplies.
^t | to prepare stores, especially
for public use.
c cff
<cA>
j !fj| to collect provisions.
A s(* t$i fi rm ano - umnoved
<||tjk A terrace or tumulus on
PJ»J* which the ancient emperors
'cA* worshiped the five Shangti.
"j|j | a place near Lohyang
in Honan.
f^U5k The original form is intended to
'ill it represent the delicate lines in
J '"* needlework, ic is the 201th ra-
c " dical of a group of characters
relating to embroidery.
To embroider; to adorn with
braid or lace; braided; an embroi-
dered cap used in sacrificing.
|£ | to sew, to do needlework*
A*»-| ) The original form was composed
''pzft of Q clear, T§" seriatim con-
cfi' ' tracted, and ^jl knowledge, now
reduced to the present form; it
occurs interchanged with c chi
^H to know-
Wisdom, understanding;
knowledge of all kinds; prudence;
wise ; sagacious, discreet ; shf ewd,
sharp.
] J| brave and capable.
] !m$ a good, c ^ ear judgment;
intelligent wit.
| 3|| wise and discerning; in
Budhist canons, the last and
highest of the six virtues called
prudjna, or intuitive wisdom ;
he who attains it passes on to
nirvana.
■jTJ" jy ^ | -J£ he can become a
prudent man.
&£ | indiscreet ; no apprehen-
sion of.
•— %fl | universal knowledge, the
highest degree of intelligence
(sarvajna) attainable, and is ap-
plied to every Budha.
t? Composed of £{. a pitfs head,
\\j ^ a dart, and two \j spoons
c ^' ' to represent the cloven feet.
A sow that wallows ; swine ;
they are enumerated by Mencius
in addition to pigs.
H* I a wild boar.
~ •$£ 1 two brood sows — were
given to each cultivator in the
days of Wan Wang.
A ] a corpse cut in pieces; — it
refers to a speech of a princess
of the Han dynasty.
^vfW From 3* to reach and ${ to
~\^)L come up behind.
cli' To go or cause to go, to
convey to; to accompany; to
visit; to intimate; to resign, to
give over to; to induce, to bring
on; to hazard; to regulate, to
order; tending to; a sort; an aim,
an end; when an auxiliary to a
Verb, it is a causative, that, in order
to; as a superlative, the extreme,
the highest degree ; secret, minute.
| -f" A to tell a man; to send
to one.
1 ® 'fill ?fc " e came on that ac-
count; make him come.
5§: 1 ^ tffc ifc is done f° r tm ' s en d.
£\ ] ill jlfc in order that it may
be so.
^'S ] to induce one — to come.
^ | to act for another.
] ;^"; to inform, to intimate one's
wishes ; to bow slightly, to nod
assent.
| ft to resign office.
| ~f& to send a dispatch ; — used
only for equals.
!$ the utmost sincerity.
/f> ZL 1 the two are not unlike.
JH, ] the air, bearing, carriage of
a man.
| £ to send with, as a list,
f! | to send compliments (or a
present) to one.
| j|» or | ^ to risk one's life,
f?0 $? 1 ffl to provide whatever is
needed.
| (jjfj to inspirit men — iu the
fight.
1 £ll to apply knowledge to final
causes.
— | If H 1 eac h took a
different method to reach tho
same end.
ft j a resume ; in general.
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
59
) From silk and to cause; occurs
iuterchauged with tlie last.
c/t" To mend garments; to patch;
soft, delicate ; close, fine in
texture ; torn, tattered.
£| | beautiful, exquisite, fine,
delicate.
5J1 | soft, elegant.
■jyp! | handsome, suitable to.
$1} | fine, minute and beautiful.
^ 1 )$L M a wel1 ^^"ed, cun-
ning falsehood.
> Composed of JJ knife and ^
incomplete altered; it is inter-
c/i"
changed with the next.
To cut and pare ; to form ;
to govern, to regulate; to limit, to
hinder, to prevent ; to invent, to
make ; a rule ; a practice, a law ;
mourning usages.
| f£ to make, to do.
^■' 1 ; I can only do so much ;
I am restrained by the rules.
tt | laws, rules, restrictions.
Pj| ] to bring within rules.
| fg fixed rate, as of land rent.
1 Jx. t0 f° rm ru ^ es 5 management,
plans ; to restrain and subdue.
*£ | prohibitions ; to forbid.
Jg- | to restrain ; to set a limit.
1 3& an Imperial order.
j fy the Court, the seat of Go-
vernment.
PJ | the rule of a state; the Go-
vernment or Administration.
& | the etiquette of Court.
6 ^ | his Majesty is pleas-
ed to say.
W* M fl 1 t an empress] ascend-
ing the throne is termed cld\
1 S a governor-gene*al ; he is
addressed as | jfi [your excel-
lency] commanding the army.
g | self-restraint; g | /£ {i I
don't care, I'll not be hampered.
tfp 1 attending to mourning; this
phrase is written on a son's visit-
ing cards for nearly two years.
tf* | hi deep mourning; the phrase
is put on doors to announce it
to friends.
|j| | government prestige or pro-
perty ; what is issued by public
officers, or for public purposes.
"j~ ^E | an officer dying for his
loyalty.
m
From clothes and to form ; it is
similar to the last.
To cut out, as garments ; to
invent, to make, to manufac-
ture; to compound, as medicines;
a mode, a pattern; a rain-cloak, a
fur robe.
^ | well contrived, well done;
handsomely dressed.
1 ^ to make, to manufacture.
tk $i ii ^ 1 to make (° r out
out) clothes after the fashion.
$f 1 f^ a good prescription, either
to ] |§§ compound medicines ;
or to | jfy decoct by boiling
or using fire.
•|| -j£j- fy ] put up according to
the old prescription.
^J | done by the Emperor, or
for him.
ffl 1 a fox-skin garment.
-ifcjjp From fish and to prepare as the
Jjj^w phonetic.
c/f* A fish whose head is esteem-
ed a delicacy, and prepared
by pickling.
1 $?» "? ^ e roe °^ a sort °^
perch eaten at Canton.
y ^ 3 From water and venerable ; also
/|p? read jZ and t t'at.
clP Name of a small stream in
south of Shantung promon-
tory ; and one in the southwest of
Fuhkien in T ? suen-cheu fu, called
| tJ£ T'ai-shui ; to govern, to rule
well ; to heal, to remedy ; to over-
see ; to form ; to try, as a legal
cause ; to compare ; demanded or
required by the nature of the case;
practiced, experienced; fitted for
ruling, talented ; a prosperous or
good government ; the ruler's re-
sidence, or seat of his government ;
a retired room or the cloister of a
Tao priest.
| f ^ subjects ; those under his
rule, the governed; Aose within
the | JH official jurisdiction of
a magiyLtate.
| ^ to attend to funeral rites,
j <Ji*Jj to practice medicine.
j' ||'{b manage the family.
1 fo to regulate one's desires.
M ^ pj" | there's no way of
managing him; it cannot be
brought about.
k — . | — -J^ at times the country is
peaceful, and then it is disturbed.
] g( to try causes.
** | or | |p to try and punish
crimes ; to sentence or condemn
prisoners.
;& $r 1 % *' was y° ur ^ om S-
I $31 5c ~F to S overn ^ e empire.
j; | K his rule daily im-
. proves.
ZE. | general tranquillity.
j yt £ •% fitted to rule the world.
Jff | the prefect city.
1 ifk A m ^ e & ^y men > or ^y a
man.
The difference between these
tw o probably arose from con-
> founding their radicals.
To waft on; to store up
and provide for.
|^ | to gather in readi-
ness for a contingency, as
food or stores.
) From man and straight.
To meet, to happen, to oc-
cur ; to hold, as in the hand ;
to manage, to attend to;
happened, chanced ; a turn
in course.
1 or iM. 1 •i as ' ; tnen » J ust ^
this time ; it so happened.
it ^ £ $ Is il happened
in the multitude of his affairs.
the day on which the ^ \
f\fy or certain officer is in charge.
| to meet rather unexpectedly.
$£ the class which comes on
duty, or in turn.
cti
*n
60
CHI.
em.
CHI.
Read chih^ when used for ckik
]H the price of a thing; value,
worth of.
J ^ ] is it cheap or not t
/p | — ^ ^ it is not worth a
cash,
fff | ^ >J? what is the price of it?
^ 1 H 1& ]§J j| [t is not worth
while to argue it with him.
^=x^) "I From net and straight, but the
I primitive is however regarded
r as an equivalent of pa* Ik;
*^5 [ I *° cea8e > the second, from
U-L. J cover* and £rwe, is less usedt and
to not always exactly identical
Wi with it.
To dismiss ; to let go, to
put aside and take another ; to es-
tablish, to make firm, to place; to
constitute, as a new district; to
arrange, to employ; to determine,
to judge, to decide : to buy, to lay
in goods ; when used before another
verb, it often implies merely present
action, as jfy fg j j|| neither [of
the cases] need be made the sul>
ject of inquiry.
$g | to build; to establish.
J^ | to decide ; to sentence, as
a criminal.
Hf | to remove, as from office; to
supersede.
1 $(<* ] M) ft ¥4 to buy (or
set*le for) all things necessary.
$^ | ] we (in this shop) at-
tend to buying or perparing
our goods ourselves;
] If $ $h W have nothing to
do with it.
1 $% $k 'J& no wa 7 °f escape, no
place to hide myself.
| ^ to take a wife.
j Hj| to buy an estate.
| -^ -^ 'Jll cherish me in your
heart.
if* & % 1 unceasingly thinking
of him.
| ^ to speak properly or accu
rately.
| §£|$ a post-station.
B $£ £, t0 sett ' e on wuat
course one will follow.
cA"
) From water and belt, perhaps
with an allusion to a girdle cross-
ing water.
Water congealed or impeded
in any way ; to obstruct, to stop ;
left behind, untouched ; indigestible,
disagreeing with one; discordant;
to sprinkle ; piled up ; a hindrance,
a stoppage ; stagnated.
| |H indigestion ; a stagnant
market, overstocked.
| ^ impeded ; to restrain.
| }j| unprosperous ; bad luck;
he don't get on.
f]£ | or^ ] an old fogy, who can-
not adapt himself to new ways.
J5J, | hindered, as a case in court;
stopped.
| FJH obstructed ; prevented from
doing or goingv
^ 1 a stoppage in the fluids;
the nervous system deranged ;
bilious ; out of sorts.
^| | constipation, bowels bound
up; stiffened or congealed.
^ | indigestible ; as J]g£ | fat,
gross food.
ffi | to relieve repletion $ to aid
digestion.
I? } Hi $$ to tarI 7 l° n S m otner
places.
2£ lg | the " five serious hind-
rances;" a Budhist term for the
panicha klesa, or the 55. ilfe ^
five dull messengers which op-
pose perfection, viz ^ avarice.
PE an g er » 3fcfl foolishness, ^
irreverence, and J|| doubt.
3 From fowl and dart as the
phonetic.
bli * A pheasant or a francolirij of
which fourteen sorts are de-
scribed; to hunt pheasants; an
embrasure on a wall ; a sort of
curtain-wall ; to rule, or arrange ;
it pertains to ft |§jl the sixth dia-
gram, because of its plumage and
cleverness
| §Si tD e Tartar or Iongtailed
Beeves' pheasant (Syrmatieur) ;
also the com mon ringed pheasant
(Pliasianus torquatus).
HI | the eared pheasant (Cro$*
soptilon).
j|f| | a book term for partfldge.
] ^ the long tail feathers of the
Argus, which are used by actors.
1 j^ a parapet wall.
| p^ the southern gate of the
palace.
From grain and a phonetic ;
the third and fourth forms aro
unusual.
Young grain ; grain sown
' V late or self-sowed ; small ;
tender, young, delicate ;
self-conceited, haughty.
jj^J | young and tender.
| -^ or 1§i | a child ; a
youngster, a lad.
gentle, immature ; good
natured as the young; child-like.
J the old and the young.
From disease and office as the
phonetic.
The piles ; ulcers in the rec-
tum, which gnaw it like in-
sects.
f*J | and 5^ ] internal and ex-
ternal piles ; bleeding and blind
piles.
§5^ JJ§ ] a fistula in ano.
| JJ|S sores in the rectum.
The original form is designed to
represent a bird flying down, the
lower line indicating the earth
C« which it has reached; it forms the
133d radical of a small group of
miscellaneous characters.
To go or come to ; to arrive,
to *each ; the end or summit, as in
place* time or desire ; as an adverb
the greatest degree of, much, great-
ly ; and forms the superlative, very,
most highly; good; as a preposition,
to, at, even till, up to ; respecting
as to, in order to ; the solstices ; a
pulsation at the wrist.
I !;§ the very extreme.
^ | to reach it first.
1 HH M H °f tDe highest impor-
tance.
I W{ w holly sincere.
^ from of old till now.
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
61
1 ifc to g et to the place to stop;
reached it.
| j$ the best.
| jjfc with respect to, as to.
| jj£ on this account.
|3 ] all around, the four sides..
| /£ $$ at the very least.
|}|J | he will he here soon.
| yp, £ inhuman, malevolent ;
most truculent.
^ | not good, ordinary.
| J{ one who excels others.
1 flf ?r§ m re g ar( l to what is said.
1 ^ $F ?fl$ even to old age he
was a vile intriguer.
| $j} 2j$ come here at that time,
or on that day.
M pjj /p j he goes every wl>efe,
he is very wild; also omnipre-
sent, universal.
| Q that day ; in the Yih King,
it seems to refer to a Sabbath.
|2\ J A carriage so built that the
*~rl front is lower than the back,
dP or turns down.
1 $f to go forward and to
retreat ; to raise and depress ; to
despise and esteem; to regard one
highly and slight another.
') To walk hastily, to come in
abruptly.
c// 1 ' | $]f to run in and out; to
appear and disappear, as a
servant does.
^fc4« From hand and to hold ; it is
- ^ p . similar to the next.
cli y To seize with the hand, to
grasp ; to hold in the hand
when seeing a person; to present
to a superior; to enter, to advance;
to reach the edge; to break down,
as trees from snow; to loosen, as
ground.
| pj to tumble down.
ft | a superabundance, as of
snow.
^ | to hold firmly, as a bridle.
I W\ lo h°ld up and present.
From pearl and to hold; used
with the last.
A present of homage given
when visiting a superior, or
requesting a favor of one, as
alluded to in Proverbs xviii. 16; a
fee when entering school ; — gems,
silks, birds, and fruit were given
in ancient time.
| ^H presents of ceremony and
obeisance.
1 fL to v ' s ^t w ith a present;
bridal gifts.
ffi IS >j& WL 1 presents must
be taken when you cross the
frontier.
| f|£ wedding presents by the
female guests; gift to a teacher*
especially the present annually
sent by a tsin-sz 1 as long as he
lives to the officers who passed
him at the highest examina*
tion.
From bird and holding.
Birds of prey, accipi trine
birds; lawless, Violent, hawk-
like ; to seize by violence.
| |jf/ a sor t of harrier, which
alights on cattle.
] H 'F 5* hawks do not go in
flocks ; met . peerless, unequaled.
^ | Valiant ; ruthless,
$& %& 1 <L % soldiers who are
contented.
Bead cMl^ To doubt; to strike
at with the talons.
uneven places in a road.
A heavy laden horse; a horse
with crooked legs, caused by
overloading.
Ml 1 % f b fr the horse
was overladen and could
not go.
dtt>
cir
From li\Jt heart and ~tC. to go
contracted.
That on which the mind de-
termines; the will, the incli-
nation ; a resolve, a good determi-
nation; a fixed purpose; earnest
thought ; a sense of right ; to re-
cord, to collect and digest data ;
statistical works; collected memoirs
on Various subjects, annals ; — in
which it is used with the next ; an
arrow-head.
I ^ a purpose; the will; a mind
for, determination.
"fj | all one's aims.
(pj inclination ; wish, object.
ft | high purposes, great thoughts*
ifo | good resolutions, hearty
will.
♦ Hi $h 1 n °t to be turned from ;
conscious of power.
| M sf> M. c ^ on 't l° se your cob-
rage, don't be disheartened.
3& 1 i. A a ne'er-do-well ; a
reckless, shiftless waif,
ill 1 tRj >$* to follow one's whim;
Unsettled.
| J5^ ]l{^ uiy mind is fixed on thisi
W 1 M. J5& ^ have a settled pur-
pose to finish the work.
^ || | Annals of the Three
States; they succeeded the Han
dynasty, A; d. 221 to 265.
elf*
$
From word and purpose; the
second form is usually read
shih j this use being confined to
the classics. Used for the last.
To remember ; to record
for the purpose of remem-
bering ; to write in ; a re-
cord ; annals;
| ^ archives, records.
| fe to keep in mind j to jour>
nalize.
»f| 3$ | ^ to study much
and remember it too
VX 1 W yf jf5 an unfading me-
morial of, as a work of genial.
lH ] an epitaph, a eulogy.
fr'fc-M From disease and purpose as
r§~$iZ the phonetici
oA'' Black or fed spots on the
body ; a mole ; a hair-mole.
jg | spots on the face ; freckles.
| fg the hairs growing on a
mole,
j f[J mark by which one is
known.
62
CHI.
CHI.
CH'I.
Hhjf^> A medicinal plant from Shan-
jufc si > caUed ! M. 1 or } M J&> tne
c/i* roots of the Polygala tenui-
folia and P. sibirica used in
fevers ; another sort from Yunnan
is sweet, and is the root of a
different plant.
To record ; to remember.
| to write or engrave,
so as to be perpetual ; to
indelibly record ; to cut, as
in the rock.
] ^ 31 Pi it is written on my
inwards.
Si'
c/t
ch"
From to see and record.
To judge by inspection ; to
hold a survey on.
A goblet of horn holding
three t s/ii??^ ^j* gills, anciently
used by elders; a tankard;
to fine one so many cups.
IP ] to present the wine cup.
5|C
Said to be derived from Jg or
J|P to bind and lead, and J£
;/." to stop ; as a horse led or stop-
ped by his nose.
Prevented from acting or ad-
vancing, as a wolf stepping on his
own tail when retreating ; hinder-
ed, embarrassed ; to stumble over.
ij$ 1 & Mi L see how tae wolf J
tripped on his own tail !
Bead W The stem or pedun-
cle of a fruit, especially of the
date and pear ; the place or scar
of the gtem.
i>"\ Enraged, angry at; to be
I resentful ; the second also
ij f means to stop, to desist
J from; to hate; cruel.
$£ | incensed, enraged at,
irritated.
87J | U §k ne daily honored the
covetous and irascible.
sg
ch'
ch'->
O From foot a*id proof.
, To stumble at something trip-
ping the feet ; to put the
foot on.
| jfft to stumble and fall.
Many; this character is in
common use in the south and
west of Fuhkien.
| ^ numerous.
# %
days.
wanting a few
5 To stab, to pierce ; to plun-
der, to seize ; to point with
cA" the finger; to reach to.
-f'frfV To compare things together
4 IvG m order to see wherein they
c/i" are alike; to try, to ascer-
tain.
■ft* | *? to inquire the price.
the measure of that wall.
1 ?JC $§ $c ascertain the depth
of the water.
V*? The seeds of a plant resem-
bling the gall-nut.
vh" flg | a tree, otherwise called
M fet Pr^kly elm.
^ | another name for the ^JJH
Achyranthes.
'& Fine bright eyes; to pass
before the eyes, to get a
sight of.
Jjr^) ^ From sun and to snap.
j^| I The light of the stars
i
W M 1 1 bow the bri g bt
stars twinkle and glow.
Read clieh^ To illumine a
little; perspicuous.
^ ] a little bright; it is light-
ing up.
1^] 1 the torch in the
court is going out-
H 1 Je *$ to make out and
present a minute statement.
ch"
it*' *4
J ^ like, n
eh" % 1
orn, froward ; to dis-
ijurious to others.
^ 1 ^ Hfc neither froward
nor fawning.
1 fH perversely obstinate.
Old $ounds, f ai, t'i, fit, f efc, f ap, de, da, dap, di, dit and dik. In Canton, ch f i ; — in Sivatoiv, ch'i, f i, chi, and li ; ■
in Amoy, ch'i, ti, f i, li, hi, and chi; — in Fuhchau, ch'i, ti, t'i, ch'ie,. cmd lie; —
in Shanghai, ts'z', dz', and ts'eh; — in Chifu, ch'i.
m
From disease and doubt or
knoivledge ; the second form
is least used.
Silly, foolish; inapt, simple,
luckless ; doting after, han-
kering, lustful ; wandering,
idiotic; out of one's head, daft after.
] ^j| doting on, an uncontrollable
longing for.
cVi'
1 J$ or 1 7& heedless, stupid.
| $£ mad after ; besotted with.
| fEk rude and stupid, as a blun-
dering lout.
| |H bound up in, very fond of ;
set on.
jj?| ] afraid of, as timid childern are.
| ^ childish, imbecile.
§§£ | doting on books,- unpracti-
cal, pedantic.
] j$f salacious, lusting after.
1 >C> ^ it5 tne nni "ounded hopes
of a fool ; a silly notion.
1 U H *§ *5 & a sim P le man
is far better than a crafty
woman.
CH r I.
am not foolish or deaf, bow can
I manage tbe family 1 ?— I must
overlook some things.
From insect and elfin; also
read (It*.
c tt» A dragon whose horns have
not grown ; a term applied
to cruel men.
1 }$ or 1 IM stone slabs with a
dragon carved on them, placed
between, or on tbe sales of steps
leading up to palaces or temples.
| i|ft dragon handles on cups.
M
A mountain elf, a brownie ;
an evil monster, with a man's
t c*?i' face and a beast's body.
] J|j| a hobgoblin.
tf[>tf From eye and elfin as the
D St ph° net i c -
c f£ To examine things in a se-
ries ; to go from one country
to another to examine its
customs.
From millet or rice and elfin.
Glutinous, pasty, sticky ; to
stick on ; to attach or (due
n
^ it sticks tight.
to entrap birds with
the ] Jjp birdlime.
| ]}|fl sticking feet ; i. e. to sorn,
to sponge on others for meals.
■^k>£ From silk and fine.
cTrffl The fine fibres of the Doli-
t c 7i' chos bu Ibosus, or of hemp ; fine
grasscloth used for napkins.
I Jrj 'fij mie hnen.
H IS I IS finely embroidered
linen.
| ^ fine and coarse linen.
^facf An ancient earthen jar or
( >vHI amphora for holding spirits ;
cW some of them held a stone or
12 gallons, others half that
quantity; presents of wine were
sent in them, especially when bor-
rowing or returning books.
CH I.
ftt^f From bamboo and table; q. d.
^ ^* bambooed before the bench.
c 7j' To flog the hand, or beat the
mouth with a rattan or a
ferule ; to bamboo, to bastinado, to
scourge ; to correct, so as to reform
and make one ashamed of his bad
conduct.
| jfjfc the bamboos and sticks used
in a yamun for beating.
| j|£ to bamboo, to whip; to
punish in the courts.
J ^| to beat the buttocks.
P9 ~i* 8 ive Dma forty blows.
] B$ to flog with rattans.
| fip: laws directing the degrees
of bambooing.
to beat with sticks.
Composed of J£» insect under ■■•
the earth, and a JJ* sprout;
as a primitive it sometimes
gives the sense of rude.
A worm 5 ignorant, unpolished,
rustic ; to impose upon ; to despise
on account of ignorance.
J Jjj tbe uneducated masses, the
ignobile vulgus ; plain people.
J stupid, unpolished, countri-
fied.
J p£ to contemn and use harshly.
$f 1! Il .ML clever and dull people
each think well of themselves.
1 It ffc E Cu<i Yiu fi r8 t raised
rebellion B. c. 2637 ; a comet is
sometimes called ] ^ jjj# after
him, because it foretells war.
cm.
63
m
Laughter; to laugh heartily>
to laugh at.
cV*' ^ ] J to laugh aloud.
•g- ] laughing and smiling.
Jj<jf A 1 £. tue people there laugh-
ed at him for — his odd dress.
U I to laugh at one's self, for
one's blunders.
m
A kind of dog, apparently
from the Desert, called %f£ j
having long shaggy hair; it
probably denotes the fero-
cious shepherd dogs of the
Mongols.
From woman and rustic.
« A worthless, or ill-looking
6*N woman, one who acts ridicu-
lously ; a foolish woman ;
wanton.
1 JQ[ a harridan, a crone.
%\ j #p $g> to like or hatethe
handsome or plain.
From bird and to revert.
S) An owl, of which there are
several kinds which prey on
young birds ; when used
alone, the goshawk, or some of the
smaller harriers, is denoted.
] {$! or ^| j the white horned
or eagle-owl {Bubo maximus).
ffr I Of A, 1 a barn-owl; though
the night-hawk seems to be some-
times meant.
j 5Jt to act violently and oppres-
sively; deceived, imposed upon;
artful, said of people's customs.
I ^ a leathern bag.
£J 1 SUM^^ghe'heldhis
sway by his reputation for stern
justice.
ffttC ^ e mackerel, at Canton is
t>Vwo{ s0 called ; two or three species
t c r /}' of Caranx and Auxis are
common there in the spring.
tH> Eyes diseased and dim ; purn-
( fl^* lent or smegmatic eyes, sore
c c'A' at the corners.
eyes were blurred and running, and
his head snowy white ; — old and
decrepid.
Xtjfo The crop of a fowl ; the en-
(/jjtl trails of a bird is J)J| | , ap-
c cV*' plied also to the stomach of
a bullock or sheep ; tripe ;
the manyplus.
From 5(fC water and J^i earth
contracted ; q. d. where the earth
,# 7T . is bored water collects.
fp s n
A pool, a pond, a tank; a
fosse, a ditch or stagnant water ; a
receptacle for liquids ; the part of a
lute where the nuts are ; an ancient
M
64
CH'L
CHI.
CH r I.
ornamental cover or pall of woven
bamboo ; a prefecture east of
Nganking in Nganhwui.
•j}C | a tank, a reservoir.
j| | a fish-pond.
1$ | the city moat.
$| | a great moat or canal.
I m P°°l s and ponds.
j||r | a bath-room, the washing
tank.
tjj | the heart ; and 3£ | the
kidneys ; are Taoist terms.
JS | $j ^ a tank of wine and a
forest of meat; i. e. plenty.
^|2 ] the pool around the exami-
nation-hall in the Confucian
temple.
j^ | four small stars near ^ f§
or Arcturus.
I 4* Wi U- am not u ^e a] thing
in a pool.
^ | the place for water on an
inkstone.
f$ M | uneven, not of the same
height or length |g | jBl^how
the [swallow's] wings flittered !
^ | an ancient piece of sacrificial
music ; a star north of the stars
i k A in Virgo.
kiMf A horse galloping; to go
cji§Ui quickly, as a courser; far,
t cV/' spread abroad; fast, fleet; a
courier.
W) $$ a ra P'd courier, a post-
man ; by quick post.
| jt| the imperial highway.
| f£j to race or gallop horses.
I P 25 p^ ruun i"g here an( 3 there
with wild stories and talk.
1 H£ $fr ^ to ear nestly strive, as
for honors.
1 j§j| to drive fast ; met. to act
for another.
1 ^ to ride post.
P9 jilt 1 ^S tne name oa s traveled
everywhere; widespread, famous.
] j|a great gathering of people.
ffc &# 1 .#0 i£ men ' s toiIs
pass away like a shadow; — we
are soon forgotten.
2ft To s°
clJSl 1 ®
jC W
« and fro.
irresolute ;
hither and thither.
running
Eggs or larvae of ants.
] §|f condiment or pickle,
in which they form a part.
From earth and reaching to ; also
read < ti.
c t/j' An islet; a ledge of rocks in
a stream ; to bank in, to
stop; an embankment; a place in
a river dyked up, as a platform.
j$£ | a slope down to the water ;
a levee.
$D | j(}J t£ [there will be grain
enough] to make an islet or
heap a mound.
From earth and rhinoceros.
A porch, a court in front of
a hall ; a kind of open piazza
or vestibule, and the steps
leading up to it ; the raised path
leading from the gate to the palace.
^J | the vermilion avenue, i. e.
the emperor's palace, the court ;
it is also called 3£ | or perfect
avenue ; and other names.
the courtyard of the palace.
From to go and rhinoceros.
Slow, dilatory ; late, behind
time, the opposite of Hsao JfL
early ; not urgent ; to delay,
to walk leisurely ; to procrastinate ;
to wait for, not to hurry ; tardy ;
slowly and surely, by degrees ;
used for t nai JPj, in the phrase ]
/^> then he ordered him.
2j£ ^=| | he came too late, or after
time.
] 2JS ^» Jk. you'll be too late —
to reach the boat
% #b H I 1 tQe sun is g oin S
down slowly out of doors.
J£l ] | it was therefore
delayed from time to time.
| —~ W£ut one d a y-
^ | to put off continually, to
defer ; to cause delay.
Jp| | irresolute ; in doubt.
^ | late, dilatory.
•P* 1 i8S $& sooner or later I wiS
settle all the account
jjj | too late, too slow altogether.
$[E ] to dawdle, to put off pur-
posely ; dilatory, slack.
g| | far off, remote.
5C fpj 1 8JJ the sky is waiting for
the dawn.
1 ~#-£(°r 1 — ITf in (Ca«-
tonese,) wait a little, rest a space.
jj^fc | to sojourn ; to rest a while ;
to wait for.
Also read ( si; interchanged with
the last.
To cut open the skin ; to dis-
member ; to cut and cleanse
a fish.
I ] the ignominious slow punish-
ment of cutting to pieces.
From hand and office.
J »| To grasp, to seize hold of ; to
tp'H observe, to maintain, to direct
with a firm hand ; firm, reso-
lute, decided ; a classifier of fans.
j£ ] to manage, to take the direc-
tion of.
$fc ] to uphold, to assist.
I fife *° vindicate the laws.
] j|fj to demean one's self with
dignity.
| ££ to hand a cup of wine.
| ^ obstinate, unconvinced.
^ 1 ^ ^C veI 7 ca P a hle ; having
good administrative ability.
^1 1 -HI $ to d^ect military
affairs.
^ | to hold in the hand ; — as
JH — | one fan.
H£ ] or ^ | ^pa firm resolve,
— as not to drink.
] J^» to restrain the passions, to
keep the body under.
pj" £\ jjf I 1 will try hard to at-
tend to the matter.
A contracted form of jjj|, to
walk briskly ; to approach or
recede with a quick step,
j |g lengthened in time.
cCVl'
cn'i.
cut.
CHT.
65
A sort of bamboo flute with
seven holes, whose sound
* resembles children's crying.
jS ] the earthen bell and
flute, were two sacritical in-
struments that were employ-
ed to regulate the ceremonies ; met.
fraternal love ; brothers.
Undecided ; to step over.
1 jj|jf embarrassed, and not
.c'lC knowing what course to take.
From clothes and a horned tiger
~ as the phonetic.
'j'/i To take off clothes, to dis-
robe, to undress; to take
away official insignia ; to put an
end to ; a fringe.
1 J$ to str 'P off -
] |£ thick felt for sleeping ; plush-
| JEJi Jff {jfj to deprive one of his
button and leather.
ft H Jfil 1 lie laicl asicle llis
honors and insignia.
( lt7 1 F
From ear and heart, because
ho ear reddens when a person
is ashamed ; the second form
is common.
Disgraced, humbled, asham-
,c'K cd ; to feel shame, to blush,
to redden ; shame, chagrin.
5iL !el 1 to he asu anied; chagrin-
ed, mortified.
f^ ^F» Jsi H 1 ^° y° u not dread
being ashamed ?
H? ] covered with disgrace.
IK A 1 §| to get laughed at.
| St afraid of a scolding.
$» 1 i. tffe a hrazen faced rascal.
M. J§£ ] shameless, devoid of honor.
•0| | confused, mortified; crest-
fallen; — used in polite language
when complimented.
1 3E ^ ^ ashamed of poor
clothes and food.
^ $X ] "J 1 i the master is sham-
ed by beating his servant.
| J^ j£ he was quite disgraced ;
— ;g" -J* | i, the superior man
abominates a shameful act.
'+
Also read shi>
To cling to, to depend on, as
c'/j' a child on its mother.
•J'rj ] to entirely rely on.
C />t^ From man and many.
\5? Extravagant, profuse ; large,
(C K Ji tending to expand ; superflu-
ous.
^ | profuse, wasteful ; as 5§§ |
|^ l|fc making a great show,
living high.
| Jjjit extravagances of all kinds.
fQ a profuse outlay.
1 fjk 0T 1 if exaggeration ; wild
talk.
f& % 1 ^/* divergent and small,
like the stars of the sieve.
c 5/^ Interchanged with < ch'i fi£ gap-
5 ^^ ing, opened out.
jc7i' To separate, to part ; diffused,
spread out.
| glj sundered ; separated,
as friends.
C -AA^ A pretty woman, but worth-
JA^ less and wanton; airy, trifling.
i c W jljlr 1 a playful, seductive
girl.
Read shp or. 4 <i. A local term
in the state of Tsu for deceased
parents.
^§ | or ■££ | a deceased father.
C f&ft ^ s ^ e on a hill-side; a
plLi breaking away, the earth
'cVi' tumbling down; to loosen,
to destroy ; a elope or bank ;
a cliff.
Ig 1 to go up the hillside.
ffl $L IS 1 the bonds of govern-
ment and society were destroyed,
as when anarchy prevailed.
Jpij to fall, as a hill-slide ; to
break away.
Also read'*cA'ai.
A fragrant flower, called ^
| cultivated for its scent, and
which serves as a term for
fragrant flowers in general.
The original form represented
the teeth appearing in the open
- - mouth; it forms the 211th
C h radical of a natural group of
characters relating to teeth.
The front teeth, especially the
upper; the mouth; words; age,
years ; a sort, a class ; associates,
equals ; serratures ; to toothed, as a
serrated leaf ; to commence ; to
classify, as by years; to be reckon-
ed among; to record, to write in.
4£ ] *-J| old, elderly, advanced.
^ ^ | a father's equals and
friends — are to be respected.
jf|l | how old are you? what is
your age ? to which the reply is,
m i D* m i ] m if n,y
days have vainly passed, <fec.
3S 1 young ; undistinguished.
ft
9
^ flue elocution.
don't speak of him.
to gnash the teeth, in anger.
H | to begin to talk.
I 1=f specious, wordy.
A FJf /f» 1 unendurable, like
gravel in the teeth.
HI ] open-mouthed; protruding
teeth.
^L 1 milk teeth.
] Hf people of the same class.
££ ] P ff| the population daily
increases.
tft f£ ^C 1 cutting talk ; impu-
dent; rude and sharp.
^ | without teeth ; i. e. dead,
passed away ; but the phrase
i& 1 1S.^ a means, to the
day of his death he will have
no angry words.
] ]^J5 the jaw ; also, to seat people
by seniorty, as at a feast.
$|J5 ^ fy ] in the village meetings
place people according to age.
| £j^ the genealogical register of
the tsin-sz' graduates of one
examination ; ^ A. A ] $$ he
gives no handle for people's talk.
4£ | gold teeth, the name of a tribe
of aborigines in Yung-cbang fu
in Yunnan, whom Marco Polo
calls Zai-dandan; they covered
the teeth with thin plates of gold.
GG
CHI.
CHI.
CH'I.
t? ] fa ¥f Il!s teetl1 chatter.
fft 3* f$l 1 eloquent ; wordy.
From plant and /ee</i.
A weed, the || ] Jg; or
purslane (Purta/aca); it is
also known as J^ ^p ~3jjL or
melon-seed greens; and -£|
$f ^| or long-life greens.
51
c'h
Fro ii >Jl£ fire and If
s<an<Z contracted.
to undei
The b\aze or flame of fire;
glare, effulgence, splendor; a
daz/leof lights; to burn, to catch,
to spread; raging, as lust ; numerous.
] j|ti blazing up ^ met. imperious,
ardent, as lusts.
|jfc ] kbeir power was fierce.
j£ 1 firing up.
$£ to burn charcoal.
1W W H M ] t» a t you may be
prosperous and glorious | %g
numerous, as descendants.
£l$l$k>XM$£1k 1 as if one
try to put out a blaze with oil,
the more you put on the fiercer
it burns.
Tho second form is unusual ;
occurs written %f% chih.
A pennon or streamer with
a fringe, containing a motto
or inscription; a banner, or
flag, long and narrow, used
as a marker ; to fasten, as
with cords ; to tie on fringes ; to
make a minnle of; to signalize.
^f£ ] Hags and pennons.
f^ '| to seize the flag, — to win
the prize.
|$ J to pull down the flag, — to
conquer.
$| J a pennon woven in silk.
> To leap ; to jump about or
over; lame, a signification
cW preserved in Kiangsu in the
phrase | ^ a maimed hand.
m
^fc^Y") From to eat and break off.
i^ A noisome smell, such as is
made by burnt hair, putrid
meat, or noxious gas.
I fci ) From earth and correct.
« Mh. Adhesive clay, suitable for
c Ii ' the potter's use.
:jl| J to mold in clay
fM 1 ^° g ro P e one r s way
with a pole, as a blind man
dues.
> To stop, to detain ; once in
5»jC "se among the people of Tsu
cVt" or Hunan.
^ ] disappointed ; irreso-
lute or vexed, as when one
is met by a sudden obstruc-
tion or delay.
•flfell ) From hand and to limit} it is
P^t also read c/i'e/i,
c x li y To obstruct, to embarrass, to
c/w' hinder; to raise, to take up;
to select; to draw, as lots; to
pull; to grasp, to hold, as the
hands-
] ^ t0 draw lots ; to pull out, as
a ticket.
3$C J to restrain, to hamper ; to
extort by intimidation.
ffi J to call back, as a falcon.
• 1 JH* to g ras P t ue elbow ; to im-
pede, to bother; rigid ; cramped
and disabled.
I ${| flashing; sparkling, as an
electrical machine acts ; scintil-
lating.
§p- J to compel, to drag with
one ; to clutch and haul.
] ffg to draw lots, as officers do
who are appointed to the same
rank, and thus decide where
each is to go.
] -££ to discourage, to throw cold
water on. {Cantonese)
j& "6" £fc 1 ( or M) to make »p
a prescription in the old way.
SfZ J ^Jp, $jfe now tight, now loose;
twitching, as one in convulsions.
From to eat or rice and joj
t Food, victuals; meat and
drink ; wine and bread ; to
boil or dress food ; sacrificial
millet.
] H| meat and drink; food, living.
jfc 1 & 7$Z tue l ftr g e dishes of
millet are thus borne in.
I J^ a cook.
J ;§| a kettle or pan, used by
cooks.
From branch and plume; the
first is used for @ in the clas-
sics, also sometimes wrongly-
written jjg, which means a
flock of birds flying.
A wing; a fin; in com-
merce, ]IS [ denotes the
or shark's fins.
j^ wings.
Jl 1 or Wi. 1 to flap -the wings.
] f«g a wing, wings; hence ££
I f ^ is to be merry, to become
hilarious.
^ ] fowl's giblets are sometimes
so called.
£? ] a brown colored finch, com-
mon at Peking.
] $£ ranged along ; bristling, like
the teeth of a comb, alluding to
spinous dorsal fins.
I flying about; winging its
way.
8§t $£ 1 tne dragon-fly's wings, —
a sort of fine gauze.
r jfr why stop at regarding
eating as the most important ?
y The primary feathers of the
' XP-t wing ; a pinion, a quill ;
c'A" strong, rapacious, as a hawk.
cV*"
*
m
CHIH.
CHIH.
CHIH.
67
Old sounds, tip, tit, tik, dip and dit. In Canton, chat, chap, chak, chik, and shik ; — in Sxvatoiv, tiet, chip, .chap,
chek, chi, tek, sip, sit, sek and tit; — in Amoy, chip, chiap, chi, chek, tit, chit, 6k, sek, aud tiat ; —
in Fuhchau, chek, chaik, chi, k'ek, t'fk, chiah, chia, and die ; — in Shanghai, tsch,
tsak, dzeh, zeh, zuk, tsek, and dzek ; — in Chifu, chih.
.cMh
The original form is composed of
two old characters, meaning a
hand seizing andqp to terrify,
hero written like 2pi happy, and
altered in combination.
To apprehend, to seize; to
look after, to take in hand j to
pick up, to lay hold of ; to perse-
cute ; to hring and show ;to retain,
to keep ; to hold as, to look upon ;
to maintain ; to stop up ; what is
retained, as evidence ; what is
in the hand; obstinate, set; engaged
in, attending to.
| ^ to take by the hand.
^ ] to keep, as evidence.
| H| to draw lots.
j rj* to maintain the just medium;
candid.
-fj| 1 biassed,, prejudiced.
$J j or 09 1 or 1 i$ pertina-
cious, set in his way ; obstinate,
not open to conviction.
1 £, flff EL keep (or take), it, and
make the best of it, — as a bad
coin.
[oj | a receipt, as of the reception
of 9^ official document.
| -fjf to take bids among stock-
holders.
j $£ to maintain the law, to abide
by the rule.
^8* 1 *~* H eacu f°M ,ow s his own
trade or profession.
^ a manager, to manage; the
retinue of an officer, a proces-
sion ; as Jt M | 3|£ \ Jfj. those
who have nothing to do'with the
cortege ; officers who have no
retinue.
3}J Jji schedule of a procession ; a
list of duties of official retainers,
f^ or | jg *$£ to set types.
3p: to hold the pen, as an aman-
uensis.
| fy£ vigorous, brawnv. forcible.
JH ] to arrest, is a criminal.
1
| fe a father's friend ; and ^ ]
a father's equal in age.
In Cantonese A heap, pile ;
a handful ; a group.
ft M , **"" 1 l ivm g together in
one community.
— ] TJt a handful of rice.
From silk and to keep.
fsj > To tie up or tether an ani-
chil? mal ; to connect, to secure ;
a cord ; a fetter, a shackle.
] $£ to shackle ; hampered or con-
fined, as by duties or promises.
mmZ 1 .WI £ l§ give him
the ropes to bind his horses.
From horse and middle ; like the
last, and also read's7a<7i)
To fetter a horse ; a foot-rope;
a restraint ; a bond.
^CflJfclli ] heaven has burst
our bonds.
From insect and to keep.
To hybernate; stored, hid in
quiet ; insects or animals
burrowing or becoming tor-
pid ; gone into darkness.
jgg | the fifth of the 24 terms,
from March 5th to 20tb, when
the "torpid are excited," and
spring begins.
"3* 98 1 1 % the pleasant ga-
thering of children, and grand-
children.
1 Jul ani " ma l s that become torpid.
To lose one's courage or
firmness ; to show the white
feather; to give up, to sub-
mit.
if? £§l 1 J5R the orave man
has succumbed and yielded.
From luater and ten; scil. ten
drops make a stillicidium.
chih"
chili'
fCho
chih'
it
.chih
Juice, gravy, drippings ; slush;
the expressed' juice, the li-
quor or best part strained off ; sleet*
rain, and snow all falling together;
delicate, pleasing to the taste
I '#£ juices ; sap, exudation.
7JC ] essence, juice.
3j| ] the pot liquor, left after boil-
ing vegetables.
I§| | to suck the juice.
HI | melting snow.
] ?!»t g rav y 5 m et. pleasing to the
taste.
"Jij ^ 1 grape-juice or wine.
$c JjC ] betel-nut juice and saliva.
^3 $C ] ~p a cake or crust of
mortar hardend like stone; a
Peking term.
Hi
l chih
Kepresents the mouth with the
breath issuing from it ; much used
as a contraction of chi\ J|£ as a
classifier, but not quite correctly.
A final particle or tone ; a
disjunctive conjunction, but, how-
ever, yet; as an adverb, merely,
only ; but just, just then.
1 5£ or 1 Pj" this will only be
the right ; this alone is proper.
| ^ merely for the present ; on
the spur of the moment, incon-
siderately.
fc 1 7& % H Dut l don 't want
it ; I just don't need it.
| ?H| merely have.
] /j|jj — ^ there is only one
thing or affair.
| jffc TfO £ just this and no more.
| J^ just observed, only saw ; it
came to pass.-
. ]• ^ obliged to, no alternative ;
only can.
# 4 5c 1 0h > motber ! 0h »
heaven !
HI ] ;§" -^ they rejoiced in that
he was an honorable man.
In Fuhchau. .Used for ]f£ this ;
here.
68
CHIH.
CHIH.
CHIH.
cluk
From J^ property and /f/f two
fuels pledged for it ; the abbre-
viated form is much like tun*
Jfi a shield.
The substance, matter, or
grosser nature of, as dis-
tinguished from the aura ^
or subtle parts ; to substantiate by
evidence, to establish ; to appear,
as in court; to cross-examine, to
confront, to set over against ; to fix
or settle ; to perfect ; opposite to,
appearing in presence of; essential;
plain, not figured ; honest, sincere,
true ; firm, as a texture ; a disposi-
tion, a habit.
Mt 1 or ftii ] tue natural dis-
position or parts; the mind 5 the
constituents of a vapor.
*H 1 substance, elements of.
%% Yc 1 n >orphine.
j^, | disposition, capabilities,
^j- | to confront the parties, as
for proof.
] fH to cross-examine or confront,
as in court.
^ ] a bitter principle.
£F i£r 1 perspicacious, very clever.
1 j£ a firm tint, said by dyers ;
a good disposition.
£{: 1 ^ an honest disposition.
| fg evidence of, something to
go by, an earnest.
] ^| plain, unostentatious, not
extravagant.
jj£ ] elegant, delicate.
] Z. 1fk A I'll a sk people about
it, — so as to be pure.
j$£ and | are opposites ; plain and
fiowery ; showy and real ; ele-
gant, polished and solid learning.
] H A ^ complete what con-
cerns your officers and people.
]|| | a good mind; brilliant, gifted.
Read chp A witness; a pledge;
an introductory present; a hostage;
a large market-place.
to exchange hostages or
pledges.
| JijjL or | f j| a pawn shop; it is
less extensive and cheaper than
the ^ fjf or security shops.
3c
$ fH $£ $t I pawned it there to
save the tax.
t?Cv t Used with the last.
|rf J ) A ticket; a token, passed as
chili> a pledge or security, when
pawning.
] HjJ a check cut from a register,
as a ticket or share.
An ax or hatchet ; an iron
block or anvil used by smiths
or artisans.
"^ From horse and to ascend or to
step ; the first is the common
form.
A stallion ; to go up, as a
hill ; to cause to progress ;
i to promote, to raise ; to fix,
to determine.
jft |5§j ] that was a good deed, —
meaning done from real love, a
secret act, unostentatious bene-
volence,
rw I T -K [heaven] orders the
melioration of mankind.
[^ ] j$£ exhortations to benevo-
lent acts.
/"£* Often wrongly used for thv3 next.
|dfc> Firm, unbending; foolish.
uphill | ^ not advancing, hinder-
ed by something.
From woman and to reach as the
phonetic.
j
ghih The child of a brother ; also
called $J ] , while | -^jp is
his son ; a nephew.
| -£r a Q i ece > his daughter.
^ ] a sister's child.
fr\* | a wife's nephew.
-§* | my nephew.
| $f a niece's husband
^ | young relatives, nephews
and cousins.
£fc | the sons of kiijiii or tsinsz'
alumni of the same year.
■jtfr ] a term used by one's self to-
wards a father's chum or fellow
graduate.
Ml l y° lir " ig I10ran t nephew," is
the subscription of one writing
to his friend's father.
,chih
Luminous, splendid ; great.
^ The turnings and windings
of a mountain brook ; deriv-
ed from Cheu-chih hien ^
1 !$ a district in the
south of Shensi near Si-
ngan fu, where the streams
are much impeded in their
courses among the hills.
The second form is unusual.
The rustling noise made
when reaping grain is liken-
ed to ] ] , — in imitation
of the sound.
|g \ to trill the fingers
across the strings of a lute.
From tuood and extreme as the
phonetic.
tChih Fetters, handcuffs ; stocks of
wood or iron ; to manacle, to
shackle ; to stab, to pierce ; to
stop ; a thing to clog wheels ;
a spike.
] ^ manacles and gyves.
1 il Hff 7 P<5 tetter uim but do
not ask him questions.
| |§ a linch-pin ; a wheel-chock ;
met a censor of manners, one
who influences the tone of tao-
rals.
,clnh
*
£
' A leech.
1? >(fC | a bloodsucker, for
^chih which there are several local
names.
w,
From a place and extreme as the
phonetic.
chi]i To go up, as a hill ; flourish-
ing, as an age ; a super-
lative, very.
§H very prosperous.
^j[j | an ancient name of Ngan-
hwa hien ^ -ffc j|£ in King-
yang fu on the River King, in
the east of Kansuh.
I fa a S°°d government, one
proved by the general prosperity.
CHIH.
cum.
CHIH.
69
chitf
chili'
To stop up ; to close, to fill;
5 to obstruct; solid; the moon
in J|£ or nearly in opposi-
tion ; to pare off.
^ | to hiccup.
] ^ I Jjft difficult to manage ;
impeded in every way.
] J| a bedroom door; an old term
for the entrance to a grave.
| H| to stop, to choke or fill the
entrance of.
g ft ^ 3fc ] £f £ jg there
are no doubt some difficulties
(or objections) in the way.
JLJrft* From insect and to stop up.
J ^-H ;) An insect that burrows, the
chili' | $$ a sort of field-spider
that weaves a tubular web
on the ground ; probably a sort of
Mygale or Atyphus; it is also
called j£ |j$|I ^ or ground spider.
From metal and extreme as the
phonetic.
A small sickle or toothed
bill-hook; met. the grain
which it reaps, which was the head
cut off short ; an old name of Suh
cheu ^g >}\\ near the Eiver Hwai,
in the north of Ngan-hwui, during
the Han dynasty.
| XlJ to reap grain near the ear,
leaving the straw.
7J^ ] a sickle.
$Ej | to pay in the grain due -on
the government land tax.
|^ From grain and to lose.
^ Orderly, regularly, in a se-
chili' ries ; to dispose in order ; a
station, a post, an office ;
usual, acquainted with; permanent;
clear, explicit, as teaching; a
decennium, or increase often years
in one's life,
pjj ] or $E 1 official rank or
precedence.
fr 1 or 1 ?fc a sep i es J a rank.
fl» H 1 1 m ethodical, lucid in-
struction ; an unsullied name.
| j£ ^f a graceful sloping
bank.
3#i
jjj^ ] official salary or perquisites.
£ ;£f ] | the attendants were
all in their places.
|^ -£ 1 entered his seventh de-
cennary, as at 61 years.
3^ 1 5^ §& heaven's orderings
and scheme, as the human rela-
tions, five virtues, &c.
Hfc I ^C E high ministers in the
Household Guards; they are all
noblemen and palace dignitaries.
From napkin or clothes and
to lose; the second character
' also means to sew; a period
of ten years.
•^^j J A cloth or paper case to
chil? cover Chinese books ; a
book-wrapper ; a satchel or
bag used like an envelope; to
arrange, as books; a classifier of
letters.
^ | or ^ ] a book cover or
wrapper ; a large envelope.
& j5C *~~ 1 one P u blic dispatch
>&£fl To stitch, to seam; to sew.
^/V) 1 ^ to mend or sew
^chih clothes.
AS-X From bird and hand; it'is often
£§^ erroneously contracted to chih
j •/ >V from the similarity of tone <
A bird, one of a sort, not a
pair ; single, by itself; a classifier
applied to ships, boats, gems, ani-
mals, birds, insects, &c; also things
in pairs or sets, when one is in-
dividualized, as legs, eyes, shoes,
cups, saucers, spoons, (fee; and to
things resting on a base or legs,
as a table ; following a noun, it
denotes several of the kind ; as
<££. ] several oxen.
1 1 'ff J& eac ^ one uas a ta ^-
— • ] : ^. jtfc one foreign ship.
$j{5 ] |?|J many ships have arrived.
| ^ ^ H jj| =^ one band can
not screen the sky ; — one per-
son is inadequate to do it.
J& J|l $£ | one body makes only
one shadow ; — I am quite
alone, solitary.
] Jp I myself alone ; only one
in it.
*F i^ ;H 1 on h a f ew ^ them.
f£ ] duplicated or by twos ; in
pairs.
PC 'IS ] *3r [do n't despise this]
slip of paper and one character ;
i. e. my brief note.
S>£ From $j flesh contracted over
j!K> >Kfire.
fhh To roast flesh ; to broil ; to
dry or toast before a fire ; to
cauterize ; to be intimate with, to
approach, to approximate; near;
to simmer in honey, as dates are
cured; warm, hot.
| JjiC dried liquorice.
1 4£ to dry thoroughly; as ] "$£
|j| to dry clothes.
j^ ] A P hashed and fried for
people's eating ; pleasing all
tastes.
$$l | very friendly with.
^ ] injured, as by bad company.
$>J ] to parch in a boiler, as in
preparing drugs.
to cook or roast ; to burn.
| ^ to warm the hands.
<fr *K Jt ] r ' s i n g anger; also the
internal heat coming out, — and
parching the lips.
The base or foundation of a
j^j wall.
^chih ^ ] $[ a place in Sz'-
ch*uen, noted for a battle.
^ From hand a,nd people or stone;
the second is also read t'oh. } a
synonym of j{* to hold.
To take up, to gather, to
collect ; to adopt ; to im-
prove, to brighten.
1 fft M 3C t0 c o lla te (or gather)
old books or phrases.
] Jfj( to quote or plagiarize
others' words ; to appropriate.
Hj ] to flourish, like a city ; to
enlarge, as a place.
1$C Mi ¥M 1 his style improves.
] -^ not to get advancement; to
fail of promotion.
JE
E
A
,chih
70
chih
n
CHIH.
From foot and people; it is like
the next.
To tread, on, to follow after ;
to stamp, to leap; the sole
of the foot.
|fi j ^ to pass or leap out of
chaos or non-existence into be-
ing ; now here and then gone.
j | a leader of thieves, a sort
of Robin Hood in early Chinese
history ; hence $p | ;£ ft as
unliKe as Shun and Chih, i. e.
as Peter and Judas.
chih
Like the preceding..
The sole of the foot ; the
foot of birds.
1 i£ ~V to trea d under foot.
$| 1 a fowl's foot-
.chih
From a dart and a sound.
A sword ; others say, to
gather, or a synonym of shih,
fjf[ or potter's clay ; it is
only used as a primitive,
without conveying any mean-
ing to its compounds.
From jjV silk an< i *Hl to govern
contracted ; used for Ifljjjf a flag.
To weave ; woven ;. weaving.
1 $1 a loom.
] Jfjj to weave cloth.
1 ^§j|it$£t wov:ei1 xer 7 beautifully.
] (Bt vve aver's thrums, ends of
the threads.
J ^j£ flL jp the blazonry of birds
on the flags.
| $j£ to weave figured fabrics.
j£ | a name for the cricket
] jfl an officer in Kiangnan who
attends to procuring silk and
porcelain for the Court.
From- ear or body and a sword;
the second tocm is pedantic
> and unusual.
To record events;: to act
officially; to govern, to over-
see, having the direction of;
to make a thing important
or leading; official duty, title,
office ; used for I, when an officer
speaks of himself, as | j|| I, the
,chih
CHIH.
Intendant ; presents from other
states ; single ; really, certainly ;
numerous, as duties.
1 ^ to govern, to manage.
J ££ in office ; its duties ; the
post itself.
#P lH 1 to con fer an bonorary
title or nominal office.
JljL j I, the officer; those who are
in the service, down to low offi-
cials, even when only titular,
call themselves chih^ and pi 1
when addressing u superior.
] jlj an official title f an officer,
either actual or titular, a func-
tionary of any grade under a
red button.
j|s | to deprive one of office or
title.
^ | to receive an office.
] Tjf a title ; official duties, of
which once the ^ ] comprised
the various departments.
] ] numerous, said of an officer's
duties-.
?r$J 1 to pay tribute ft. e. the |
Tp£ presents or customary offer-
ings to the Crown.
■JJfr ] hereditary office or title.
| T|f official duty ; to specially
manage an affair.
Wi 1u ft \ to institute- a post
and define its duties.
$ff ] M a ret i r ed officer who
is allowed to retain his titles.
These two characters are used
in ancient rituals with, the
same meaning, though not al-
together identical.
Pieces of jerked meat, a
foot or more in length,
formerly reckoned among
betrothal presents ; high, of not
putrid meat; sticky, adhesive.
H§ ]. pomatum.
I^lti. From place and a step.
|jC > To ascend ; to enter on a
chili' higher office; to mount, to go
up to ; advanced, promoted ;
to proceed.
1 ® to S° U P a ladder or stairs.
chih
CHIH.
] fii to behold from on high, as
God does.
S{5 ] to degrade and to advance;
official changes.
^ to advance and retire, as to
and from the altar.
1 %, fti. |2<J ascend that high peak.
Xfc. | *i¥f $■ ^° y° u ascend the
throne.
| 3f| ^ jfy to be admitted into
the holy regions.
Tj^j*' Composed of @ eye, -f* ten,
8JLiL> and |g. hidden contracted, for
Chi/i tea eyes can see a thing straight;
it is used for -||g and the next ;
and is easily mistaken for chin
JfiL true.
To look ahead; straight, direct;
upright, blunt, outspoken, true ;
just, exactly; to be straight, in
witi?i§; a perpendicular stroke; to
straighten, to proceed, to go direct;
that which leads or directs; as
an adverb, only, but, merely; stiff
and straight ; purposely; suitable ;
the price of.
j£ | just ; the upright.
1 "& ^* II to speak without re-
servation ;, to tell all.
^ and | , and also ^ and | are
opposites \ crooked — straight ;
devious — upright.
] jfi self-evident doctrines.
j -^ he left immediately.
1 fl^ g° directly on, follow
the straight road.
— 1 A g () straight in ; — |
^ go straight on.
— ] jjj=" go straight ahead.
| 2j£ £f| ^ I came directly here.
-}T 1 P° Ul1 ^ ' fc straight.
P^ j true, fearless, blunt ; always
speaking hie opinions.
#■ 1 M sfretch out your leg ;
wief-stretehed-out legs, i.e. dead;
for which ] •— is also used.
1 ^ "& ^ they only fled a
hundred paces.
IE 1 or H* 1 "GttTtfyj stiff-neck-
ed, willful ; honest, trusty.
W: 1 £§ ki P romote tue men of
integrity, remove the double-
dealing.
CHIH.
CHIH.
CH'IH.
71
:tfc ] #H ^ straight as an arrow-
fljj j wages.
fl ,R ffij 1 ^ a crooked foot lie
wished to make a straight
fathom; i.e. give him an inch,
and he'll take an ell.
1 % *]?%$, ll0vv much is it worth"?
] iic i=I Chihli province, e.i. the
province which superintends the
others ; as a | *jj£ jf»Jj is an in-
ferior department, or a district
whose magistrate is not under a
prefect.
4f ] iff? all the provinces, the
governing 'and all others.
jflfg" | tf* | don't believe every^
thing called true, or every strong
asseveration.
From tree and straight as the
phonetic.
chih ^-° P^ an ^ to sat out; to set
up ; erect, standing upright ;
to lean on, as a staff; to place, to
lay down ; a beater or mallet.
Wl ] or Wi 1 to set out trees.
1 3£ $fc Ue 1^°- as ide his staff.
J=i | door-posts.
£fc | to produce plants.
| ^ to form a party or cabal.
% HI i« 1 * am ver y thankful for
you aid in setting me up — in life.
To fatten, to enrich ; to pro-
[,) duce, to prosper, to grow; to
(phi/t be largely produced ; to get
rich, to amass ; price, value ;
to raise the price of; to appoint, as
to an office ; to set upright, like
the last, to plant, to cultivate.
^ | to appoint to office $ to
hoard or store money.
] even, level ; regular.
HU ] abundant, prosperous.
^ | Jf do not be greedy of
money, do not set your heart
on riches ; do not raise prices.
nil %fo ^r* 1 a 'i nature flourishes.
1 'If Wk a PP°int upright men to
office.
M 1& ^ *£ W * 1 4 P e ople
of the same surname must not
intermarry, lest they do not in-
crease.
^^BM^M I £ w e have
fields which Tsz'ch'an got for
us; — who will do so, when he
is dead 1
The grain first sown; the
first grain that comes up ;
t c/«A sometimes applied to the wife
first married.
] H Jt %$" nrst sow tne P 1 ^ 80 an< ^
then the wheat [for the next crop]
*
j}fe£ From hand and a plain; it oc-
^IPj curs written \ jj§, but this last is
■chill' more commonly read t'ih,
To throw down or at; to
•fling away, to reject; to waste, as
time 3 to pitch, as quoits.
] pf* to hit the mark.
1 l$C ■? or 1 & t0 throw dice.
T or til 1 to throw down.
| |j| to discard ; to throw away-
1 M or | jH to return, as a
memorial to the writer.
1 % 1^ or ia! 1 to throw away
time ; to idly spend it
ffi 1 ^J $k to throw stones and
brickbats to and fro.
1 Sfe & 3$ [ like ] the sound of
ringing brass striking on the
ground, — so is this rhythmi-
cal composition.
1 JL ff" to gamble (Cantonese.)
rffllK ^ l ar » e g reen caterpillar, the
Jv?r> | jjijig which feeds on the
\chih bean; it is perhaps the larva
of a sphinx moth.
fit Embarrassed, bewildered.
r) 1 Jif irresolute, unquiet ;
chite advancing and retreating, as
dancers do, or as when ven-
turing into a palace ; also the name
of the Rhododendron indicum.
CH C IH.
Old sounds, tfak, tik and t'ik. In Canton, ch*ik and shik ; — in Swatow, ch'ie", ch'ek, ch'ia, and t'ek; — in Amoy,
ch'ek, t'ek, Bek, and hwa; — in Fuhchau, ch'ek, ch'ioh, ch'iah, t'ek .and sek; — in Shancfhai,
tB'ek, ts'ak, and sek ; — in Chifu, ch'ih.
'cfcih
From jr* a tody and ^j to un-
derstand combined; it refers to
the fingers, for when the hands
were laid side by side and opened
to their widest extent, the length
seems to have been a popular
measure for a foot ; used for the
next.
A cubit, or the Chinese foot of
ten ts'utf; it has in different dy-
nasties been divided into 8, 9 and
1.0 tshin' -ij*, and the present varia-
tions in its length in different parts
of China are equal to H teW ;
by treaty the length is fixed at
14.1 inches English, or 0.3581 me-
tre French ; the fifth note in the
diatonic scale.
fjfe 1 or J£ 1 i* s the tailor's foot
at Canton of 14.8 inches; and
the jii| j|| ] is the mason's
foot measure of 14.1 inches.
H ] a five foot measure.
| | a carpenter's square.
| tJ 1 %f ft >J^ there are different
sorts and sizes of the article.
>p | -sj* what are its dimen-
sions %
■*j* J& ji that's a place
where etiquette is to be ob-
served, where you must mind
your ps and qs.
53- H
12, xE
72
CII'IH.
CH III.
CII IH.
sfcljk ] "fj* not of full stature or
dimensions.
7^ 1 £ M a minor reigning very
soon after his father's death.
jfc 1 or !& 1 a ru ^ er 5 a ferule.
J| 5c 1 a sextant.
M. M 1 measure ^ length.
~- | ;£ |j| a brief epistle, a
sharp note; the — ] was a
name given in the Han dy-
nasty to the tablets on which
the Emperor wrote his orders.
W 1 )M. measurable; what is done
by rule ; one who works me-
thodically.
H 1 Haft tue three foot blade — of
the first emperor of the Han.
£ | j^^a lad of three cubits,
a sfccipling.
~. ] jt£ imperial laws ; so called
iu reference to the size of the
paper used.
3 | g|a three foot scarf,
alludes to a bowstring or halter-
1 -J^ a circumscribed narrow spot;
insufficient.
#ffi | a two foot rule, struck at a
funeral by the undertaker to call
in the spirit.
chHti
From insect and a foot; used
with the last.
/Jh
ch ( i/i
Caterpillars of the family of
the loopers, or Geometridce,
called ] JH or foot measu-
rers ; hampered, repressed.
Composed of 7C great over ^C
fire, as shown in the second
/ and antique form ; others say
of ij$ and j£ i- e. hot earth,
both referring to the dark ukin
of southern people ; the south
pertains to fire and carnation ;
it forms the 155th radical of a
few characters, all relating to
red.
The third of the five primary
colors, a reddish carnation or cin-
nabar color ; a purplish light red \
color of a newborn infant ; naked ;
poor, destitute, barren ; to redden ;
to strip, to denude; any highly
polished metal.
1 g sultry ; a very hot day.
] »jjff the god of Fire.
| ^p an infant ; the emperor so
calls his subjects, indicating his
love.
] £f| the equator, the south road.
| $f or ] f| or | ft naked ;
stark, nude.
] jfr guileless, sincere ; it is an
appellation of Kwanti.
] Wi a P ure heart.
"y^ I to throw aces and quatres,
or the red faces of the dice.
P B red mouthed days, are
those on which the Cantonese
avoid bargains.
tT 1 H to bare the feet -
| 2£> empty handed.
| ]fa unoccupied wastes ; pampas ;
a steppe.
| J; P the red earth country ;
an old name for Siam.
1 %% an °ld name f° r China; \
|l|j? is another name used by the
Moslems.
j||fc | Mushed from drink ; red in
theface; as j& _£—&:— ]
(|fj his face turned red and then
crimson, — on being detected.
fa
0,
chW
The second is the earliest form,
composed of ) a shelter and
pPf perverse, contracted to the
iirst ; the second also means to
put a top to.
To expel, to drive far from,
to turn out of the house ;
to scold ; to strike or cuff", as with
the fist; to pry into; to point out ;
reaching far, extending to ; exten-
sive, broad ; salt or nitrous land.
1 7<£ or $?■ 1 to expel, to thrust
out.
]g| ] to reprimand, to speak se-
verely to.
to point out faults,
to blame, plainly.
&
m
| ^ to blame, to reprimand.
I ^ to- juggle ; legerdemain.
| "j^ to dismiss from office and
banish.
^ 1 wandering, reckless; to
motion one off!
M M. lf£ 1 tLc filchers and ban-
ditti are numerous.
| j|i to degrade, or take away a
titular rauk by a higher func-
tionary.
^ 1 Br #f ft $51 ifc does nofc
point out the peculiarities of
things.
] ^ to spy another's conduct in
order to find fault ; to keep a
watch on.
From mouth and seven.
To cry out at, to scold, to
hoot at; to blurt out; to an-
grily order another ; to make
mention of.
] JfnJ to drive out a dog.
] JH or P^ | Jp JH to scold and
abuse ; to blackguard, to rail at.
fpf | to breathe hard, to speak
loud.
Mffi 1 £ |£ft please mention
my name, and present my re-
spects — to your father.
~) From strengthand to bind or or-
der ; the third form is also read
%lai.
■ehW
chHh
To try, to attempt ; an or-
dinance; an order, what is
done by special command of
the Emperor, — for which the
next character is the ver-
bal form ; a charter, a special
permit or precept from him; to care-
fully look after ; to have charge ;
to give in charge, as to punish ; to
receive warning ; the execution of
a charge ; steady ; urgent.
| "§= credentials, letters-patent.
| ^ by Imperial appointment,
a special title.
g$ | royal orders, laws, precepts,
prohibitions, &c.
| {£ to bestow honors on an
officer's dead parents.
] f^ the Emperor's mandate pro-
mulgated.
I 13 or I & an Imperial order;
his Majesty's will.
| fy ^ charms containing the
u special orders" of a god ; they
are hung on the lapel.
m
CH f IH.
From to eat, rnan, and strength;
it is often used for the last, and
must not be confounded with
•*** shih fft to adorn.
To make a thing firm ; reve-
rent, careful, respectful ; to enjoin
On or instruct, as a superior does a
subordinate ; to direct, to command;
to adjust, to make ready, to pre-
pare to do; diligent; prepared.
1
fl» 1
to dispatch on public service,
to issue orders,
to use care in doing,
to strictly charge.
I hope you will do it.
}& ~f] to preserve order in
a region.
I 15 H J& he fasted and kept
under his body.
W It 1 £P * have respectfully
copied the orders for your in-
formation.
2$ $ |£ | the war-chariots were
all ready.
CfTlH.
1 1J & 'J| 1fc ffr U8e diligence
to increase the productions of
the soil.
J £p to make orders known to an
officer, that he may do them.
From bird and method, be-
cause the cock and hen always
> walk in proper order.
A beautiful water bird, the
H! 1 which has a broad
and upright fan tail, descri-
bed to be like a rudder ; it
is perhaps allied to the mandarin
duck, though the muscovy duck or
the pied duck, is rather more
likely to be intended.
CHING.
73
chHK>
From tree and pattern; it is
also read shih)
Name of a tree ; a thing
used in divination, in con-
nection with maple seeds and the
heart wood of the Ehamnus date.
| J\-y veneration
To fear with respect and
veneration.
chHh* | | to regard with awe.
^^L The original form is intended
*^% to represent a short step, or the
' 3 motion of the leg in -walking; it
Ch in forms the 60th radical of a na-
tural group of characters relat-
ing to walking and regulations.
| ^f" the motion of walking;
when joined they make the
character Jdng ff to walk.
-M3 Hard ground, dried by the
^*J^) sun and caked ; to enter the
chHh* ground ; one says, water ap-
pearing, the ground becom-
ing damp, which is suggested by
the parts of the character.
ctiiti
To chastise, to flog; the
sound of a thrashing or
beating.
OHHTQ.
Old sounds, ting, and ding in one instance. In Canton, ching, and one or two ch'ing ; — in Swatow, cheng,
teng, chin, ch D ia, and t n e ; — in Amoy, cheng, and one or two chin and teng ; — in Fuhchau, ching,
ting, and cheng; — in Shanghai, tsang, and one or two zang; — in Chifu, ching.
.chan
Composed of J?^ pearl and f*
to divine ; or, as in an ancient
form, of #f£ a tripod and f»
to divine.
To inquire by divination,
either by cowrie shells, coins, or
other things; chaste, pure, virtuous,
un defiled, uncorrupted; moral, high
principled ; a term for the inner
row of the 64 diagrams, the outer
row is named 'Jjj hwui'
] ^ chaste, even to death.
| J£ firm in the right.
| gjjif reliable, trustworthy, faithful.
| ^ honest, chaste ; undefiled,
as a virgin.
?X 1 HE tM P ure a "d unsullied,
virgin purity.
1 HI "% tH immovable, energetic
in maintaining the right.
] j|£ the elementary parts.
| fjj a chaste widow, one who
will not marry again ; many
1 iff $J honorary gateways
are found in China to their
memories.
T^r 1 a betrothed girl, whose affi-
anced died before the nuptials,
and she refuses to marry.
The chaste tree, a common
evergreen growing in northern
China; it is the ^ 1 or wax
tree (Ligustrum lucidum
L obtusi folium); it is also
called 5& -pf , because it maintains
its pure green color through all
xhd/i
seasons; its seeds, called ^ j=[
•^p, are mach used as a tonic.
^5 £ 1 a high statesman, a stay
of the realm.
] $£ planks used in making
adobie walls.
From worship and pure.
Lucky, felicitous ; a good
omen.
| jffi auspicious ; a sign
indicative of heaven's ap-
probation.
The name of an upper
branch of the North River in
Kwang-tung, whence ] RE
was an old name for Wang-
yuen hien || $| jyg in Shao-
cheu fu.
74
CH1NG.
CHING.
CHING-
^hang
From to go and correct; it is
interchanged with fSpt in some
senses.
To proceed, to get on ; to
pass ; as time ; to reduce, to
chastise refractory states ; to sub-
jugate ; to levy taxes, to take
duty ; to be in the army ; to spy.
) jfc to reduce [a feudal state]
by force.
] J{£ to collect taxes by force.
| |U| or | |^ to exterminate, as
seditious rebels.
lij 1 $k *E t0 8° to war against
barbarians.
M M $ft 1 and y° ur months are
also going.
t& tfi 1 ^° y ou S° and coerce
tbein ; — a punctive expedition.
1 jfij" to demand with authority.
| J| to collect taxes on the land.
| ^ imperial troops; an envoy
and his suite.
| £fc a clerk of the taxes in a
district magistrate's yamun.
3§r ?£b Jl 1 tue travelers pro-
ceeded on their long journey.
Kestless ; afraid.
1 © ° r 1 'W agitated,
nervous; unable to sleep.
If Jf W 1 t0 ^ietly pass
the night.
To fry fish or flesh in a
pan.
^chang
From metal and correct.
Cymbals or 6mall gongs set
in a frame, used to sound a
halt to troops ; a brass tam-
bourine used by priests ; the place
outside of a bell where it is struck,
jjiljj 1 the divine cymbal, a stone
drum spoken of in ancient books.
ffiW.BkM 1 the brazen cymbal
bangs in the tree ; i. e. the sun
is shining through its branches.
Name of a woman ; a cor-
rect deportment, as the two
parts intimate; reserved and
modest, such demeanor as is
proper for a woman.
M
fhang
ZZiT* The character is intended to re-
A^SjS present fire under vapor ascend-
c ' **^ ing; it is used with the next.
4 ^ Vapor made by fire, steam ;
mist, watery exhalations ; to
steam; to cook by steaming; to
stew, to distil, to decoct; a multi-
tude; to act as a prince; a winter
sacrifice in the ancestral temple; to
enter, to make progress ; to bring
forward ; to set forth offerings ; all ;
clouds of dust rising like vapor-
to lie with or debauch superiors ;
liberal; generous; to lay down;
an initial expletive.
1 ilft to steam thoroughly.
] fjit to steam rice; the usual
mode of cooking it is in a 1 £g
or stearaing-basket.
1 J£ 7} $£ all the people then
had grain.
] jfj to distil spirits.
1 is ii energetic and splendid.
| | ^ to gradually lead to self
government.
I ?fC $1 the boiler in a steamer.
] JH to introduce into.
jfl* 3l 1 r^ how Wan Wang rose
to be a true prince I
-f-jfc*' From plants and steam as the
^Jfc» phonetic; it is interchanged with
f 4\ \\ the last in some of its senses.
<pn ng ^ ^.^ ^ ^^ (Sida)
used for fuel ; small faggots ; hemp
torches ; to rise, as steam ; vapor ;
all, numerous.
5C £fc 1 1*5 heaven produced all
men.
II H _L daily rising better
and higher, as a state, or when
doing business.
^v | the winter sacrifice.
Bead cMng } The reflection of
the sun ; the sun striking on one ;
vapor rising through the sun's heat.
From disease and steam ; it is
sometimes written like the last.
A disease of the bones, with
rheumatic pains ; the ^- ]
a sort of syphilitic cachexy.
£fc $L 1 to eat but never grow fat.
]|£ | is applied to withered fruit,
dried up while on the tree.
rrtsL The cooked meat that fills a
c )wj sacrificial basin, at an ofler-
fh&ng ing ; swollen ; doltish.; to
ascend.
^5ff From jjjl fine and 3l good
('li£JC, which is explained, that by act-
chana * n ^ r '8 ut iu small ma! ters, the
c * moving principle will appear.
To set in motion, to induce
action ; to act, and thus show the
proof or power of; to testify, to
witness, to make clear by proof;
to be called, to summon, to cite ;
to complete ; to seek, to hunt up,
to inquire after; proof; verifica-
tions ; fulfillment, as of a prayer
or hope ; to levy, as taxes ; to raise
or enlist, as troops ; an old name
for Ch'ing-ch'ing hien Jf ^ 0,
in Shensi, near the elbow of the
Yellow River.
] Wi t0 gl^er, as the tribute.
/{j | verified ; proof exists.
BJJ | plain evidence.
] |& verified ; we see its effects,
as of a good medicine.
$&• I *£ T§F unfounded assertions.
| J$ to enlist soldiers,
jjr ] ^ to establish proof.
1 $t H5 $t to collect taxes and
duties.
] JQ an invitation by Govern-
ment for good men to serve it.
] J$| to induce by a present, as
Balak did Balaam.
] 5^ to visit often, to seek con-
tinually; to hang around, as an
idler; to weary by coming.
!$J ] to send the betrothal presents.
Jf | or | ^ a noble bearing,
a lucky look, alluding to the
7\ | eight evidences of good
fortune which the physiogno-
mists look for in one's face.
Read c chu One of the five
musical notes, regarded as corres-
ponding to fire.
CHING.
CHING.
CHING.
From disease and proof as the
phonetic.
A swelling or hardness of the
abdomen, supposed to proceed
from calculi or derangement
of the pulse and viscera.
| ^ biliary calculus.
1 i&u iptemis from biliary calculi,
or from obstructions in the colon.
C TKs£ Composed of >£ to rap JjjC a
lf-\. sheaf, and J£ to straighten; the
l c/id/>(/ allusion seems to be to the farm-
er's work.
To place evenly, to adjust ;
to do with, to work on ; to repair,
to put in order, to mend; to marshal
to arrange, to make new, to trim
up; the entire amount, the whole of.
| ^ to put things to rights, to
settle ; to organize.
] j|fi to set in order, to repair.
| 1 ^ ^ regular ; in trim, like
a dress; in due order, like a
procession.
I fa to oversee 5 to repair.
] if f [I Hj£ it is wStm. all the year
1 Wi$k$$ t0 men d bridges and
repair roads.
| ^ to lead on detachments in
order.
1 ^ jft & grave, serious, precise
deportment
| -f£ to make right.
i in % ° r i a ft*} the wh ° ie
day, the livelong day.
| $ $frflii givehim the whole bill.
1 3H $L $11 t0 rerorm a usage.
] ill ^ tt£ t0 arran ge one's dress
carefully, as for worship.
| fat] fljjr $j the whole and the
broken, those which are of first
quality and the inferior.
| ^ to mend a watch.
] ^ to spoil, as when trying to
mend a thing.
1 #f or 1 f8 to make as before;
to put in order.
| jjfjj JB| to set a catch for one.
From sun and regular.
The sun rising, just appear-
l chang ing above the horizon.
W M M Bjf UJ H 1 J llst as
the night shower stopped, the
sun rose on the earth.
From hand and an aid or
pint measure.
To lift up, to Yaise ; to
pull out, as from a slough ;
to rescue, to deliver.
| ^ to save from danger;
to rescue, as from hell.
1 J£$t 7j< iK £ 4 1 to deliver the
people, as from fire and water.
JE
chdng
From Jfc to stop and "— one;
q. d. to hold on to one thing, to
maintain uniformity ; others
derive it from "-* one and J£
enough used in the sense of to
stop.
Correct, proper, legal, straight,
rio-ht ; not awry, erect ; not in-
cline nor deflected ; exact, as a
full-formed character ; regular, con-
stant, usual, proper; really, truly ;
orthodox, the opposite of Jfj$ de-
praved ; genuine, as goods ; the
first, the principal, of two colleagues;
to govern, to adjust ; to rectify ;
what makes right ; rule, government ;
to execute the laws, to punish
capitally ; to assume or enter on,
as an office ; just, while, at the time ;
a fair copy, not the first draft ; in
mathematics, plus, and fu^ &
minus ; an old term for a trillion.
| pj=t put in the middle ; the exact
centre.
| ^ | PJg is it straight or not %
\ H U M exact ly three hundred
taels.
| fa JJ|f just in good time.
| ^ 4§£ fpj just as I was asking
him again
3f| | to put a thing straight ; to
set upright.
] y^ J us t is ; is so; yes; that's it.
ffi | to sit properly.
| H| to speak literally or exactly.
| "Hi genuine, goods.
j£ | a correct death, one for which
all preparation has been made,
also called $S ^E a fox's death.
| ^ all right ; as it ought to be.
| #Q $f 5f let it be as you say.
| ^ the true rule ; the true laws
of a science.
'F 1 |M immoral, disregarding
law ; the opposite of | $j| A
a respectable, honest man.
| ^ the main hall; the chief
officer.
$!J5 | village elders.
ffc | upright men of olden time-
$Jifc ] S§ fi« to propose a primary
and secondary ; a candidate and
his alternate.
| ffg ]gi to sit facing the south;
I. e. to be emperor.
!|J| | to have an audience.
| $£' principal and secondary, as
among the nine ranks; j£and ^p
sometimes also denote classes, as
chief and subordinate ; the tariff
and transit duties are so distin-
guished iii the customs rules.
1 >^C ^ heads of departments.
5^ j are six official virtues.
1 ?;£ to put to death, as a criminal.
[ A Wl ~P an upright man.
^ | your wife.
3U ] *§£ write the characters out
in full.
| jiH* J% %x a degree earned by
talent, not bought.
1 WC t^ e Mohammedan faith or sect
Wt 1 ~ffk A ask some person
about it
A 1 PI 01 * A ] *E are the eight
true entrance gates, or correct
paths {mar go) of the Budhists
into nirvana, meaning thereby
the rules of correct conduct in
life, as | Jj^ correct views, ]
$T pure life, &c. ; that which
will infallibly lead to beatitude.
Read ^ching. The center of a tar-
get ; the frontage of a room to the
sunlight; ] ^ first month of sum-
mer in the Cheu dynasty ; now the
first of the year, so applied by Duke
Yin H| Q 0I " ^u, and confirmed
by Ts'in Chi Hwangti, b.c. 221.
76
CHING.
CHING.
ch'ing.
EM | to resume business after new
year.
2jj£ | in January next.
| ^ a target ; it is made of
cloth with a movable bull's eye
called tih $fj, which falls out if
it be hit.
Xtftf 5 From ;j£ to strike and j£ cor-
jyjL r ect as the phonetic.
chdng* To rule ; to render service to
the government ; a standard,
that which regulates ; government,
administration ; laws, regulations ;
the measures of a government, or
its departments; a treatise, a guide
to the knowledge of a subject.
| ^! politics, governmental affairs.
| A those who carry them on.
^ ] family regulations.
ti 1 ° r ji ] > and # ] ° r ^ 1 '
are opposites ; — a good rule?
an oppressive rule ; a merciful
or a harsh government.
<(ffc | in official employ ; under
orders.
A£ | the seven regulators, i. e. the
sun, moon, and five planets.
| fa official orders.
| Jfc official admonitions, exhort-
ing the people to keep order.
a councillor of state.
\ | to criticize government ; to
discuss politics.
: I a farmer's cyclopaedia ; also
a supervisor of agriculture.
) From disease and correct ; it is
unauthorized by Kanghi, but is
in general use.
ch&ng
The causes of disease ; a chro-
nic malady, originating in organic
disturbance.
$fj> | external or unusual diseases.
j^J ] functional or internal ailment.
^ ^ | scarlet-fever.
^ | or 1 H a malady; as ^ ]
aid Hi ] » dangerous or sud-
den attack.
J|p( ] and j^ ] a curable and in-
curable disease ; an attack in
the season, or out of season.
f£
iffit
From word and correct, or to
ascend ; the first form is most
used.
To inform truly ; to prove,
to testify, to substantiate;
ch&ng> evidence, proof; legal testi-
mony ; to remonstrate with,
a meaning which is confined to the
first form, as in |i|i | to take to
task for, as a superior.
| A or ~P ] a witness.
] & to bear witness to what one
has seen.
ffc 12. 1 an eye-witness.
] |& t0 verif 7' as °y 1 ^ testi-
mony, evidence.
| Ji m H> adequate proof.
1 i£ to prove, as by quoting
authorities.
jH ' to take testimony, to get
proof.
Eice which has become black
by damp, and thereby spoiled.
An important feudal state
in the Clieu dynasty (b.c.
ciuang* 774 — 500). now the prefec-
ture of Kj| ^ /jrf in Honan,
of which province it occupied
about a half; its capital was the
present situated j j<\\ lying south-
west of K c ai-fung ; the names of
eighteen princes are recorded; a
plain, a prairie.
| 1|f earnest, prudent.
JrJ 1 ^C K C tne em P eror of] Cheu
and [the duke of] Ching ex-
changed pledges ; — one res-
toring the land for the other's
son.
Old sounds, tfing, ding, and zhing. In Canton, ch'ing, ch'eng and shingj — in Swatow, ch'ing, seng, s n ia, t'eng^tid
t,nia ; — in Amoy, ch'eng, t'eng, teng, seng and cheng ; — in Fuhchau, ch'eng, t'eng, ting, and t'ing ; —
in Shanghai, ts'ang and dzang; — in Chifu, ch'ing.
From grain and to lift up, al-
ludingto thegradual lengthen.
, ing of the blade when growing;
the second form is obsolete.
To style, to designate, to
cft&n call ; to say, to talk about ;
to remark, or report, — in
which sense it often indicates a
quotation; to compliment, to com-
mend : to plead an excuse, to feign ;
to take up ; to weigh, to heft; an
excuse; a name, an appellation.
1 tH to praise, to laud ; to eulo-
gize.
| H| to speak in praise of to
others ; to commend.
] P^ or ] jj|j termed, called ; to
designate, to style.
jij§, | a general term for.
| ffi to feign sickness ; to ma-
linger.
] fj£ to state ; to say with care.
I W ^C to take up arms, to fight.
% ) &'£Bm'<Z one styles
his own father Lia-fu.
^ j to report to, to inform about.
j A to praise people.
| Jy to find out the uumber of
pounds.
Eead ch'ing\ To weigh; to
adjust ; for which ffi is mostly used ;
to compare things; a steelyard or
dotchin (word corrupted through
CHTNG.
Cantonese from jjp£ ^jf); suitable,
agreeable to one's wishes ; corres-
ponding to, satisfied with ; com-
pared with ; a suit, as of clothes.
] ^ to weigh goods.
] ^ ZJi Jj£ to give good and fair
weight.
] j|| a fair price.
M 1 or ^ 1 M to adcl ^ ov Waste
or tare, as in weighing goods.
| A ^f»; it suits one's notions; it
agrees with men's ideas.
^ ] unfitting ; as ^ ^ ] j|»
his dress does not fit him.
/£ | it Jjfj it dishonors his rank
and station ; I can't judge of
his qualifications.
— 1 Q ft to divide with regard
to equity.
Pf •W 4B I symmetrical ; they
will counterbalance each other.
Mr
From man and honest.
o spy out, to explore ; a
^ch tin spy, a scout, one sent to
reconnoitre.
1 fftj a spy ; one who | |g ex-
plores and searches.
| to go as a scout.
^ From red and pure; the se-
cond form is unusual; like the
next.
A deep red color, made by
twice dyeing ; to dye red ;
met. wicked doings which
flush one, or cause a blush.
1 H & M a guilty Ia °e dis-
closes one's faults.
| JejL red tail, refers to a notion
that the bream's tail turns red
when it is frightened.
by*£ From JnJ a cave and JJ[J| to see;
TFJil i. e. to look straight ahead, as
/^ one must when looking through
« ™ a hole.
To look at; a carnation color,
like the tail of a bream; dyed the
second time.
To stare at sternly ; to look
at in anger.
i
CH f ING.
TBTrt From tree and sage.
*-j-^ The tamarix (Tamarix sinen-
'"cftang sis) described as a willow
with reddish bark, very grace-
ful and delicate in shape ; it fears
neither snow nor hoar-frost, but
is very sensitive, and indicates
rain by its branches moving ; it is
called | j^p, and £ §|J or
third spring willow, from its
flowering late.
J,JfH From insect and sage.
(Jy^ A bivalve shell, the razor-
''cltany sheath or Solen ; the name
also includes some narrow
kinds of clams and mussels ; it is
reared on the southern coasts;
| ^f£ and 1$: ] are terms for
dried clams and fresh cockles, and
common shell-fish in various forms
for sale.
] -jjrjf the muscle which holds
the solen to its shell.
kJlT Composed of Jj^ a stem, denoting
t/Z/\L j9| flourishing and J branch or
fitting man; q.d. a ^ T or complete
man, one arrived at full age.
To finish, to effect, to com-
plete ; to do one's duty, to become,
to fulfill one's part; to bring about,
to make, to rise to; to accomplish,
to terminate ; to be completed ; to
assist ; to pacify ; entire, perfect,
completed ; determined on ; whole,
filled, overwhelming, full; comple-
tion ; duties to be done ; the results
of; the quality of a thing, as of
timber, metals, <fec; doubled; a
compact or covenant ; a rest in
music ; a tract of ten square li; a
•tenth; name of a district on the
R. Wei in the south of Kan-suh.
1 ^ II! impracticable ; unable
to do.
1 Wt t° bring about ; successful.
/J» 1 / p] it makes no sense.
1 fa ^ IS what tnin g do y° u
ever finish %
Jl 1 or fr 1 or 1 T done '
succeeded ; it is carried out, or
into effect ; all finished.
CH f ING.
77
I ik 1 H we N done fr° m fi rst
to last.
/£ | 58 incomplete, uneducated,
unfitted for actual life.
~f ^ to act the visitor, reserv-
ed, formal.
| ^ married ; consummated the
nuptials.
] :JjSf he will (or has) get sick,
as from grief.
] A thoroughly accomplished, a
complete man; /ft | A t0 act
like a brute; incapable, careless.
I A %. tit to assist people in
their good objects.
^ ] trustworthy, a sincere man.
J|£ ] a good harvest, to get in
crops,
li ^ ] the last day of the year ;
the year's harvest.
J "g" a full hundred.
~— ] Ij^ one tenth of the number.
2L I five tenths; one half.
^ ] what percentage is taken *
] /E a whole piece of cloth.
] the entire day.
*»5r 1 3C il t0 preserve one's
patrimony.
H? | ;£ Js£ to congratulate one
on getting into his new house.
^ | to sue for peace or pardon.
H *I flft ft ^ 1 do l vvisb to
cheat you ■? — here ^f, j forms
the question.
1 £*? void, vanished ; to become
nothing; to disappear, as paper
when | fa burned to ashes.
4j | the Great Perfection ; a
title of Confucius.
3, From earth and completed ; q.d.
a finished work of earth.
ctianq ^ citadel ; a place walled in
for the defense of the people;
wall of a city; a city that has
a wall ; a provincial capital ; in
Peking, a municipality ; a sepul-
chre ; to wall in or fortify for
protection ; to mend, to repair ; an
encampment or lodge, as among
free-masons; completed, done.
78 CH'lNG.
£ft ] to build a wall.
1 ^ base of tbe wall ; above it is
the | ^ or foot of the wall.
| ^ tower over a city gate.
| f *J p at the city gate.
1 _t or 1 IPC on the c,t y walls.
— ^ ] one citadel ; one city or
its wall; one fort.
_fc 1 or M 1 or ^ 1 to enter
the city; to go to town.
PQ | to bar the gates as on an
enemy's approach.
^ | to guard a fort or city.
01 1 or $f 1 to beleaguer a
city, to surround a fort.
1
:M<
the Forbidden City, in
which are the Imperial palaces
in Peking.
^ | the Emperor's dwelling.
jFl J five municipalities of the
city of Peking, under special
officers, subordinate to the Cen-
sorate ; their courts are called
ctfing ; and to hold court is
^ ] , to sit in Ihe municipality.
H H. Jl 1 theGreat Wa«; i.e. the
long rampart of ten thousand li
-£{? ] the happy city ; i.e. a tomb
or cemetery.
^ | a great array of torches, as
in a procession.
& 1 Wi $J the golden city has
majestic moats; i.e. the imperial
citadel is well guarded.
-f | a great general.
It M f* 1 H is uard t0 OF 11
the castle of your grief.
From a covering and completed
as the phonetic.
cif&nq -^ nouse f° r storing records ;
an office where archives,
books, and papers, are stored.
rinp" From words and perfect; it much
-P/y'V re8emD l es kw*' |)p( precept.
Kh K &ng Guileless, sincere, honest,
truthful, real; perfect in vir-
tue, without falsity; unalloyed;
to judge candidly ; as an adverb,
really, verily, certainly, in fact.
CE'ING.
] |j£ sincere regard, pure-minded
reverence.
^ j to return to allegiance.
| J! sincere; earnest about a
thing.
j*f 1 capable of sincerity ; disci-
plining one's self.
| »C* ^E -^ A sincerity of heart
depends on a man himself.
?£t 1 "ife IS em ploy the upright
and dismiss the treacherous.
| /£ £P I really am ignorant
of it.
S ] Jsjt 1$ entire sincerity will
move the gods.
4 1 flf 'T* #h ~~* 1 tne hiculca-
tion of integrity is the whole
object of the Due Medium.
J^. 1 -PI f? devoutly repeat the
worship.
fj| | to be earnest in a work, to
do it heartily.
tl^|? The name of a small feudal
d^Kl 8ta te lying in the west of
(Ch*&ng Shantung, included in the
present ^ ZJi ^fj near the
Grand Canal.
|5jj| | an ancient town in the
present Hwai-k^ing f u ^ J| jjj
in the north of Honan.
\i$$£ Clear, limpid; still, pure.
(1 t^. ] m pure, transparent.
fChdn ft | V$ bright, as the clear
moon.
| jj a limpid stream.
1 j|'I"J an ancient region in the
north of Kvvangsi, in the present
IIP iW M liear the Willow River.
].il» di ^ict in /pj >)}] JjSf
in the east of Shensi, along the
Yellow River.
| $} : |^ the district in Kwang-
tung in which Swatow lies.
>yfflR» Like the preceding.
<V^V Still, limpid.
fC/Mng | %£ jffi a prefecture in the
east of Yunnan ; its chief
town lies on the north side of
Sien Hu |[J] $jj or Fairy Lake.
CH'ING.
~p)T> Composed of P a seal over |JLI
j £z Is a TiiW, and *f|* two hands rever-
j&fft&ng encing, altered in combining
them ; q. d. small hills assist
a higher peak ; it is like the
next.
To aid, to second ; a deputy,
a coadjutor, an assistant ; used
chiefly in official titles.
1 49 a prime minister ; — an an-
cient term.
JH | a deputy to a cldJden, or
district magistrate.
3$t 1 S£ M tne exilian premier
and the military guardian, —
are the names of door guar-
dians written over doors as a
charm.
The original form is composed of
I a seal over ^p a hand, and
if-
two /lands
tCtfang II tw o nanas reverencing, as
when receiving a seal of office ;
»sed with the last.
To receive, to accept ; to
succeed to a post, to exercise a
function ; to take a charge, to
carry out a plan ; to be honored ;
to take in hand ; to catch, as water
from a spout; to receive orders, as
a shopman; to anticipate; to with-
stand ; to go with, as an escort ;
to contest, to compete with ; to
assist, as a deputy ; to support, to
carry on ; to uphold ; in rhetoric,
the opening up of a proposition ;
next, second to; to stop.
] jjH to adopt, to take an heir.
] ;fj£ to take in, as a job; to
contract for.
1 1fc ft ef 1 near y° ur represen-
tations, or advice.
Jp; ] adulation, flattery.
| $£ t° take a business off an-
other's hands.
^ 3nL H 1 "^ M ""skiHed in
dealing with the multitude.
^ sfi 1 -J" "^f if we do not now
accept the guidance of the an-
cients.
1 $t s{* jj-fi ce i s inadequate to
do the job; he cannot accom-
plish it
CH r ANG.
CH'XNG.
CH f ANG.
79
| J|J to contain, as a ship's liold.
] ^f» ilS 2fS it cannot support, or
bear up so much.
iifl f£ M 1 they wil1 not clare
to resist us.
*l ^ ® 1 IT & # I will
answer for that matter; I will
bear the brunt.
JjJ ] a stone base or plinth.
~P III ^ 1 heirs disputing about
the division of an estate.
1 H to receive [a dispatch] and
forward it ; the officer in a Board
who does this.
\ — I From m mouth and ZC* to fiat-
(_—\--* ter ; as a primitive, it somefcitnes
• fc imparts the idea of presuming on.
To state to a superior, to
complain to a plea, a statement ;
to hand in a petition ; to offer, to
present to ; to show, to discover.
| _£. to lay before a superior, as
in a | ^p plea, petition, or ac-
cusation.
] HI it has come to light.
JH | to present a plea to a high
official ; to memorialize.
^P | I now send this statement.
| H! or ] ^ this paper is for
your inspection.
| |§ to put in a re jo: .ider or demur-
rer ; to accuse a party in court.
| JjjjJ signs of general prosperity.
| - jH to send a letter or report to
an equal.
| fljJC to send [an essay] for revi-
sion, as to a teacher. -
] fijj] the days on which papers
are received by a court, at the
most six in a month.
m
From grain and a statement.
An order, a series ; a minute
icfc&ng measure, the hundredth part
of an tJ* inch, now known as
a |H ; a rule, a pattern ; a regula-
tion; a limit, a period ; a task ; an
allowance; a measure, a percen-
tage, a part ; a touch in assaying
silver ; to measure, to estimate ; to
use as a pattern ; a road, a post, a
journey ; to travel ; a Taoist word
for a leopard, which was its local
name in the Tsin state, is. c. 300 ;
an earldom in feudal times.
j2^ ] ^ to give one for his travel-
ing expenses.
jjjfi ] to start on a journey.
|5j| | a day's travel, a stage.
B 1 or 1 J$5 a road, a journey;
the way gone; met. one's career
or course in life.
^ | $£. -fj I wrongly estimated
his strength.
H % & ^ ] they do not pat-
tern after the ancients.
$£ 1 to travel fast.
^ ||| I am thinking of the
quickest road to get home.
^ | jjj? to travel an extra dis-
tance ; a forced journey.
-— ] a tenth.
JL 1 JL Pi £\ ninety-nine to a
hundred it will do ; — i. e. it is
most probably so.
| ^a form, a pattern to work by.
jii,' ~ I ^p fft PJ| have you been
well these few days (or lately)?
jtfc | Jg, what touch is it ?
I l& a percentage on one's ac-
counts ; also the quality or melt-
age of silver.
X 1 a job of work, as in building.
^T Mf tffi 1 eacl1 looks forward to
his future preferment ; whence
^ ^ lift ] WQ at rank do you
now hold %
•f pt A brilliant stone worn at the
( J-3B girdle ; it will shine if it be
fCh^dng buried six inches, and seems
to denote a carbuncle or
diamond.
J£ | ^| ;> t ti Ea ifc can not com-
pare with the beauty of the
diamond.
^ pt To disrobe so as to leave part
( / |zE of the body naked ; spreading
tftfang garments ; to carry in the
girdle.
^ | half-naked.
| ^ under-clothes, garments next
to the skin.
To drink till fuddled; half
cf=ttT sobered, and ashamed of being
ftfang tipsy ; stupid from drink ; a
sickness arising from drink.
$jf ] to get over a debauch.
H »& ill ' sorrowing so as to
look like one stupid from drink.
ip} From earth and a statement; an
-^ authorized character used in the
- T^ southern provinces.
ifilvanq . ,
* An amphora or earthen jar
of a pear shape, having no ears or
handles, and with a small mouth ;
used to hold oil, spirits, or water.
pflj ] a water jar.
~~ 1 t@ a J ar of spirits.
$J 1 an oil biggen • it holds 30
catties*
In Fuhehau, used for fleeing jM
A floor or arena for drying grain ;
an area before a house.
H $J | a place for refuse, a com-
post-heap.
"I A dike or ridge between
I fields, made high and broad,
j on which the laborers can
j pass from one field toanother.
« m i m %. & m j"
midsummer the diked fields
look like clouds of waving
green.
From heart and proof; the se-
cond contracted form is most
used.
fptfdng
/fit. To repress, to correct, to
<>l±A*J curb, as officials do mis-
i c an 9 creants ; to correct one's sel f ;
to punish ; to reprimand, to
reprove ; a warning, a caution ;
punishment, as a corrective.
ffi | to govern strictly, just as the
law requires.
| ^ to restrain one's wrath.
>J* ] an admonitory hint.
H|| | to exhort and warn.
| j||J to keep in order ; to train
by <;ood laws, as a teacher does.
f£ H 1 Sf to strictly carry a
sentence into execution.
£ ] /ff I certainly shall
punish and not pardon them.
80
CHING.
CITING.
CHOH.
C^tf From progress and a plea.
^~ To act on an impulse, to act
jc/t ting with effrontery ; presuming,
froward ; relying on one's
pretensions or power ; to permeate ;
irascible, precipitate, hasty,; to free
from ; to go to an extreme, to ex-
haust; pleased with.
^ pj* ^ ] utterly inexhaustible.
75 Pj £\ ] this can be removed,
as a misfortune.
^P ] careless, desultory; displeased.
^ 1 <£ ^ a reckless fellow.
1 i% %> $$• acting simply for his
own selfish ends.
1 ^0i "lb confident in one's abili-
ties, overweening.
|| | boastful, vaporing; to brag
of one's self.
| $£ to murder one in a passion.
Jg£ ^ relying on his power and
intimidation.
| np ^ eager for battle.
| £J! M M M t0 browbeat the
villagers.
1 ^ ■i T M to r °b and pillage
without restraint.
</L p| A bye-path ; to go in a path ;
|i£ a gulley or way worn by the
<cHting rain.
C R!$J r ^° g^op a horse ; to hasten
*Wv on ' *° P ress forward, as when
c ch x dng defeated ; animated, excited.
.fife | to ride on fast, to drive
rapidly.
] 'HI elated ; hilarious, as one on
a fleet horse.
| |jij an animated style; lively,
forcible writing.
C I p| Obscure, or half brought out,
\ -r. as a meaning or idea.
l ch K dng :& fl" f K j his words (or
expressions) are difficult to be
understood.
ch { ang*
From grain and even; it is used
for ( ch'ing fj§, but only in this
tone.
To weigh ; to adjust by
weighing : a steelyard ; a
weight of 15 catties.
— U ] a steelyard.
| §*lj 2p it is weighed accurately.
| Jff the beam of a steelyard.
] |£ the poise or weight.
j fij the hook.
pj Hi 1 to weigh full weight, or
16 taels to a catty ; the weights
themselves.
1 ^ to weigh teas.
jK| #0 ] the heart is like a ba-
lance — to discern right and
wrong.
1 Zp 5|* $|j even balances and
full measures; — a just, honest
dealer.
CHOH.
Many of these characters are heard pronounced like chioh. Old sounds, diok, dok, djak, dak, tak, tok, tefc, and tot.
In Canton, cheuk, t'euk, chut, chuk, and chok ; — in Swatow, tie, chiet, chiak, chwat, chwak, to, and tdk j —
in Amoy, chiok, tidk, tdk, chdk, and chwat ; — in Fuhchau, chiok, tidh, ch'iok, chwok, chok, and
tauk; — in Shanghai, tsek, ts'eh, tsok, and z6k; — in Chifu, tsoh.
ichao
,cho
Originally the same as i§ chu>;
it has gradually been altered
from that to denote the differ-
ences in their meanings.
To cover over ; to put on,
as clothes ; to cause, to order,
to send ; to stick to ; to place ; at,
in, present ; must, ought ; after a
verb, it gives force to the meaning,
and indicates a transition or com-
pleted action, as jffl | I met one,
I came across him ; %fc j having
been washed ; between two verbs
it makes the present participle,
as i n? ] jfe gbding and going, i. e.
gliding on ; before a verb, it is an
auxiliary, let, make, permit, as |
t «r & x w ffl * * Tin s
proceed to Tientsin to attend to the
affair ; when used in a reply, yes,
so, truly, right, exactly so ; a way,
a manner ; to add; a move in chess.
If| * ~f I have found it.
| J| certainly ; entirely right.
1 5ls t° give attention to.
HH 7 ] I could not sleep.
1 fl!i 2£ bring him here, tell him
to come.
^ ] ]gj he turned away his face.
| }=£ impatient, anxious.
/f |£ ] '!'£ don't be discomposed.
H + ^ 1 ± $ ± 1 a mong
all the moves [in playing chess],
move forward your men is fche
one.
St^jiit 1 ^P^ this matter
is not yet finished.
£ M ] $j£ there's no remedy ; it
is all over with him ; I can't find
anything of him.
£H j£g ] that's the way ; this is
the sort.
| _t ^? add a little, as salt.
In Cantonese. Correct ; suit-
able, useful.
| Pg ] isitrightorno'willitdo?
] |j£ cheap, good for the price.
[ JQ useful ; it will serve.
$J ] it sets well, as a coat.
Ifi Jfcl % 1 bow shall I get it to
him?
In Fuhchau. Seized, taken with,
as a fit ; to hit a mark.
J jj$ I hit his pulse; — I shamed
him completely.
CHOH.
CHOH.
CHOH
81
tchao —
To set fire to, to flare up,
to blaze out
H $£ | it will catch
fire presently.
~f jg be lighted up the lamps.
"T the fire has kindled.
chwa*
cShao
From 'J to wrap with a dot to
denote something solid inside ;
occurs in Shi king for £J the
pseony.
To dip or lade out witb a
spoon ; a little, a spoonful ; the
tenth of a hok> fa or gill ; a hymn
of Duke Cheu's liturgy ; to adopt,
to follow.
— | j£ ^ as much as a spoonful.
j)j| ] a colander ; a skimmer.
yfc ] a ladle for dashing on water.
4fr r| $\ 1 tbe Northern Peck
resembles a ladle.
J=| | at the age when a lad plays;
i. e. ten years to sixteen; a place
in Lu where Chw r ang kung
gained a victory.
fjfe | an ancient place in Lu
where a great battle was fought
in the Cheu dynasty.
f, t_ fr From wood and ladle ; used for
A?~J , the last and j^Jj also read c piao.
skive? A handle, as of a cup; a
ladle, a spoon ; to lead ; to
tie, to bind to.
^j- ( | the handle of the Dipper.
To burn; to cauterize with
I, moxa; to singe; to over-
see' roast; clear, distinct.
BJj | dazzling, glorious,
lustrous; splendid.
1 ^ to burn the moxa.
| j ^ ^ the flowers -are so
exuberant.
] £fl | j^, to perceive clearly
at a glance.
1 HE to scorch a terrapin's (or
Emys) shell to use in divination ;
this shell is selected because it
has 28 segments, answering to
the Chinese zodiacal signs.
] JH raised a blister.
shied*
Also read *pao, and inter-
changed with the next.
A shooting star.
| $j a meteor that rushes
across the sky.
Used with the last.
> A board or plank laid down
to bridge a stream.
iflf ] fi fX /fc the P lank
lies across the rushing creek.
From woman and ladle.
J) A go-between ; to consult
shwo' concerning surnames, as a
match-maker.
^ | an intermediary for
marriages.
!£^ From wine and ladle; used
y } with choh, ^) to ladle.
clio To pour out liquor, to fill a
cup; a glass; wine, liquor; a
feast, a party; to deliberate upon;
to choose the right and act on it ;
to adopt, to imitate ; to avail of.
^ | my slight repast, — said
by the host.
^ ] a marriage feast.
§| ] to drink healths.
§ | a newyear s entertainment.
$£ 1 ( or llf ] m Cantonese,) the
return feast given by the bride-
groom.
]H | a feast given on a birth;
the J^ 5 j , the tft ] and the
""f* | , are the main feast, the
servants' course, and what is
left for muleteers, &c.
] jff to pour out wine; to enter-
tain guests.
— 9S ~ K £F # '01 afte f tbi s
glass, we will be well acquainted.
^ ] or | |^ to consult about.
] J| |g ^ all is satisfactorily
settled.
■^ ] ffij fr tae y consulted about
it and then acted.
] 1fet i£ M fl£ t0 rule according
to public sentiment ; to hear the
people's voice.
Wi 1 $■ ft Wt take water fr° m
the distant pool.
\t-+ From rat and a spoon; it is
>l also read pa< >
c j l0 An animal described like a
large marmot, the 1 J^
found'in Sa'ch'uen, also called |^j
M. and 86 M the S reat rat ; it is
most probably, the North China
squirrel (Sciunos fiavidianus)
which lives in rocky hills and
holes, and its hair is used for
pencils ; also an animal that can
fly like the flying squirrel, or the
Anomalures of Africa.
~t pp. From hatchet and stone ; used
4) /| with the next.
,cho To cut with a sword; to
chop, to cut up fine ; to am-
putate, to hew off.
To cut in twain.
] $j$ to scale fish.
1 M f& 2. U [Cheu-sin]
cut off the shins of those
who crossed the ford in early
morning.
H
.cho
ch'o/f
From carriage and connected.
To rest, to hold up, to stop;
a carriage which has been
repaired ; to reunite, as a cart.
| X to suspend work, to rest.
Wi ffc J$ ] now working and
then resting.
H ir %] 1 do not remit or in-
terrupt your studies.
1 ^ M If to cease work and
take a holiday.
Ancient name of a city in
}jfc\) the state Tsi, now in Tsi-
t c/iao nan fu in Shantung.
\M
chotf
cho/?
Mournful, grieved; unsettled;
) out of breath.
H i\j> 1 1 undecided; sorry.
From 3% head contracted and
{ll to issue.
The cheek-bones; the aspect
of the face, as a physiogno-
mist looks at it.
] the cheek-bones.
J high cheek-bones.
82
CHOH.
CHOH.
CHOH.
^
*
oj
jCliQ
From xf to step out and j£
to stop; it is used in the
► contracted form as the 162d
radical of a large and homo-
geneous group of characters
relating to travel.
Going on, and stopping; to
run fast and stop.
| » | Composed of ip. early and |j
^it . a spoon above.
ck? To establish, to make firm;
stable and lofty; to surpass ;
tall or raised above others in person
or talents; eminent in; distant,
profound ; reached, as a time.
•|g ] fine-looking, excelling all ;
supereminent in ability.
#r flF £ 1 & [Hke] the state-
liness of a flag-staff.
1 H meritorious, as officials who
are mentioned at the quinquen-
nial examination.
1 f& H* HI $L [this doctrine] ex-
cels in profundity and difficulty.
1 il§ A $£ superior to others in
any way; tall, stately.
kfc Fr
,cho
From man and to surpass.
all, lofty ; bright ; to mani-
fest, to exhibit ; extensive.
BJJ | clear, luminous.
'if i ^ jH tuere * s a v^ n roa< ^-
] %. St iH k° w brilliant is yon
Milky Way !
m
r) J
From wood and surpassing ;
the second form is least used;
the first is also used for chao*
fiho
A table, a stand ; name of
a tree.
| ^p a table.
|i| | chairs and tables.
-f;^ | a low writing-stand.
f£ 9§ ] to eat by one's self.
/JH §|| ] a side table ; a sofa table,
on which are placed flowers, &c.
$f | Hi to carry a table-top ; —
a euphemism in Peking for
wearing the cangue.
TV Jil] | the Eight Genii table,
is one for eight sitters.
(GllO
From hand and leg, perhaps re-
ferring to the act of a policeman.
To seize, to arrest ; to gripe,
to lay hold of; to grasp ; to
catch.
1 |H or jjf 1 to arrest a crimi-
nal ; to catch, as a thief.
^ to catch rats, as a terrier
does.
| ^ to gripe firmly; to seize.
^ | the subordinate troops who
guard tbe frontier; — an old term.
In Cantonese. To guess ac-
curately ; to apprehend, to see
through.
1 f^ J$ I'! 5 ^ can see a ^ y° ur
thoughts.
<ffif 1 ^ ,S, to guess the intention;
to hit one's fancy, as in a gift.
To soak; to steep in water a
little, to dampen.
cho 2§£ ] a man of the Sbang
dynasty, famed for his power
of slandering others.
In Fuhchau, Scurf on the
hands ; dirty crust an dishes.
^•j— | From metal and leg.
i/j^p To bind the feet with gyves;
^cho fetters; a hoe.
From |4 mouth and ^V a 2>*0
tied by two legs.
filo To peck, as a fowl ; to preen
or plume the feathers; a bird
picking up food ; in penmanship,
a quick stroke to the left.
| ^ to dress the plumage, as a
duck does.
1 /fv ,Hj the woodpecker ; the
ill 1 /fc or black woodpecker
(Dryocopus martins) also called
;fc ^ $1 g reat crow.
| J£ to eat, as birds do.
| jgj to break its shell, as the
inclosed chick does.
^jj | to rap, as on a door, when
coming in.
In Cantonese pronounced te'ung.
To thump one's self with a brick,
as beggars do.
I Wl 5tx to P oun d one's skulL
:hj
I\± Sometimes used for the last.
•^p:> A multitude of people dis-
pho puting.
J the notes of a bird,
probably o'f the magpie.
In Cantonese. To coax, to
beguile one to do a thing.
Used with the next.
j To push ; to beat ; to peck
t c7/o or pierce wood ; the sound
of rapping ; a reverberation.
] fj to knock at the gate.
Interchanged with the last.
) To strike ; to ram ; to afflict ;
to castrate, for fornication in
the palace ; an old term for
eunuchs.
1 iTT rapping on it again
and again ; knock after knock.
From water and a pig tied by-
two legs for tho sound.
To drop, to trickle, to fall
drop by drop, a stillicidum ;
to strike on the water ; name of a
stream southwest of Peking, which
gives its name to j jj-fj in Shun-
t<ien fu ; but Cboh-luh ] Jg, the
capital of Hwangli (n. c. 2680),
was the present $£ $£ >}\\ in Stien-
hwa fu, northwest of Peking.
M 1 Mi 7 2C WL ^e rain has
wet my dress.
|H | a dropping, as a spring
trickling down the rocks ; spat-
tering and dripping.
.c/io
To work in gems ; to cut, to
o carve, to dress up jewels ; to
work on ; to choose, as good
expressions.
| to cut and polish gems.
I X a lapidary.
#H | #Q $1 Kke cutting and
polishing ; met. the labor of
making a fine composition.
Hi ^ 1 ^ J$ $r an unwrought
gem is a useless thing, or cannot
be put to any use.
CHOH.
f 1 f^ l^t to improve and polish
the Btyle and rhythm.
C | it j^ he carefully selected
his assistants.
To accuse, to report against,
o to vilify.
cho \ ff£ to slander, to insinuate
errors against one.
Br,'
,cno
From §h a vessel and Jp the
ax, which is to cut it out from
i the wood.
To cut to pieces, to hack,
to chop, to hew ; to hash,
to mince ; to rive ; to carve
out.
| $|J to hew and trim, as a log.
| Hf to dig out a coffin — from
a log.
"jj | ^ ^ we carefully hewed
them square.
| $H to chop in pieces.
| $SJ HI to make mince meat halls.
From water and worm as the
phonetic.
Muddy, drumly, turbid ;
unstrained ; thick, impure ;
vicious; dull, stupid; degenerate;
name of one river in the east of
Sz'ch'uen, and of other streams ;
another name for the Hyades.
| and J^ are opposites ; foul and
limpid ; corrupt and pure.
•|f£ 1 a corrupt, wicked age.
| ^ dull of apprehension ; a foul
smell, odorous.
| ffe a turbid stream ; the rabble,
the canaine, the unwashed.
| j|f unstrained liquor 1 .
1 S'J !nL ^ull °ut muscular; a
rude, vigorous man, as a peasant.
| what settles in turbid water_
A sort of cymbals, or small
t£5y> bell plates, anciently used
fC/io for stopping the drums in an
army ; a small brazier, a
hand-stove ; bracelets, wristlets.
] ^p or ^ ] ornaments for the
wrist ; armlets.
I
fC/lO
CHOH.
r From hand and a fiabellum.
iy To pull up ; to select, to lead
on, to raise ; to promote, to
employ in office ; to excite;
to remove ; to reject, as good reso-
lutions.
1 §1 H |& Dike] h airs that can "
not be counted if one pull them
out, — these cannot be numbered.
I M or | 35 to select and use —
for governmental employ ; to re-
commend one for such use.
Wt 1 A $" to select men of real
worth.
1 f* to quench one's scruples, to
vitiate or restrain virtuous feel-
ings.
To rinse, to dip ; to wash ;
great, bright, as a fame ; sleek,
glossy; to drink; to ramble
about ; fat, as a deer.
[ 'J$j a small lake in Sin-ch'ang
men *§f H IS in tue northwest
of Kiangsi.
|$£ ] or ^g j to cleanse ; to re-
form, as the heart.
| bare as a sandy hill ; sleek,
as a deer; bright, as trappings.
H3 ffl 1 ] graceful and clean,
lithe and sleek, as a youth.
I & 7M H. $C I' ve washed my
feet [in the Yangtsz',] and the
water has run a myriad It.
A heavy rain.
J ^h. M 1 1 the rain came
;ho down most violently and co-
piously.
CHOH.
m
c cno
m
Grass starting ; the budding
| l | ) forth of plants.
t c/io ] Jji growing lusty, fatten-
ing, as cattle.
j|[ ] it ^ the grass is
sprouting.
A garden spider, the ] jfj$t
which makes its web on the
^cho grass, and has a door to go
in and out of it
Read Ifuh, and used for £$j. A
grub in timber.
From hand and to istue as the
phonetic.
c c/io Stupid, unhandy, unskillful,
the opposite of J^j clever ; a
depreciatory term used by people
of themselves; clumsy, unwork-
manlike; bad, unsuccessful, as a
speculation ; gradually becoming
worse.
| -^p my stupid son.
| ^ my poor penmanship.
I ffc mv ru( l Q composition.
| I$§ an unskilled lip, i.e. a bad
speaker, a slow or stupid fellow.
| »J*f: slow of apprehension.
^ 1 or Wi 1 to keep mum, to
pretend to be stupid or ignorant ;
to act the ninny.
1 % Z. %& stupid in the extreme
| ff an unwise plan, a eiljy
scheme.
] Jf a bad speculation, a losing
adventure.
tt56C "^ From mouth or to How, and to
H5f/ connect; the last form is anM.
Sy\-) quated.
|v*Y t,To drink with a noiso; to
A>/V) taste; to sip, to suck; to
IpMr* fc' ss 5 to prate incessantly
Pj/V)J and praise people; to sob.
^c/io | ]fjj to kiss one's cheek.
§f | to detain one to take
a cup.
1 ^5 to live on meager faro and
simples.
ffc ] to slobber in drinking, to
swill down.
'$4- 1 ft* f£ it lle hastily sucked
the juice, thinking it was gio.
I $L $k 7jC ho ate pulae and
drank water.
] ~M fi & crying and weeping
bitterly.
"50t Noise of strife and scolding ;
S& ail g r y> i^te.
cho j§ | good-looking, accord-
ing to some authorities.
Looking out from a boloj
„) coming out of a cave.
I
84
CHOH.
CH'OH.
CHOH.
"j From wood and to connect or
weigh out.
J.TV f A small king-post above the
T/Lo- gifder which connects with
c / j0 the tipper tie-beam 5 a club,
a cane.
I j{s£ a shillelah, a cudgel.
$jt 1 ifij P^ ffi| swing the club
and then call the dog — of course
he will not come,
ill t$ ?d ] he has painted his
rafters and carved his joists ; re-
ferring to a foolish parvenu. 4
Read toh, Used for jj£ to leave.
mence [your writing] as a draft,
finish it by careful polish, and
end it with pleasure.
W^tJfc From /eld aad to connect.
PJ)PC> Raised dykes, six feet wide,
gho to go from one field to an-
other, as k the case over
southern China.
|j£ J pathways through the- field
and country.
,ciio
The wine or spiaits used in
libations ; to worship by
* pouring out libations to the
lares, or the gods, several
times in succession.
J| ] to offer libations.
A needle or awl ; sharp, like
a needle; the sharp end of a
staff; to offer, as a present.
The mouth stuffed with food
when chewing ; to eat fast or
vulgarly.
CITOH.
Several of these characters are heard pronounced ch'ioh. Old sounds, t*ok. In Canton, eh'euk and ch'uk; —
in Swatow, ch'iak and ch'6k; — in Amoy, <eh'i&k, tdk, ch'dk, and chak; — in Fuhchau, ch'idk, tank, and
chek; — in Shanghai, ts'ek and tsok; — in >Chifu, ts*oh.
From silk and excelling as the
phonetics.
c/<V Slow, leisurely 5 large, spa-
fh*ao cious; liberal, generous; in-
definite, vague ; many.
*^ J not hurried, taking it easy ;
ample, wide, as a house; well
versed in ; to render liberal and
generous.
I ffc ample room for ; not used
as it might be; — said of one
capable of higher things; also,
shadowy.
1 1 W ^ more than enough; —
applied also to brotherly kind-
ness.
1 §1 a nickname; a pet -or
fancy name; to nickname.
1b fSfi I $J beautiful, delicate, as
flowers or young girls.
I ^ guileless, pareminded, loving.
A woman who excels ; beau-
tiful ; used with the last.
!| f£ delicate, shrinking, like
a girl unacquainted with the
world.
Read tik A sick wonaaa
From fire and excelling; it is
interchanged -with choh, fl£j to
roast.
Light, bright ; heat, caloric ;
•one defines it, hot, boiling, as
water.
1 J$= sparkling, glittering,
as melted iron.
Distant ; going to a distance ;
to hasten, to walk fast ; used
jffo with the next.
# 1 ® a spanking breeze —
after a ten days' rain ; — name of
an ode of Su Tung-p^o.
Read •tiao*
step over.
To overpass; to
From foot and excelling ; also
read chao 1
<ctio l ^° stam P on ^ tn * De ^ ooit 5
to jump over; to get ahead
in Tunning; to stride; to excel.
] M t0 walk lamely.
] jilt distant, as in walking far.
1 M £ tits un4lsua l ability.
1 ^ j|$| to writhe when trodden
on ; to stretch out, as when run-
ning.
tchtu
Disobedient, disobliging ; the
name of a statesman in the
clfo kingdom of Lu.
Read £rk A country.
J ^ was one of thirty-six Turfan
states, or tribes west of China.
To pierce, as with a dart ; to
harpoon, to spear fish or tur-
tles ; used sometimes for tsoh
!H to take a pinch, to take up
in the fingers ; and also for chhih^
^ to gore, to run against; to
punch ; a harpoon.
J /ty a fishing-prong.
] )j|lj to spear.
I — ] take a pinch, as of
snuff.
M X I H; be struck lhe turtle
with the iron fork.
WJB# 1 ^^^don't burst
the windows in with your hands.
'From spear and fiabellum ; used
with the next.
ciCwo To stab ; to panda, to stick
into; to affix a stamp, to
seal ; a die, a stamp.
CH'OH.
1 f[J an official seal, such as is
used by petty officers, or con-
stables ; the seal of a company
or corporation.
|| | to affix a stamp.
| ^p a stamp in common charac-
ters, not an official seal; as
£5 1 ^ a name for cards.
1 IK tH t° d ect * ve one.
CHU.
t |j| -? I give it a punch with
your caiie.
1 Hf ] fj| the anchor's flukes ran
[into the how], and stove it iu.
To pierce ; to dart through
j one, as a shooting pain ; to
c/fwe build and beat an abobie wall ;
a fish-prong with across piece.
CHU.
85
From tooth and foot; an allusion
perhaps to the harsh noise made.
' diivo To grate the teeth ; an augur
or tool to make a hole.
\ 1 or II 1 pettish, ill-temper-
ed, the latter also means dirty,
vrle, mean.
I J|| $i | cross-grained, nar-
row-minded, discontented.
In Canton, chu, and a few cho ; — in Swatow, ehu, tu, and tu ;
M
Old sounds, t&, tu, tot, de da, djot, t'o, and t'ot
in Amoy, chu, cho, tu, and t'u; — in Fuhchau, chid, chwo, chii, tu, t*ii, and tuii ;
tso, tsii, tsu', dzo, tsu, and dzu; — in Chifu, chu.
The trunk or bole of trees;
■ in Shanghai,
.chu
Formed of /f* wood and ~"~
one, i. e. the one tree, referring
to the heart-wood of the cedar,
which is reddish or fiery.
Bed, especially a vermilion
color; it isconsidered a lucky color.
| £X scarlet.
| f{§ silver, so called from the
name of the mine.
3> &a I Eft to ma ke a contract
of marriage.
] ^H the scarlet bird, a fancy
name of a position in geomancy.
ptj the gentry, literary gradu-
ates ; so called from an ancient
custom of painting their doors
red.
1 ^ II 19 t0 dot the forehead
[of an idolj red; this is sup-
posed to vivify it with the god.
>£ 1 'If ^ ne wno coroes near
vermilion will get red ; — like
Pro v. xiii. 20, He who walketh
with wise men will be wise.
| ^ the "red dressed," — denotes
the attendant of the God of
Literature, or his star.
.chu,
A pigmy is j f§, applied
*to men who are undersized.
] ^ a sort of king-post, or
short pillar in a roof-truss.
f^ ] name of an ancient
musician.
a classifier of trees, posts, pil-
,chu krs, stumps, stalks of shrubs,
&c; low, degraded, kept
down ; in the lowest place.
Dl Wt 't- 1 tnere were seven
mulberry plants.
| ^ a tree broken off.
j ^ a trunk of a tree.
| t)t •— ppj confined toonecorner,
as a clerk who cannot leave his
home; met. kept in obscurity.
] f& a hard wood, good for naves.
| ^ a grove, a fonest of large
trees.
A small stream in Shantung
flowing north from Tai-shan
jhu into the River Sz\
I M £ FhI tbe region of
the rivers Chu and S*' where
Confucius taught.
From gem and red.
A pearl; a bead; a string of
t c/jw beads ; small and round like
a peari or bead ; pearly, fine,
excellent; round and bead-
like; beaded.
■** It 1 or — i£| j one pearl.
] ££ the Pearl River, which flows
by Canton ; the application to
the entire stream is not known
to the people.
^E | a name for amber.
§& 1 or ^ 1 fa l se pearls; while
H. | are real pearls; and the
Budbists say f$ J| ) the red-
true pearl, for the ruby or spi-
nelle, the Sanscrit j)admaraga.
8j< 1 P»P U of the eye; but other*
6ay it denotes the crystalline
lens.
M US 3& 1 your eyes have no
pearls ; i. e. you're half blind ;
you can't distinguish things.
fit 1 or & 1 a Budhist rosary
of 108 beads, referring probably
to the 108 compartments in
the plirabat or eacred foot of
Budha, wherein are pictured
his attributes and attendant^.
^3 1 a necklace worn by oflWiais.
pearls, gems ; jewelry, bi-
1
jouterie.
— $ | a necklace, a string of
beads.
IK OH I beads shaped like a flat
squash, made from a sort of
smooth, gray grass-seed, resem-
bling those of Job's tears.
1 M 3l M !**% fat-oheeked ;
handsome, elegant; polished, as
a fine composition.
St @ 01 1 mixing up fish-eyes
and pearls; t. «. indiscriminat-
ing.
86
CHU.
CHU.
CHU.
film
££ 1 $& * continued firing, a
cannonade.
3fl ] or ;$? BJj j the night-shin-
ing pearl, spoken of by Taoists ;
• It may mean the pyrope or car-
buncle ; a brilliant gem, which
the Emperor is said to possess,
and shines like a lamp.
|H I Seed pearls, used in making,
the ] j£j 3^ or pearl powder
sprinkled on ulcers.
^* ] a sun-glass to ignite moxa;
it is made of crystal, and was
early brought from India.
] j|| 3£ ^f* ;j|r three thousand
rich men, who had pearls on
their shoes.
From stone and red; this ia
often incorrectly written shu
J/£ a small weight.
Vermilion ; made of vermi-
lion; imperial, because the emperor
uses red ink for his autograph in
official writings.
^ J vermilion,— either the pow-
dered preparation, the color, or
the paint.
§ J f| a cake of red ink.
I %i} cinnabar.
1 $) fa ^ ie mandarin orange
(Citrus ■nobilis), named from its
vermilion colored skin.
I §jt the Emperor's pencil, an
imperial autograph.
] $t the Emperor's approval ;
an official endorsement.
] ^ the essays of graduates who
are successful ; so called because
they are copied in red.
J f$J the vermilion or autograph
order.
An unauthorized character,
probably altered from one of
the last two, used in Canton
for the checks.
]S 1 Wi f u ^ ros y cheeks.
To hop, as a wren 5 to get
on by hops 5 used for ^ in
£|[J J embarrassed, unable to
get on, uncertain what to do.
1 1 hopping about.
film
film
.elm
From insect or frog, and the
next character contracted.
' The spider; called in Pe-
king ] J ; whence a lazy,
good for nothing fellow is
called + j I the name
of the burrowing spider or
A typhus.
I j jfP| a spider's web.
$£ filaments of the web.
[ j$p j ground spiders, like the
Epeira.
] ^ ffi "§" ^ H everything
prospers where there are plenty
of spider's webs.
From ivords and red as the
phonetic.
To seek for in order to
punish, to make judicial in-
quiry ; to punish capitally, to put
to death, to kill ; to reprove ; to
involve for another's crime ; to
eradicate, to clear away.
J Ifi to involve in punishment.
I f^ or 1 M to utterly exter-
minate, as a family or rebels.
I §§{ to cut off, to execute.
{£ ] to be decapitated : executed.
j §p] to reduce to subjection, to
punish.
I 3& iHk *° expose and reprove
his crime.
] j|[ to dig up and clear off
plants or grass.
1 *I< $!» M. t° desire inordinately;
insatiable, as a conqueror.
lz\ W> 1 £§ t0 overcome hatred
with kindness, or evil with good.
37^ j a divine judgment, as to
be killed by lightning, or some
remarkable casualty.
H*Xf Name of a feudal state which
c>Jvp existed b. c. 700 to 469,
film under ten rulers; now the
district of Tscu hien JU §£
in Yen-cheu fix in the south of
Shantung; >J> ' was a small
principality southwest of it, near
the present Tang hien J^ j|| in
the same prefecture.
J
j jjfc was a city to which the
people of Chu ffi were removed;
it is near Hwang-cheu fu ^
>}\\ Jff in Hupeh, on the Yang-
tsz' River.
To curse.
PJJ j to imprecate evils on
,chu one.
Red garments; to dress; ele-
c Kjv gant.
<. c/m 1 W suort Presses, under-
jacktets.
j H a red coronet, is a
term given by one author.
From plant and red.
A small tree, &e & | jfj
Boymia rutcecarpa, allied to
the Xanthoxylon, growing
in the eastern provinces ; its
bitter seeds are used by the Chinese
in coughs and tonic medicines; the
ripe capsules are deep red, and the
seeds black ; which herbalists say
should be gathered on the 9th
day of the 9th moon to be most
efficacious.
] M $J is the fr"^ of the [Ij ]
ifl a sort of dogwood, (Cornus
officinalis) used as a vermifuge
aud in fevers.
From ivords and this.
To discriminate, to distin-
film guish ; an adjective of num-
ber placed before its noun,
not one only but many; all, every,
several ; as a preposition, it marks
origin or place, to, in, respecting,
in regard to ; at, upon, from, —
modified by the preceding verb; it
stands fof the pronoun at the end
of a sentence; a final particle im-
plying doubt or asking a question;
it is sometimes introduced only for
the rhythm ; frequently occurs in
names of places.
eF 1 $$ wrote i fc on h' s girdle.
it§ j |$r I Daet him on the road.
A Q % 1 W 'N men reject him ?
CHU.
j ^ ^ j|| I give you much
trouble.
1 in $fc Wi a ^ are ^^ e tms-
^ all of, the whole.
] ^ or | ;g" all you gentlemen ;
you, Sirs.
US 1 ^f 1°°^ at ** uere -
'It! /$C | El ne on ^y depends om
or thinks of himself.
j ^ feudal princes; a prince;
the dignity or post of a prince.
king alters his mind, then he
must recall me.
"2* | denotes a doubt whether it
is so or not ; as ^ f}$ ^ j ;
^ j£ I did not know whe-
ther there was a way ; he said,
there was.
was not Wan Wang's park 70
li square 1
1 Ht H! °f a rea( 3y wit ; able
to argue ; quick and fluent.
;S | before $u |!jL denotes per-
haps, or, probably ; as 3£. \ jj£
;£ )j|| |jl this was probably
what he wished to say.
j§ JJ j days and months.
] ^ all sorts ; every variety.
gj] ] in this, going to this.
1 0! a certain robe worn by em-
presses in the Han dynasty.
J £k siuts^ai graduates ; i. e. the
whole body of them.
\ rp U ^ all classes of authors.
1 M or "H* ^ are tw0 °W names
in Annam for sugar-cane.
$B 1 or h% \ peaches or plums
preserved either in sugar or salt ;
an ancient mode of preparation.
Jfc^fe. A kind of oak furnishing a
'iPpI durable timber, found in
jhu Honan ; the acorns are
sharp pointed, and acrid to
the taste, whence they are called
^ | -^ bitter acorns ; silkworms
feed on the leaves ; it is not impro-
bable that a kind of oak is referred
to by the same name in other parts.
CHU.
From dog or beast and that;
it is interchanged with the
y next when used as a verb.
A hog ; any animal of the
genus Sus ; to dig a trench
or pool.
1 •? or 1 H a P'?'
] # or 1 ^ a sow ; it is used
for coarse in Fuh chau, as ] fj$
§-\- coarse needles.
| Q a boar.
|Jj | a wild hog, differing perhaps
from the !gj» | , Sus leucomystax,
common in China.
ffi ] a hedgehog.
♦^ | the porcijpine, found in
Shensi.
1 fHf or 1 W P or k-f at ' lard.
1 3i or 1 Ht hog's bristles.
| $fc^t pork-chops.
1 iH $ ™ 1 H 7JC pig's foot
Jelly.
] ft 3|l the ]>ig-basket plant, or
pitcher plant, the Nejienthes dis-
tillatoria.
| ~Ml a kind of China-root ; or
perhaps a Lycoperdon or puff-
ball_
| |jj| ji f^ a boar's head, with a
carp and a eock, — to worship
Plutus.
CHU.
87
M
.cliu
From water and hog as the
phonetic.
A place where water stag-
nates ; a pool or small lake,
a puddle ; to dig out, as when
making a pool, or confining its
limits.
1 M 7$C an affluent of the Grand
Canal in Tsi-ning cheu jRf 1§£ >}\\
in Shantung.
^C 5f (vE I ^ e pook'and marshes
in the wilderness.
$% ±t g flff j g to raze the
palace, and dig a pool there —
so as to obliterate it.
j£ ] a marsh in K wei-teh fn, near
Yti-chMng hien $? |$ |g, once
drained or restrained by the
Great Yu.
One says an edible worm o p
larva like a silkworm.
$^ | a term for a toad.
A dead tree still standing.
$i | dead, rotten trees.
^ ?£ fit 1 a11 tne trees aro
dead.
The original form of this cha-
racter, which is now used as the
3d radical of a small group of
miscellaneous characters, ori-
ginally represented a flame, as
of a candle.
As fire appertains to the
heart, this character has come to
mean the ruling power of the will,
or the clear intelligence of theheart,
for which the next is now used.
A point, a dot, such as is put
on the top of the character tvang
3£ to vivify the ancestral tablet;
in penmanshij), read *tien, for ^
a dot.
The character originally repre-
sented a lamp-stand with the
flame rising.
That which gives light; a
ruler, a lord, a master ; a host ; the
chief; the head; to rule, to make
one the chief; to indicate, to show
what is to be ; certainly, with au-
thority, as a lord's will.
| \ the host ; the head of the
house ; a master.
^ | a pater-familias ; used by
children and domestics.
Uj| ] a landlord, the owner of
real estate.
1 $j| the master of a wedding.
I 5* or 1 _t or 1 "? our sove "
reign ; used in speaking of him.
Ja 1 or M ] tue emperor ; a
sovereio-n ; the chief ruler of a
country.
_£ fe | the emperor's sisters.
-J£ J^ £V. ] the emperor's aunt.
fft ffe 1 w h° ' s k> r d here? who
manages this?
1 ^t fft % f' 11 make y° u m y
lord in your house ; i. e. I am
going to visit you.
88
CHU.
CHU.
CHU.
| || a patron, one who bays
much.
/|| Jij| | she has a head ; she is
married ; also used by traders,
[the goods} are spoken for.
5^ ] the Lord of Heaven ; God
is so called by the Roman Ca-
tholics, and 55 1 ^. is the name
for their sect and the Greek
church ; but c£ and J|, | ,
are both used for God by the
Mohammedans.
5*C 3C M> 1 tne heavenly Father^
and mercifol Lord.
] ?$? the controler, the superin-
tending power; — a term often
applied to God.
] a term for the Sabbath or
Lord's day.
)jnjt | the ancestral tablet ; inti-
mating that the deified lord
resides in it.
can't venture to take the con-
trol; I dare not assume the
direction.
1 ^ tne wu ^ tne nxec * resom -
tion.
1 "M ^ '&. fS tue decision is
not with me.
Sjjjj | ^ I have a plan.
| 131 to give directions, to ma-
nage ; an overseer.
^ ] to be or take the head, re-
garded as chief; it is of the
greatest moment,
j^ ] a district magistrate.
j£ 1 % and glj | 3§ the chief
and deputy literary examiners
at the liijin- tripos.
1 *^p to guard, to protect.
>2» 1 % Wi ' lt wil1 certainly bring
you good luck.
1 T frf * fc m( licates ram -
t 9b to govern ; to rule as an
autocrat; a Budhist term for
an abbot.
St 1 or it 1 ^ a ric k man-
'|f | free, voluntary; as I like.
jg | a donor, as to a temple or a
charity.
m
:)m
From hand and to rule; ifc oc-
curs used for chu* 'jj a pillar.
A prop or post ; to shore up ;
to pierce, to stick ; to point
sideways ; to oppose.
| $jf a prop or stretcher, as to an
awning.
1 IS or 1 fJ? a crutch, a stick j
to lean on a staff.
A sort of overalls or leathern
gaiters for the knees.
From deer and to rule as the
phonetic.
A large beast like a deer,
found in Tung-ch\ven fu in
the north of Sz'chWn ; he guides
the herd, indicates their course
by shaking his long tail, which
brushes away the dust ; if other
deer see it, they follow his track.
This animal has been identified by
some with the Chinese elk or tailed
deer {Elaphurus Davidenwus);
but a comparison of native books
shows that it is more probably a
general term for a large stag, the
ruler o£deer, and not any species ;
it is drawn with spots and having
one stumpy horn ; the large red
deerof Mongolia(c(?rm(s marul) may
be the one; a fly-whip or switch.
| Jj? a chowry, used by fairies ;
some authors suppose that the
chowry from Tibet is furnished
by a deer, instead of the yak.
jjjJJ ] fljj fjjj to converse while
whisking away the flies.
jj| ] 4tt rjj £=£ unceasingly twir-
ling the chowry — to drive off
the musquitos.
Pi Ip 1 f|I respectfully listen
to your guiding remarks.
") From stone or worship and
lord ; the third form is unusual.
A stone tablet dedicated to
\ ancestors in the family temple,
I ] |5 a stone shrine or niche,
■ \ 5 j in which the tablet is placed
<chu *
] the ancestral tablet.
An islet; a low place,
a wash in a river, a deposit
appearing above the wa-
ters ; an affluent of the K.
Hwai in Honan near Hii
chen,
1 the precious land, an ancient
name for Ceylon {Ratna-dwipa,
probably derived from its pearls
and gems.
3§ M. Z. | £ to the isleS ° f
fairies are far away in the sea.
ft* "M \ in the rivers are islets,—
which were slowly formed; and
bo must you persevere.
To cook, to dress food; to
boil in water ; to steep, to
decoct ; boiled, cooked.
] ^ boiled through ; to
cook thoroughly.
f ft or | 3H to dress a dinner,
to prepare food-
| ^ to make tea; to prepare an
entertainment.
| jj£ ^ Eg to boil sea-water to
get salt.
'IE
From words and further.
p_tL To curse, to announce to the
l tsu gods and implore calamities
upon others; curses and
oaths before the gods to bring
punishment on others, or for evils
suffered.
1 $!£ oaths and curses.
] §!| an imprecation sealed by
blood.
P ^ 1 A to curse and rail at
others bitterly.
| JH cursing and railing.
T £$ $| to take a dreadful oath ;
lips filled with curses.
m
l tsu
From place and further.
A defile or torrent among
hills which hinders progress ;
separated by obstacles; to
hinder, to impede, to oppose, to
discommode ; to cause delay ; dan-
gerous from some impediment ; to
suspect, to doubt ; to grieve.
CHIT.
1 jfc to sto P> prevent progress.
^ j a hindrance, stumbling-
block ; something in the road.
PjH | an impediment, as a hill ;
far separated and thus hindered.
| ^ to prevent from accomplish-
ing, to retard, to try to defeat.
| H| hardships, straits ; every-
thing working against one.
| |H or ^ ] to stand in the
way of, to block, to oppose.
] t|£ fj| to hinder business, as
an untimely visitor .does.
tfJ J'I #F 1 the bills and rivers
sunder us widely ; — - as friends.
1 M ^ JK IP a bead win(1 de -
tained me (Su Tung-p ? o) at
Kwapu.
In Cantonese. A sign of the
past tense, used after other verb&
•=k | he has gone ; left.
flit 1 ffc ne uas brought it.
' wL-Ea From fire and to rule as the
'JT-f* phonetic.
'cAw That which guides the flame ;
a wick ; a stick of incense ;
to light.
| ^ to burn incense sticks, to
worship the gods ; but — ] fjf
is one incense stick.
JH ] a lampwick.
•~ ] ^ three incense-sticks ;
this number is usually lighted
at once by worshipers in refer-
ence to the trinity of powers.
Insects like the Ptinus, which
eat books or clothes ; moths
l c/tu in furs ; insects like the car-
penter beetle, especially re-
ferring to the fly ; to eat, as such
insects do ; eaten, bored.
1 ')$l spoiled by insects.
] £J? all eaten through.
^ | "j* it is all worm-eaten.
CHU.
CHU.
89
From rain and flowing water;
like the next.
*chu A seasonable rain, ] ^ one
which fills the channels, and
starts the vegetation.
C AfcX Like the last. Water run-
•ZyM ning off in streamlets ; mois-
i chu tened, well watered ; to fer-
tilize by rain.
1 ^fe, $£ %/ tbmely showers cause
things to grow.
1 JH saturated with water ; en-
riched by favors.
From horse and to rula&s the
phonetic.
c c /j U To rest one's horse j to stop,
to sojourn, to live at for a
while ; a stopping-place, a
hostelry.
| J§I . to lodge, to tarry over, to
put up at with one's carriage.
1 * °' 1 M or 1 % tohe
stationed at, temporarily filling
an office at a place ; appointed
to live at.
] {8jl places where the Emperor
halts in a progress.
ffi to live on guard — in the
provinces ; applied to the Ban-
nermen stationed out of the
capital*
#_Lt) From man and to rule; it is
j~T^ easily mistaken for <wang •££
ohu> togo -
To halt, to stop ; to cease ;
to detain ; to dwell ; to live in ;. to
endure, to erect ; when following
another verb, it usually forms the
present tense, or shows that the
action has just stopped, as ^ 1
hold it ; |$ | rested a little ; but
it also forms the imperative, as
H ] stop it up ; ^ ] stop
walking, hold up your going, —
according to the context ; a classi-
fier of birds.
*tfc 1 $& P keep guard over the
passes.
| ip stay your steps'; stand there.
] ^ hold up ; stay your hand.
S« ~fa 1 3jf£ * caH 't help being
angry.
jg, /f, | I am not equal to that,
I can't endure it
f& &MM: 1 wllere do you live?
% ] living at.
chu 1
ft*
cnu?
P he ceased talking.
"J* 5£ he stopped crying.
^ | unreliable ; an unsafe
dependance.
^f a custodian of a temple ;
the resident or head-priest.
The noise of calling fowls ; a
distorted mouth ; occurs used
for c/jeu'p^ the bill of a bird.
to chuck for fowls
when calling them.
From wood and to rule as the
phonetic
A pillar, a post, a stanchion,
a joist ; a main dependance,
a support \ a statesman ; a chief
agent or manager in ; to uphold ;
to rely on ; a row or line, as in
writing; clusters of stars in Auriga
and in Centaur*
] 'M* tue leading ideas in a paper;
the heads, as of a sermon.
| & the base or plinth of a pillar.
Jx ] at tn e South, denotes a
house of five pillars.
HM 1 or £5 1 a m £ a statesman,
fp 5^ 1 oue w b° bears up the
state, the Atlas of his country.
||g a hall supported on pillars,
a pillared porch.
■ 1 £i M tne ability or service
of beams and pillars ; i.e. useful
officers or statesmen.
T. the nuts of a lute.
;. j the red pillars ; a poetical
name for a ip lute.
|H a kind of official cap.
J From ivater and to rule; it is
used with the next, and occa-
to manifest.
1
1
chv?
sionaily for chu*.
Water flowing off in stream-
lets, or shooting over a ledge ; to
lead water in channels, to flow out;
to soak, to saturate ; to fix the
mind on, to direct the thoughts to;
to eollect ; to comment on, to re-
cord ; to strike ; belonging to.
I i§j» t° remember, to ponder.
| ^ attentive ; to think on much.
% 1 ^ f$ >6 1 had ^at idea
already.
90
CHU.
CHU.
CHU.
_£ 1 to fix the thoughts on
heaven.
] g to set the eyes on ; to gaze.
1 J^Jto hit the nail on the head,
to describe exactly.
1f£ ^ II 1 lam extremely ob-
liged for your thoughtful regard
— for me.
^C If $fc 1 tne - ra * n V ouvs violently.
$§ $C 1 ]Jfc ta ^ e xt fr° m tu ' s >
and direct , it that ; to have
one's hope realized, or design
appreciated.
1 -fc 1& 5£ t0 set ^ e arrow on
the string,
jjij 5^ (^ | look out above and
mind what's below ; pay heed
to what goes before and comes
after, as the arrangment of your
sentences ; regard the orders of
the sovereign, and listen to the
people.
) From words and to rule as the
phonetic.
'cUv? ^° define, to explain ; to
open out the sense ; to write
about, to record ; an emendation
or gloss; used in some cases for
ting'' 5J? to determine ; destined.
1 B[J a clear explanation; written
clearly and fm'ly.
1 jjijfe to illustrate the meaning
of; notes-
1 $j^ an explanation.
1 |g, to note particulars, to keep
a record.
I f£ or 1 jtft to write an essay
on.
|j| J to add to the commentary.
1 jj& an open, full explanation,
as of .the classics.
1 £fe. 1 5E ue fi xes ^ e °* a y °^
birth and of death.
A^) From slip and yes ; it is also
read.it'ew and $i/u.
Short boards used in beat-
ing adobie walis ; a wall to
screen off a privy or a bath ; a
cess-pool ; the .receptacle of dirty
water from a bath.
chii*
eh
From plants and this ; it is the
original form of c/iofr, 51i to
cause, and ia interchanged with
chu? ft£ and chu* ££ to narrate.
Bright, clear ; conspicuous ;
to set forth, to manifest ; to write
an account, to narrate; to fix, to
settle ; to publish, as a book ; the
space between the gate and the
screen wall inside ; the revolution
of a year.
^t i§ 3|£ J his name is increas-
ingly known.
1 j& or ^ I to na rra te in a re-
cord ; to write occurrences, as
in a journal; to write a history.
] :& H to pretend to his "goodness.
^ I or Jg| ] to manifest, as
Christ did the will of God.
From bamboo and this or help-
ful; the first also means a deli-
cate sort of bamboo, and the
second is denned the hermit-
crab or its temporary abode.
Chopsticks; to take up food
with them.
ivory or bone chopsticks ;
the $fc J are usually made of
bamboo.
— H I a pair of chopsticks.
3fi — J put down your chop-
sticks, — in pledge of a glass.
IK li # icX 1 cooked millet
cannot be taken up with the
chopsticks.
s£ 3§ "T*" I i fc 1S n °t worth put-
ting the chopsticks into it ; i. e.
uneatable.
HI I $ ^ take up your chop-
sticks and begin — to eat.
31 Pf> I&. 1 ^ e has jade cups and
ivory chopsticks; i.e. he is very
extravagant and lavish.
m
From strength and furthermore.
'To. assist, to help; to succor;
chit"* beneficial, strengthening.
tsu* ^ J to succor, to aid.
1 JsSc iK ^ helped him to
finish the affair.
1 ft ~ * 2, 1} I will lend
you a helping hand.
|t£ ] or &(& | to cheerfully aid
— by a donation.
I J§$t a guard of honor, an escort.
|fe Jj» fet | I can't do it by my-
self; I am not able to effect it
alone.
| iN" j$s M. whoever helps Cbeu-
sin (the Nero of China) will be-
come truculent ; i.e. a companion
of the cruel becomes cruel.
From feathers or to fly and
this; the second form is rather
pedantic.
To fly upward; to soar into
the sky, as a phoenix.
Hk ] the phoenix soars on
high; — denotes a bride go-
ing to her husband's house.
Hi, l 1f£ Wi a n y in S phce"ix and
soaring argus ; — a newly mar-
ried pair.
A"Jj£ ) From metal and longevity as
< Jp^T'< the phonetic; occurs read chuh }
c j lU -> To cast, to fuse metal for
running into molds, ancient
name of a small feudal state in
the present Shantung, north of
the River Tsi ; used for chuh^ j|5£
to wish happiness, to bless.
] §jj| to cast cash or coins.
l& X I ^ ^ founders cast
vessels.
$|jf | to found ; to melt and cast,
as a boiler.
IPt US 1 fa *3r all the iron you
could get would not suffice to
cast your faults.
1 ik ^* %. suca virtues should
be cast in gold — to preserve
them.
^jfE£> A horse with the near hind
—y¥ kg white, or one having
chu? white knees; to ease one leg,
as a horse does, by standing
on three.
iH $& 1^ 1 harness up my dap-
pled lightfoot.
J Jg, a name for char? jg the
fourth diagram, referring to the
mode of shackling a horse's two
legs to teach him to amble.
CHU.
CHIT.
CH'U.
91
chu y
j t j _t From a shelter and a man ; but
tho original form represents a
strong room to contain stores or
preserve them, for which the
next is now used ; some of tho
compounds show trace's of its
meaning.
The space between the throne
and the retiring door behind it, is
called ^Jj | , where the attendants
stand within call.
£KJL^) From precious and to store irp'.as
H~r* the phonetic.
cfiu > To store np ; to hoard ; to
lay by for safety ; to put in
Its place ; a store of, a hoard ; an
accumulation, a treasure.
fj| 1 to keep in store, as the
government does.
3j|s 1 or | $*: to warehouse ;
kept in the warehouse.
•?? 1 |&;|J| there's not much left.
| He it is put in the treasury.
| ^|' to store up grain.
In Fuhehau. Containing ; - to
hold ; holding ; contained in.
] ?|C it holds the water.
j •§> J^, so full as to touch 4 the
nose, as a bowl of rice.
y+*~+ ) A coarse kind of hempen
/j\ 4 cloth ; suitable only for bags
chu* and wrappers or poor clothes.
fife . ] fine and coarse hemp.
>*-*>) From eye and to store; it is
similar to chu> ^£ to fix.
c/m 5 To stare at
| g to fix the eyes on r as
when stupidly amazed.
jfo-fo A lamb five months old.
7 J $£ M HE 1 the fatted J amba
chu* are ready.
chu*
chu*
That which is knewrr ''know-
ledge. This character is con-
tracted to j§* unless it is used
for the personal name of the
late Emperor Hienfung.
To inter valuables with the
dead ; to temporarily place a
thing ; metals in their ores,
which are to be known by the
aspect of the surface soil,
whether j ^ or | $> or
J ^ ores are beneath.
ckiS
^Vl 3 From /f£ tvood and ^* to give.
A shuttle; thin, as the
wheels of a cart, which cut
into the mire ; long, said of
the head ; a low, scrubby oak, for
which JJ3 is another name, and fj|
another form; a water trough or
flume.
1A 1 "f long-lived people
have long heads.
HH 1 $£■ ^ * le 1S niu< °f learning
as a filled shuttle.
1 $fi ^ § the shuttle and reed
are empty ; a time of want ;
these two parts of a loom seem
to have been- once differently
named, as the cku/^ |[j] is said
to be the shuttle, and the other
the reed, and made of earthen.
jfe'"^ lift 1 Meaciua' mother cut
the web in the loom, — in token
of her grief and disappoint-
ment.
Af£ 5 The nut to which the strings
.~t\ of a lute are fastened, and
c/tu y by which they are tuned.
GX3Z C XJ_
Old sounds, t'<y t'u, t'ot, t'op, de, dn, and dot. In Canton, ch'u, ch'o and sliii ; — in Swdtdiv,' ch'o, k'u, tu,
ch'u, and tiu; — in Amoy, ch'n, ch'o, k'u, tu, and t'u; — in Fuhchau, ch'e, ch'u, kii, yii, and tii; —
in Shanghai, ts'u, ts'ii, ts6, ts'o dzu, dzu, and tsz' ? — in Chifu, ch'u.
M
,ch*u
From- knife and garment, allud-
ing to the tailor's craft.
To cut out clothes, i.e. to
begin : the making of gar-
ments, which is the first step in
civilization; to begin; the first-;
at first, the early part ; incipient.
| | or ^. | when it began ; at
the first
] H TfT to make a great show at
opening the shop.
] 2j£ a liew comer ; the first visit.
^ ] at the beginning.
| |jj§ 5c j& at the creation.
| -—the first day of the moon.
] VhJ or ] fa] the first decade of
a moon.
| H %£ which day of the [first]
decade did you come ?
| J|t "to commence study.
^ | the first part of next moon.
A £, | '1$ & H man's nature
originally was good.
| ^ .the -first- time.
] ||§ i$i to open a new port for
trade; to found a mart, as Raf-
fles did Singapore.
ft j^j, | be careful how you begin
a work.
| ££. the firstborn.
In Cantonese. A final particle ;
to stop or wait.
fifc ^ [T{» | do you stop a while.
55 ] ifr a novice, a raw hand.
The character is intended to
represent jjfljl grass bound in
'two 'y sheaves or faggots; the
second form is unused.
fh*u To cut" grass; hay, dried
s £s c tt grass for animals, fodder.
&L-\ — M a btmdIe of
green grass.
f3 | fodder for cattle ; to fodder
them.
92
CH<U.
CH r U.
CH f U.
.Shu
| |H a scarecrow, a straw man ;
effigies burned at a funeral.
| ^1 ^ grass and reed cutters ;
viet. the people.
1 lit f° ur domesticated animals
which are reared, viz. the horse,
sheep, ox, with the dog.
| Jfr a name for the magpie.
rt;fyfr To scold people; a colloquial
C M / XE word, imitating the sound
fChtu of scolding or reproving.
^ From wood and a comer ; q.d.
tjn the stick that keeps the corner.
The wooden pivots on which
a door turns; an axis, a
center, that on which a thing hin-
ges ; what is indispensable, fun-
damental, cardinal ; the source of
power ; a spinous tree like a buck-
thron, or hornbeam, called jjij ^
or thorny elm.
1 fit tu e controling power, as the
boiler in a steamer ; the moving
spirit, the guiding mind.
1 %& £ $. tbe station of chief
authority.
1 i£J or 1 1? the central part on
which a machine works; the
gist of an affair.
$? | a term for the moon.
^ | or heaven's pivot, is the
star Dubhe a in Ursa Major.
1 ^ the secret pivot ; an old
term for a general ; in the Sung
dynasty, | Sjg (i^ denoted the
privy council.
] j|| the pivot's wall ; — a name
for the Censorate.
pf* tbe powers or machine of
government in the capital and
provinces.
t£tpf A feline animal called | J[j&,
cv|MS, marked like a fox; it is big
^nu as a dog, and was once used
in sacrifice: it is probably the
cheetah or ounce, but may also
denote the lynx.
Tfj=$* A kind of stone, the ] J^
iX'~^f wlioae description allies it to
c shu the jasper.
J.3a» From wood and prayer for rain.
c| ^/ A tree with glossy bark and
k shu fetid leaves, whose timber is
fit only to burn ; it is another
name for the ch'eu? ^c/thm Jl ^
or fetid Ailantus glandulosa, com-
mon in northern China ; it is also
applied to the Euscaphys, or blad-
dernut of Japan.
1 W& 5L M useless material, as
the ailantus and scrub oak, nei-
ther of which furnish very good
timber ; — a depreciatory ph rase
used by officers when speaking
of themselves.
] ft! the ailantus hen, is a
beetle with gray elytra and red
wings, common on this tree; it
makes a humming noise, and is
called the £j[ ife ~p or red
damsel ; it seems to he a sort of
Cerambyx.
Pleased, gratified ; for which
the next is also used.
] ^jfj to make antics and
perform like mummers, for
which slaves were once employed ;
it now means to play cards.
From hand and anxiety it is used
with the last, and much resem-
bles l lu JH to capture.
At ease, pleased ; to scatter,
to spread ; to ascend, to
mount as a carriage ; to discuss and
settle.
1 Bf M t0 set f° rta one's views,
to express one's ideas.
f I Wi M. 1 *' ie d ra g on ft e - fi eet )
courser distanced all the others.
$ff 7^\ KB. ue f' u Ny understood
and made known tbe six clas-
sics.
1
From woman and carnation as
the phonetic.
A pretty woman ; a beautiful,
accomplished female; timid;
to adorn, to dress up, as a woman
does.
I W> beautiful ; a bright face.
$£!#■? that elegant, hand-
some man.
| £«, a pretty face, a handsome
lady.
tt/\^ From place and a person.
|XJ> The steps going into a pa-
4 c/* f « lace ; the vestibule or porch;
the space between the door
and an inner screen ; to take off,
as a dress; to exclude, to root out,
to remove; to divide or subtract ;
to do away with; to pass, as time;
to take away; to be kept out; to
exchange ; to open; to vacate ; as
a. preposition, besides, excepting,
exclusive of; and is used In re-
gimen with icap #J> outside.
] DJil to lay aside mourning.
Bf 1 or 1 M to divide by one
or more figures, as in division.
J ^ to eject, to push away.
J ^ to remove disease or its
causes.
| ffi if, when, premising, thence-
after.
1 jlfc £ #b besides this; not
including this.
~~f> take it down.
1 T & taking away the tare;
not reckoning the case.
|j£ ] the outer porch.
| jj| to cleanse or prepare a road.
] If to remove from office, to
degrade.
1 $C feJ X Asides what is now
received, some is still owing.
$ it 1 tbe days and months
glide by us.
] ^S Sc J£ to suppress the evil
and quiet the good.
A small branch of the Yang-
tsz' River that flows into it
between Nanking and Iching,
which gives its name, to ClAi
cheu | >}\\ a city and prefec-
ture in the east of Nganhwui.
A mat rolled up.
gjj| | a coarse mat; a disease
that makes one repulsive; a de-
formed person, a hunchback.
■ch'u
.ska
£**
CH r U.
CH C U.
CH'U.
33
t c/ru
A small medicinal plant, |§J
| , otherwise called j;^ |f( or
ground elm ; it bears white
flowers with a yellow center;
it is perhaps allied to the
Hedysarum.
"\ From insect and person or all;
the second form is little used,
f and also means a huge cater-
pillar.
A toad is called $f£ | ;
parts of it are used medi-
cinally ; it is seldom eaten,
and sometimes grows to a
huge size; it has many
local names.
Name of a small stream flow-
ing from the Hang shan '|jn
j]j in Ta-tungfu in the north
of Shansi, into the Sang-kan
and Yung- ting Rivers, and
thence into the Pei-ho at
Tientsin.
and all
the
J^K. -From man
liVa phonetic.
" clfu r ^° collect, to lay up for need ;
furnished with ; to assist ; to
be second to.
] ^ stored, bonded, warehoused.
| J# accumulated, in store.
"M- 1 or 1 ?3 tn e heir-apparent.
1 ^ an imperial pleasure-ground.
From shelter and to stand wait-
ing ; the second is a common,
► but unauthorized form.
A place for killing and cook-
ing animals ; a kitchen ;
a case for holding books,
clothes, crockery, <fcc ; a
quiver.
] A or ] "? or ] *if a co °k-
1 |^ a kitchen.
^ | a scullion, a cook's mate.
1 J§ a P u hlic cooking-shop, a
restaurant.
J^ | a large kitchen ; with an
yoattoir attached-
ly $ 1 a g^nze safe. (Pekingese.)
— O 3£ ] a clothes-press ; one
wardrobe.
A screen which is put up to
:'I7M3* make a temporary kitchen.
Undecided, as if one's feet
were fettered.
jj|| | at a loss how to pro-
ceed; sometimes used to in-
timate a desire for advice, -or for
help to relieve one from perplexity.
Similar to tho last.
Puzzled, in a fix ; uncertain
what to do.
11 # $31 1 lie scratched his
head, uncertain what to do.
From fowl and dried grass.
A chick which can pick its
own food ; a fledgeling ; the
m d callow young of birds ; to
fftu rear a brood.
» The second character also
denotes the name of a bird, the
£g| | , a variety of the peacock.
| jfj^ it 4* rears lts brood inside
of its hole, as the kingfisher.
] H a little chick.
| ^ J[| the buds are very callow.
jj ^ lb B — E 1 Lis strength
was not equal to lift one fledge-
ling, as of a duck.
£
(Ctilt
1
From metal and to help or
furthermore ; the second form
is not much used.
A hoe, a mattock; to culti-
vate the fields, to hoe and
delve, and thus assist the
growth.
jjj| a hoe.
| or | •}$, |to hoe up, as
weeds; to hoe the ground,
igi ] a stout farmer.
3$L 1 l^L It (ne business of agri-
culture, as of those who %£ ]
}E "? fJ>jf shoulder the hoe.
'H? |I M ] he - took his classic
and went, off to his hoeing.
I £« II A un fi ttec l f°r each other,
unsuitable, like putting around
handle into a square hole.
From tvoman and dried grass.
A pregnant woman ; a widow.
M & 1 M be kmd to tbe
widows.
The stalk of the small spiked
millet ; the straw of the pa-
4 cA t m nicled millet.
ffi
,ch*u
From plough and to assist; q.d.
the plowman aids the land.
A kind of -curve or socage of
the Shang dynasty, consist-
ing of a certain number of day's
work on the king's land as a way
of paying rent, and thus assisting
government; to assist in working
land to pay taxes.
A species of mullberry, ] |j|
the JBroussonetia fcipyfera,
''clfu from whose bark the (Joreans
and Japanese make paper ;
a coarse kind of cloth is also made
of it by them, but the paper itself
is much used for garments.
| ^ paper money ; such as is used
in worship and then burned.
1 && paper from the mulberry.
] )y a slip of paper, as that for
notes.
| 4H money given by friends for
funerals.
^Hr* $£ ~*f 1 ^ specially send you
this short note.
] V^c bank-notes, paper bills ; this
term was common in the Yuen
dynasty.
A bag or satchel for holding
clothes ; a valise, a portman-
teau; to cut out clothes ; to
pack away clothes.
^ a high pall, or catafalque,
over a bier.
c/i'u
*1
rom wood and noon; q. d. the
sound of the pestle heard at
noontide.
A pestle; a beetle or beater
with which to ram down
earth ; to beat with a pestle.
|j£ | a board or block, and the
beater; — used by washermen.
94
ClTU.
CrTU.
CH'U.
ffi ill W- I ^ear ^ ie wa shing
boards resounding among the
hills in autumn.
^ | to pound with a pestle.
| Tffi, to beat very fine.
]~J | a mortar and pestle; used
as a metaphor for brothers, dear
friends, married people.
fe f5jlj | the " diamond club," a
Budhist term for the vadjra or
scepter of Indra; name for a
kind of mace used by priests
when exorcising or praying, and
as a symbol of the all 'conquer-
ing power of Biidha, who over-
comes sin by pradjna or wis-
dom.
'^feil Originally composed of ffli a
■^ l^ r coppice, and Jy; to walk in its
c chhi center ; q. d. it is hard to walk
in a thicket.
A cluster or clump of trees,
a bramble-bush • spinous, shaTp ;
used withlhe next for painful,- dis-
tressing;- -orderly, well-clone, pro-
perly-finished; a large feudal state
in the Chen dynasty, existing from
B. c. 740 to 330, 'under the rule of
twenty princes; it occupied Hu-
kwang and parts of Honan and
Kiangsu, having K f ing-cheu fu on
the R. Yangtez' for its capital; the
name is still- applied to the two
Lake Provinces.
| ] new and clean, as garments.
^ | suffering; distress, anguish.
^ | grievous, hard as work ; toil
and drudgery.
J^ | perspicuous, as style ; well-
done, clear, fresh ; spruced' up,
tidy.
J| | a ferule for punishing tru-
ants.
^ ] was the region about the
Mei-ling,<in the south of Hunan
and Kiangsi.
In Cantonese. A form of the
past tense, like ''yuen ^ done.
J£ | j|jjt I have done eating.
JH ] the job is done; it's all
made right.
Interchanged with the last
in the sense of grieved, mi-
''ctiu serable, pained.
The base or plinth of a
pillar; the stone on which it
rests; a pedestal.
1 M Ad M [ a hal ° ronncl
the moon] and a moist plinth,
are signs of rain.
From man or to stand, and to
store; the first is rather' the
commonest.
l ch f u
'ft
W»
To stand and wait a long
time ; to hope and Wait for.
1 jL t° stand near.
^ ] to hopefully expect,
longing and waiting.
] -§J I wait on tiptoe ; I eagerly
look — for- a reply.
$fffil 1 gleaning on the lining
and looking afar at it.
The teeth set on edge, as by
a very, sour thing.
'clSu
Small streams which flow off
aside, when a large river
Vi r «' overflows its banks.
(A£*2 Clear, limpid, as water ; or
■\ J spirits settled on its lees.
g | t | f - From plant and to store np.
~~T^ A plant like a nettle, the
l ch t u Boehmerianivea,ca\\edramie,
chuwa, caloi, and China grass;
it is one of the hemps of China,
of which ropes, grasscloth, coarse
linen, and sackcloth (|^) are made.
] ^ hemp roots; they are ground
with rice-flour to be used for
food.
1 . Jtlc the nettle-hemp fibers, or
plants, grown chiefly in the cen-
tral provinces.
| J^j a grasscloth shop.
j£ 1 %¥UM& their hem-
pen garments were worn to rags
and their hair unkempt; — a
time of misery.
C |-J^ "1 The second or abbreviated form
\forU is composed of j£ to stop and
C £»»♦ I yu a seat; q.d. one stops on
•^A/U } reaching his seat ; fQ is added
1 in the full form as the phonetic ;
it much resembles %k'ien J§^
devout.
W« To be at, to rest, to dwell •
to repress, or stop one's self;
to be appeased, to rest from ; to act,
to occupy the place of; while in ;
to occupy as a country ; to distin-
guish, to decide, to judge ; to attend
to, to do what is proper, to place;
when preceding a verb, it sometimes
denotes the past tense, or increases
its force, as | ]||f executed ; or
1 ^ to govern.
] eft t0 judge one's abilities; to
decide an officer's dements.
1 "i an unemployed graduate.
1 ~£c or 1 ■? a y° nn g i a dy> a
maiden.
1 $%, -W when I- was married;
during my married life.
| J^ to be poor.
>g |£ ] how ? what could I do 1
1 ' M ff£ either course is hard.
] ;|| limit of hot weather ; name
of the 14th term, from August
23d to September 8th.
3jC pf) |H ] hand* him over to the
Board to decide his sentence.
HI I not easy to judge.
/fg | friends living together.
] JJ $% to be an officer near the
emperor.
| £jfc.to sentence after trial.
] Wl pl ace( l, put safely.
1 Hi fti£ to mana g e > to do for
one, to settle him; — implies a
great "difficulty in the case.
| -jit to enter on life.
I ' /f>-2j£ ■ I ' can't bear him ; I
can't live, or get along, with
him.
T 5E to visit with death ; I mean
to be the death of you ; to com-
pass one's death.
£p JJ£- | | here we had ample
room to dwell in.
CH r U.
CHUH.
CHUH.
95
Bead c/*V A place, a spot; a
circumstance, a condition, a point
of a matter; used as a relative
pronoun, as pjij | ;£, $j| tne
money of these two persons; when
added to a noun, it sometimes
makes the plural, as ^ ^j? | the
high authorities ; and at other times
denotes the concrete, as fp ^, ffe
fSf | we now see its spirituality.
JjjlJ ] elsewhere.
| ffi a location, a place; the
swt referred to.
B 1 °r # 1 or ] | every-
where ; in all regions.
£g ' a failing, a shortcoming ;
an idiosyncrasy.
te ] ^ 3ji|J he went everywhere ;
he goes all about.
jj ] a good ; in good ■ circum-
stances; a benefit; an advantage.
'If f@ ^ 1 he has a place where
he hails from; be is not alto-
gether a loafer.
2{w | I the officer, — said by
those of low grade ; I who
write ; the writer.
^ ^ W © ] he has still some
good points.
j||[ ] and }j$r | are terms in letters
for You or Sirs, and We, when
the names are not mentioned.
Kough, hispid ; not smooth.
c/iV
) From sickness and to remove.
A soar ; scarred ; stupid,
cA'w' not comprehending things.
$|| ] /f, jH thick-skulled;-not
quickly taking the meaning of.
chuh:.
Old sounds, tok, dok, and t'ok. In Canton, chok ; — in Swatow, tek, to, s6k, chek, and tok ;
chwat, and tek; — in Fuhchau, tuiik, chuuk, and tiik; — in Shanghai, ts6k and dzok;
fChu
The original form represented
leaves drooping on two stalks,
in which way the Chinese draw
the bamboo ; it is the 118th
radical, called sometimes ] ^
JjJ| i. e. bamboo flower top, and
the characters under it mostly
refer to kinds or articles of
bamboo.
The bamboo, of which -the
Chinese reckon sixty varieties; mu-
sical instruments made of bamboo.
] j| tabasheer.
| f^ bamboo seeds, said to ripen
mostly in years of famine.
| *jp: bamboo sticks or poles.
| g{j| the siliceous skin of the
bamboo.
| jjJH bamboo roots ; whangees,
or bamboo walking-sticks ; um-
brella-handles.
| |^ bamboo splints or threads.
| US shavings for cushions.
| f[J H§ ribbed, ridged, corru-
gated, like bamboo joints.
J^j ^ ] the JSandina domes tica,
much cultivated for its red seeds.
| IH^or ||^^a clear spirit
in which bamboo leaves have
been steeped ; hence the 13th
day of the 5th moon is called
1 B? because this liquor
was drunk on that day.
] Jjfjf a foreign name for Irish
linen.
] ^ A a long bamboo pillow.
^ | the spider-wort. (Commely.
na medica.)
$|| | large tubular fireworks;
fire-crackers.
1 Tfif ^ 31} bamboo arrows have
a hard skin ; met. a person of
clear mind and fixed purpose.
■El 'ft I ^fi£WM the- lowly bam-
boo always bows its leafy head.
] 2|)| the " bamboo reporter," a
poetical name for family letters,
derived from a scholar in the
Han dynasty, wbo always in-
quired about his bamboo grove.
m
,chu
A sort of bamboo ; the com-
mon name of India in Bud-
hist books, ^C 1 or W 1
H<i or | |j||, from the word
India ; this character was first
altered from the last to designate
a surname, and when adopted for
India was read tuh y as a contrac-
tion of ^| in the word i% ^ Shin-
tuh or Scinde ; it has also been
written $% ^ or ^f§ ^ or ^ Wi
or fp Jg and ^ 4* all differ-
ent forms of tbe same sound or
name.
,chu
in Annoy, tiok, chiok,
in Chifu, chuh.
Grieved ; pain and distress
manifested in the face.
H *fr ] I sick at heart
and cast down.
,chu
chit?
From wood and the: next cha-
racter contracted.
An ancient musical instru-
ment of wood used to start
the band ; it was made like a tub
with a handle in the middle, or a
chapper bung on the side that hit
it when turned.
From to worship joined to mouth
of man; i.e. to implore by words.
To help the master of cere-
monies; to ask the-gods for
blessing, to pray for mercies; to
supplicate the gods; to recite pray-
ers; to be obliged for; to tie or
bind ; joined to, allied to, akin; to
afflict, as by taking away one's
friends; to cut off; to reiterate, to
repeat as prayers; the origin; an
ancient name of ^ fyfc j|| in Tsi-
nan fu in Shantung.
pij | ^ an officer who recites
the ritual.
$$ 8 £ 1 ma y y° ur [Majesty]
live for ever.
9G
CHUH.
CHUH.
CHUH.
$M 1 \> in to felicitate one every
happiness, as when seventy.
1 ^ or 1 JBi to sa y prayers, to
implore, to ask the gods ; to re-
peat | 3fc or f° rms °f prayer.
| jjjg to pray for blessings.
] Up to congratulate another on
his hirthday.
J^ | an acolyte in a temple.
I HI 2$C $t to Cllt on ° the ^ a,r
and tattoo the body.
W P IB. ] ne hoth cursed and
prayed.
of you not to wander or ramble
about there.
| HJi a god of fire worshiped in
summer ; he is the deified son
of jJljK JK an early monarch.
Read ^ch'eu. To curse.
$t ffc #! 1 they go on cursing
still.
Sisters-in-law call each other
> | £|!, but not in direct
ghu address.
Read c c/t*eu. The mind not
at ease ; disquieted.
jlE *fr J 1 sac ^ anc * moved is
my heart.
"ratft From J|i carriage and ffH to
JfifH.. support contracted ; it is inter-
c/ieu changed with f jfj* in the last
meaning.
That which supports the cart,
the end of the axle ; a pivot, that
which turns as a center of power ;
the axis of motion ; a catch, a
bolt, a spring, whatever causes a
thing to work ; weak or crippled
in walking ; a roller, as of a map;
a classifier of maps or pictures
rolled up, — and often denotes the
chart, map, or drawing itself, the
reed of a loom.
$ 1 or 1 "? an a-^-tree.
] 1^ a catch, a bolt.
*|" | one who manages — the
country, or an affair.
31 A 1 ft water-wheel turned
by five men.
^ ] a eulogistic scroll suspended
near a coffin before its burial.
^ | the axis of suspension.
|£ | or #{f ] the heaven and
the earth ; their revolutions
and movements as the axes of
the universe.
%$ | a roller, as for a map; rolls.
Jj | the rivet of shears.
||£ j£ | three mounted pictures,
or on rollers.
^ ] ^> in *-" t§r a thousand
drawings are not equal to one
book — well studied.
> The after part of a vessel,
the stern quarters where the
s c/m 6teersman stands ; the tiller
or scull.
Read yiu. The bow of a vessel.
1 |l§ a sort of scow for trans-
port ; the stem and stem of a
vessel.
A^r* From a dulcimer with wood
^fV under; occurs used for chuh^
i, 5tPl a sister-in-law.
chu To beat down hard as a
thrashing-floor; to ram down
the earth ; to make chnnam pave-
ments or adobie walls ; to raise, to
erect ; to build dykes or intrench-
ments ; to gather ;. to flap the
wings.
| |jg %& to build mud walls.
| JB| 3JI to make a jetty or land-
ing-place.
1 <£i $$f to build stone piers,
bunds, or sea-walls.
H& 1 lit lit t° 1- ai se a fort.
] i|r to raise the banks.
'(jj< | ^|| jig to strengthen and
repair, the dykes or foundations.
ftfe" From bamboo and to grasp.
•7^) A kind of crooked dulcimer,
fku shaped like a rude harp,
having five strings ; it was
afterwards made with thirteen
strings that were struck with ham-
mers.
''chu
j^ the old name of Kuh-clring
hien II|«» the R. Han
in the northwest of Hupeh.
[ ] Jj£ is the capital district in
Kweicheu province.
From mouth and belonged to ;
•sTiu/i, J§g also occurs used for
this ; the second abbreviated
form is common.
To bid, to order; to engage
or ask another to do; to
commit to another's charge
by request or injunction ; to enjoin
upon.
| P$ to charge one to do; to
instruct.
1 fE to commission, to give in
charge.
§fj j to bribe, to fee in a case.
51 I to suborn.
| ^ a will; a written injunction*
P| ] or JIT pf J P{J to repeat
an order, to reiterate it, to din
it in the ears.
4t|i3 Ihe obedient and respectful
/vfy> deportment of a wife; a wait-
(Chu ing attitude, as of one reoiv-
ing instruction.
§T* To cut up the ground.
-,/l> ft! 1 t0 hoe and dig.
c chu
To look earnestly ; to fix the
eyes on.
M* $1 %$ ji; 1 to gaze at from
afar with earnest attention.
| |g to look at from afar.
rjljlt From foot and worm.
[ti&J) To walk sedately; to limp
chu or halt ; a trace.
JH | to hesitate in walking;
to pace off, to step haltingly.
jjj§5 1 to amble, as a horse ; to
walk with a halting step.
]j|j | the rut of a wheel.
i£ {j|ft | a species of Hyosajamus;
the name probably alludes to its
rejection by sheep.
CHUH.
(JHUH.
CHUH.
97
In Cantonese. To knead with
the feet, as in working or mixing
things ; to press on.
1 {ij $§ to crush out the bowels,
as when trampled to death.
A kind of medicinal plant,
5 called also ^ jjfc j|| or yel-
chu low Azalea, and ^ ^ ^ or
tiger's flower ; it is regarded
as poisonous ; it may belong to the
Apocynex or oleander family.
From fire and worm; the
contracted form is also read
idi'ung, to dry by the fixe.
The illumination of torches ;
a candle; a torch ; to light
a candle ; a light ; to give
or shed light upon, to il-
lumine.
II 1 01 * fla I a wax candle,
a bougie ; a tallow candle in-
closed in wax.
$95 tttl 1 hard candles, like those
made from the tallow tree ;
harder than *fc fy j tallow
candles.
JK ilH. 1 or wa ter candle, the
Typha or cat-tail rush,
^g | painted candles, such as are
placed before shrines or used in
worship ; they are also made of
wood, and called ^ \ or show
candles.
1 $j a wick, when it is partly
burned ; its form is sometimes
taken as an omen of luck.
] 5j- or ] 3H or . 1 §£ ' • can-
dlestick.
M' snuffers.
ffi ]$» | refers to the part of a
marriage ceremony when the
pair are seated at the nuptial
table before the candles.
n m $ i & the ii s hted nu p-
tial chamber.
>J> >£j> >fl£ | take care lest you set
the house on fire.
>S» H£ *F 1 H shines everywhere ;
met. he sees the case clearly;
he assists his relatives.
m
| Jim 5jj£ [the emperor's good-
ness is like the sun] which shines I
upon all without partiality.
M* "fJiJ 5i ] [ n ' s ^ ,s as P re « a_ j
rious as] a candle in the wind ; j
said of old folks.
j [Jj an iron frame for candles.
PJJ | a clear understanding of.
Jt W. ^ ie splendor of lamps
and candles, an illumination.
| JL an auspicious comet or
bright star like a candle; one
appeared b. c. 76 in the constel-
lations ^ and JH or Pisces
and Aries, bright as Venus.
Ijif A name for a short legged
f > spider the | |^, so called
( chu from its looking like a pigmy ;
a flea ; the caterpillar of the
sphinx moth.
•Composed of 7ft rice between
•what looks like two bows, but
is intended t» represent the
< steam of offerings ; it is often
fteu de8cri bed as f£ ^ 7ft doable,
bowed rice. It forms a kind of
sub-radical of many characters
under lih f™j a boiler, with
which this once was written.
Gruel, congee, mush, porridge;
a thickened, decoction made of rice
or millet boiled very soft.
%$. 1 or M 1 or M 1 to uou
congee.
%& $3 1 a ^ in( l of rice porridge
with bits of pork.
jL ] bean and rice porridge.
| ^ the gruel of congee.
| ] humble, diffident.
^ ] a preparation like the thick-
ened fried tea of the Tibetans.
| H $Q Wi •& H $11 tnre e bowls
of congee and three of rice too ;
— the same rule for all.
From P|J to call and >}\] re-
gion ; the second and unusual
form is also read ^cheu.
To call fowls; the sound
made when chucking fowls.
am<7
>-£> From j& to walk and
IJ^Y, contracted.
ichu To drive or push out; to ex-
pel ; to order away ; to fray
away ; to exorcise ; to take up in
order, as the heads of a discourse ;
to press, to urge, on, to hurry up;
in earnest, sincere ; successively.
{ij or | ^ to turn out, to
drive away, to expel.
M to order off with abuse.
] Q daily, day after day.
1 ~ 1 n or 1 Jg J fl| to
take up one by one ; to arrange
orderly.
H ft JE* E 1 lie bel(1 office
thrice and was thrice dismis-
sed.
M $L Wi 1 t0 ? ad liere ancl tliere '
as companions urge or coax
one.
| $3 minutely and carefully.
1 *J? ATI 3f§ t0 advance ste]) by
step, to gradually become fami-
liar with or learned in.
JJ3; . | to eject, to deport, to turn
out by force, to evict.
rHr $C 1 1 he was really sincere
in that ; in this phrase it is also
read tih tih.
Sores arising from cold.
>> %M 1 chilblains on the hands
ichu or feet.
A weed, called also i£ ffi
goat's hoof; it is difficult
iChu to extirpate, and seems to
be a sort of Rumex or dock.
about the country gathering
the docks.
Iff
chu
From ^ a joi^r.-with a cross-
mark to denote that two of its
leers are tied ; it is used only
1 as a primitive, but conveys no
meaning to most of the com-
pounds.
| | the appearance of a
shackled pig trying to get
13
98 CH'UH. CH'UH.
CH C UH.
Old sounds, t'ofc and t'uk. In Canton, chok, chut, and ch f ut; — in Sicatoiv, ch'ufc,
t'iok. ch'o, and chiok; — in Fuhchau, ch'ok, t'dk, huiik, and ch'ou; —
and ts'dk; — in Chifw, ch'uh.
fCh'u
The original form represents
stalks thrusting themselves out
of the ground.
To go forth, to go out; the
opposite of ju\ \ out — in;
abroad — at Lome ; to issue or ma-
nifest, to proceed from; to surpass;
to eject; to leave finally ; to spring
from, to beget ; its force is often
modified by the next verb, and it
frequently serves as- an auxiliary
verb to denote completion or pro-
gress of an act; as | ^ for sale;
or | ^j| to let; when joined to /$,
after a verb, implies its negation.
| 2jS to come out, as from the
room; this phra.se succeeds other
verbs to denote the present tense,
as M 1 2j$ I &m wr iti n g it
f5t # S i 1 2fc do y° u examine
it for me.
i|| /£. 1 2K they cannot be distin-
guished.
St ^ 1 2fc * can,fc ex P ress ^
well ; I don't understand it
clearly.
O ± | ~ i£ $ he will then
have gone only half-way.
fj 1 2|5 to carry into practice ;
to bring forth fruit, as of a belief.
W\ 1 ■$• ^ to create a disturb-
ance.
| SK to act for others.
j All to take the lead of
others.
] "^ A an informer.
1 i <& to give directions about.
1 ft to enter on public office.
| j|f to enter on life, to begin the
world.
% M & $! 1 Jr what did he
spring from ?
] >H? or ] {^ to marry a husband.
] *M> t° become a priest.
| ^ to retire from a post, having
filled the term.
-A st | fft snr P assm o others in
talent, preeminent.
1 $£ $& ^f* appears in a surpris-
ing degree; very unusual, in-
constant.
£&:/£ ,| I cannot recall it to
mind ;. it is inconceivable-
$£ *ft $r 1 **- was at nrst L m y
own] idea.
] #|\ to travel abroad ; to go out.
| PI or ] $j to go out of the
house.
f9 $ 1 1£ when were you born ?
| 5C ^t or ] 2f[ to have the
small- pox.
| ^ to retire respectfully, — to
ease nature; ] ^ ip [U ^ |J£
how often did the medicine
operate ?
| Jjff and \ /ffj doors for entering
and leaving the stage.
] 35 famous; ^ | ^g do not
let my name appear ; incogni-
to; sub rosa.
| Jj, perquisites, extras j to fee
for services ; douceurs.
— {& 1 Tfc— {£ j Jf one finds
the capital, the other the service.
J| A. 10$ 1 reckon your income
before you spend your money ;
estimate your expenses carefully.
U Wr Wt 1 one cannot reckon up
the defects ; too many bad qua-
lities to estimate.
"a 1 JiW Ul ms words are stable
as the hills.
I§l f^ 1 >fr do as y° u n ^ e a hout
it.
| J|* he brings honor — to the
family.
I Wt or 1 ef to speak out loud;
to say something.
1 $t A. Ha to get out of the mire
into the fat ; 1*. e. to rise from
poverty to affluence.
H- 1 M M t0 ^ et the horse-hoof
CH f UH.
tut, and tiok; — in Amoy, ch'ut, fnfc
•in Shanghai, tBeh, hiok,
appear, to let the cat out of the
bag.
I, JK to fume, to fret ; to avenge
another's cause.
j ^ to be despised; to draw
odium on one.
Bill
,ctiu
From black and to issue as the
phonetic.
To degrade ; to dismiss from
office; to blame; to expel
or drive away.
\ j thrice dismissed from office
— ' as W T M> °f ku in the
Cbeu dynasty was, and then
recalled.
W ft! W t0 degrade the inef-
ficient and promote the intelli-
gent.
jp! or j jj| to cashier, to
degrade, to dismiss officers.
J|jt to expel dishonorably.
In Cantonese. To wrench or
sprain
1 %
'■ ^ to sprain the wrist.
Used for the last.
Crimson silk ; to baste ; to
ch x u sew badly; to stitch coarsely;
withdrawn, as notes from
circulation ; something in the
way.
|H ] to bend and to straighten ;
elevated, joyous, and then de-
pressed, dull ; uncertain.
~3sL 1 or M 1 SDort u p *° r mone y-
ffi* M £, \ impediments in the
way of trade, as a want of capi-
tal, or banditti.
From field and blade, referring
to loamy soil good for pastur-
age ; others say from field
and ^ increase contracted; it
is interchanged with the next.
To rear, to feed, to raise ; to
domesticate ; to herd together ; to
entertain, as a guest; to bear with ;
35£
CH'UH.
CH f UH.
CH f UH.
99
to restrain ; to detain ; to obey, as
a child ; cattle, domestic animals ;
to board ; to store up.
1 Ja $J "JL to restrain the prince
from committing wrong.
I £fe y ou brute !
^ I tbe 26tb diagram, relating
to wind
J ?H to rear, as slaves, children,
or animals; but | ^ is to pas-
ture or rear only the 5^ | six
domestic animals, which men
use in sacrifice or Food.
J ffc to assist the people.
1 & gl to gather persons in a
palace, as catamites.
1 H? to cultivate virtue.
|H 1 hard to stand ; not easy to
serve, as an unjust prince.
-jj^ ' Used with the lust.
53 3 To collect ; to lay up in
ch*u y store ; to bring up ; to rear,
as vegetables.
J H| or J ^ to pccnmulate, to
hoard, to lay by.
J ^ to husband one's strength.
I >1j to breed horses.
J 1^ 0f| to bring up slave girls.
] J£§ to strengthen suspicions.
3% M H 1 * nave a £ oocl supply
of vegetables — for winter.
I 5ls ^ IS m y anx ' ous thoughts
are not yet removed.
j§£ I selfishly to lay up things —
unknown to one's parents.
Bent down.
J ffi unable to extricate
ch f u one's self, compelled to stoop.
t-JU* From heart and to rear as the
Jpg* phonetic.
c j$ u To nourish ; to foster ; to
hate; to excite.
I 5j| to encourage or develop
pride.
J jj&X to stir up wrath ; angry,
wrathful.
/?• •$£ tb I ne ca »n°t ( or does
not) like me.
t,—t* From hand and to rear.
l^h To drag along by force ; to
chW shake rudely; a spasm or
cramp of the tendons.
3fjJ ] to be taken with a
cramp or numbness ; con-
vulsed.
.ch'u
Water flowing into a reser-
voir or pool ; to flush from
excitement.
] m waters running to-
gether.
Afraid, timorous ; to entice ;
to commisserate.
1 "Wl apprehensive.
1 >E £ $s a wretch who
is tempted on by avarice.
From horn and worm as the
phonetic.
To butt, to gore, to push with
the horns.; to run against; to
oppose, to excite, to offend ;
6tirred, moved, excited ; to render
one's self obnoxious; among the
Budhists, denotes sensation, touch,
perception.
J jfct to irritate, to exasperate.
] j{£ startling ; to recollect sud-
denly.
]J| ] to butt, to run at each
other, as rams.
I $ti to insult; to sin wilfully.
f {[I j£ *fj vast > herculean
strength.
£fc J f$ the oxen are butting;
also applied to fellows fighting.
$H ^ to suddenly meet a
chance, — as for solving a
doubt.
g iH? ifr interesting and start-
ling, as a style or a narrative.
ig. ] fjjg the ram rushed
against the fence, — and was
caught by his horns.
ijf 5| ffy t0 single out one
idea, and bring out — its bear-
ings and results.
sfk $L 'fw the circumstances
excited his feelings, — as of
joy or sorrow.
1
1
1 ^ u^ $S w ^ en k e attacked
[a subject,] he mastered it.
1 y^. to take cold.
J ^Sc a waistband used by ancient
princesses.
fP})s* Choked with anger ; violent
2hJ/\) from raging passion; a man's
( cM* name.
] $x filled with wrath.
££10* region beyond sea, to
which Chwen-hiuh's son was
appointed.
Read Hsan. A dish or platter on
which square pieces of sweet flag
were anciently served as a relish.
T|r J a dish of sweet flag.
|5* From straight thrice repeated.
[j Rising above others like an
overtopping tree ; lofty as
•a peak ; luxuriant growth ;
straight and upright ; to stand or
set upright, as a pole.
1 ^7 IS u P"ghfc, without any
deception.
^ llj I ,| the lofty hills rising
like galleries.
J§t 1 ] 6§ veI 7 straight like a
flag-staff.
From door and three men inside;
it is considered to be a Budhistic
form of chung^fflz a multitude.
A crowd standing in the
doorway.
PU 1 W or ffl 1 » <* rW 1 M
a fabulous Budha, called A Iccho-
•ihya-ox 4t 1|Jj f^j the motion-
less, or impassive Budha ; it is
also defined as the kingdom of
joy {abhirati), where this Budha
dwelt; and a numerical term
equal to one followed by seven-
teen cyphers.
— ~\ The step with the right foot ;
J 3 <f J first the left, then the
c/io 1 right foot ; this makes Jihuj
ft to walk; in these three
characters there is an en-
deavor to depict the appear-
ance of walking.
.ch'u
100 CHUI.
Old sounds, ti, tui, tut, tup, di and
chili, tui, choe, Bui and
in
>^ From to go and a,mound of earth.
r!ll=> To follow after, to pursue;
chui to expel ; to escort ; to come
up with, to overtake ; to trace
out, to follow to its source ; to
advert, to ; to sue for ; to reflect
on, to look back on; retrospective;
a wild ancient tribe.
1 ^ to chase, to try to overtake.
1 ^'i or 1 IX to catcD U P w ^ tn -
I ffe fit 2$ hnrr 7 liim b * ck ;
run and call him back.
1 /f> ^lj I could not catch him.
] *J§ to feel remorse.
lp£ | a close chase.
ft $$ ] jS carefully attend to
those gone, and follow departed
— ancestors.
1 -J^ to obtain posthumous honors
for one's parents.
| fe to reflect on.
1 dfe to lay the blame on others.
1 HI or 1 M t0 ^ un f° r debt.
ft % 1 HI the money cannot be
recovered.
K§ 1 2JS *& ue tn us evidenced
his inherited filial duty.
1 ^ to sift to the bottom.
/f» 1 Wt ^ et lt drop; it need not
be again spoken of.
2fc %i M Pj 1 fnture [evils] may
perhaps be averted.
1 Ǥ. & t0 reca ^ p ast days.
] J£ soldiers in pursuit.
Read Jui. To engrave; a graver,
j J§C ^1 3|l to engrave and carve
the ornaments.
J»^/# Also road ( tui.
cT^w Flour cakes or dumplings;
t chui soft and sticky: adhesive;
to adhere; in which sense it
is used in Kianosn. fyj ] ^
it will ;,<>t stick, as f_diie.
CHUI.
CHUI.
OHUI.
dut. In Canton, chui and ch'ui ; — in Swatow, tui, chui and chue ; — in. Amoy,
twat ; — in Fuhchau, twi, tui, chwdk, toi, chwoi, chw'i, and ch f oi ; —
Shanghai, tso, dzue, and tso n ; — in Chifu, tsei.
i & * m m m to
.chui
The original form rudely repre-
sents the short tail feathers of
some birds j but must not be con-
founded with fkia "^ excel-
lent ; it now only serves as the
l72d radical of characters re-
lating mostly to birds.
Short tailed birds, as pigeons,
fowls, sparrows, &c.
W M # ] the doves fly
round and round.
Read Jsui. The wind waving
the groves.
|Jj # Z. ^ | the wild woods
dread the tempest.
Used for the last.
A pigeon or turtle, noted for
its filial, gentle temper ; also
called jfe j or $| J$, and
many other names.
ffi ] the snipe.
The character sfif is sometimes
used for this as another form.
,cnu
An awl, a borer, a sharp
pointed tool ; the apex or
tip ; to bore, to pierce ; a trifle ;
unimportant.
^ ] a Chinese pencil.
3g ] «^p a mere penman ; a
copyist, a hair-awl, one useful
only to wield a pencil.
$t M ^ 1 wuv l°nger use the
pencil 1 — the sword is better ;
a saying of Pau Ch'ao, who
became a great general.
I 71 *L ^ an aw *' s %> a sma M
matter, a trifle-
&L ffc jjr j not even a spot to
stick an awl in ; no land, not
a foot of real estate ; miserably
, poor.
] §£ the point of a weapon.
1 ?L " r 1 BH hi to l)ore a nole -
1 iff 'f* 0J 'he awl wont go in.
1 J£ •> stitch shoe-soles.
chui
stick a
bullock is not equal to giving a
cock or a pig; — referring to the
one being offered to deceased,
the other to living parents.
I JM IS ne pierced his thigh
with an awl ; said of Su Tsin,
a diligent student of old.
| fjHf |H the awl placed in the
bag — cannot be kept down,
bat will work itself out ; — a
genius cannot be repressed. s
From rat and awl contracted,
referring to its habit of boring
and gnawing.
The common rat or mouse
was formerly called ^chui
in Honan, and the name is
retained in books.
A black horse with white
()\i$[Il and dark gray spots.
(Chui Jtkj | JB| a dark gray spotted
horse, the charger of Hiang
Yu ^ $} of Tsin, B.C. 220.
'fjf 1 'ff |i there were gray and
white spotted, with white and
yellow spotted horses.
]H| ] i8 a yellowish kind of carp.
From hand and to hang doivn;
sometimes used for <,ch'ui fj|l
to beat, and for the next.
To beat with a staff; to cud-
gel ; to torture by beating.
| ^[» to beat a criminal.
] §£j the bit of a bridle.
f ch*ui
%
P'rom ivood and to hang down ;
similar to sch'ui fjjt a mallet.
cffui A cudgel, a club, a stick ; to
beat : to extort a confession
by beating.
| @ ;> "J? in the agonies of
torture.
Read Vo. Trees
growing exuberantly.
and shrubs
CHUI.
CHUI.
CHUI.
101
(A^Jy* From bamboo and hanging down.
3jE Drooping bamboos ; joints of
i chui the bamboo ; a riding switch ;
to punish with the bamboo, as
in a yamun ; to flog.
£& | to bamboo,
f §E 1 to whip and beat.
k> To press things down, as with
J 1 stones ; to add weights on
chui i a thing; to pound; to ram
down ; to make a thing sag ;
sagged, loaded ; hanging down.
1 ii ^X 75 keep it down with a
stone.
ffi | a steelyard weight — is
sometimes so written,
^jj* | a stone weight to press
things down.
I
From silk and to connect
also read chok,.
it is
To baste or sew together ; to
connect ; to carry on ; to put
a stop to ; mixed ; variegated.
] ^ to mend or sew clothes ; also,
to oversee the robes of state ; a
kind of audience marquee of the
ancient emperors.
|jj} ] to sew a rip, to mend and
patch.
] ~ftfc small flags or pendants hang-
ing on a large flag.
Wt VX \ Us propriety leads one to
stop irregularities.
| f$* on good terms with ; no
estrangement.
chut
| ;£ J£J jpji to connect them by
sacrifices.
Ij[j | to add surroundings, as
when taking a photograph.
From silk and to pursue.
A cord; to let down, as by
a rope into a well ; to sus-
pend by a rope.
| T» jfc let it down into the water.
$£ 1 ]ffl ffi he was let down by
night and got away.
| ^ to let down over the wall, as
a letter.
' A swelling of the foot, as from
^W, rheumatism, or having been
cramped, or from wet.
ckiii
1 »|I4P Mournful, sorrowing; the
[fjj moan of grief ; in great straits.
chui * ] "HI embarrassed, anxious.
| | 3£ fH he looked so ter-
rified and sad to behold.
From earth and Jailing ; the
second form is oftener read tuP.
Grand, extravagant, waste-
ful ; to settle down, to fall
chup °f i tse ^5 to slide, as earth ;
to sink, as into hell ; to tum-
ble into ruins ; to crumble,
to topple ; pendents, as from a fan
or a chatelain.
| Up or | "JT it fell down ; it slid
off.
] Mt to sm k to tne bottom.
Ij| I troublesome, unmanageable ;
difficult to arrange.
| jj£ a falling tif tbe womb ; a
miscarriage. ' '■**,?'.'"
# fjl M & 1 {t is the skillml
riders who get the falls ; met.
presumptuous confidence.
| j^ it all fell down, as from too
great a strain.
?fc 1 Hk j& [their designs] have
not yet collapsed.
In Fulvchau. To mark a price
on ; at, after.
tH.^* ^ rom a P ear l and to place.
-£^L To pledge, to pawn ; hanging
chut on ^ connec ted with ; a wen,
an excrescence; a useless
appendage ; a parasite ; tautology,
repetition ; unsuitable, irrelevant ;
to obtain.
{f{ | to go from a father's to a
father-in-law's house to live be-
• fore marrying his daughter.
1 $p| a son-in-law who lives Avith
his wife's parents.
Wi 1 or A 1 to s° an d nve at
the house of a wife's father.
ff | to act improperly.
Jjl | reiterated, verbose.
^ ] tiresome talk.
] jH I am mortified with your
importunity.
| | p or | =f reiteration, verbiage.
Jj& | or ] 4j£ or ] & a post-
script ; to add a postscript.
,clvui
OH c UI.
Old sounds, t'i, t'ui, t'ut, di, dui, dup. In Canton, ch'ui and shui ; — in Swatow, t'ui, ch'ui, ch'ue, and sui ; —
in Amoy, ch'ui, t'ui, and sui ; — in Fuhchau, t'ui, sui, t'oi, and chw'i ; in Shanghai, ts'z', dziie,
and tso ; — in Chifu, ts'ei.
breathe, as fishes do; to speak in
praise of, to puff up; a puff, a
blast, a gust.
1 3$| to flatter, to magnify unduly.
\ ^=j a sumpitan"; a pitchpipe.
>Jg | a blow-pipe.
From mouth or key and to
gape; the second form is anti-
quated ; interchanged with the
next.
To blow, as by the breath
or wind ; to play on wind
instruments ; to puff ; to
1 'M *° extinguish, to blow out; as
1 Wl d ^ ow ou ^ ^ e l am P-
1 ?JC to blow water into meat, as
butchers sometimes do ; to brag,
to draw a long bow.
1 P&* ~P to whistle 5 whistling.
102
CHUL
CHUL
CHUL
] ^c .£ ~ft C as eas y as ] to blow
away the dust.
I ^ 5K $fe [ wn y] mow aside the
fur to find the scar? — nobody
is perfect.
] :Jj5| injured ; — as by ] JU, the
wind blowing on one.
] ;||| blown to tatters, as a flag
by the wind.
|H ' | jftjj| the wind raises the
waves high.
1 -JT 4T the c l an g° r °f m ~
struments ; great huzzas and re-
joicings.
] |1|| 4h to recommend another.
Read ctiuP. The wind ; the
noise of drums.
| P|| playing and singing.
^ ] practicing on the drums.
$fc | the drums sounding, a band.
XtJL} Used for the last.
c A/y To dress food ; to cook, espe-
( ch ui c ially by steaming.
] |g to cook or steam rice.
^ | a very early meal.
| H a boiler, a shallow kettle.
3fc 1 or l^f ] the manes of a
mother.
] fft at Peking, to bake cakes.
,ch K ui
Two streams running from one
fountain.
This character is now obso-
lete, but at Amoy its sound
is retained in the colloquial
word for water, for which
^rJC is written.
From earth below pendent
leaves, which the second form
L represents.
To suspend, to hang down ;
to drop, to let fall, as the
hands; to hand down, as
"from Olden time; to reach
to the future ; to make known ; to
regard, to condescend to inferiors ;
to bow ; nearly, presently, almost,
near to in place ; approaching in
time ; suspended ; reaching to ; a
boundary, for which the next is
properest ; a lodge or station for a
guard near the hall ; an ancient
place in Tsi (now nortliern Shan-
tnng,) and one in Honan.
I T 2j£ ^t ^ hang as a tassel.
j .^L |fjj ^ drop the hands and
get it ; — to acquire a thing
easily.
^S 1 fit i£ his name will reach
to future ages.
1 8K or 1 ^ to regard kindly ;
a condescending interest in.
] ^ becoming old.
1 \ii 1& $& to lna ^e one's ex-
ample felt long after.
5c 1 M H heaven sends down
rain and dew.
] jfc in great danger ; immi-
nent.
] §ff to hang down the head.
| ffi. your kind compassion.
| ffi to pity, to feel for.
1 >H» y our great favor ; the Em-
peror's bounty.
1 & m % T % they let m
their robes and folded their
hands, and the empire was go-
verned; said of Yao and Shun's
wise sway.
FfeC* A frontier, a boundary, the
cj^E line between two countries;
,ctiiii a dangerous place, like the
edge of a cliff.
j£ | the frontier, the border.
jgt | the remote marches.
] $t dispatches from the frontier.
£*/• This is often used with the next,
Tptfi but not rightly.
(CKui A hammer ; a mallet, a club
or thing beat with ; to ham-
mer ; to pound.
•JT §& 1 a sledge-hammer.
^ JK ] " melon hammers," gilded
balls carried in processions.
— • f| S0 1 a pair of brass maces.
/£ ] ^ don't beat me.
$M 1 Wt iH ?S the h" 011 hammer
meets the iron anvil ; met. two
fierce bullies fighting.
Read ( tid To work gems.
From metal and to hang down ;
. interchanged with the last ; some
-**~t regard them as identical.
An ancient weight of twelve
Hang, or about a pound avoir-
dupois ; the weight on a steelyard
or in a clock ; heavy ; a forging
hammer.
ffi ] or fjf | the poise or weight
on a steelyard.
I|£ | the weight on a money
yard.
1 ')$. to work out wrought iron, as
on an anvil.
Interchanged with the last and
next ; the first also means to
reject.
yKifj A wooden mallet, a beetle ;
- | pV a blugdeon, a beater, a
club; to beat, to pommel,
to knock ; a frame for silk-
worms to wind their cocoons on.
] || to drum with a ^ ] or
drumstick.
$f ] a muller.
|T^ | a pile-hammer.
JH | a triturating pestle, such as
apothecaries use ; a term for
large fingers.
Used for the last ; and for ^chut
to strike.
To beat, as a bell ; to strike
with the fist, to pommel ; to
throw at or away.
1 $1 iZ H to discard kindness
and right.
] ^ to cast stones at.
| ^ to shampoo; to knead the
back.
— * 1 iy 'M knocked him down
with a blow of his fist.
| jfj — • $H give him a thump,
hit him a settler. (Pekingese.)
] i^. blockhead like, stupid.
jK Jjfe j j^ to pound the pillow
and beat the bed; met. so an-
xious as to be unable to sleep^
1 M Hi & to pound the breast
and stamp — in anger.
CHUI.
CHUN.
CHUN.
103
I | iff g ive a good beat-
ing to the disobedient — boy.
1 ^ ^ fl t0 teat out gold-leaf.
I
,cf£ui
Heavy.
Kead cfatt*, and also written
afg . The name of a man,
otherwise known as ^t X' a
clever maker of arrows in the
time of Shun, who appointed
him to be minister of works.
The large warts or splints on
a horse's leg; a thick indura-
cctfui ted scar ; the buttocks ; the
spur or hallux on a cock.
%1k ancient name of Fuh-shan
hien jjjg jij |$ ^i Tang-cheu fu
I
on Shantung promontory, estab-
lished by Ts'in Chi Hwang-ti.
The front tresses of a maiden
which are parted on the fore-
head, and fall down the tem-
ples, called ^jjjj m ^ or
the cold-brushed hair.
i i i t ? i 1 8 when
the ringed and lofty coiffure has
once been arranged, she cannot
again let her tresses fall ; i. e. a
girl once married is fixed for life.
The wind blowing things
over nearly to the ground.
II $P ^ 11 I th e pliable
willow bends to the blast.
chuP
From bone and to pursue.
A projecting forehead.
Jf| ] the vertebrae- on the
neck; others say, those on
the back.
Also read ^chwen.
To dig and search for ore;
to dig a hole in which to
secrete things; noise of a
mouse.
From /p stone and jf|? to fall
contracted ; also read shuh-).
To fall of itself, to come to
the earth ; to crash down.
H: 1 $& a star, or meteoric
stone, fell to the earth.
OTiXJlST-
Old sounds, tan, ton, dan and don. In Canton, chun ; — in Swatow, chnn and tun ; — in Amoy, tun and chun ; —
in Fuhchau, tung ; — in Shanghai, tsang ; — in Chifu, tsan.
for the long night, i. e. to
bury.
] §£ *L itJC a douceur sent
to help in a funeral.
To inculcate, to teach care-
( S^p fully, to impress on one ; to
chun reiterate and enjoin ; care-
fully, earnestly, really.
1 1 $ ft" Z. ^ did Heaven
thus impress its commands —
on Shun ?
|JJ p|? ] l|| to repeat and reiterate
one's orders.
| j^ mutual hatred.
1 ] 6>f ^ M to P ra y for rain
with earnest supplications.
HI W 1 1 I taught you with un-
wearied care.
.chun
,chun
Incoherent babble, never end-
ing nonsensical talk.
] | maundering, driveling.
Eead t : un\ Discontented,
grumbling; the feelings re-
strained by fear.
From cave and to sprout.
To inter with respect.
j 2£? to lay a coffin away
,chun
The cheek-bones ; flesh dried
for winter's use; the flesh
under the chin; a meat
dumpling; occurs used for
tun' >|'j^ honest, earnest.
J | ;Hl £l iris benevolence was
undoubted.
| gj|j trustworthy, earnest in do-
ing.
% 1 W. the offals of a bird.
M
yChun
iM
Also read ^t'un, and used with
( fun V^ difficult.
Unable to progress ; hard to
get on.
3J§£ always baffled in life,
never reaching one's aims.
^t=>-
WTrue ; unmixed, simple
uniform; right.
.chun
'chun
From / ice and 'J3? excellent ;
originally the same as the next,
hut now usually distinguished,
though often interchanged.
To permit; to approve; to
allow, to grant one ; to decide ; to
answer, as a petition ; in official
papers, to acknowledge, to receive,
as a dispatch ; on or upon, as a day.
1 7$v to grant the plea or de-
murrer.
T§£ j the petition is granted.
1 US to prepare for.
j fj to permit to be done ; to con-
firm a decision.
] \£\ -J- to get permission for
ten days.
j fijj to set a day.
|H ] the case has been decided.
j jf£ and ^ ] received — rejected ;
allowed — dismissed ; come to
hand — not received.
It 1 ic Ait wnen * P re "
viously received your Excel-
lency's dispatch.
104
CHUN.
CHUN.
CHUN.
•fc ] pass by, wink at; condone,
as sins.
$1 W 1 !nL $J not at a ^ certain ?
not sure ; undecided.
If | We grant the request.
] j|| his memorial is granted.
] 'fg to rely upon; a certain or
definite promise.
CW
From water and a harrier hawk ;
used with the last.
To equalize, to adjust; to
level, to measure ; that by
which things are made even ; a rule,
a guage, a plumb-line, a water-level ;
a thing to mark time ; exact, true,
as a watch ; even, just.
| f|lj a rule, a mode ; a right way,
| -pH a marking line.
] ^ a regulator, as a dial ; a fixed
mode.
I fllf J/h the proper time has come.
j|J :£(] ] he hit the target.
1 Vx ffc *)P how much will you
take off f — ue. make an offset
and settle the account.
1 7f* 1 tfb * s ^ exa ct or n °t • as
the running of a watch.
— | fjff perfectly so ; true every
way, as a plan or machine.
3fc 1 % ifc to c o m P are (° r equa-
lize) the items, and settle the
account.
^ ] to exactly learn — his haunts
gJH ] to look carefully.
Wt 5£ ] T ** WU< 1 tneD he nx ed.
^ | to follow the measure or rule.
J^ ] or | JH end of the nose.
HI ] a big or Eoman nose, which
Europeans are said to always
have.
( Ip A target, a mark ; a mound,
y^f* a pile of earth ; a park or
'chun place for archery.
} A bundle of straw ; grass or
hay tied in faggots.
chut?
oxa: c TJ3sr_
Old sounds, Van, t'on, dan. In Canton, ch'un ; — in Swatow, ch'un ; — in Amoy, ch'un and t'un ; —
in Fuhchau, ch'ung ; — in Shanghai, ts'ang ; — in Chifu, ts'an.
ch un
The original form represents Q
the sun under yHjt plants contract-
ed, denoting the quickening ef-
fects of the sun.
Spring, the beginning of the
year, when all nature is excited;
venial; wanton, lustful; obscene;
joyous, glad ; prosperity ; return to
health ; to rejuvenate ; met times,
periods; budding, starting; wine,
liquor.
^C 1 new spring; i.e. a new year.
1 ft the vernal equinox, — the
4th of the 24 terms.
B)B 1 going out to meet the spring
by officials, accompanied by a |
^fc. clay ox, borne by men who
afterwards break it in pieces.
1 ^ cheering, delightsome, as a
view or a gay procession.
1^1^ springs and autumns
eminent ; i.e. advanced in years,
about sixty.
^ | the spring-time — of life, is
applied to youths under twenty.
fjU <Jp| UU 1 he can reprieve one
from all diseases.
ffifo P ] Jfig, mouth filled with the
vernal breeze ; i.e. persuasive in
speech.
^H 1 $fl Wi tne bright green wil-
low in spring.
] 3E M tn e first moon.
>J* |^ ] the tenth moon.
$tlV 1 ^ how old are yon ?
1 ^j M Jt * s h a N expect you to
be at my spring feast.
1 jfr or ] 3§S l ew< ^ thoughts,
lustful desires.
From wood and spring ; not the
same as c chwang 7fl£ a post.
fCftun A long-lived tree, and hence
a symbol of a father; in
northern China, the ^ | denotes
the Cedrela odorata, and JjL | the
Ailantus glandulosa ; silkworms feed
on them, and the fragrant leaf-buds
of the former are cooked for greens.
^ | or ] j{£ your father.
] ^ jUk j3| ma y your parents
both be vigorous.
St 1 &. ^ y our respected father
keeps his vigor well.
m
Both these are regarded as sy-
nonymous with the last by some
authors; the second form is least
used.
.cfvun
A kind of tree like the su-
mac {Rhus) or Avyia, pro-
ducing a varnish or gum ;
the wood is used for musical in-
struments ; the seeds are black and
grow in a cyme; leaves turn red
after frost ; its common name is ^
£fe tU wild varnish tree, to which
class of plants (the Anacardiacce)
it probably belongs.
A salt water fish, with cirri,
m ya* called | fp and ^ Jj£ at
<cttun Amoy, probably a species of
mullet; at Canton, the |
1§ is a sort of roach or Leu-
m
fCUun
Also written %% in some hooks.
A hearse used by great men
in old times ; the ^| | had
dragons painted on it ; a kind
of mud shoe on which to slide
over the ooze.
CHUN.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
105
[# ] a mud sledge or scow to
get across mud flats.
An unauthorized, ideographic
character composed of [fy fiesh,
3JC not, and Jjfc perfected ; it is
> as a
sometimes written ; _
synonym.
In Cantonese. The eggs of
crabs, the roe of fish, or bird's
eggs.
\Q ] " thunder-lord's eggs," are
aerolites; others say, truffles.
| | hen's eggs.
From inserts and spring.
To crawl, to wriggle like
cnun worms . to move, to rise up
against just rule; stupid, fool-
ish ; uncompliant, doltish, lump-
ish ; rude, contrary.
| ~% inapt, foolish.
I Wl 3$ Ǥ to stu * U :P ev ^j to act
insubordinately.
j|| | silly-looking.
] §jjj doltish, dull, inapt.
jft 1 or | ;$; heedless, unwise,
headstrong.
Corpulent, fat.
From foot and spring.
Blended, mixed, as colors.
| |^ obstinate, self-willed ;
mistaken and perverse.
From man and spring.
Kich ; one in the enjoyment
chun of life.
| JfL substantial, well-off.
Old sounds, tong, dong, and t*ong. In Canton, chung and ch'ung ; — in Swatoio, tdng, chong, teng, and cheng ; — in Amoy,
tiong and chidng ; — in Fuhchau, teiing, tiing, t'ung, chung, cheung, and ch'ung ; —
in Shanghai, tsung and dzung ; — in Chif'u, ts'ung.
*
Composed of P mouth to repre-
sent a square, with a passage
, through it to connect the sides.
jshung
The middle, the center.; the
heart or core of, in the middle of;
half; within, in; inner; medium
in size or quality; to accomplish,
to fill ; to estimate a quantity ;
complete, exact, undeviating.
^ | J^ useless, inefficient, effete,
unserviceable; often remarked
by people of themselves.
f*J 1 W there are such ; more are
to be had.
| £f, middle aged.
1 j!t halfway, incomplete ; as |
?H ifif ?& °^ e( i before he had
completed it.
] ^j between, inside, among.
] jj£ hi the center ; indifferent to.
| ^ A ?H' common, mediocre,
he has only ordinary abilities.
^ | in the midst ; while going
on.
| JJ£ the center or heart of;
j^i 1 in my mind.
] 3^ sk : M; tne noontide of pros-
perity had then come.
14
2£ | the viscera, the vital organs.
| A or | f {^ A an arbitrator
or umpire ; an agent ; a days-
man ; an intercessor.
J*. ] and ~~f | terms for goods ;
superior-middling and inferior-
.middling ; better than ordinary,
and worse than ordinary.
il 1 §£ $J rather ordinary, not
the best.
| ^f Zl ~\* 75 I guess that there
are twenty peculs.
] j'J'j ancient name for Honan.
] j]j an old name for Lewchew,
j ^J5 a name<of Peking, used by
tthe Mongols.
1 ji or ] ^, or | ±, or ]
]^ China, the Middle Kingdom ;
Ihe first is also used by met. for
the Government, the .power or
the people of China.
] ty\* native and foreign; China
and other countries ; at home
and abroad.
] J^ the exact medium or Doc-
trine of the Mean ; name of the
Classic by Tsz'-sz' ^p jg,, who
was the grandson of Confucius.
Eead chung' To hit the center ;
struck by, as a fit; to attain, to
accomplish; fit, suitable.
] fg to get drunk ; affected or
giddy from liquor.
| ^ to catch cold.
| j|| a sun-stroke.
| ^ is fitly done; all right;
it meets the exigency.
] ^ ^ it suits me ; it is what I
wanted ; it is my wish.
^ ] to reach the high degrees,
as | ^ ffi to become a Han-
lin.
] "% ffi. unattainable.
1 ® ^F f o struck with a paraly-
sis.
<fff 1 ov Hi 1 to guess aright
J| | guessed [the weight or size]
correctly.
| |f hit by a bullet.
^t 1 T approved (or guessed) at
a glance.
] "jfj" to make a lucky hit ; to
succeed in a plan ; to be taken
in or deceived.
] H. fe 1 % I ha ™ been de-
luded, he has fooled me.
106
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
| 1| From heart and center.
ri\^\ Loyal, patriotic, faithful ; de-
t c/umg voted, sincere ; attached to ;
sedate ; to maintain one's in-
tegrity ; unselfish, honest,
earnest; upright.
|g a loyal, devoted minister.
] g£ faithful to the last.
| J^ to be depended on.
| sjfe faithful and upright
1 eT jJ£ 5P sincere reproofs grate
on the ear.
I >6 Wt Wt most faithful and
true ; an unchanging regard.
d& 1 & I recall his entire
i *£• i s
devotion.
Inner garments, which the '
character indicates ; under-
clothes ; the center ; the heart
or mind ; rectitude, a right
moral nature ; goodness, sincerity ;
equity, a fair, just judgment, a
full knowledge of, conversant with.
zf, ] insincere.
4&%5f> ] inflexibly upright ;
just
^/f ^ | your words are de-
ceptive,
1 'Jfl the mind ; to bear in mind ;
to cherish.
fff ] to distinguish justly ; to
weigh opinions.
S± #f# 1 Sf « the High
Shangti has conferred a discri-
minating heart on mankind.
I Si $T fil thoughts which arise ;
the train of thought.
^U | accommodating, friendly;
amicable.
1 Wj or 1 fif the feelings.
^ | a desire or intention of bene-
fiting one.
From silk and tc%nter as the
phonetic.
The end of a cocoon or ball
of silk ; the end, the termina-
tion ; a finis ; a euphemism for
death ; to the last, all of; the utmost,
extreme ; to end one's days ; met
dead, the deceased ; a cycle of
twelve years ; a space of a thousand
square U ; before a negative, it is
equivalent to never; as ^ ] ^
"j» ' g| it never snowed at all.
] ^}c not at all, none of, not the
least.
1 %l\ 'T* His he P a ^ not the least
heed to it.
I U or I J$J the whole day.
] ^" £i Fal during the time of a
meal, an hour's time.
££. J the end of the year.
■frfc ] the beginning and end,
first and last.
] _£ to otop halfway, not to
complete an undertaking.
] f% -fc 3f£ the great affair of
life, — usually refers to marriage.
] "^f through all ages ; for ever.
$$, ] near his end.
ftp ] the end of one's days.
] ^ it is absolutely necessary;
I must have it.
I '14 It t$C 't is hard to change
one's nature.
|& ' — Hfl 1 faithful to one [hus-
band] to the last.
|j§ ] a happy death — is one of
the five happinesses.
fg | 5c &£ to fullfil one's natural
life.
UK ff sfc 1 they have disagreed
at last ; again have fallen out.
■^ | to render the last dues to
the dead, refers to a filial pre-
paration for a parent's funeral.
>§^. A long-headed green grass-
c^tjj hopper, the j lift or Trumlis,
t chung called ^ ^ jjjjj£ at Canton,
and ^ i^ |Lt at Nanking.
1 ^f f/f III ma y y° u children
be numerous as the grasshop-
pers.
«£au| To scrape things ; to oppose.
c Fl J ^B 1 to fight and quarrel
<chung to injure each other.
In Fuhchau. To kill ; to be-
head, to execute.
| |hj| to kill a thief.
] 5J[ to decapitate.
cTiung
The second form is unused.
An agitated, quick manner,
resulting from awe or fear.
flE | restless, nervous,
fidgetty ; explained as not
knowing, what to do with
the bands and feet
tly^ Like the last The mind
c \£\ agitated with alarm.
( chung 5|£ f$ 'Jf* ] you should be
impressed and startled.
An ancient measure, equal
to four jSj" or pecks ; others
say 34 z\-, and others again
to ten ( /« fg or 640 gills ; a
small cup ; to bring together ; to
bestow, to confer ; gifted, endowed
with, as a talent ; heavy ; weeping ;
to repeat ; name of a small Ancient
state in the present Sii-cheu fu in
the northwest of Kiangsu.
Jg ] a wine goblet
| 'JH ardent feeling, warm affec-
tions.
|| | imbecile, childish.
^f" 1 ^ 61? he drained a thousand
cups in a flash.
3j| ] a kind of ancient lute.
f$\ ' \ ^t whom I love best; a
dearly beloved.
1 H II ^ a genius j one gifted
with varied talents, like a pro-
phet or sage ; | f§ is also the
luck of a grave, the distinguish-
ing favor of heaven to a country
or spot.
From metal and lad.
A bell with a flaring mouth,
t chung generally without a tongue,
and struck with a mallet ; a
clock; things hollow or sonorous
are often so called.
fT 1 or |j£ j. to strike or ring
a bell.
I ^ §$J a watchmaker's shop.
] ^JT — Hj5 the clock has struck
one.
J$ J| | a clock ; usually denotes
one that strikes the hoars.
| ;jg| a belfry.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
107
j 1 ^p to ring a hand-bell.
| jlj 1 to knock a wooden bell ;
— to intrust business to a fool ;
to be disappointed ; to demand
extortionate prices or gratuity.
| g ] the bell that sounds
through hades ; it is struck thrice
hourly for a year to drive away
demons.
A sort of rodent found in
western China, marked with
<chung spots like a leopard, and
large as one's fist ; it may be
an animal allied to the Jupaia or
banxring of Java.
C&S From foot and child ; it is also
read ch'img*.
t chung To walk in a staggering
way, head downwards, as if
fault or tipsy ; a shambling, un-
certain gait ; a toddling walk ; to
faint and halt as one goes, like a
paralytic.
1 "K tJc to fall into the water.
] "f 2fc to fall head first.
ffl&fil 1 to go along stagger-
ing and nodding.
( *3 j (/ Composed of *~J to inclose and
'chuu(j
^C a pig tied, as the primitive ;
this character is very often writ-
ten like onu?iff $^ dull, but the
dictionaries distinguish them.
A tumulus or barrow, made
high, as if it inclosed some-
thing, for which the next is now
used 5 the peak of a hill ; eminent,
great ; honorable ; first.
] ^ a high statesman ; the
premier, the president of the
Board of Civil Office.
J JJ£ a mound or earth-altar on
which to worship the powers of
earth, or Ceres.
] 3jp the eldest son ; originally
confined to a prince's heir.
J ^ an old term for a sovereign.
jjj ] ^: jjjj the crags on the hill-
tops came crashing down.
] Jjslj a stone erected to mark the
limits of a grave or land.
Interchanged with the last, and
made to restrict its meaning.
( cluw(/ A sepulcher, a tomb; a bar-
row or mound, such as cover
graves.
^ J an abandoned grave, at
which no -one worships.
^ J to rifle graves.
PJ J to dig a grave and prepare
the tomb.
^ ] a public cemetery, which is
open to all applicants.
0J5 1 a vaulted tomb, one that
can be entered.; it is made by
some families to retain their
coffins till lucky times.
JJf 1 or 1 H a sepulcher; a
burying-ground.
^p J to ram down the earth solid
in the bottom of a grave.
"6* 1 lat $£ tue °ld barrows are
just like a row of hills.
A small hill shaped like a tu-
mulus over a grave ; the last
( c/uui(/ is sometimes wrongly writ-
ten in this way.
SVlUr ^ re fl amm ? U P brightly ; to
/* jf* kindle.
'chunff fc ] a coal to start the
fire.
From disease and heavy ; it is
like the next.
t chmg A swelled leg ; a dropsical
disease of the legs.
From flesh and heavy ; the se-
cond is like the last ; and also
denotes a swelling of the legs
arising from damp.
J To swell, to tumefy ; a
boil, a swelling ; inflated,
swollen; boastful ; the galls
or protuberances on trees.
J| to swell up.
J puffy, dropsical.
I a dropsical swelling.
J j|| a bruise, a contusion.
1 )l5 i*f M swollen up and turned
black and blue.
] $£ swollen and painful.
< churuj
w
Also read chunff*.
Careless, reckless.
111 I never finishing any-
thing, without foresight, heed-
less ; — this phrase is written
in many ways.
From foot or to stop and heavy;
the second form is unusual.
The heel ; to follow at one's
heels ; to imitate, to do after
l chuva another; to act in the same
way ; to rule as a prece-
dent ; to reach ; to visit.
1 Jt US cached your country.
] fj to go to his door— -on a
visit.
] $JJ to follow one's steps or in-
structions.
«j£c I U5 3i tne y came on unin-
terruptedly ; arriving succes-
sively.
J ^ j§ l|| in doing it he excel-
led the other in pomp (or brag).
%
From grain and heavy.
A seed, a germ, a kernel;
ckung ^\ai which produces its se-
cond or double ; a sort, a
class, a kind ; to select or use, as
seed ; ancient name of a small state
near Tibet.
I ^ a kind, a description; a
class.
JH ] to sow seed ; such as ^ |
grain, seed corn, rice or wheat.
^J J to beget, to sire, as animals.
jg J to leave heirs or issue.
fH |^ ^ I he gave the people
the best grains.
J J ^ ^> everything went
wrong ; but | also means
short hair and careful.
(^ I to propagate a kind, as
fruit ; to introduce a sort else-
where ; to transmit by descent.
^ ] mixed kinds ; illegitimate,
in which sense it is used in re-
proach ; a bastard.
|jpj ] the source of misfortune and
sorrow.
108
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
Read chung* To sow or plant
seeds ; to cultivate, to raise ; to
propagate; to spread abroad; to
beget.
1 -Jp: to raise vegetables.
] jpg to bequeath happiness, i. e.
to be a source of prosperity to
one's descendants.
| ^jlt to set out trees.
;fjj | to disseminate, as doctrines.
Jffjf f 1 vaccine virus, which is used
to | ?§ vaccinate with ; also
,called J j£ §j|, in Peking.
chung 1
Some say it is composed of i
inclosing JfC east as a phonetic,
and explain it that viun is the
most important thing hi the earth.
Heavy, weighty ; the opposite
of ^ light ; trifling ; momentous ;
severe, heinous * decorous, grave ;
secluded, or peculiarly appropriated
to government or imperial use ; to
regard as difficult, to consider as
important ; to honor, to give weight
to ; very ; a sign of the compara-
tive; crowded, near together.
1 A fifl^ t elevate the social rela-
tions.
1 |p an aggravated offence.
g | to think much of one's self,
self-respect.
1 ^C g rave 5 important.
| fft still better ; jg ] heavier.
1 :}T to beat severely.
1 {]£ an important post, a respon-
sible office held by ] g[ a high
minister.
a chaste woman.
he therefore honored
that state.
^£ 1 are three important things
in government, viz. gg gj
settle
the rites, i|j|J jgr make laws, and
^ 3£ examine the literati.
] ^ very sorry.
] H a name for the planet Jupiter.
j£ ^ pj* | ^ the sword must
not always be appealed to.
| j$ to repose confidence in, to
regard.
s$* 1 lut M don't mind the un-
important expressions.
1 lit frequently ; but ^ i ] is a
series ; several layers.
sfc ffi | not to rely on the basis,
disregard the fundamental law ;
to discard trustworthy men.
] -j- ft- it weighs ten catties.
H 3§ 1 M three crowded fleets
of vessels.
>i§. 1 #11 lli n ^ f avor s flave been
great as the hills.
| ]fa reserved, secluded, or impor-
tant spots, like palace-grounds
not open to all ; also dangerous
places, as a gunpowder room.
J£Jt 1 pint to De understood in the
strictest sense, to be rigidly in-
terpreted, as a law.
^P JE. 1 3§i tne anV{ur i s 0I " no ' lxn ~
portance ; he is not much.
Read c chhing. To double, to re-
peat, to do over ; to add ; a time ;
again ; a thickness ; a classifier of
thicknesses or layers.
— | thrice ; three thicknesses.
jl 1 or JL 1 Wi tne nine-en-
trance palace — the Emperor's.
— ] — ■ | laid one upon the
other regularly.
ij A 1 HI t0 to^k through the
besieging army.
] flj a second set of blocks, a new
edition.
| ||f duplicated ; two at once.
1 dft or 1 1 dl & reiterated;
piling one on another, as moun-
tain peaks ; often, duplicated.
| [JJ* fjj the double-odd festival
on the 9th day of the 9th moon.
] ^ a second husband ; i. e. she
will marry again.
'$ ] to write out a copy.
Read <t*ung. A variety of rice.
From body and heavy.
A woman with child.
To offend by harsh words ;
careful in speaking.
Gkimg*
1
The second' of three, the man
in the middle; the second
born of brothers ; used for
t£» in the second month in a
season; interior; a sort of
musical instrument.
ffi the eighth moon, middle of
autumn.
] ^£ a father's younger brother;
an old title, like chief adviser.
j^ | the two oldest brothers ; as
f 6 1 >M ^ are terms for the
four eldest brothers.
] fe the style of Confucius ; he
was regarded as the second
brother, the hill Ni }£ \\\ being
held as the elder, though M;!ng-
p*i jj£ )fc was really his brother.
From §3 eye and J\ man
thrice repeated ; the first is a
corrupted form, and the third a
very common contraction.
ckung*
I A company of at least
I three ; a concourse, a ma-
J jority, a quorum ; a sign of
the plural of persons ; an
adjective of niamber, much,
many, all, and precedes the noun ;
a classifier of Budhist priests; the
people, as apart from their rulers.
^ | to get popular favor.
1 $£ all you gentlemen ; the com-
pany here.
^ | or | A the public; the
crowd; mankind.
I H J9ME ever y e y e saw it.
1 ^ all living things ; a Budhist
term.
-— 1 fit a P" es t ; j$| | fl| h° w
many bonzes are there ?
1 pinj or 1 fit public opinion.
1 M copious showers.
1 5& a great crowd and an abun-
dance, said of a mart.
] ^ /fc |j£ the few cannot with-
stand the many; we (the mi-
nority) are no match for them.
JJJ | extra, not ordinary, no com-
mon thing or man.
] $j at Canton, all the wards or
neighborhoods.
\ % & great many, a multitude.
ch'ung.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
109
OXI c XJI>TC3--
Old sounds, t'ong, dong, and dzong. In Canton, ch'ung and shung ; — in Swatow, t'ong, ch'ong, ch'eng, chan, t'ang, and
chong ; — in Amoy, ch'iong, tiong, and tong ; — in Fuhchau, ch'ung, tiing, and chung ; —
in Shanghai, ts'ung and dzung ; — in Chifu, ts'ung.
From A wan and ff to nou-
rish contracted ; the second
> form is not common nor regard-
ed as correct.
<yju ' To fill ; to fullfil, as a duty
ftiung or station; to satiate; to
satisfy, as hunger ; to carry
out, to continue ; to stop up, to
stuff full ; to act in place of, or in
the capacity of; high, long; suffi-
cient, fine ; extreme ; to fatten.
^ | to fill an office.
| jjjg to fill up, to gratify, said of
things and desires, literally and
figuratively.
t fH ] HI to be imbued with
principles of humanity and jus-
tice.
| JK or | $L well supplied, as
soldiers with rations; in vigo-
rous health ; enough of.
1 ^ to fill a station ; to act for
another.
] t M overflowing; abundant, as
resources ; stuffed full.
\ ^§ If fa to use the name and
residence of another — to de-
ceive, as at the examination.
P £K ] j|l banished to the fron-
tiers or beyond the wall ; such
persons are often employed for
camp-followers.
1 S ^ Si i 1 fi ^ s tne ear witn
melody.
| ^ to foist in, as poor goods in
a lot.
] Tfe to become public property,
to revert to the state.
] A one who fattens animals.
+ | eaten to excess, injured by
repletion.
Hf f& | 2$ noticed him as if
their ears were stopped ; — said,
of the coldness shown to the un-
fortunate.
fH I *^ :il to assume the style
of an official.
1 fit to De a policeman.
The murmuring of water is
(*/\U | Wzi spoken of a bubbling
ictiimg spring at the foot of a hill.
ft
The mind excited; moved,
I / U perturbed.
fClfung
ilSfl Sorrowful, mourning.
c It S '*& 1 1 g rieved to tb - e
ch'ung utmost, heart-broken.
^'Jrft ^ w ^ e smoot,n expanse of
( il I water -
jtiuny 1 }g| \% ^1 vast and deep,
as the great lakes of China.
From ice or water and middle ;
the first is most used.
To shake, to ' agitate ; to
collide ; to strike against, as
jctiung things do in the water; to
dash against ; to rush at ;
young, immature, delicate ;
peaceful ; deep, hollow ; used for
the next, to rise in the air ; to send,
as a letter ; to infuse or steep, by
pouring on hot water.
] ^ or ] ^ to fly or glance
towards heaven.
& M 1 5c or fc 1 ^ *¥ his
wrath waxed furious, — as if
it filled the sky; the second
phrase refers to the Dipper.
1 $? PS ft to nis ^ on an ene my
and break his ranks.
HI ?X 1 1 ^ke the noise of cut-
ting ice.
] | is also the tinkling noise
of ornaments hitting each other ;
and the loose look of reins hang-
ing down.
B ~p 43 1 the dav wu "l k e un-
propitious or untoward.
| ^u on good terms, harmonious.
| 3j§ to disagree with, to beg to
differ from, to offend in word ; —
a polite phrase.
ffi iff ] W. to talk rather im-
pudently.
| 4£ or ] ||^ young in years.
] A a sovereign who is a minor.
J l§£ to defeat ; ruined, collapsed,
as an affair.
| j|£ a rhetorical term for a wide
digression in a discourse.
1 frf overpowering or malign, as
in geomancy; to provoke the
bad influences.
1 ^R to precipitate over, as a fall
or cascade.
Ijj£ | sent [the letter off] on
such a day.
1 ^T to infuse tea.
From wings and middle ; used
with the last.
m
( c/hing To fly up, to mount to the
skies, as an eagle.
iu? pT 1 ^Pf B * s mm( i can reach
the clouds ; i e. he has aspiring
talents.
l£ A labiate plant (Leonurus
y sibiricat.) which has several
ptiung names, as | Jf^f and £j ^
-^:; it is used in female
complaints, and is common in
Kiangsu and further south; more
than one plant is probably desig-
nated by this name.
ifcrfi From mind and lad.
c l.5± Unsettled, irresolute, dis-
t cXung turbed
| | |$: 2j* hesitating, waver-
ing ; many passing to and fro.
Eead chw Jing*. Stupid looking.
t-* *\ From to go and heavy or lad ;
the second form is unusual.
4±£^ A common path, a thorough-
t jUi J J f are 5 a place of great con-
c ch*ung course ; to move towards, to
rise on or rush against; to
110
CH UNG.
CH UXG.
CHUNG.
sustain ; to move ; to excite ; tow-
ards ; abrupt ; a machine employed
in seiges to protect the sappers,
probably a portable shed or mant-
let.
jjj£ ] a canal, a sluice ; an open
drain.
;fg | to meet, to collide, to rush
against.
] -JHI to overthrow, to upset.
tf» | the pulse in the middle
finger.
£g UJ \ it can be resisted; not
impregnable.
|J^ | an old name for a general.
] ^ to rush against.
] ji to butt against, to meet
suddenly.
■^p ^p — • | the characters tsz'
and wu are opposed — the people
whose horoscope has them had
better not marry.
] ^ ■$£ H frequented, trouble-
some, wearisome, and difficult —
are four terms applied to pro-
vincial posts to indicate the re-
lative importance of the office.
| ^ a post much traveled, is
applied to the first of these four.
| ^ Wj Hjf to run at the horse's
head, — to impede the way, as a
beggar might ; to come in con-
flict, as with a bully.
pacf From net and lad ; also read
iptiung A spring-net to catch birds ;
others say a rabbit hutch, or
a frame to entrap them.
4$ g£ -3P 1 the pheasant
shuns the snare.
wJ_^ "| The original form represents a
H-I -snake coiled np with its head
=• » i projecting from the center ; it is
vSrt T repeated thrice to intimate the
^lAA great number of insects, and in
(JUtSt* J many of the characters gronped
.cUung under it, as thfi 142d radical,
it is duplicated without change
of meaning.
An ancient term for all animals j
with legs, whether ^ feathery, ^ j
hairy, ft shelly, fi$ scaly, or \% I
naked; there are supposed to be
360 species of each class ; it now
usually denotes the smaller sorts of
animals, as snails, frogs, worms,
insects, &c; a person, a comrade,
one of a craft ; a demeaning term
for a son.
1 IK or 1 pI$ com P r i ses the order
of entomology in Chinese zo-
ology.
~Q | insects generally ; all small
animals.
J| | a snake.
1 Hi worms m the bowels.
— • f@ >J> 1 one email bug; — an
affected phrase for one's son.
fflk 1 >J* 3.£ to carv 6 worms with
little skill ; — to get one's living
by light literature.
ffi | a pheasant ; a poetical name.
$fc | the peach bug, a name for a
wren or the tailor-bird.
| | the irritation of great heat,
perhaps referring to prickly heat.
Eead chtmg* To eat, as insects
like moths: and white ants do into
things.
S\Y\ Tender and sprouting, like
cr | the blade of grain ; delicate.
rCJhtng i$) j small and delicate.
|-S* From dish and middle.
i JllL A covered cup, such as tea is
(ph^uny. matle i U j a bowl, usually
with a cover.
^H j a soup bowl.
^f=. ^fj | hi Canton, a butter-dish.
3j> ] a covered tea-cup, in which
the tea is infused.
|@ ] a wine goblet.
From a shelter and a dragon ;
the second form is common but
unauthorized.
To think much of, whether
of one's self or others; to
place high ; kindness, grace,
regard for; favor of supe-
riors ; to esteem, to prefer ; to con-
fer favors ; to indulge unreason-
ably ; doting on, as a wife or girl.
| IIj a special favor, as of the
king.
Jg, | loving-kindness, tender af-
fection ; the emperor's regard.
] %£ to delight in ; ardent love,
for a concubine.
f*j ] or | ^ a favorite concu-
bine, who rules her husband;
and hence |j*j | is to take a
concubine.
^ | to find grace in one's eyes ;
to win a husband's love.
J$t ^C 1 to receive favors from
heaven or the emperor.
%t '[f£ 1 Wv d me the honor of
coming to see me.
# l£ 1 Jfi H don't give place
to favorites and thus get con-
tempt.
1 1 t From hill and honorable,
5^3^ High, eminent, lofty ; estim-
i! :fl un< J able and honorable in the
highest degree ; greatly ; no-
ble, exalted ; worthy of worship ;
to honor ; to extol, to adore, to
reverence, to approach with respect ;
to be made honorable or exalted ;
to collect ; to go to ; entire ; a small
ancient state, and since used in
many proper names.
| ffi to regard as preeminent.
| ff to worship.
i|£ ] to reverence.
] ]§)§ early in the day, the entire
morning, as before breakfast.
%%%>!$. \ ma y your prosperity
be the Very highest.
] 4% I wish you great peace, — a
phrase in letters; it is also a
district in Kien-ning fu in Fuh-
kien, famed for good tea.
^5C 1 to regard with great respect,
as if from the Throne ; to revere.
] |Jj a noted peak in Yung-ting
hien in Hunan, west of Tung-
ting Lake near the Li-shui, to
which Hwan-teu was banished
by Shim.
| 0Jj |Ejt Ch'ung-ming district, the
island in the mouth of the Yang-
tsz' Eiver.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
CHWA.
Ill
at
fCtiung
Name of a small feudal state,
anciently written like the last,
which lay in the present Hu
hien |tj{ jf$; in the provincial
prefecture of Shensi.
fch? Hollowed out by an ax;
yfCju hored; a sort of shell for
ctfung* firing balls, fired in the muz-
zle ; a blunderbuss, a gingal ;
a mortar-gun, a petard ; a pistol ;
small arms.
1 ')$!L cannon ; fire-arms generally.
j ^JL or 1 "jf" cannoniers ; those
who fire salutes from the ^ ]
•^ or petards in a yamun.
^ | short guns, like a mortar ;
a kind of laud petard used in
salutes.
] ~f •£ to peck, to chip off, as
with a chisel.
^ 1 tB 7& Avnen three petards
are fired, he goes on his circuit ;
~— said of the municipal god.
-fcjh^ To leap, to skip, to hop
"J/\j about.
chimg j n c mtone9em j^ onc6j
altogether ; to push, to hit.
I $S to run upon, to thump
against.
""" 1 zL ^\~ W a * a ^p ne nas
three pecks ; I. e. I don't know
why he is all at once so angry.
In Shanghai. To grab, to lift.
] ^ a pilferer, a shoplifter.
'-£-f^ From heart and to pound in a
^ipf* «iortaT.
^cJhmg Simple, foolish; one natural-
ly unteachable and obtuse ;
one not amenable to law.
| %£ stupid, uneducated.
From to rap on and collected.
^Vv To come in upon one ab-
chung ruptly ; to invite one's self
to a meal ; to nod.
w
$$ ] to come without an invita-
tion.
Bit ] A. to bolt in on one.
] J£ to (hop in at a meal, to sorn
on one.
($[, | to intrude on rudely.
Wi Wi 1 1 reeling, when tipsy.
] ^ ~X nodding, sleepy.
>A|> Fr<
ill T
i
'rom 'to go and many.
,eisure, or at ease, without
muvy pressing occupation; in re-
tirement.
») From hand and heavy.
i. To push, -as a stick into a
ctfung* rat-hole ; to poke at.
1 5jJ£ 7|C §1 clear <mt the drain, as
by running a pole into it.
| H£ ^J* poke it down.
j|| 1 ^ Wi l h)n't stir up a wasp's
nest ; — don't meddle with dan-
gerous things.
Old sounds, ta, tap and tat.
From wood and error-.
CHWA.
In Canton, cha ; — in Swatow, kwa and cha; —
in Shanghai, tso ; — in ChiJ'u, tswa.
.chiva
,chwa
,chwa
A switch, a horsewhip.
J^ | a lash, a whip.
Like the last.
A switch made of a twig,
used when riding.
To beat a drum with a pair
of drumsticks ; to knock on
a bell.
1 W Wi an °^ name for an
orphaned girL
*r«m§
£ he struck the Yii-
yang drum — thrice; alludes to
a story of Ts*ao Tsaa
I Wi ^ '$& 1 [ on new y ear ' s eve ]
the night-watchman dreads to
add another tap, — because it
makes another year.
l^ From hair and to sit.
[* To dress the hair, as women
t chwa do; an ancient funeral coif-
fure, which originated in the
state of Lu, when the women
went out to receive the bodies of
Amoy, "kwa ; — in Fuhchau, kw5 ; —
their countrymen killed in bat-
tle.
| S| in old times, a woman's
mourning coiffure ; now applied
to the hair coiled hastily on the
head, and not made into a
bow.
1 M $B fft tne y disheveled their
hair and mourned with each
other.
JlfH ^ e tni S n 5 tte tam of an
112 -vu
GHWAI.
CHWAI.
CHWANG.
Old $ounds, tui. In Canton, ch*ai, and ch'ui ; — in Swatow, ch'ui anrf chui ; — in Amoy, chui ;
in Shanghai, tso 11 ; — in Chifu, tswai.
tra Fuhchau, ch'oi ;
From ^onrf and for.
. To thump, to pommel with
.churai the fist ; to pocket, to put into
the breast pocket
1 j|B 2j£ put it in the bosom.
ft & & M X W tt 1 wne , n
you have eaten your fill, there's
no need of pocketing anything.
] $1 to knead dough, in making
bread.
] ^ — ^ § to carry away a
book.
1 — E •? 69 Si m Feting^,
to cherish evil schemes, as a
hypocrite does.
Bead <c/jV. To split ; to knock
to pieces.
II
cchwai
hohy
To be distinguished from
Jjjfi mince meat.
Ugly, repulsive ; obese, gross,
and therefore unable to stir
about.
JBL
1 $U an overfat hog.
] $j overfat pork.
|J| ] he is only a piece of
fat, he is very gross and obese.
A m M M M M 1 ^
man is too pursy, he is only a
lump of fat.
|Xj From hand and beginning ; it is
also read ( ch'ui.
c chw^ai To estimate, to measure ; to
'cttid try to find the origin or
cause of, to essay; to feel,
to ascertain ; to push away, to ex-
clude; to detect, to ascertain.
| jgr, or | jp to feel after, to
guess, to conjecture after much
inquiry ; to examine thoroughly.
"% | unable to detect.
] iH to study and imitate, as a
good author.
] jj|j to penetrate the meaning ;
to measure, as a hill.
m
From mouth and extremely.
To lap with the tongue ; to
taste, to sip ; to suck, as flies
do ; to eat, to gnaw at ; to
swallow fast, without chew-
ing.
| jjfl, to suck the blood, as gnats
do.
lt£ Wi IrI I birds and beasts eat-
ing together, as on a carcase of
carrion.
H Jft t& 1 £ the flies, gnats,
and mole-crickets ate it up.
Bfy') Also read cha } , and much like
JEJJ fj| gross.
cltwhii F a t that is flabby and soft
like a hog's; flesh that is
soft like marrow or suet.
Hf rtl T I tne ^ at a ^ on S a no &' s
belly.
ffc & IH ft the sow's belly
sweeps the ground.
Old sounas, tung and dung. //i Canton, chong, and one ngong ; — in Swatow, cheng, t'ong, ch u ng, chwang, chiang,
and chang ; — in Amoy, chong, gong, and tong } — in Fuhchau, chong, ch'ung, maung, kong,
and taung ; — in Shanghai, tsong and dzong ; — in Chifu, tswang.
- II *- From grass and robust >• often
_H_|-». contracted like the next.
l chwang Suckers sprouting vigorous-
ly ; sedate, serious, stern ;
correct in conduct; used for
|]£ highly dressed out-; a farm-
stead, for which the next is also
used ; a thoroughfare, a high road.
] JH grave, stern, as an officer is
deemed to be.
fjfc | a strict propriety, said of
females ; a close observance of
etiquette.
| Jig dressed in the tip of fashion.
J^ 1 ^C E& a leveI highway.
| J| or | H£ serious and res-
pectful.
fb, | hypocritical ; put on.
i^|J | a prosperous appearance.
fefc 1 -jp a large restaurant. {Pe-
kingese.)
1 ~P or 1 M a famous philoso-
pher of the nationalists in the
Cheu dynasty; he has the re-
putation of being a great sor-
cerer or magician.
<£
Much used for the *last ; it is
properly read ipa?ig, meaning
even, level.
fhwang
A cottage, a grange, a farm-
house ; a work-shed, a place
where rural labors are carried on ;
a place of business ; a store, a de-
pot ; a firm or house ; a dead-
house or public lararium ; a divi-
sion of a township like a parish ;
a hamlet, a village ; ' in Kiangsu,
occurs used as a classifier of affairs,
as — • ] 3|£ m one affair or en.
terprise.
CHWANGL
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
113
»
] J3 or | ^ A a farmer, a
peasant.
1 "T men on a farm, not the |
^ or hired laborers.
^ 1 a tea depot in the hills,
where the leaf is gathered.
^ | to store a coffin, as in a
dead-house. (Cantonese.}
gj | a farmstead.
/jjj ] a cotton warehouse.
1 ■? or M ] a graflge; a v ^"
lage.
| P a mercantile house, a firm.
f£ ] a resident partner, one who
manages the store or packs off
the goods.
From woman or rice and a
phonetic ; the second form is
the most common.
To adorn the head and
paint the eyes; to rouge;
to feign, to appear in a
disguise; to gloss; oma-
jkwang meoted, dressed up.
iSfe | to arrange the hair ;
to dress up ; the |£ ] gg is a paper
toilet burned on the 7th evening of
the 7th moon to the Weaver.
1 ^ the style of dress ; a cos-
tume ; the fashion.
1 |jjj dressed out, adorned; met.
glossed over, falsified.
§§| | plainly dressed, not rouged.
1 It or ^ 1 a bride's trousseau ;
a marriage portion.
1 *lfc or 1 iH tne place of dres-
sing; met. your ladyship; used
in letters.
JH | over-dressed, flaunting in
colors, bedizened.
fPl or 1 ffi 2fc 15 dx Q&SQ & m
a character, as an actor.
&*'lff 1 # # $ ft dressed up
to look like a sheep.
1 Jj§ pedantic, put on, as an ac-
tor; like | fH f£ |H he is
pretending; he is playing a
part.
ipj| | a dowdy looking coiffure.
PH | the gift dressing-case, was
a name for a palace built for a
concubine by an emperor.
1
M-I-* Used with the preceding, but that
?*] ** is confined chiefly to dressing the
<^V body.
t chwang Tq dregs . tQ bind ^ tQ ^ .
to busk, to prink ; to put in-
to, to pack, to load or store in ;
to catch, as rain in a tub; to
receive, to contain ; to imitate, to
adopt ; to pretend, to affect ; to
send or forward; style, costume,
fashion.
ff | traveling dress; equipage
and baggage.
fj^j | in deshabille, common attire.
1 3fv M M well-dressed, in good
taste.
I $M or 1 Hi to enshroud a
corpse.
] ^ to P ac k, as a cart ; to slow,
as cargo in a ship,
jjjjj ] to unload, as a boat.
1 iff t° l°ad a gun.
1 M a store-room.
1 Sf W !l ( or M II ) t0 put the
best goods on top to sell by; as
| HJ( is a style ; a sort ; a pat-
tern of a thing.
$}■ f£ J|£ | to dress like a Chi-
nese. (Cantonese.)
1 §M ~P to counterfeit a trade-
mark or sign ; to carry the
mark of the shop or calling, as a
blacksmith his apron, or a groom
the smell of the stable.
] j£ to pretend not to know or
hear.
1 ^* iiJ JH ^ e pretended not to
notice, or hear the man.
^£ ^ | there's no place for you to
hide in.
1 lUE or 1 ^ to put in order, to
furnish up ; the latter refers to
the Milky Way, to which new
things are likened
] 9| f^ to make and dress up
idols or images.
• 1 Ht to mount scrolls, to hang
pictures.
] ^K to pack a box ; to arrange
[paper] trunks — to bum to the
spirits.
^ %fc | fjjj [these spring flowers
are] Heaven's dressing up.
From wood and to pound ; it is
not the same as ^chun ^ the
<chwang Ailantus<
A post to tie a horse to ; a
stake driven in the ground ; a log,
a stick ; a club, a bludgeon ; to
strike ; used with j£ for Jcien #,
a classifier of affairs.
fl | to drive piles, as the ;$£ ]
fir joists or piles.
| 3L )\j he beat his breast.
f$ | a buoy.
Zfi | "? half a post, is a name
for a boy of fifteen.
f & JH 1 a post to hitch a horse to.
— - | ^ ^ an important affair.
Ht H 1 "? a frame to strap a
horse to shoe him.
|£ | to pull up stakes ; to have
done with, to return home with
one's things, to leave a service.
fft ^ ^ ^ $ | you bring the
ox and I'll pull up the stake ; —
I'll do the hardest part.
JS ^2 1 a 11 ahattis outside of the
moat.
^f* /p | an upright windlass for
hoisting boats up a lock.
^jsfe* -A short mean-looking dress ;
f rfr Rothes unfit to appear in
,chwang company.
jfcfc^ To tread on ; to step on, as
cll^F a st °ol.
,chwang
jftdfe A bird allied to the cuckoo
oWft ^ ^ s naD ^ s ' called §0 j
,chwang or the Sz'ch\ien cuckoo ;
others describe it as more like
a thrush ; in Kiangnan the people
say it appears' in April, and sings
^ 5C 1& Wll tne yellow wheat will
soon be cut
C |J_L From great and robust, as the
j*J~t phonetic.
( chwang Large ; powerful, as a robust
horse; short and stout, as
people ; to make great.
| $J $B fjJj some [of the sticks]
are big and some are slender.
»A
114
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
||t ) From scholar and splint as the
"HJ^ phonetic ; one old form is ftsfy re-
7 > ferring especially to animals.
Stoutj strong 1 , robust, bold,
hardy, healthy ; full-grown, manly ;
manhood, at the age of thirty ; fer-
tile ; full and flourishing ; abun-
dant ; and hence a classical term
for the eighth moon or harvest ; to
cauterize; to wound; to inspirit,
to animate.
j jz lusty, strong; like ] ^,
which is also applied to exu-
berant health,
1 K f afc > vigorous ; in its prime.
| "J* an able-bodied man, one fit
to serve for a soldier.
| H volunteer troops ; same as
j J£ the militia.
] if manhood ; in strong health.
t]? | young and hearty,
| jjj|t a healthy, sound frame.
^ .El j cauterized it three times.
J][[t | fat, as animals; in prime
condition.
| Jj^ firm, set, willful, resolved ;
used in a good sense.
1 fy Wi incite his courage, ani-
mate his heart.
jflj | name of the 34th diagram,
which refers to thunder.
j£ 1 or 1 i one accomplished
in manly sports.
ora dog and a splint as the
onetic.
UKj Fr
nK pb
chwang* Form, appearance ; to appear,
to make plain ; to declare in
writing, to state, to accuse ; a re-
monstrance, an accusation, a com-
plaint; a certificate.
] gjjj an attorney, a lawyer, a
notary.
jg- | to indict, to accuse; to go
to law ; to bring a | |^J or in-
dictment, or lay a plaint.
%
m
j $H a pettifoger, one who J^ ]
prepares the complaint.
S? I QT fit 1 fa™* 1 ? style, man-
ner, arrangement.
1 fe % unusually engaging,
a captivating manner.
9j£ ] 15J" ^ it can be spoken of
though it has no form ; though
it be so unsubstantial it can be
described.
| -^j appearing like, as if.
ff ] the fashion of; an embodi-
ment of.
] ^£ the highest graduate of the
Hanlin, the senior wrangler of
the empire.
${1 | to carry a case to the
Throne through the Censo*-ate.
% | nothing goes right
with me ; I -am utterly discon-
tented.
3^^ } From heart and rustic.
>u*> Simple, stupid; doltish, un-
chwang* poshed; half crazy, half-
witted.
$£L 1 lUl ^> obstinate, arising from
a coarse, uneducated life.
| ^ crazy like, acting wildly.
|£ ] to feign to be silly,
jig | half-idiotic, acting very
stupidly.
^ | hasty, unmethodical, quick
but heedless.
| tf£ a rattle-brain, a mad-cap.
{Cantonese.)
.^JvO From hand and lad.
To grasp in the hand and
chwang ^eat ; to pound ; to thump ;
to knock or run against, to
dart upon ; to tap on, as a hoop ;
to strike accidentally .; to intrude ;
to cheat.
I & to meet unexpectedly.
4@ | or | ^ to meet j to run
against each other.
| ^ to thump foreheads, as two
persons hitting each other in the
dark; face to face, hob-a-nob;
an intimate confab.
] |ff to collide, to run into.
| P ^ to hear an ominous word.
j*j | to go in on a pretense, as a
thief into a yard to look about.
J§| ;| Uf a sun-shower.
1 IS t0 strike the boards, i. e. to
made a discord ; disappointed •
blundering; vexatious. (Ca?i-
tonese.)
ffi | "J* I beg pardon for my
rudeness ; a polite phrase.
\ Wk to swindle, to embezzle ; to
peculate.
\ f 1 to 'P usn at the door, to beat
on it.
\ $£ to break against each other.
] ita fll 1^ to meet a priest, a
bad omen ; as | ^ to meet a
ghost, — is worse ; this last in
Canton, means to meet a foreign-
er.
] ^jj knocked or pushed him over ;
he hit and upset it.
H| | reckless, desperate, as a bird
struggling to get out, or a blind
man in a strange place.
y fc?A * From dog and lad.
*3L Savage people classed with
chwang gg y ao y$? or sa tyrs, said to
live near Hainan ; they dress
with leaves and feathers, and make
huts; some of the Miao-tsz' or
Laos tribes are probably intend-
ed by this contemptuous epithet.
* A war chariot that rushes on
the ranks of the enemy ; it is
chwang* used with the chung f§j, be-
cause it attacks the flanks.
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
115
Old sounds, t'ung, dung, tong and shong. In Canton, ch'ong, ch'eung and shong
chang, chwang, t'ong, and swang j — in Amoy, ch'ong and song ; — in I
and song ; — in Shanghai, ts'ong, zong, and song ; — in
; — in Swatow, ehong, t r eng, ch rn ng,
uhchau, ch'ong, eh'aung, tung,
Chifu, tew'aDg.
The original forms depict the
lattices used for windows, of
which ther,e are several shapes ;
the first form is composed of /V
hole and fljg, bright, contracted.
An aperture to give light
in a room ; a window ; a
( chw*ang sa sh ; a blind, a shutter ; a
school ; a student.
1 J5 latticed paper windows ;
glass sashes.
1 f*\ a window that opens on
hinges.
I $JI "? window curtains.
^ | a sky-light ; a dormar win-
dow.
-J* Ap. | ~\> he Was ten years at
his studies.
IP! 1 or 1 M or 1 % % chums »
fellow-students, classmates.
^j£ | a poor student.
JIK, | --P an outer or double porch
door to protect from cold ; com-
mon at Peking.
►^— 1 The original form of the preced-
IvCj] ing ; it is also read ^ts'ung.
chw*ang The vent or flue of a furnace
or fireplace.
f /li From hand and following.
c 9 l*i» To beat, as a drum or gong;
t c/nv<a?ig to motion to.
| ^ ^ to sound the gong
and drum.
Composed of pi] a mortar, with
"jy tivo hands grasping a 4t
chw'anq pestle between them ; it is also
read irh'ung and ( sfiung, and is
to be distinguished from t th*un
3p spring.
To pound paddy or millet
with a pestle in a mortar to re-
move the husk or skin ; to beat
or ram down firmly.
] 7^ to hull rice.
! jjff to make mud or adobie
walls ; and | j£ $p is to pound
chunam walks, as in Canton.
I if ai what an in ° rdi -
nate length this paper (or docu-
ment) has I
| US to pound and hoe, — a poetic
name of the white egret heron,
from its habit of bobbing its
head when seeking its food.
From sickness and granary.
r t=9 A sore, a boil, an ulcer, an
iP' m an 9 abscess ; an eruption ; used
for the next, a cut, a wound.
| 3^. the boil has broken ; as a
^C £f 1 a sore that comes to
a head,
( ;JI 1 or ^fe. jf& ] to nave a boil.
^ I or j^ J to give away a
sore, by means of a charm.
a bubo 5 venereal ulcers.
y JM $§ @ ^ e starved and
wounded everywhere meet my
eyes ; used by an emperor when
speaking of the sufferings of the
people.
i j}Q or 1 $|£ a scaD > a scar *
fi'J $) $t 1 to scrape the flesh to
make a sore ; — to meddle and
cause a serious business.
&*&
3
From J] a sword and — * one
cut ; the third form is usually
read chw'ang*, except in this
sense.
A wound made by a knife
or sword; to wound; cut,
gashed ; a prop or inclined
support, for which the se-
cond form is only used. *
J> J he received many
gashes.
1 JSI a s ^ e 0r baffling wind.
fJ? I 3^ to * ac k in sailing.
^ I a wound with a sharp wea-
pon.
c ch K ang
Supposed to be intended to repre-
sent the left half of a stick just
s 71
c/fana B ^ * n tw0 ' ^ ut **"* an< ^ ^ are
■ " both regarded as derived from the
lower half of jyj a tripod ; its
phonetic power is taken from flw
and jj^j and it forms the 90th
radical of a few characters chiefly
relating to walls and beds, or their
connections.
In Shanghai read ba n , as if
another form of jjj? a side. A pre-
position of place ; also used for ^pan
J|f as a classifier of shops, firms, &c.
TjJ. i£ ... ] on the eastern side.
— 1 H /S a grog-shop.
From covering or splinter and
wood ; i. e. something to re-
cline on ; the first is the common
form.
A bed, a couch; a lounge,
(Chw^ang a sofa, a settee ; boards for
a bed ; a well-curb ; a sled ;
a framework ; a measure of
eight cubits, q.d. as long as a bed ;
a classifier of bed-clothes.
— * 5H 1 a bedstead.
J $j| the bed and bedding.
£|g J to make up a bed.
] H| a couch, a divan, a settle.
_£ I to go to bed.
^ J a double bedstead.
^p I the jaw-bone; also bedsteads
inlaid with ivory.
j|£ J a son-in-law.
[pj J bedfellows.
fi£ j a couch or divan for guests
in the hall.
ffi "J* ] "J* he is fixed on the
bed; he will surely die, they
have given up hope for him.
$£ 7JC ] to draw an ice-sledge.
f& — 1 or Wi ~~" I one coverlet.
1 $3 %. Iff ma rried life, conjugal
affection.
116
CHW ANG.
CHW ANG.
CHWEN.
1
a kind of dais or large
divan in the hall, to receive
guests in.
HI IB 1 to ^^P m tne twist-bed,
a kind of punishment in prisons,
done by squeezing numbers into
a small place.
1555» From rain and strong ; it is also
* "7rN synonymous with ( ts'ung '$£
A great rain, sudden and
heavy.
3£ ffif$ffc ] the sky sud-
denly darkened, and there
was a great shower.
Adfe A curtain for a carriage,
(Ijiifl placed to screen the side win-
i chw'~ang dows ; a sort of distinguish-
ing pennant $ streamers hung
from the roof.
] f£ pendant scrolls of silk before
a shrine.
fjfr J -^ the Honam temple op-
posite Canton.
Bead ^ung. Screening.
ffj ffl 1 1 ne 8et U P the shading
curtains.
To sow seed ; to plant seed
in the ground.
iphvfang
£rA: To eat immoderately, to
JJfL stuff.
tChw'ang ] §j| to eat rudely, to gorge
one's self regardless of deco-
rum.
Grain that is half grown or
withered; one says, to cut
^/iMjangihe stalks of grain,
< X~)$x Evil, wicked ; to obstinately
\y§ oppose with a wicked temper.
x chw f ang *j|| j to harbor evil against
one-
vfajp To wound slightly,
7 vJ 1 JPl t0 Dreak the stui > as
chw^atia" with a knife or a contusion.
1 T I^J T t0 ^ urt or cut
the skin.
'I'£ M $fc 1 I run a splinter
into me by accident
f$| ] the arrow-head hit
him.
2! y[* 5 To rub or wash things by
py v san d or brick-dust, as by put-
chw^ang* ting sand in a bottle to clean
it.
p To see indistinctly; to look
straight ahead.
chufang*
i } From knife and granary ; one
of the original forms represents
a board cut in by a knife ; the
second unusual form is composed
of yj» a cut and yf a pattern.
* w ang- rp- Q ^ e gj n> to j a ^ tng f oun( ] a .
tion of; to create, to trans-
form ; to invent ; to take measures
for; to reprove; the first, com-
mencement.
jj| j to invent, to make first.
I #a to begin, to do first ; at the
beginning.
J j£ m to found a family, to get
an estate,
j lH jj$ $g a vei 7 clever inven-
tion, a beautiful contrivance.
I f# 3d #J to get on well, as in
business.
Ufj j to found, as a state • to ori-
ginate 1 to commence, as a set-
tlement.
] ift jy 2fc fr om the first ages
and afterwards.
H& j to reprove, to reprimand >, to
punish, as a teacher does.
Jy£j» 5 Sad and wounded in heart.
1/gEf f|| I to sorrow ; to pity ; sick
chw x an(j* at heart.
\ 'fBlJ a distressed heart.
J |jg£ disappointed.
►•-♦■
O/c? sounds, tan, dan on<f zhan. JTra Canton, chim, chan, sua, and shan ; — in Swatow, chwan ; — in Amoy, chwan and
tw'an ; — in Fuhchau, chiong, tiong, and "chwang ; — in Shanghai, tsc 11 and dze 11 ; — in Chifu, tswen.
.chwan
The original form was Jg,
composed of ^ and y* tender
care of, to which "VJ* an irccA
has heen added ; the second
form is common, but not well
authorized, and was originally a
form of mi ,twan.
One, single, only, particular^
devoted to, attentive; bent on, to
attend to one object.; to take upon
one, to engross, to assume, to pre-
sume ; self-willed.
j Jj^ I specially address this ....
] fjf| he has only one occupa-
tion; he does that especially ;
I came purposely for that.
J — • devoted to one thing, parti-
cularly.
1 PI H $H the speciality of an
oculist.
I ||£ under the rule of one wife
or concubine.
1 tfi or 13 1 t° ta ke upon one's
self, in disregard of rule or place.
] |H having the sole power ; to
act without reference to others.
] J£ sent specially, as on a mis-
sion.
] fft wise in council, ingenious,
ready wit ; one designated to a
special agency, a referee.
§ A 1 ^ engaged (or hired)
for a single purpose.
] t& 3§£ I came for that very
purpose.
?£ M. 1 I would not dare to tafce
the direction.
I »& Wi nl? a ^ xec ^ resolve? a
settled inflexible will.
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
117
From tile or stone and only.
A brick ; a square tile, used
for pavements or floors ; a
block or piece shaped like
a brick, as ^ ] pig iron ;
in the tea trade denotes brick
tea, of which there are several
sorts; pressed cakes; to cover with
brick.
] 2g? a brick-kiln.
^ | a stone tile or flag.
(J^ ] square red tiles ; or •)$ |
large tiles for flagging.
iK. BJ[ 1 bricks burnt red.
>^C $fc 1 vou g reat brick or dolt I
(Cantonese.)
|$ ] at Peking, the very large
bricks with which the city wall
is built.
JJii 7C 1 ca kes of the dried lung-
yen fruit.
fH 1 51 *E ^row him a brick to
get back a gem ; — said in com-
pliment to literary persons who
correct compositions, and of per-
sons making a little present in
hopes of a large reward.
or f3? WL 1 common or
blue bricks.
^ a brick pear, — a local
term for a niggard.
| j|a brick pavement.
IS $& 1 to P ave tne ground.
^ | golden tiles, a poetic term
for a rich man. •
^ $fc I to raa k' e adobie bricks
in a mold.
Uniform ; to be attached to
only one ; lovely, amiable.
fhwan ] |f; to accord with; to
blend ; mild, unresisting.
$!> 1 3% $Z (these moun-
tains] are so delicate and
beautiful in their tints.
jll'l? An ancient place situated in
( "^j I the present We'i-hwui fu in
<chwan the east of Honan.
| ,P1 an ancient city lying
vest of K'ai-fung fu in Ho-
nan.
A sort of large fish found in
-rj- Tungting Lake, and sent as
tchican presents; the soup is excel-
lent; a salmon-trout?
I g§ name of a brave man who
tried to kill the king of Wu,
b. c. 540, and put a poisoned
dagger into the belly of this fish
to do it with.
Read fw\in. A kind of grant-
ing-fish found in the southern seas,
which betokens a drought-; it may
denote the drumming fish found
about Hainan I.
From head and only.
:^ To carry the head high; res-
phican pectful, sedate; obscure, dull;
only, alone.
J Ip? rude but respectful.
| J|| an early sovereign of China,
a grandson of Hwangti, b. c.
2513-2435, so called to denote
his ability and rectitude.
] $£ and ancient town, now called
Mung-yin hien J| [^ j|$ lying
in the southeast of Shantung.
From foot and ivhole.
To kick, to trample down; to
pkwan bend the body, to cuddle up;
to lie along; to crawl.
$k ~F 1 /ja to curl up the legs,
as when lying on a short bed.
] 3£ to crawl, as a baby.
C itnl ^° cut ^ es ^ in P^ eces 5 to
•ttJ^'J mutilate ; to cut wood in two.
cnwan ^lso reac j ^hwen,in the sense
of 5j|[ to assume; and Jkvegm,
to cut out, as a tailor.
From carriage and single.
To tuna, as a wheel ; to re-
jChwan volve, to transmit, to shift,
to turn over to.; to forward ;
to transport, to carry ; to circulate;
to comprehend ; to alter the condi-
tion of; to go back; to interpret.
| ^ turned his flag, he has left
his parly.
] ~J* Jh "Hf t° interpret the local
dialect.
\ j8l serpentine, winding, as a
road.
1 H f§ the rule of the metem-
psychosis.
j& tfc 1 fill I will try to bring
him round.
| 51JL 5 to be in better luck ; bet-
tered ; to transport, as goods.
1» or 1 Hj$ or 1 J&ffifo
a twinkling, instantly.
heart is not as a stone that can
be rolled about.
Ir tH Ht jk to ° much changing
and confusion, very troublesome.
1 St M A to sub-let to another.
] !£ to convey a hint; to send a
message.
I H#a ball-and-socket joint.
I 3i£ to petition by proxy.
1 fe 3ft it tbe y wiU then all act
still more badly.
I Hf to turn the subject.
1 f?l $E to turn a corner.
J JH, the wind is veering.
] jfiE the crisis or turn of the
disease.
Eead chttfen?. A revolution, a
turn ; to move away ; becoming
more, still more ; a disjunctive pre-
position having the force of — on
the other hand, on the contrary;
the middle term in a syllogism,
the minor premise; the carpet of
a carriage.
■0 $$? *~* 1 0Be revolution of
the sun.
JFj£ J to turn over, as a box.
I |U 2jS /§ to look behind one.
] ^ ^f- A turn it over to some-
body else to do.
3^ I fi Si I * ue ax ' e turns too
with the wheel; i. e. I have no
leisure, 1 am 'driven day and
night.
In Fekmg^ee. To 'benumb; to
finish a thing.
] ' rj (° r 1 M fl in Cantonese.
to deprive the tongue of taste,
as by eating hot things.
118
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
s zf, \ ' I cannot bring it about ;
it can't be done.
') From mouth, and tttming.
r Warbling voice, like a bird :
cnwan delicate modulations ; a tone,
a note.
§£? #j§ 1 a sweet voice.
^ | a nightingale's song.
H f § 1 tlie warbling of the
mango bird.
From bamboo and pig.
The square and involuted
cnwan f orm f Chinese characters
invented in the Cheu dy-
nasty, called | ^ or | ^ or
seal characters, from their use ; any
complicated form of characters, re-
sembling birds, fishes, or other
things; to engrave this kind of
letters ; to call or name ; bands
on bells;
^ | to receive the seals.
] ^pi a seal.
PP | name on the seal.
% A A 1 %M his Excellency
Yeh, named Ming-shan.
^ | at present styled.
| jtjg ||j[ curling like rising smoke.
jj|$ ^ ] the slimy marks of a snail.
J
J An ornament on the top of
i the tablets or badges held by
chwan* courtiers in ancient times at
an audience ; it resembled a
seal character ; to engrave such
ornaments.
Ji Hi ^» 1 fi ne gems ought not
to be engraved.
j? To turn over the soil in
ploughing ; to plough to-
chwati* gether.
t
From hand and mild
changed with the next.
mter-
chwan* To regulate, to correct ; to
dispose in order ; to compose,
to record ; to collect, as literary
materials ; to edit, to revise and
publish ; to grasp ; a pattern, a law,
a statute ; a maxim ; an act.
1 jMt to narrate, as annals.
•fj|s | to indite the state records ;
— the duty of the Hanlin gra-
duates.
^H ] to write a book.
] -jjjl] to compose and prepare a
work for the press.
Read swan', and used for swan*
^j[. To reckon ; to count ; also
used for suen? iH to select
^JtP^i Used witli the preceding.
R> > To exhort by precept ; to dis-
chwan course in praise of.
| "$C to write an account of,
as an obituary notice.
!$f | eulogy of a deceased man.
^ | his own work or writing.
S^ltt ) "I From eat and mild; the se-
Idotl I con d form is nearly obsolete,
To feed persons; to pro-
vide for; dressed animal
food ; a meal ; a relish, a
delicacy-
=$£ | to set out a dinner.
.§£ | a banquet, a sumptuous
feast;
jg$ | a delicacy; a well-dressed
dish.
^ ] vegetable and animal food.
W i@ M' *k> %. 1 gi ye wine t0
your elders to sustain them.
Read stieri*. An ancient weight
! or piece of silver of six taels.
chwun
► To provide and make ready
a meal ; to narrate, to detail,
swan* to particularize.
| ^ ^ the dining-hall.
3! dFL "F 1 M b e detailed all the
points down to the days of
Confucius.
Read swan*. A sort of bamboo
piatter used in worship, hrving
carvings on it.
1
[tt> From man and mild; also read
chwaii' The governor or master at a
village feast, in which sense
it is analogous to Jsun j^l or j|£,
the one who is honored or ubeyed ;
to number, to arrange in place;
tools; articles, gear.
1 HI t° give a banquet.
| ffi a # feast.
TfBB 3 Valuable.
*^^> 5£ 1 precious; desirable,
cliwan* like a pearl.
VVita-* ^ so rea< * ^"" en> an< ^ sometimes
TRHjR ( />ang, for $P to bind • it closely
chwan* resembles foh } $$ to tie.
A bright white color ; to spin
thrown silk or the floss silk sorted ;
to bind ; a name given to a pack
of ten bundles of a hundred feathers
each ; to roll, as paper ; fine cotton
cloth which is doubled when put
up.
| — » / fft }f§ to bind a pig, as by
the feet.
1 fr S to stra P one ' s bags and
baggage.
| jjjfi knee-pads, worn by women.
k- J& 1 ft £. ift the y have not
strength enough to tie a hen;
— said of the cowardly gentry
by the people.
n» i >
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
chw'en.
119
Old sounds, t*an, dan, and zliaa. In Canton, ch'un, shun, slian, and shun ; — in Swatow, chw'aa, chun, hun, and
ch'un ; — in Amoy, chw'an, ch'an, swau, and cli'un ; — in Fuhchau, sung, cb'iong, chw'a, chw'ang, tioag, and
chw* ong ; — in Shanghai, ts'e 11 , xe n and dze 11 ; — in Chifu, tsw ? an.
M
M
.chufan
The second is the original form,
and is intended to represent the
course of rivulets blending to
make a creek ; it forms the 47th
radical of a few incongruous
characters.
A mountain runlet, a river's
fountains ; a stream ; to run
through the ground; to flow out;
the province of Sz'chu'en, and
often prefixed to goods, medicines,
&c, from that region.
| $fc %* M* uninterrupted flow;
continually going on,
|Jj | hills and streams; the cham-
pagne, the country.
JflJ 1 the province of Sz'chu'en,
so called from the |^ %£ Min
Eiver, the f£ %£ To Kiver, the
H 7JC Black Kiver, and the
£$ 7jC White Kiver, four rivers
in that region near each other.
~, | or Three Rivers, a prefecture
in Honan, during, the T'ang
dynastv, now Yung-tsih Men ^
^ $&' in K<ai-fung fu.
ij^fi From hole and tusl; alluding to
ij % the gnawing of rats in boring
c ^^ through walls.
k chw an
To perforate, to dig or bore
through ; to run on or through, as
cash on a straw j to chisel a hole ;
worn through ; to break, as a boil ;
to leak out, as a secret j to put i
garments on the body only, not on
the head.
1 ik W* §& s ^ ie dresses in gold
and tires in silver; — elegantly
dressed.
3|? fw 1 T ^ ie matte ' r h- as be-
come known,
| 3^C to string beads.
| ^ ^ P^ a maid of aM work ;
an errand-boy.
I ^ *-° uore "'to, as :a wan \ m
order to steal.
| |H went through, as a shot.
$K=g 1 uiy eyes are bored through
with looking — so long for him,
as a wife for her husband.
I ^C Wi to dress ; to put on a
garment.
] &&" IpJ P*J to b e we ^l acquainted
in the public offices.
ft 1 f§[ ^thoroughly conversant
with the classics.
"W ^ 1 Wi at a hundred paces,
[Hwang Chung] pierced the as-
pen leaf.
"U ] a poetical name for a bee-
hive, from the cells.
|Jj ^p the pangolin or scaly
ant-eater, (Mcmis tetradactyla)
Tegarded as a type of a crafty
fellow.
1 M ?H ?S to pervert the origi-
nal principles of a doctrine, to
corrupt the truth.
In Fuhchau. To stretch, as the
hand.
M
From three children or orphans
and body, here defined to mean a
house.
xhufan
<
Embarrassed ; timid, weak,
like a petty prince; sighing, groan-
ing ; unapt, unfit for,
1 II enervated, enfeebled.
, ] |JJ| an old name for Hwa-yung
hi en i§| ^§5 |$* just north of
Tung-t'ing Lake.
I 1& 7 i|f fi ^ inadequate to
the management of affairs, su-
perannuated.
1 IK l°ft.y> ^ e a mountain peak.
AP3 Water murmuring ; the sound
x\Jffi of water; flowing tears; a
chu^un river in the west of Sz'ehu'en.
I "[M a current ; met drop-
ping tears.
In Cantonese. Saliva; phlegm.
13 1 phlegm.
Jl£ | to expectorate.
] jgjjE to slaver, to drool,
— $% | the whole body is slimy,
said of eels.
To scold, to rail at ; to see,
to manifest.
] 4$ to vilify, to scold.
From wood and a pig ; it is some-
times wrongly used for iyuen $$
a citron.
rchufan
chu ran
A round beam or the plate
which sustains the eaves ; in
the north, it denotes the small and
short rafters which sustain the wide
eaves ; and the lathing which con-
nects the large purlines, and sup-
ports the tiling; a classifier of
houses.
^ ] several buildings or houses.
££ | painted rafters.
J fi( lumber for rafters.
f^ | short rafters laid close.
] at Canton, the Tound plate.
f From man and single.
To transmit, as doctrines ; to
deliver, as orders ; to trans-
fer; to hand down, to per-
petuate ; to promulgate, to propa-
gate; to interpret or explain; to
carry forward, as a balance ; to
narrate, to record; to send, as by
an express; to send for, to sub-
poena,
] ^ to deliver to one.
1 Wt to P ro P a g afc e doctrines, to
missionate.
] |jfj to tell the news ; to declare
in one's hearing,
| |]£ aruraor; a legend, tradition.
] ^ to issue a summons, to pro-
mnlge orders.
1 'ftfeU 2jS order him to come, as to
a court.
120
CHW EN.
CHW EN.
CHW EN.
1 "g to eeiwl a verbal message.
] |^ to transmit an order or in-
formation.
| fw to gi ye a tiii^t, to intimate.
|jl | /fc §jlj he refused to come
when summoned.
1 •£& a sort of court crier, one
who assists the magistrate in his
examinations.
| -j^ to pas» from one to another.
jjg§_ | received from one's an-
cestors or predecessors.
^ | secretly transmitted, as a
recipe is | ^ handed down in
a family.
| ^ to transmit the throne.
] -jtfc to make known to mankind,
gjl ] a sort of custom-house cer-
tificate.-
| J|f[ the fourth on the list of
Hanlin graduates.
H M 1 or ?1 H 1 t0 send a
a telegram.
| f|§ to arouse or spread alarm
by beating gongs.
Eead cloven*. A record of;
precepts handed down ; chronicles,
traditions.
^ ] a family history; genea-
logical annals of a family.
jj£ ] a story of.
^|J | biographies, narratives of
people.
In Fuhchau. To hand things ;
to move.
From iff ^ oai an< * *n lead
contracted for the phonetic; the
abbreviated form is common.
A ship, boat, bark, junk, or
chw x an whatever carries people on
the water ; a sort of apothe-
cary's mortar; a long tea-saucer;
to follow the stream; to drift, as
. a boat.
— m | one Vessel, one boat
j ^ ships, vessels.
— jj£ | or — * -$f ] a squadron,
a fleet.
*f | « r ^ 1 to embark.
J*. | to go ashore; it also means
to go on board, when used at
the spot.
3f| JUL Hi 1 l°°k at the wind be-
fore you hoist sail.
] ^ the whole crew.
] t£ the captain.
] ^ one sailor ; sailors ; a crew.
] jU£ tonnage dues or taxes on
native boats.
in | or f|Jj ] a man-of-war.
$| ] a ferry-boat, a passenger-
boat.
i!i 1 ° r $!l 1 t° p°^ e a ^° a ^ u p
stream.
*f£ | a flag-ship ; a ship with an
officer in it.
j^ | a revenue^cutter, a cruizer.
^(p ] custom-house guard-boats.
H $L $tL 1 a three-masted ship.
iK $§ 1 a steamer ; either Bfj ^
| a side-wheel vessel, or \$ >
jpjjj} | a propeller.
jjU ] or fj j to weigh anchor ;
the second phrase also means,
like f y | ^., to be a sailor.
1 H ^ ii. Mt the ship could not
stand the wind.
$i $i ] or % 1 or ifelt 1 a sail -
ing vessel ; the first term is the
Malay word kapal, and has come
into use through the Fuhkien
traders.
5^ ] the stars y t\ in Perseus.
| gj| "IJ a harbor-master
Tfjp | to go with cargo, as a super-
cargo.
a light frame made like
a boat, hi which a man is
hidden, who plies it round and
round to entertain people.
. *WL From to go and head of.
-***-7* To hurry ; to go to and fro 5
% chw an to hasten, to walk rapidly,
j .££ to go quickly.
3^ j fi |^ to cause (or see that)
he soon returns.
"$* Wi 1 fJE a troop of cavalry
going out on an expedition.
te^
c rt|i/ To pant, to breathe quick
Kjjj} and short, as in asthma ; the
( chw*an breath, the life.
1 I %* 5lL to rest and ta ^ e
breath, as when tired ; but ^ |
is panting from shortness of breath.
] 5£ ~f the panting fit was over.
JH ] my fading breath ; my poor
life ; old, ready to depart.
) g^C to wheeze and cough.
J 5$V hiccup, shortness of breath.
§k *¥ I M the buffaloes in Kiang-
nan [fearing the heatj pant
when they see the moon j —
met. imaginary fears.
<^ /-*-t» The original form represents two
mJJIa men sleeping back to back ; it is
I the 136th radical of an insigai-
C/lW an ficant group of characters.
Opposed to, contradictory; per-
verse, incongruous, incompatible.
j ^f or ^g ] opposing ; to be
disobedient.
j £§ erroneous, in disorder.
j fj& or *tf[ j talkative and mis-
taken ; either from heedlessness
or many cares.
I jjf! to deceive purposely.
fit Wz ^ 1 -^ ve Bad a g 1 ^ 3 *
many untoward haps in my life.
The late and old leaves of
yHf* the tea-plant, which require
l chw x an a strong drawing.
J® 3? 1 JHjtfg Bend him
some old tea instead of wine.
yT ^ From JflE to calculate and J^
'Jfrbl perversely.
tsw an iJq r ehel against a sovereign
and usurp his throne ; to abo-
lish a dynasty ; to seize a criminal.
j $r to seize the throne.
1 ^ to murder the ruler.
I ^ to plot and rebel.
SI jfiL j£ ) ? tne ^ops of blood
[from his tongue] formed the
character rebel ; said of -ft ^ #fl
a minister of Kien-wfin, whose
tongue Yung-loh cut off (a. d-
1404), and this was his way of
asserting his loyalty.
aq
CHW EN.
CHW EN.
FAH.
121
/$£ L) Properly read fan*.
ffyt A small mortar to hull grain.
chw an? j n p e id n g e se. To husk rice
in a mortar with a wooden
pestle is ] ^ ; it removes
the chaff without breaking
the grain, as a stone pestle
does.
fir
From metal and rivulet.
An armlet, a bracelet; an
cAwW i(i name ig ^gjg jj£ or war( j er
off.
$% | pins and bangles ; i. e.
female ornaments.
T^llp A ring made of jade; this is
X) 1 1 now superseded by the last.
chwav?
^•|lp To number, to reckon; to
jjjfjfj mutually yield, as politeness
chvfari*
re
quires.
I 1 1 i From two mouths connected; it is
til contracted from an older form of
I two mortars with a line drawn
CaW an through them ; interchanged with
(Chw'en ^ to string.
• To string together, as cash ;
to connect ; leagued or banded for
some evil end ; a string of.
— ■ I £8 a string of cash.
] jj^ it is strung on.
j^l a string of fire-crackers.
fpj f£ |f£ to band together to
make disturbance.
p*j" or | =|£ to join in swind-
ling or entrapping one ; a black-
leg's crafty plan ; to cabal.
| |j| to lay a scheme to swindle
one.
^^|^ | the argument is well
supported throughout.
^ | irrelevant, incoherent.
| fe to league together ; to join,
as forces.
In Pekingese. To miss a line in
reading or copying.
ilr nZ? ' 1 T y° u nave skipped a
column in reading.
| f*} -J 1 to gad about, not to stay
at home-
^P& Used for %$ in some cases.
chv/an T ° flow in °PP osite direc -
tions; to turn the feet in-
wards from the door, a usage
among the Laos when dying ;
batons of office laid across
each other.
1 A bird, more commonly called
HI Mi the stupid bird, which
chw*an } seems to be allied to the
wood-pecker ; one says, a bird
in a cage.
%
5 A hare running away through
the grass ; to scamper, like
chute*? a rabbit.
Old sounds, pat, pap, bat, and bap.
in Fuhchau. hwak
In Canton, fat ; — in Swatow, hwat and Van : — in Amoy, hwat ; —
in Chi/u, fab..
in Shanghai, feh and veh ;
From hair and to eradicate.
The hair on top of the human
head ; also applied to the
hair-like feathers of some
birds ; numerous, as hairs ; met.
grass, reeds, moss, vegetatien.
jjji | human hair.
— ^ 1 or — #t 1 a sm S le hair
of the head.
^|J 1 to shave the whole head.
1 ^ red hair, i. e. a small child.
■|U | to let the hair grow, said of
girls or priests.
W. Bff H& 1 disheveled hair.
| ^ to become bald.
ft | and 3£ j frog's spittle
(Conferva!) ; applied to some
kinds of mosses.
] ^ a kind of algae used for
food.
It 1 "H* I=J tne na * r an( i beard
were all white.
£a 1 ^ M an old- couple, a long
married pair.
] ^ a silk cap or net used by
bald women.
fa A 1 ta P 1 * 8 crimes are like]
his hairs for number.
^ 1 ^ *lb tne desolate and bare
northern regions.
it£ 1 ^ §^£ completely miserable,
feeling very wretched.
y^ 1 to bind up the hair in a
knot called | ^, such as is
worn by a Taoist priest.
JH 1 3$E the temples are becom-
ing grisly.
1'Jgfc. Composed of 7^ to straddle, with
[5^ » *5 bow and ffc an arrow ; others
fa make it to consist of ^^ to tread
grass and Py a bow.
To Bhoot an arrow ; to send
forth, to throw out; to issue, to
start ; to have, to show, as a dis-
ease, perspiration, &c. ; to cause to
go out, to dispatch ; to expand, to
prosper ; to go to ; to advance ; to
ferment, to rise ; to leak out ; to
show forth ; to manifest, to ele-
vate ; to pay out, as money ; to
attack and suppress; sometimes
has a passive sense, as 1 ^g to
be blest, i. e. he shows the effect of
the blessing, meaning fat, in good
liking ; the spring, because then all
things bud out ; a shot, as of a bow.
16
122
FAH.
I j$$ to increase, as plants.
| jj£ 2j£ to succeed, to get on;
to rise, as dough.
| Hj* to make money, to prosper ;
used as a wish, may you have
good luck.
] ^ for customers ; i. e. to sell
1 *fc h 7 retail > or 1 fr °y
wholesale.
fff to have a customer.
] if to take an oath.
] Wi to S e ^ moldy, to become
damp.
1 >fr to give in charity, to show
pity.
| Hi to give a bill of goods ; to
issue a permit ; to advertise for.
| ~f to have many descendants.
(U to return ; to send back.
:}T | to send, as a messenger or
a letter.
] ££j to send off, to dismiss.
1 5?U to get angry ; irritated.
] Jg, to display ; to appear.
| 0^ breaking of the dawn; to
explain, to make clear.
| JE. to march out troops.
I %^t W y° u wu ^ °e a kujin or
fcm&r'; a form of a wish.
•^ 8t ] ^ to buy one's way to
office or promotion.
] or JH | blustering, raw,
as the wind.
1? tM 1 5i •"■ wan ^ a P resen t or
baksheesh.
^ II l£ 1 fc you'll get no
wine-money out of me.
{& ^fe. 1 $lr wnat w ^l be the end
of it % what will come of it 1
] ^ to make a way for one's
Belt', to become well-known.
Eead poh } The motion of fishes
struggling.
1 $Jt quick, perpetually mo-
ving, as a fish's tail.
^ A large sea-going vessel, like
!/7t> a ra ft wr size 5 an aI "k-
" a Eead t fei. A fruit resembling
a pumelo; the end of the
plate in a roof.
FAH.
^r*" "] Interchanged with the preced-
ing ; the second form is not
I common.
A bamboo raft, or some-
J J thing similar, for crossing a
^ river ; a pontoon. •
fc | fire rafts.
3^ ] -^p to tie together a
raft.
ffi | bamboo rafts with a bent
stem.
From man and lance ; to he dis-
. tinguished from tai* J\ a gene-
, , ralion.
/«
To reduce a dependency to
order, to chastise rebels ; to destroy,
to desolate ; to cut down ; to brag,
to bring one's merit to notice ;
meritorious deeds ; fine ; to beat a
drum ; a midsman ; the stars i in
Capricorn, and i v in Orion.
| 7[c or ] ^|J to fell trees.
| ;|| to boast of one's goodness.
] IP to punish an offense.
| ^ to drum, in order to call one.
^ | ^lj £jj to kill recklessly;
famous for prowess.
^ d _ 1 $c % $i he was meri -
torious, because he did not brag
of himself.
& M ^ 1 t0 8et fort u our
prince's deeds.
^ A f£ ] to act as a go-be-
tween.
From door and to reduce as the
phonetic.
fa? The left-side door in a great
palace gateway, or the left
side of a gate.
| f^ the leaves of a double door ;
degrees of merit ; meritorious
services, such as entitle one to
pass through the gate.
| HU ;£ ^ a distinguished fami-
ly, one of the gentry ; in the
Mongol dynasty there was an
order of nobility called J| ]jj|
|j|] from certain insignia
which the members were al-
lowed to show at their gateways.
MM
M
FAH
>M^r To subdue the ground, which
-f-^ ) the composition of the cha-
fa? racter indicates.
^ to plough, to turn
over the clods and prepare
the soil for seed.
IS 1 ~? people who build mud
walls.
From mortar and market.
To pound rice for the purpose
of hulling it.
Composed of "g" to rat/ at and ))
a s/rord, with which to stab; q-d.
actions that deserve punishment.
A fault, a peccadillo, a petty
offense ; a crime ; a slight punish-
ment, a penalty commutable by
money ; a fine ; to forfeit, to fine,
to floff.
to reprimand, to find fault
with, to punish corporeally, as a
pupil or subaltern.
1 :j|§ to forfeit a glass of wine —
by being made to drink it.
1 \M to forfeit or be mulcted one's
salary.
1 J|i a fine; moneys accruing
from fines.
•^ and ] are opposites ; — to con-
fer ; to mulct.
Jfjj | punishments of every grade.
] jj- or | 7|t to cut one's pay
or rations, as a soldier.
3 ff 5C 1 ! (Wu Wang) will
reverently execute Heaven's
punishment.
^ ] cursed, punished ; under
disgrace.
ffi | fft I'll punish you; i.e.
you've offended me, you've not
done it right.
The original form is from j£
correct turned to the left, to de-
• — ' note its opposite.
U a
To be in want of, defective
empty, poor; exhausted, weary
needing rest, and thus like the
next ; a temporary deficiency, em-
barrassed; to fail of; to injure;
without, wanting ; a leather screen
to protect archers ; a sort of shield.
FAH.
FAH.
FAN.
123
FjQ J wearied, tired out.
| A Mil *" ew m hristered to his
wants.
Iff 1 or S 1 absolutely desti-
tute, impoverished.
jjj}£ | insufficient, unsuppliecL out of.
^f, Jj£ ] ^ I may not venture to
impede this affair.
/(% | A $' no want of clever men.
jfe flf ] ~jf I've walked till I am
tired out.
Weary, without energy; las-
situde, arising from heat ;
lean, lank.
From woman and destitute.
Handsome, beautiful, femi-
nine ; whatever is matronly
and lady-like.
From water and to put away,
i. e. to reduce to a level, as
water is ; the second form has
a fabulous benign animal
that punishes the guilty, added
to it, and occurs only in Budhist
books.
A law, a statute, a rule, some-
thing that restrains one ; a set of
regulations, precepts; in scientific
usage, the rules for, or science of;
a legal infliction ; a sect, a religion ;
an art j skill; the code of the
Budhists, so called from the first
syllable of dharma or law ; the sect
of Budhists; to follow a rule, to
imitate an example; and hence,
excellent, natural, like, accurate;
a working factor in a sum.
IH | or fjp; ] the statutes of a
country.
| -^ the net or power of the laws.
^f|] | penal laws.
fj§ | a code of politeness.
-fj | a means, a way, a style.
jf|r ] 3j£ jijj? their doctrines and
law are unlimited — in their ap-
plication.
] I or 1 I I 1 France;
the French.
^ ] #11 |Jj to rigidly maintain
the laws ; ^ | also denotes
an executor of the laws, a ma-
gistrate.
1 )M. or 1 I'l a se * °f rul 06 ; a
plan ; regulations, patterns.
ffi ] to lay a spell, to exorcise.
^ | ^p or 4t | no help, no re-
medy ; it can't be helped.
| y}C to spurt water by the mouth
or asperge it ; applied to the act
of priests when they sprinkle a
charm.
jjB | -^ think whether there's no
other way, or no plan.
TjC ] hydraulics.
|ff | to unravel ; to relieve from
danger, to plan a rescue; to
solve a mystery.
] ffj the Budhists.
| ^ a priestly or clerical dress.
] j|fj accurate, life-like drawings.
1 $% a spiritual, ethereal body that
can pass through things ; also an
image of Budha.
1 Hi a praying machine, used by
the Mongols to repeat prayers
as it revolves by the wind ; but
$i| | ljij|' also means to preach
or hand down Budhist doctrines.
| Iflj rules or way of legerdemain,
the black art.
H. Jt' t& 1 I wu ^ show you how
to do it, as a flugelman does ;
it is used too by priests when
they explain the tenets of their
faith, which they exhibit in
themselves.
An unauthorized character.
) The enameled ware of the
/ a> Chinese.
1 Jjl M a cloisonnee or en-
ameled jar
Chilly; to open sluices to
, let water upon fields.
fa? ] |H to irrigate, to water.
Old sounds, pan, pon, pam and bam.
and one bwan ; — in Fuhchau,
Composed of pq field and ^C the
claws of a beast, as it seems to be
fan designed to represent their foot-
In Canton, fan ; — in Swatow, hwan and hwam ; — in Amoy, hun, hwan, hong,
hwang, and a few pang ; — in Shanghai, fe 11 and ve n ; — in Chifu, fan.
^ The tracks of a wild beast ; a
time, a turn ; to repeat, to dupli-
cate ; to send, to dispatch to ; to
change ; to reckon ; an ancient tribe
of Mongols or Huns near Kokonor
beyond the frontier of China ; abo-
rigines of the country in the south,
now applied to any uncivilized peo-
ple, and in contempt along the
southern coasts, to Europeans and
other foreigners ; hi some ports,
it means a dollar, alluding to the
effigy.
| |j£ foreign talk.
1 A or ^ 1 at Canton, a fo-
reigner
HJ | a counterfeit or copper dollar.
j- ] the native savages or people ;
the name Turfan, on foreign
maps applied to the regions west
of China as a proper name, is
derived from this.
J\ | eight tribes of Miaotsz' in
Ting-fan cheu fe j jfi\ in
Kwei-chau province.
Id 1 several times.
124
FAN.
FAN".
FAN.
£ 1 ^ ;jj times and times,
repeatedly.
jiJL | incessantly, continuously.
]|f ] to alter.
fi 1 K f? t0 &° abroad to trade.
Read j)o. Warlike.
1 ] j£ ^ an old and courageous
warrior, like John Hunyades.
Eead ( pan. Name of a district.
] *gj JjL^ Pan-yii hien, which in-
cludes Whampoa and part of
Canton city.
| j\\ an old name of Kao-cheu fu
llj 'i'H M m lae southwest of
Kwangtung.
From icings and to repeat as the
phonetic; occurs used for ( /'an ,[5C
to turn back.
Jin
To fly to and fro, to flutter
about : to return ; to change,
to turn over ; to revise, as a case ;
wrongly used for the next, to trans-
late; fickle, vacillating.
j ^ to resuscitate, to come to ;
to come back to life.
] J®. 2j$ tum ^ over -
1 lit to re j u dge a case ; an appeal.
1 HI or 1 1 HI HI to &° to anc *
fro, changeable, uncertain, un-
settled, vacillating.
| jji, ^ a boisterous wind.
j|JJ | to soar and sail, as a hawk.
| fi! to flutter and flit.
] J|$t to change color, to get
angry or blush.
1 Ufa ^\~ to turn somersaults, to
perform gymnastics, as an acro-
bat.
| J}H Tf( "jflif to turn things over
and over, to throw into disor-
der.
^ ^ — • | running about on
your business ; to attend to an
affair.
| ]jii| overturned ; wrong side up.
jpp | *T turned it over ; upset it,
as by accident.
"""* 1 M $1 — " 1 M at ea ch dash
of rain there's a gust of wind.
Jan
In Pekingese, often wrongly writ-
ten ^§ to show that it is colloquial,
but this last is properly read po ) .
To turn over, to toss about.
| ^ to turn over the leaves of a
book, to count them, or see their
contents.
•Ajjj?. From silk and to re/teat as the
?Krif phonetic. Used with the last ; it
j. is also erroneously written pfg*
<•/ from the power of the radical.
The wind fluttering a flag ;
to agitate, to display, to open out ;
to translate ; to open out the mean-
ing in the colloquial, to interpret ;
loose, easy ; fluttering.
1 1% *gT an official translator or
interpreter.
^T I to to speak foreign lan-
guages.
From napkin and to repeat; used
with the next.
A duster or cloth to wipe
goblets ; a marker or distin-
guishing pennant to signal-
ize the presence of an officer ;
tripartite streamers hung in temples
before the shrine, generally bear-
ing legends, and beautifully em-
broidered ; to return.
5H 1 — M a pair of ornamental
banners.
1 f<& 3fc forthwith (or suddenly)
changed it.
1 III waving, fluttering; flying
abroad.
^J* j $i to carry the white ]j£ |
or three-tier banner, on which
the name of the defunct is writ-
ten, to show its spirit the way
to the grave, where it is burned.
From flag and to repeat. Used
with the last, and more fre-
quently.
A streamer; a funeral flag
or banner.
^ ] flags and pennons ; banners
of all sorts.
iJS 3$& 1 the banner used to call
spirits to their tombs or tablets,
especially of those who died
abroad.
jfc T*f 1 to hoist the green ban-
ner, refers to the same usage;
this is simply a full leaved bam-
boo, which is waved over the
family grave.
-y£ A screen or hood for a cart,
c-f E9 cane d | 1£, which keeps off
Jan the dust and mud ; it appears
to have been a sort of mat
dashboard thrown over the
front.
_L fj\ From hand and cap , it is inter-
. *T TT changed with pien> } ~p to pat.
( /an Soaring; flying.
±®W& 1 3ft It A it
was then only a wren, but when
it flew away it became a [big] bird.
Read pien\ To brandish or clap,
the hands ; to sweep clean, to brush
off; to reject, to lightly regard.
| |S£ to clear away ; to reject, to
ignore.
] ^ to risk life, as in rescuing one.
From fire and to repeat as the
phonetic.
m
Jan To roast meat for sacrifices.
when the roasted flesh was
not brought in, [Confucius]
went away without taking off
his cap.
3$C 1 1$ ^ either roasted or gril-
led.
] m an ancient kind of burnt of-
fering on the great altar when
worshiping Heaven.
d^J^ Meats used in sacrifices, and
c/j m distributed by the emperors
j fan of Cheu to their kinsmen.
$•) sacrificial meats.
4c3^ ^ tomb or grave.
J H 1 ft.] £ %> the worship at
Jan
the tombs ; religious cere-
monies at graves. •
A sort of precious stone found
hi Lu, called J$| | , which
Confucius admired ; it was
probably a veined agate.
FAN.
FAN.
FAN.
125
ttd^ A plantigrade foot, like that
cJhU of a badger ; the paw of a
.fan bear, called ^| | , which is
regarded as one of the /V l£
or eight delicacies.
From plants and & turn; occurs
used for the next.
Plants growing luxuriantly ;
flourishing ; plenty ; numer-
ous ; the increase of; to inclose,
to fence in, to shield.
| §& abundant, full.
| g? numerous, as progeny.
j $& OT 1 1$ flourishing, as a
garden or field ; to increase.
] ^E numerous, increasing popu-
lation.
jjf j^ ] H nis descendants are
many and prospering.
IS IS "J* 1 [^ u an( l Sh^n] are
screens to the other states.
From grass and spring of water;
it is also used for ( f jg 1 a cart-
cover.
A fence or hedge ; a bound-
a frontier ; to protect, to fend
to inclose ; in the Peh Sung
^lb /Jc dynasties, applied to certain
feudatorica near the frontiers, which
only rendered homage, but were
regarded as Chinese subjects
1
a defense, an outlying juris-
diction or fief.
$jj| a wattle ; a bamboo or hur-
dle fence.
j^ the frontier.
Jg an inclosing wall.
ffi a neighboring, allied, or
feudatory state ; Corea so calls
herself.
J pij or | »j§£ the fending-off
commissioner ; t. e. the treasurer
of a province, so called to show
the importance of the revenue.
ift A $fl 1 serviceable men are
as a fence — to the state.
|5 officers near the throne ;
this, and | £p| a screen, are
also applied to a high officer
who protects the throne, or de-
fends the frontier.
A dust basket or fan to se-
parate chaff ; a refuse basket
called | f&, made some-
what like a sieve ; to cover,
to screen from view.
#3f& A very small sized deer, oc-
c/ HI curring among the mountains
s fan of Koko-nor, having a yellow
belly, and called kien-rh on
the spot ; the Pan Ts'ao regards
it as a variety of the dzeron (Anti-
lope gutturosa), but it is most pro-
bably another species.
\JE? From^re and head.
c%£\ Heat and pain in the head ;
,fan trouble, annoyance ; perplex-
ed, heated ; important, not
indifferent; to intrude on, to trou-
ble, to ask ; impertinent, urgent ;
grieved, sorry.
•^p | to trouble one, as with an
errand.
« 1 or 1 ^or % j fc I
give you much trouble, or I will
be obliged to you ; i*. e. please
do this ; I'll thank you to do
this ; — polite forms of request.
| |?ii§ perplexed, vexed, grieved,
annoyed.
1 |g to annoy, to interrupt.
1 *rcT jlfc in P' ease ta ^ e tms l et ~
ter ; — written on the envelop.
1 Jff or 1 $£ troublesome, im-
pertinent ; vexed with trifles.
Wt 1 S'J HL an excess of ceremony
is confusing.
/f» W 1 •"■ cau,t Dear t° De trou-
bled so.
^ 1 &§ ver y annoying ; unusual-
ly troublesome.
An aquatic grass, on which
wild geese feed, the ^ ] ,
probably a triquetrous sedge,
like a Carex or Cyperus.
One form is composed of ^ silk
C;>|^ and -flj: each, and defined to be
fan an ornament; placed on a horse's
neck or mane.
Much, numerous ; the opposite
of l kien ^ limited ; troublesome ;
thick, as grass ; a variety of affairs ;
manifold, multitudinous.
1 ||£ gaiety, pomp; extravagant
show.
| % troublesome from excess.
| ^ or j^ | overburdened ; con-
fused ; perplexed with cares.
| $|j harassed by many cares.
| H expensive, costly, using more
than is needed.
] HI and | $g troublesomely
hard and troublesomely weary-
ing, are terms aplied to certain
district and prefectural posts.
Read 4 //aw. A saddle-girth.
From plants and troublesome as
the phonetic.
An edible kind of celery or
borage, anciently called £}
j§j, whose leaves are eaten when
green, and pickled for winter ; the
leaves are fed to young silkworms,
and a decoction sprinkled on their
eggs hastens their hatching; some
consider this plant to be a species
of woolly Artemisia, but the uses
and description seem to point out
a more edible plant.
'f', V\ ^C 1 sue collects the celery.
>^2i££ Water thrown upon plants to
i^X-K cover their roots when first
,/an set out ; to water plants.
| jH to drip or run over.
X^tX. From two trees bound and inter-
TEvlT laced by brandies, to form a
- I'VI hedge; it is now superseded by
rj'an the next, and occurs only iu com-
bination.
A screen ; a hedge ; a fence.
>£$& Composed of hedge and great,
-*y% hut the original form is like the
CV last.
A railing ; an inclosed place,
a spot hedged around ; a cage ; ob-
structed, hedged up ; mixed.
| fta'cage.
H H W H Jt fc ] the flitting
green bottle-fly has stopped in
the hedge.
126
FAN.
FAN.
FAN.
-fc£lt From stone, and a hedged plat as
y^^. the phonetic.
^fun Styptic mineral or metallic
salts fit for dyeing or paint-
ing ; alum ; to dye with
alum ; to tan leather in lime and
copperas.
j^j ] alum ; ] ^ alum shale.
j|t | or ^ | copperas, green
vitriol, or sulphate of iron.
J® 1 or ifl 1 bhi e vitriol, or
sulphate of copper.
Wi 1 acetate of copper.
|_Li a tree in Honan, whose
leaves furnish a dyeing salt.
1 &5 paper sized with alum.
| ^ jjlj a tanning-shop.
%$%? A small grasshopper, called
c- yHj* -pi ] , the common Gryllus.
s fan 5j|£ | the cockroach, or per-
haps a sort of Cimex, which
stinks when it is struck ; it is said
to have been eaten.
P| "I The original form had . two
(■ J L^ inside to denote a pair, and was
^_ ? derived from an old form of $£.
denoting to bring all together ;
-/ ■» J others derive it from J*} thus and
s jan _^ Qne . ot jj ers f roin st jn different
forms ; the second is unautho-
rized, and mostly used by the
Budhuts.
All, everybody; common, vulgar,
usual ; generally, for the most
part ; among the Budhists, the
world ; laic ; mortal, earthly, hu-
man.
| J\, men, people, mankind ; used
by Budhists as a demeaning term
for the laity, the world, secular
persons, who cannot attain to
immortality like jjjj \ ethereal
men, or to high happiness like
gg \ holy ones.
] |gj the world ; in secular life.
j ^ everything ; all affairs.
^ | whoever ; in general.
^ | or | Hjfo all, everything,
everybody ; altogether.
H | ^ ^ I give you much
trouble about these things.
Jf^I | § I don't know how
many there are altogether.
^^ ] clever, not common, above
the average.
1 * or j ;fe $ ? or j Jfc
common sort of people, the
vulgar.
~Y 1 to come into the world, as
a divine being.
^ | to descend from heaven to
this world.
© 1 to think of leaving the
priesthood and marrying ; —
said by priests.
^C 1 Bf W people generally
have it.
~hi ] A {$£ £f whoever performs
good deeds.
H 1 j|fi ffl do the whole in the
same way as the pattern.
#j£ | P to shuffle off this mortal
coil, to turn into a spirit, or go
among the genii.
] JJ£ of human origin, — i e. not
a god.
it
From kerchief and all as the
phonetic.
jan A sail for vessels ; canvas ;
to sail : sailing.
1 /f|) canvas, sail-cloth.
] j|5 sailing vessels, not steamers.
JH | to spread sail, to set out on
a voyage.
J3t §| ] to hoist the lofty sails.
$% 1 £5 #h lloist hi s h ihe S a 7
sails.
fa ~~ 1 iH to get another's help,
to raise the wind ; refers to a
fair wind filling the sail.
J£j j a sort of laminated sea-
weed.
From wind and horse ; one form
of the last when used as a verb.
m
s fan A horse racing ; a boat sail-
ing swiftly.
M 1 1 fi £ or AS 1 . fr a
vessel sailing ; the ships are
sailing away,
^g | a horse frightened and run-
/jjff An osier basket shaped like
i^PT a fish-basket, with a small
j fan mouth and covered with silk ;
in olden times, brides placed
millet and dates in one, and
^' carried it on meeting their
husbands.
-t rt A large tree, whose bark is
cl /L called ?jc ^ /fc because it
i fan floats; one defines it to be
the bark of firewood ; it may
be a kind of cork tree.
%
fan
Composed of ) a retreat and
*\. a hand ; the hand is the agent
in turning; interchanged with the
next, and with jjjj to revert.
To turn back voluntarily ; to
return, to recur to ; to turn, as
the leaves of a book ; to send back,
to send for ; to resume ; to take
back ; in revenge for ; perversity ;
a repetition ; to be or act contrary,
to rebel, to plot against ; to revise ;
the reverse of; to turn around ;
again ; as a conjunction, but, on the
contrary, opposed to ; used in
dictionaries to denote the union of-
an initial and final when expressing
a third sound.
Jjft\ | discordant, unmatched.
J[B J to reflect light ; refraction.
131 or ] j[|i to turn back to,
to revert to.
] •fl* to slander, to backbite.
f£ ] to rebel, to excite sedition.
2Ji | to reduce insurgents.
P to retract, to disown, to
deny one's words.
] |$£ rebels to government ; the
seditions.
] H Ma J£ tne stomach rejects
food.
] $i|. to turn over ; turn it around.
1 fl W J$: to change counte-
nance.
| jHj to turn a cold shoulder ; the
contrary idea.
] -j^jl on the contrary ; upset,
fg ] to drive the people to revolt
| ^ a renegade, a turncoat.
FAN.
FAN.
FAN.
127
1 >fr ft F*9 care f°iiy ^k y° ur
own heart.
Wi Tfc Wi ] uninterrupted bless-
ings.
1 :$| a relapse of an illness.
I ^f» 1flJ W Dut now ^ m ^'
ferent from then.
1 ^ ^ H on the contrary it
was dis .greeable.
J and J£ are used in opposition,
as a direct and indirect argu-
ment in logic ; ] p^ is negative,
adverse, ironical ; j£ p^ is posi-
tive, favorable, serious, direct.
■{jQ to spell or combine the
sounds of characters, as ^ j||"
f-u yn-en, which gives ££ fan.
| .jH back and forth ; to retract r,
tautological ; over again.
I to lt£ a disjimctive particle.
j M % W\ i£ j|E by a contrary
wind the grain all rose up.
] pj hill-side terraces ; fields bank-
ed up to retain the water.
j^| ] a plateau or level parterre
in a valley.
<*
From to go and contrary ; used
with the last.
fan To return, to go or come
back ; to revert to ; but, on
the other hand.
$C 1 M 3 now many days will
' you be gone ?
| £. Ilk ^C re ^ r ^ to H eave n.
1 fi [be left] on his return.
ffij I '-S JH on tue contra . I 7> be
suffered by it, or was involved.
| $E to return, as home, or from
a visit ; to revert to.
| |^ to sail or row back ; to back
water in rowing.
From earth and contrary as the
phonetic.
'fan A declivity, a bill-side ; a
bank ; a dike.
jfc | a terraced bank or slope.
fj| | the place where Shun built
his capital, now Pu-cheu fu f|f
*J>|'| ffi in the southwest oorner
of Shansi.
Used with the preceding, and oc-
curs used for its primitive.
'fan A bank, a dike : the steep
rocky descent of hills.
From to eat and return as the
phonetic.
fan y A meal ; cooked rice, because
it is the chief dish at every
meal ; food in general ; the bottom
of the thumb ; to eat a meal.
p£ j or ^ 1 or $ ] to eat, to
take a meal ; ] ^ after eating.
$ffi | J£ poor, beggared ; I have,
no food.
ft 1 6$ a De gg ar ' a needy per-
son.
■~" IK 1 or """* §i 1 one meal.
p£ i^. 1 lil nave y° u naa y our
rice % — i.e. Are you well % How
do you do ? — to which the re-
Pty w. W % or if) i§ 7 Fve
no need to inconvenience you ;
I've already eaten.
-$ ff| ] do not grab the rice.
^' , ] cooked millet.
1 H J? ffc ?K [Confucius said,]
with my meal of coarse rice and
with water to drink, I am happy.
^fv 1 or |§j j rice ready to eat.
£j | jS the southern name for
the white-bait (Leucosoma), from
its diaphanous body.
1 *!!■? PH tne c °bra de capello, so
called from its spoon shaped
head.
|j|i -£§: — ^ | [like] the bleaching
woman's meal — given to Han
Sin, which was nobly rewarded.
^ ^ ] to cook beans and glu-
tinous rice for mourners ; — a
Cantonese custom.
| |$ rice shears ; — a term for
the molar teeth.
5§ | in ancient times, tho cook
of the second meal of noblemen.
From pearl or to buy and to re-
turn.
* To turn a penny, to buy
cheap and sell dear, to traf-
. > fie, to deal in, to carry about
for sale.
mi
| ^ or 1 ff a peddler, a chap-
man, one who buys at night to
sell in the morning.
] ^ to peddle, to retail ; a ped-
dler.
| j{£ a warehouse, a large shop.
| fl A P to deal in human
beings, especially children.
A ] •? a broker in children.
Jfij ] to kidnap people for sale.
I *¥ Ml *° trade in cattle, as a
Mi 1 ~P j 0c key does.
] ^ house of a broker in women ;
a sort of marriage-broker ; it is
not a disreputable business.
Itp To regret ; penitent ; hasty,
j |)y precipitate ; wicked.
fari> \ jfe to regret an act.
' ) From disease and to turn.
To vomit food ; to faint and
fan? relieve the stomach ; in Tso,
bad people were so called.
; } A plain, a field ; in Honan,
used in the sense of a farm-
fan' stead, a hamlet.
] B|| fields and plats.
From spirits and an officer.
Liquor kept over night ;
* newly distilled spirits ; that
l"fP w bieh is made of refuse
grain.
In Cantonese. Ill-luck, as upon
children ; ill starred ; things or
agencies that injure children.
ig | to exorcise the demon which
makes sickness.
I ^ to meet with misadventures
that affect the foetus.
] ftjjl elfins or gnomes which bring
evil on a household.
^lyl^J From forest and all as the pho-
J^J Detic
fan* A Hindu word denoting still-
ness or retirement, now used
for the Sanscrit or Pali languages.
as a contraction of !£ |§i
Brahma ; the country of Magadha
whence Budha came.
128
FAN.
FAN.
FAN.
| ^£ Budhist prayers and charms.
] ip: Brahma's chapter, is the
syllabary in twelve parts, ascrib-
ed to him.
| •ff the sound of chanting;
Sanscrit sounds.
] !^ or | jj: or | f§f Pali or
Sanscrit (i. e. Brahma's) cha-
racters or writing ; while ] |§
is Sanscrit word or speech.
| ^|J a Budhist monastery, in
which the | £|£ is the great
hall of idols.
| J^ a Brahmin.
] 3^ I or ^C 1 3l Brahma is
so called by some Chinese Bud-
hists; and | ^ is Brahma-
loka, the eighteen mansions in
heaven.
Bead t fung. The soughing of
wind through trees ; to spread
abroad widely.
\t~t ) From water and & joint.
» Li Water overflowing ; to inun-
fari' date ; agitated, in motion, like
a flood ; weak in mind, and
unable to compose the thoughts ;
name of a river in Shantung and
in Honan.
j jg£ an inundation, overflowing
everything.
m
fan''
Sometimes used for the preced-
ing ; it is also read ifung ; the
second form is most used.
To float ; driven to and fro
by the wind; floating; to
transport ; unguided, reck-
less, careless, objectless ;
extensive, universal; to overflow;
name of a river in Shensi.
^ ] floating about; superficial.
1 Wi u S nt J buoyant, as a cork or
spume.
jil flfc drifting with the cur-
rent.
] ^ customary; unacquainted
with.
] "=f vague talk, untrustworthy.
] jfy- sailing or riding in a boat.
] |j5 excessive, as a flood.
1 1
] fjHj to sprinkle abundantly.
1 'jj£ the plunging and dashing
of waves on a shore.
1 jH to wander at will, purpose-
less.
1 ] (f§ <!£ 'fj| a superficial ac-
quaintance with ; I only recently
knew him.
Kead c fung. To throw, as a
horse his rider.
| iH ^ >^ a h° rse ^at spills his
rider ; met. a stubborn boy.
From dog and a joint.
To rush against ; to offend,
m
f an to transgress ; to resist, to
oppose, to violate ; to invade,
to attack a territory ; to attack
impudently, to assault unprovoked-
ly ; to encounter that which injures
one ; possessed by, as a spirit ; to
be exposed to ; a criminal ; a pri-
soner at the bar, a culprit, whether
proven guilty or not ; adverse ; op-
posing.
1 fjk to transgress, to commit a
crime; guilty.
1 f£ to break the laws.
] J\ a criminal, one under arrest ;
a ] is one in custody.
^ 1 to invade, to incroach on.
^| ] ^ ff| I have offended you ;
— a polite phrase,
jag | to be exposed to ; infected
with, as mischief.
'1^. 1 an unintentional violation.
^p | to offend, to resist law.
jljflj | an intentional offense, deli-
berate resistance.
| _J2 impertinent to superiors.
ffc 5c5 It 1 il Wil1 be ilard t0
stand their united wrath.
| J^ ^ to encounter malaria.
3t^ 1 T$8T theairisvel T
damp.
| fj|: to improperly use the Em-
peror's personal name or that of
Confucius.
| /£ _t it won't pay ; I can't af-
ford to do it.
| |jj| J£ the whole thing is spoiled.
I «§■ M *° es thnate the risks.
1 W ^ ^C [Yen Hwui] never
retaliated when assaulted.
M ?K 3F 1 # yK river water
does not rim with well-water ; —
I want nothing to do with you,
I have no quarrel with you.
I I *- j From herb and to float.
iLj Plants, grass, herbage; a
Jan k m d f wasp^ having a sort
of crown on its head, for
which the next is also used.
] 5t£ a sort of ancient cap.
>»V?| ^ From JR insect and jfg a rule
y Yf contracted, referring to the eco-
. 5 noiny of a hive.
A bee or wasp.
i iiii# a the
bee has the cap of honor, the
cicada has the fringe.
From if[ carriage and yfi a rule
contracted ; this last is also an-
other form of this character.
A law, a rule, a pattern ; a
custom, standard, or usage ;
a mold ; to imitate.
f£ | a founder's mold; a pattern,
an exemplar.
^t | the great guide ; — a chap-
ter in the Book of Eecords.
| ^ a constant rule.
jfjj | a rule for guarding or pro-
tecting.
JjjU, | a graceful, winning air.
1 W ^ ® do not over P aes the
restraining law.
%\fc 1 or j|L your good self,
your person ; — used in letters.
From female, hare and born, — -
an instance of ideographic com-
bination.
The young of rabbits, which
the Chinese affirm are born
at the mouth ; to litter, as
rabbits.
_ * Plants floating on the water.
~*r_x. pf KI ] fj| the lemna and
fan* chara float on the stream.
fan*
FlN.
FAN.
FAN.
129
Old sounds, pun, bun, anrf p'lin. In Canton, fan ; — in Swatow, nun, pun, and p'un ; — »ra Amoy, Iran ; — en
Fuhchau, hung, hong, arac? pwong ; — in Shanghai, fang and vang ; — tra Chifu, fan.
yTt From /J knife and /\, to ewfer
jf* because the edge must go in to
Jan
divide a thing ; it is also read/aw 1
and used with fjrf a part.
To separate; to divide or
sort out for distribution ; to appor-
tion, to part ; to share, to partake
with ; often used for \Pfr to order ;
to distinguish between ; the second
place for tenths in decimal nota-
tion ; a nominal money, the tenth
of a mace called a candareen ; the
tenth of a Chinese inch.
2|s | to divide alike.
| jffjto distinguish between; to
separate, to open.
| $lj t© discriminate apart or be-
tween ; to divide.
| ^ to sort out for distribu-
tion.
] ^ utterly routed; scattered,
dispersed.
l.ffc+a'SU % divide it
into ten parts and it will then
all be distributed.
] ^ to bid good-bye ; to wave
adieu.
1 & purposeless, undetermined.
] IE to station troops.
| m or | jf£ to divide an estate.
tit f Jfe |§ there is still some
hope left.
1 BE to §^ ve a gratuity ; to pay a
bonus.
&%L] JB(* 1 IS) to secretly
receive ill gotten gains ; to par-
take with a thief.
] BJj to clearly distinguish ; plain,
lucid.
] m sent off, as a petty officer to
his post.
] Jj-f a magistrate deputed by a
prefect ; a sub-prefect in districts
where there is a chi-hien.
1 HI ;tii !l£ to argue a point.
— • | 1$i Z2. divided it will make
two.
1 $ft |pj \fc the carpels of an or-
ange all taste alike ; met. friends
of one mind.
] j|| to condole with, to sym-
pathize.
-J- | fft exceedingly good; best.
% ]f j -sj- -% 5g the rain fell
more or less everywhere.
From silk and divided as the
phonetic.
ifan A horsehair sheath; a varie-
gated ribbon ; mottled, as a
cloud ; confused, perplexed ; many
things at once ; ill-assorted ; hurry,
bustle, excitement; to mix up.
] 1 % If* distracted by many
cares.
| ^ confused multiplicity.
] ^L all in confusion ; a hubbub,
a crowd.
pjf | | a slow, drizzling rain.
] ^ disorderly, confusedly.
] ^| mixed, unassorted.
] l|| gaiety, bustle ; a gay time.
$J J& -?» 1 he is never confused,
or diverted from his purpose ; —
said of a just or decided man.
l|i TV Used with the last, denoting
cyTj a large towel or napkin,
Jan called | |ji^, and hung in the
left side of the girdle.
i^- Misty, foggy; snowy.
c5r$* Hf H ] | the sleety snow
Jan falls slowly and abundantly.
' If* From plant and'to divide, because
xTV»- a flower disperses fragrance.
if an Perfume of opening flowers ;
fragrance ; numerous ; ami-
cable; used with J£ confused.
| harmonious, joyous; frag-
rant.
$£ | in confusion, as a state.
| $>c rising like impalpable dust.
] jfy odoriferous.
Vapor, misty exhalations,
c^\ miasma; aerial omens, shad-
J&n owy signs, will-o'-the wisp;
applied to rebels, which por-
tend decay in the state.
| j|[ aerial, smoky, or misty va-
pors.
1 ^ dark portents, infelicitous
omens; an apparition.
P | demagogues ; seditious ris-
ings.
$| ] " sea-mist," i e. pirates.
$£ { portents, dreadful omens.
M 1 JE ^ the rebel miasma then
burned most furiously.
J^js, From wings and to divide.
cW\ To fly; I ] flying and
( fan soaring.
fg | flying ; the act or ap-
pearance of flying.
m
Jan
/V The light of the sun issuing
forth.
The hair and to part.
The hair falling off is | | ,
tJ® n said of animals, or of the
molting of birds.
j|Tt To direct, to order,
c \7§ 1 Pfij" to give orders to in-
Jdn feriors, to charge straitly ; a
command, a direction,
rj»T\ Long flowing robes.
An i i m m a M > wide
t fdn skirt spreading gracefully.
17
— ,
130
FAN.
From forest and divide as the
r^rg*" phonetic ; it is similar to 1$$ to
Jdn.
Double beams on the ridge
of a roof; the ridge-pole;
a hempen covering for a cart;
confused, disordered ; tangled, ra-
veled.
ffi "?i£ 1 1 a ^ m 'Confusion ; tur-
bulent, riotous, as a country.
fa fft ffiJ 1 £ to natcne l th e su k
and tangle it; met. to manage
badly, as state affairs.
7JQ Birds flying in flocks ; a kind
<JJmO °^ i j * e °^ a ^ ar ^ c °^° r 5 wn ° se
,/dn long tail feathers are used in
solcUers' helmets.
Bead j)an. The wild pigeon
is 1 %% 5 ^ ts uec ^ ^ irides-
cent.
To cook or steam rice, and
throw water on it when
half done, so that the grains
will separate; then steam
it again.
| |§ to half-cook the rice,
leaving the grains hard.
; ;£ I I wash and then steam
it once and again.
The chief river of Shansi,
C\JJ the | 7jC, which joins the
s /dra Yellow Eiver at Lung-man
in the southwest ^ it is about
250 miles long, and gives its name
to several places in the province.
' 1 ?j§ spirits distilled in Fancheu
from sorghum ; it has a wide re-
putation.
| |m ^ was a petty ruler during
the T'ang dynasty, named |[|$,
whose name is now synonymous
with earthly happiness, as he
lived to a great age and had nu-
merous descendants ; the phrase
1 gg H M ^e king of Fan-
yang in Honan nodding his head
" ■ — because he did not know all
his posterity, — is a birthday
wkh-
FAN.
A hill of earth, rising steep
f-*-» and high.
'if&n ilUglet us go
up this steep hill.
I yt From wood and divide ; occurs
n7) used for S£ a beam -
j fan A lofty tree, a kind of elm,
with small seeds and white
bark ; it is probably allied to the
white elm.
^ PI ^ 1 tne ema a *- tne east
gate L
1 Hr Jit a f amous temple erected
by the founder of the Han
dynasty.
>fvj> From yC fire and ipjf a hedge
C^^V- contracted ; used for \f( to lose,
c/ara in the phrase ' j£ Jf* [ele-
pliants] lose their lives — for their
tusks.
To burn a thing ; to make pre-
parations for consuming it ; to set
it on fire ; to destroy utterly.
| ^ to light incense sticks.
| ^ cremation, now employed
only in burning priests' corpses.
| ^ to burn up, as written paper.
1 ir IX f§ [ Tsin ] burned the
books and inhumed the scholars.
f# M # 1 tfi ft don,t set the
woods on fire in spring.
1 &ft Wl *° Durn paper-money to
the dead.
A ram ; though some define
it to mean a ewe.
From wood and fragrant.
A kind of wood burned for its
perfume.
From earth and strenuous ;
the contracted form is in con-
stant use ; occurs used for the
next.
A grave; a tumulus or
tomb ; a heap ; an embank-
ment or water-dyke ; a
sprite; rich soil; loam;
great.
| ^ a plot of ground for burials.
Fan.
I ^ the grave or mound.
:J§ j or ^ ] to worship at the
tomb, to sweep the grave.
] ^ a cemetery, the yard around
the tomb-
jH J a neglected grave, no longer
worshiped.
] jjjE the mound is growing, — as
a heap of refuse.
M | black loamy soil.
] ;j|| rich soil.
j ft? $[$ custodian of graves, who
lives near them. (Pekingese)
j£* ] the three powers, — heaven
earth and man, — which fy di-
vide everything among them;
also the monuments or records
of the three first riders, Fuh-hi,
Shin-nung, and Hwangti.
This is regarded as another
form of the last in its mean-
ing of a sprite, shaped like a
half-formed ram ; a sheep
with a big head.
^ ] -§5 a lean sheep with a
big head.
From plants and strenuous.
Trees or plants producing
abundance of fruits ; flowers
growing together.
| -^ seeds of the hemp.
| j|| very fruitful.
A branch of the Eiver Jii
in Honan ; small streamlets
caused by the overflow of a
river ; the brink of a river.
From drum contracted and
strenuous, because such drums
inspirit troops.
A bass drum, five or six
feet long ; one like it is now
used at funerals.
Aromatic; a perfume from
opening flowers.
$S 1 1§T A° weTS emitting
their sweetness.
^T | | deliciously frag-
Tant.
FaN.
FIN.
FaN.
131
The seeds of flax or hemp.
though the seeds of flax do
not look at all like cloth, still
cloth is made from them ;
— the roughest and most
unlikely material may prove
to be useful.
The ornament on a bridle,
like a pompon of hair, near
the horse's mouth ; also call-
ed JH ffi a perspiration fan.
^ | the red tasseled bit,
commonly called jfjj, ftQ or
kick-breast.
Read /dfra* A bag full of
grain.
A gelded pig or barrow ; the
Chinese generally geld hogs ;
to draw out or deprive.
I M £ % t? K* luck y
to break the tusks of hogs.
Pimples or boils caused by
fever ; fever sores*
| j)=|j fever boils, which cause
great itching and iritation.
From rice and to divide as the
phonetic.
c fan Rice broken to pieces ; meal,
flour, powder, of any kind ;
a pigment in powder ; to adorn, as
with pigment; to whitewash or
color ; sometimes applied to pus ;
in fragments, fine, comminuted.
^ | rice-flour; $g ] a cosmetic.
1 H> « 1 % or 1 tf , or J
Jfjr, vermicelli.
| ^ a tailor's chalk-bag.
^ Bh J& 1 to ruD on tn e rou g e
and daub the paint ; said of a
slatternly belle who dresses for
an occasion ; also of bad goods
spruced up.
| flfc the pus is sloughing off.
«5jt 1 -jp a kind of jelly made from
agar-agar.
| $£ smashed to pieces ; ground
small.
1 /fl rouge ; rosy, as cheeks.
1 WL or 1 f$ a P^ted board
on which boys learn to write.
] ^ adorned, beautified ; painted,
as a well-dressed lady.
$F Jj£ 1 ruD it to a powder, as
paint-stuffs.
| 0j| a bad woman, implying a
reference to her character.
1 511 or 1 & Wi t0 whitewash
a wall.
I fiji to paint and furbish up;
met. specious, for appearance
sake, as | fjjj -fa ZJz a pretend-
ed peace.
D0 | If a trap to catch one with
a pretty or lewd woman.
J9h 1 ^P a S a y rake ? a dandified
fellow.
c J^Tt Court robes embroidered in
pfj/j colors, as if spotted with
f&n grains.
jff; adorned with gay
colors.
j\ A kind of mole or gopher,
J) also called ^ j|| the plough
'fan rat ; and 03 ^ field rat ; it
is supposed to be transformed
from the shrike ; it is also called
B ft or fl M the deling r& t, and
}& $£ M eart ^ rat > fr° m ^ ts we ^ _
known habits.
5^L > From heart and to divide as the
Jl^t
phonetic.
fan* Anger, resentment; irritated
at ; indignation.
| ifct angry, wrathful.
— * j|9 £i 1 tasty wrath, sudden
fury.
| | /£ ^ implacable anger.
| '|'j| deep malice, bitter hate.
| ^ cross, displeased.
/£ | or ^ ^ | one cannot
overlook it ; cannot but be angry.
w
/an'
From earth and to divide; some
writers make a distinction be-
tween these.
Dust; dust raised by the
wind ; others say, a bank
of earth; to mix up; to
bring together ; to dig.
I ^'fl(6S to collect the officers
at the capital.
J ^ to dig the ground loose.
yi ) "\ The second form is the authentic
one, and is sometimes marked
► to distinguish it from cyjS but
the first is much used ; it is a
synonym of ( pin %J& neat, but
has become obsolete in that
sense.
fan'
A part, a portion, a share, a
dividend ; the duties of a post ; its
rank ; the position of one in society,
the part he acts, his lot ; a sort, a
kind.
J|> j the duties of one's station.
7|£ | my duty, my office; my
interest in.
£ | ^ — ■ one third of a thing.
I M ^C a great portion ; extra
large, too many ; it is very big.
Jfr | to divide the shares.
t^ | contented with his lot.
}j£ | a share in a shop.
| 54* more than it should be ;
unusual.
| ;ij£ to divide pro-rata, to pay
proportionally.
■"■* 1 fir it! *-* I ii eacn sor t of
goods has its own price.
1 "? or 35 1 a proper part ; the
lot coming to one.
H£ | attached to, liking for.
— | fj| {fjj one lot of presents ;
one share of them.
j|[| | to overstep one's place, to
go beyond his functions.
1:
f&ri*
Prostrate, fallen, as on one's
back ; to overturn, to ruin, to
subvert ; to move or excite.
— * "a ] •=? one wor d can
spoil an affair.
From heart and strenuous.
Impatient zeal ; ardor ; strong
feeling ; urgent impulses.
|ji| | excited, aroused; to
stimulate one's ardor.
] "jj or | ill to exert one's
strength.
| i|t| perturbed, deep feeling.
132
FAN.
FAN.
FANG.
A species of thornback or
skate, with spines in its long
tail to defend itself; it is a
kind of RJiina or Myliobates
found on the southern coasts,
and supposed to be trans-
formed from the osprey.
i From rice and different ; but
one out of the many different
forms depicts carrying off refuse
fan' with both hands.
Ordure, filth, muck, dung;
to manure ; to remove dirt, to clean
up; to hoe earth around plants;
vile, bad, the offscouring.
1 Jjjj a necessary ; a dung-hole.
1 p*j the rectum or anus.
| j;^ a manure yard, a jakes.
Hr 1 or -t 1 ^° manure *
1 f4 poudrette prepared and dried
for sale.
| |3$J a dust-pan, a dust-hod.
| 3j|l refuse, sweepings.
H St iD 1 i t0 s P end money
as if it was dung.
| ^ a manure pit, as in fields j
a cess-pool.
J3K; 1 The old name of a stream in
}3| Pu-cheu fu fj$ >}\\ JjJ in the
fan'' southwest of Shansi, whose
headwaters spout up as a
fountain.
jpifa | the vapors which rise, like a
fountain, from valleys after rain.
) From field and to fly upward.
Impetuous action, prompt,
f&ri* urgent, lively, spirited; to
excite, to arouse, as thunder
moves the earth ; to press on to, to
spread abroad ; to remove or brush,
as dust.
] Jj| undaunted, courageous to
rashness.
| ~jj energetic, putting forth all
his strength.
| §£ martial, warlike.
^ to shake and lift up the
dress, in order to walk up.
| ^ to fly rapidly ; met. to put
forth great effort.
1 M fl £ % t0 diffuse the lu stre
(or knowledge) of great virtue.
I 5u? ^P tHif determined, active
and unwearied.
] $&. or | ^ to rouse one's feel-
ings, to exert one's energies.
To fill a bag with grain till
it bursts ; the cord of a bow.
An unauthorized word in Can-
tonese, written under the radical
£3 and not P ', it seeme to be
derived from, or is another form
of the Shanghai word kw u ng Hfy,
to sleep.
To sleep ; to feel sleepy.
^ BJI 1 to nod and doze.
tit ] ^ you are half asleep.
Old sounds, pung and bung. In Canton,
hwong and hong ;
The original form is thought to
resemble two boats lashed toge-
ther ; it is the 70th radical of
characters mostly relating to
flags, as iti s superseded in most
of them by one of its compounds
yen* J]\ a banner. .
Square or angular, not round ;
a region, a place ; manner, art ; a
rule ; a means ; a way, a road ; re-
gular, correct, what pertains to a
position ; to compare, to lay to-
gether ; to possess ; to disregard,
to disobey ; as a preposition, to-
wards, to ; then, thereupon, in con-
sequence of, in that case ; to issue
sideways ; a prescription ; occurs
used for $j to oppose, to avoid
doing; a list of vassals or
retainers j a thin board ; unfilled
fong ; — in Swatow, hwang ; — in Amoy, hong, and one pong ; — in Function,
— in Shanghai, fong, bong and vong ; — in Chifu, fang.
] pT suitable ; it will do. .
gram; great, correct; a classifier
of eakes of ink, slices of meat, &c. ;
a center ; used for jjjjj to cross a
stream.
|fl} | square, rectangular; the
four points of compass ; every-
Avhere, for which ^ | is also
used ; the vicinity.
35. 1 the four quarters and the
center.
| -fjjT a location ; the aspect of, as
a house ; the bearings of.
| [^] direction of; towards.
| J£ correct, as deportment.
$|§ | personal appearance ; proper
carriage, correct bearing.
PJj- fy | call the local — officers,
i. e. the police or constable.
| J9g a plan, a mode of action.
jfg £g. — • | each dislikes the
other, holding to his own view.
}^ ] ^£ there is a way; some
plan or remedy can be found.
1 j|£ a description of a house or
land ; it usually accompanies
the deed.
| m convenient ; all ready ; used
to denote alms, as fj I "Hi to
to bestow charity; to consider
others ; to oblige ; to do good to.
!^ | to examine the places.
J£ | a good prescription; the
best remedy.
fc ] liberal, on a large scale;
generous minded.
H tik 1 £ the P^ e0D oo^P^ 8
it, i. e. the other's nest.
FANG.
FANG.
FANG.
133
] |H then, jnst at that moment ;
now.
^ about to do ; just then.
1
£s
the present time, now-a-
days.
| -sj* the heart, from its supposed
size.
'F $ls ^o 1 ne d° es not know or
appreciate what belongs to his
post.
| -^f a polite phrase for declin-
ing, I must oppose your orders,
I must excuse myself; as ^ ^
| ^ we cannot but disregard
the orders.
] A to compare or measure men's
ability.
£b I A foreigners ; people from
other provinces.
jpj | X where' s the man from ?
|| ^ ;£ | the focus of all the
states.
£J It £J 1 this t0 the g° ds of
the land, and this to those of the
four points.
] %\% out of the bounds, in the
streets, or in foreign parts, ac-
cording to the scope.
^ | to change the aspect, as of
a grave.
PfJ ] to begin a course of life ; to
turn over a new leaf.
jf$ ^ ] to become as an ox, t. e.
reduced to miserable shifts.
M — | one cake of ink.
— . | j5H in Peking, a solid mass of
broken bricks, 9£ chih square by
2£ chih high, measuring 225|-
cubic chih.
Jl 1 2fc flvf this came f rom ^e
imperial room or quarter.
| j§ fjf [I am obliged to you]
for many acts of kindness
W il 1 sae nas ner ri *8' nt portion,
— as a mother like Mencius'
had in his fame.
jUj | ^ a great teacher.
^ 1 *Jp now °^ are y° u now '
1 ?3E equations ; j£ ] cubic in-
volution ; and | |JJ plane men-
suration ; — are all mathematical
terms.
Jang
From earth and place ; inter-
changed with 1*5 to guard.
A lane, an alley or short
street, a wynd ; a hamlet ; a
neighborhood ; in Peking, a
ward or subdivision of each of the
five ^ or municipalities ; a burgh,
a country-house ; an honorary por-
tal : a small shop, where the things
sold are made ; a grocery ; to guard ;
to impede ; an obstruction.
] jjf£ the street altar to the gods
of the land.
)pjj! ] an honorary monumental
gateway.
| J|[ a street ; a neighborhood ;
villages, hamlets.
^ | a model, a person or thing
worthy of imitation.
HE $L 1 a restaurant, an eating-
shop.
j$| ] a store-room, a go-down.
^ ] a bookstore, a book-stall.
fk ] a workshop, an atelier.
^ | the heir-apparent' s palace,
name of two honorary ofBces in
the Chen-sz'-fu, conferred on
members of the Hanlin Academy.
ijj | your monastery ; said to a
priest,
ff^ ] a Budhist term for a convent.
From woman and place as the
phonetic.
m
Jang An impediment ; to hinder,
to oppose; to injure, to dislike.
| $§• a difficulty, an obstacle ;
something to be afraid of, or
which stops one.
*h >\j> 1 iif lookout for yourself,
don't get any damage.
^ | or 3& J harmless ; no matter
about that ; it is all the same
whether it be there or not.
| JH to envy worthy people ; to
malign the good.
-~^j A wood used by cartwrights
and in boats ; the white board
t/urcy used to entice fish to leap
into a boat ; a frame for dry-
ing fish ; a boat-builder.
| ^p a support ; a strip of wood
used to underpin and strengthen
the girders in a roof.
| ^ scantling stuff, thin pieces ;
a general term for lathing and
facings.
j|jt | ?Jv a kind of sapan-wood or
logwood.
t|-f^ Fat, especially the grease or
c/J /J fat of a goose.
<.f an 9 Uh ] the fat of meat.
m
Jang
The ancient name for Wu-
kang hien j£ Jg |£ in the
northwest of Chehkiang, is
[sometimes written ] JgJ, j£,
Dut $j JUL it i s more correct.
tB 1 H a district in Sz'-
ch'uen, north of the capital.
*t r *. Fragrant, odoriferous ; beau-
CS^ tiful, as flowers; agreeable,
Jang pleasant ; virtuous, excel-
lent.
^ fragrant plants, used in
perfumery.
] 3|C sweet smelling plants j fresh.
| ^ a good name, a virtuous
reputation.
Wi 1 U 1£ to hand down a fair
name to after years.
j§; | to perpetuate the memory of.
| jj^ the fragrant records, as of
good men of old.
j f* fragrant or great virtue.
ZfcZl A square bell, like a cow-bell,
c}Jl/J worn by camels; a sort of
Jang boiler or shallow kettle ; name
for &fanam, an old Madras
coin, worth about one-tenth of a
rupee, used in imitation of that
word.
\ — * An open basket with a bale
( | » or handle, holding about a
Jang peck, which the original form
rudely represents ; it is now
written ( ktv r ang ||[, and this is only
used for the 2 2d radical of a small
group of characters, mostly relating
to vessels and receptacles.
=-,*■
134
FANG.
FANG.
FANG.
From house and
phonetic.
place as the
A room, a chamber ; a dwell-
ing; an office or bureau in
a public court; the room where
a particular department is carried
on ; a division of a government, as
the Upper House, the Senate ; one
living in the same room, a wife or
concubine ; what is done in it, i. e.
sexual intercourse; a branch of a
family ; in plants, a spathe, calyx,
or receptacle ; the nest or comb of
a bee ; the 11th of the zodiacal con-
stellations, the stars j3 y 6 a in
Scorpio ; it always marks a Sunday
in the calendar.
— » ^[J ] one division in a room,
made by the framework ; at the
south it denotes a room.
1 53 or 1 M rooms, buildings, as
in a single yard.
] ^jp a house, of which j£ | is
the building facing the south or
north in the court : and BB 1
the rear building or row of rooms.
J§: j ^p to build a house.
31- 1 or RtJ 1 sma U rooms at the
ends of the main building.
p$ ] the female apartments of a
large building, where the "f 1
or women live ; it is styled _£
| in a yamun.
women have you in your house-
hold?
| T|f the owner of a house.
?^ 1 or §1 1 the ante-room for
visitors in a yamun; a porter's
lodge or room.
y^ | six under-bureaus in a ya-
mun ; as the fj| ] , or ^ j ,
the treasury.
)H | or flj£ | my wife, also term-
f d jE ]; — as(g | ,or | f
is a concubine.
[pj | to he with a woman.
^j§ ] to take a second wife.
^ 1 i. Ht t ne loved one of the
room, the concubine who has
won her husband's favor, the
odalique.
-H | or Zl 1 the eldest and
second brothers in a household,
used after they have grown up
or are married : also applied to
very lucky or less lucky aspects
of a grave.
tt-X-± From a spot and square.
^ \SJ A bank, a dyke, a levee ; a de-
U an 9 fense, a screen, a protection ;
to keep off, to ward off, to
protect from, to defend, to guard
against ; to repress, to forbid ; to
provide against ; a match for.
1 fH or M> 1 to De ready for, to
prepare for ; guarding ; prepar-
ed ; as ^ ] is unaware, not
expecting.
1 3lTt or 1 f$l to provide against
dearth, or a bad year, by laying
hi stores.
|$| | an embankment, or other
obstruction.
] ||B to watch against, to guard,
as the captain of a picket.
] JgJ, remedy against colds or
flatulency.
I Mi .K the name of an ancient
state in Chehkiang, lying in the
northwest part of the present
Wu-kang hien.
^ ] and $$ | are civil officers
like a sub-prefect, in some of the
provinces.
Jft /£, ] cold cannot be avoided ;
i. e. who could have guarded
against it? suddenly, unfore-
seen.
(Q" ^ ;£ | equal to (or a match
for) a hundred braves.
From jH, fish and fat }J/J con-
tracted, alluding to its delicate
flesh.
A freshwater fish, also called
HH »^L a kind of bream com-
mon in central China, about a
foot long ; some sorts have a red
tail, or it is said to turn red from
fear; another kind has long red
dorsal rays, and the dorsal fin is
like a bat's wing.
m m^^m u ] n & $
^ the village proverb says,
The carp and bream out of the
River I-loh taste as sweet as beef
or mutton.
'fang
1
m
From words and place.
To search out, to go and see
about ; to inquire into, to in-
form one's self, as an officer
does ; to ask advice, to consult ; to
learn the character of.
ffi to inquire of, to ask.
|jpj to hear of, to have or seek
information of.
] ^p: to hunt up and seize, as a
rascal.
1 "f* f«£ Jb on coming to the
throne I take counsel.
||£ to examine a matter offi-
cially.
^ a special commissioner
sent to learn the facts.
] ^ to learn tbe connections, &c,
as of a girl for a wife ; to inquire
about one's relatives.
| pj§ to visit and ask, aa a
friend.
%L ^J ^ \ to go in disguise to
search and learn the facts, as a
detective.
From sun and place as the pho"
netic.
'juuy The first light of the morn-
ing; bright; lucid, as a
style ; to appear, to begin ; to
occur ; happening, just then.
| ;et dawning, bright.
] $h '$L the early morning
gun.
1 1fe '(pJ $f when was [this in-
vention] found out ?
From man and to liberate or
place; they are similar to the
next.
To imitate ; like, resem-
bling ; a model ; to copy
after.
;jfj | much alike.
] $B to like and then imitate ;
to make like.
'fang
FANG.
FANG.
FANG.
135
I Wt *° f°ll° w the pattern ; hence
3§J ] *B£ is to line a copy-slip,
by which boys learn to write.
| •£ §£ ^ to delineate the
scenes of the ancients.
1 C |HJ a brass circle or frame for
laying on the paper to write
within it.
c^_l_k I From a step and place ; the se-
cond form is obsolete, and both
are interchanged with the last.
Like, resembling; seen but
vaguely ; indistinct ; equi-
*fang vocal, seeming.
] $$ somewhat like, not
unlike ; doubtful and still possi-
ble ; — eight forms of writing
this phrase are given in the na-
tive dictionary.
] fjl timid, undecided ; agitated,
as insects are.
] $L roving, unsettled, doubtful.
f tt-|^ Indistinct.
H/J 1 0$ apparently similar, but
( fan</ which cannot be seen dis-
tinctly ; looking alike.
M T 'ftJ I tne two l°°k exa ctly
alike, as twins.
Q &4? To spin ; to reel ; to eoil or
fj$/J twist into thread or ropes;
fang the threads of a net ; lines,
cords ; to tie up.
| ftp to spin thread for weaving.
| |j| to twist hempen thread.
J|[ | fine Sz'ch'uen pongee.
] tt to make silk or sewing thread.
] $jjj reeled pongee, well-woven
and firm.
c nt~C F rorn vessel and square ; ~j}
\\ /J occurs used for this.
*fang Two boats or rafts lashed
alongside like a double
canoe j a pilot or steersman, who
knows the channel; a galley to
carry fifty men, square and clumsy.
j! | a handsomely furnished boat,
a flower-boat.
fx ] itii ^ tne b° a t [floats] as
lightly as a leaf.
^ )J| ] finely adorned pleasure
boats.
1 *¥ wk W\ drinking and convers-
ing: in a boat.
To mold and work clay into
shape ready for the oven;
( -*/-» f sticky clay fit for the potter's
Mr
'/any
] A ^ 31 .& the potter
makes the compote dishes.
^ a potter, a worker in
clay.
) From to part and place. •
To let go, to loosen, to libe-
f an 9 rate ; to reject, to cast off ;
to banish, to send away ; to
stretch, to extend ; to indulge, to
relax ; to lay down ; tp open out,
to scatter; to emit, as light; to
fire, as a gun ; to fly, as a kite ; to
start; to let, as blood; to issue,
as a permit.
] 1$: to gi ye loose rein ; to let
others do as they list ; heedless
of rides.
] jH; to loosen somewhat, to slack
off.
] fa be easy about, un solicitous ;
it is also used for a lost heart,
one not able to resist evil.
| ^ hands off ! let go ! to have
nothing to do with.
^ | ^. don't part with it, keep
tight hold ; don't loosen it.
] ^ ^ S I cau't let go of it.
| Jj| impudent, audacious ; to cast
off restraint.
| ||£ willful, wild, extravagant.
f?| | to dischage, as a prisoner
at the end of his term.
1 Wi t0 pardon and release.
| ££ to let living things go, a
Budhist good work, for doing
which there are | £fc ffi " let
live societies."
ifc | 3l ^ to disregard the ro-
yal commands.
] ~f lay it down ; to let it down.
1 ^3: *1 ilb P ut i fc down there.
| iff to speak one's mind.
| jj|" to let a culprit escape.
] HI to get on credit ; and reckon
the interest.
| ^lj to shave notes.
•ffy | f|( don't make a rude noise
in eating. i
] ^ pg ffi. reaches quite to the
ocean.
] |$» P to get souls out of tor-
ment.
] ^ to let off fireworks.
1 J]|| courageous, in good heart.
] )j$J to close or end an examina-
tion — as for siuts*ai.
| {£§- fj| to burn incense lamps
in the road — on the full moon
of the 7th month; in some
places, the priests | jfc ^ hum
floating lanterns instead.
1 J|: sent as special commissioner
from the capital, — usually to
superintend the examinations.
1 10 2fc ~T ne ^ as ^ et ^ out ' as
a caged hird; liberated, as a
prisoner.
Eead i fang. To lay boats along-
side; to imitate, to accord with.
into ancient records, the Em-
peror Yao was named Fang-
hiun.
In Fuhchau. A last, a hat-block.
L_
136
FEI.
FEI.
FEI.
m
Old sounds, pei, p'i, bi, pit, and bit
hoe ; — in Fuhchau,
The original rudely represents a
bird soaring ; it is the 183d ra-
dical of a few characters all re-
lating to flying.
To spread the wings and fly
away ; to flit, to go swiftly ; to let
fly ; flying, swift ; to act with dis-
patch ; sudden, quick, overtaking
one in a moment ; airy, high up.
| ^ flown ; to fly away.
] ife quick as possible.
j $j§ j£ |g a sign of his rapid
advancement.
| pj] to soar and sail, as a hawk.
] ?|j£ hasten to announce ; a fleet
messenger.
H 1 J|| to send a fleet courier.
1 ft $: 5t tue flj m 8 dragon in
the sky ; i. e. the present emperor.
| ^J. to be taken on high ; an
apotheosis.
j $i> t0 ^ et l° ose a ^ con -
1 111? >fe li ^y over ^ e eaves an< ^
run on the walls ; — an expert
thief.
® 31 It I * cou ki not 'fly> even
with a pair of wings.
$1 &H 3^ 1 tne Pheasant has
flown.
] jf£ sudden calamity, an unex-
pected trouble.
] JDJj to urge a racer to his utmost
speed.
1 $k i ^y^ n S bowmen.
] Jjjg a fabulous bird, changed
from a warrior who helped
Cheu-sin, b. c 1120, and is now
regarded as the god of the Wind ;
also, a kind of water plant or
rush.
| j^ ^ I write in great haste.
] ^l] to let fly a sword — out of
the mouth, which sorcerers are
said to do.
J jj& to run as fast as possible ;
fleet as an Asahel.
In Cantonese. Clever, shrewd.
:f:£i-
In Canton, fi and fei ; — in Swatoio, hui, pue, and hut ; — in Amcy, hui and
p'i, hi, hie, pe, and he ; — in Shanghai, fi and vi ; — in Chifu, fi.
] ft* $L ^ ft does not appertain
to his functions.
yfc | |g it is rather a difficult
matter.
jfe | unintentional.
pot that I don't wish to write,
but my hand pains me.
1 jfc S'J %, tf ifc ^ not tais > tnen
it is that.
■^Jfefc From insect and not ; occurs used
""tfc* for the next.
i fJ An offensive insect produced
in moist places, which de-
vours grain and clothes ; the cock-
roach and some sorts of Cimex are
probably both included ; a fabulous
monster indicative of pestilence.
] ^ an old name for the mason
or grqundbee.
The original form is intended
to represent the wings of a bird
opposite each other, as it folds
them; it is the 175th radical of a
few incongruous characters, most
of which should have been ar-
ranged under their other radicals.
An adverb of negation, not so,
not right; when in regimen with
another negative, it answers to
without — not, and makes a strong
assertion ; to turn the back on,
opposed to good ; unreal ; shame-
less, vicious, low ; Talse, bad ; to
blame, to reproach.
J^ j ] right and wrong ; yes and
no • pro and con.
~* 3J? -?k 1 notnm S worse than
a little gossip.
3* £n fi 1 * can ' fc sa y wnet k er
it is so or not.
1
fi
Afi
people's
S
| to talk of
failings, to backbite.
|§ indecent, improper.
M%J m 1 II %) H neit ! ier
speak nor act without observing
propriety.
1 is it not so % — i.e. it is true.
>£J» ] |fft @ it certainly must have
a cause.
% 1 or M 1 reaU y-
| H, not so easy, rather difficult.
Sift 1 •fff. Ili neither doing wrong
nor yet good ; said of a woman.
1 $l or 1 t& trQ 'y ft ^ not s0,
1 P& &iJ $% ft ne * s not eating he
is (Linking ; — a useless lout.
^£\U A train trailing on the ground ;
CyfX wn S r°be3 dragging
</'
■&4\z Dark red or purplish colored
v\7 \ silk, of which officers of the
'fi fifth rank make their robes.
] ^ a deep lilac color.
From leaf of a door and not.
A door with one leaf; met. a
rustic house.
ffe 1 ffO W waft^g as s ^°
leans on the door.
: ] a kind of movable bars in a
fence.
Aromatic.
| or^ | fragrant and
odoriferous.
IB U) | ] exceedingly
sweet and fragrant.
From rain and not ; another old
form is from F[| rain and Jfc to
fly-
Eain and snow driving along,
filling the air.
FK' if j | the snow is falling
in clouds.
From horse and not.
The outer horses of a team of
four ; an extra horso fastened
to the axle with long traces ;
a colt three years old.
fi | ^he f° ur Worses went
on quietly, without stopping.
ifi
Y±L
F±l.
¥±L
137
J*
From woman and se/fl, q. d. a
woman made equal to one's self-
A partner ; the secondary-
wives or concubines of a mon-
arch ; royal women next the queen,
called ^f | , and j§L jf; | , and
other names; the heir-apparent's
wife was also called 3i ] » in old-
en times.
Jfc | the goddess of sailors, the
Amphitrite of Chinese mytho-
logy-
^g* ] imperial concubines.
]& ] a class of women like ladies
in waiting.
$f ] a crafty concubine ; — a
term of reproach.
] -^p ij£ Fei-tsz' laughed — to see
the lichis come f — a legend of
the Tang dynasty, whence this
name is given to the fruit.
m
iJ*
From |^ flesh and [J a limit ;
i. e fleshiness should not become
obesity-
Fat, fleshy, plump ; the oppo-
site of sheti? :J3|; oily, rich, unctuous ;
fertile ; abundant, rich, as crops ;
manure, tilth ; to fatten ; to benefit
one ; fattened.
1 jji robust ; fat and stout,
gt | a fat person, a paunch-belly.
{Cantonese )
] ^ corpulent
| ^| plump, in good liking.
5j| | to whip up the fat — horses;
met. a rich man, one who keeps
his carriage,
jpj ] fertile, rich as land.
| )]|f fat and rich, as meat.
| -^* fat and sweet, as pork.
fj M J£ 1 P et J tne ruler De
lean, so that the people be
fat.
P> K E 1 he o-' s to his
own benefit.
± 1 or $f | and.
5& j g, to . 4f, to
line one's
1 81 fat a» J$
HScisai
J' f
3f£ >?j $M 1 the carts are light
and our horses are hearty ; —
a hostler's card.
] jf^ a sort of coarse native soap
made from the | J^ -^p or soap
berries, seeds of the Gleditschia.
|f| a small feudatory lying in
the present Yung-ping fu ^< ZJS
Jjvf in the extreme east of Chihli.
Name of an affluent of the
Poyang Lake.
| 7JC a small stream running
into Lake Ch'ao by Lu-cheu
fu in Nganhwui ; also the old name
of Mung-ching hien % |$ %& in j
the northwest of that province.
] j§£ streams diverging from one
fountain.
^fc-M, A stinking grub, like the
c jftt^ Cimex ; a sort of snake.
lj'4 J')! the l ar g e grubs of
some kinds of beetles, found
in compost heaps, also called fy ^
or ground silkworms,
a cockroach.
The sea-qualm or Medusa,
found in the northern sea ; but
others define it the Scarabeus
or tumble-dung.
Read ^pan. A clam or large
muscle found on the southern coast.
jztfci From woman and not.
iS^% To pace to and fro, as one in
U e uncertainty.
| | jf§ JH hesitating and
lingering.
%£ ] a water goddess or naiad ;
one who roams along the river
banks.
B4t The calf of the leg ; to avoid,
c/jj/p to skulk ; to cover or hide
s /e each other, as animals do in
a herd ; diseased ; to change ;
altered.
| JJHf the calf of the leg.
*J* A fft | that which protects
the men — or troops.
| ^ £, to suckle, as a cow her
calf.
7J 5*F Jl: ] a H the plants are
changed, or diseased — from the
frost.
RTlu The south corner of a room,
c/^p where a table was spread
iJ e with offerings, when it was
not known where the god of
the land was abiding; hence it
means hidden, concealed; low,
base.
CrJt^ From marks and not as the
^V~L phonetic ; occurs interchanged
— ^*- with the next.
'/*
Streaks, or veins ; graceful,
elegant, adorned, polished,
applied to the deportment, or
to a composition.
W 1 M ¥ + * PT m % one
elegant accomplished prince can
never be forgotten.
j || elegant, graceful, polished ;
said of things or persons.
1 %& J$L ^ tru ly it; is a finished
composition.
C fTFt" From a square basket and not ;
\y rt occurs interchanged with 5Jp not,
c ,. - and the last.
J e
A bamboo square covered
basket, for which the next is now
used ; the stately march of horses ;
a graceful gait ; illegal ; banditti, va-
gabonds, seditious, disorderly peo-
ple, by which term officials stigma-
tize whoever opposes their rule ;
banded robbers, brigands, or op-
pressed people ; no, not so, is not ;
without ; variegated.
| fH or ] ||jr vagabonds, wan-
dering people, vagrants.
$f | insurgents, open rebels.
] He a band of villains ; a sedi-
tious club or cabal.
j^ | local robbers, a nest of
thieves.
^ | a party or association of
seditious subjects.
$!jL ] or f|j | filchers, marauders,
highway robbers.
138
FEI.
FEI.
FEI.
jjffc ] a brotherhood or clan of
seditious, a sworn sect.
1 ffi /is M ifc ^ not i w ^° P ro_
tract the time.
1 -£» particolored, inharmonious
colors.
1 ^ Slf ^ it * s not now ? an( l
yet it is as if it were now.
Jfc i, 1 A 1^1 intimacy with bad
men is disastrous.
Eead ( fdn. The emperor mak-
ing gifts to his officers.
* imperial favors.
f/rl Bamboo baskets,, round or
oval, and having a cover and
[fe short tegs.
^ ] baskets of all sorts.
( -tPi| To cut off the feet, an an-
yP'\ cient punishment ; others
[fe say, to cut off the knee-pan.
1 JE?> Isil %fc wnen the penal-
ty is to cut off the feet, set the
fine for it.
A red marshy plant, the stem
and roots are good for food
if gathered at the right time ;
the plant belongs to the
Crudfera, and has a large root like
a turnip, which is acrid at certain
times ; the description seems to
apply rather to a plant like the
Grambe tatarica, or Hungarian
bread, than to a sort of turnip or
wild radish ; pot-herbs, greens ;
sparing, frugal; trifling, unworthy,
mean ; fragrant ; beautiful ; san-
dals, in which sense it is used for
the next.
1 -'SI a f ormfU offering, a trifling
present, said by one of his gift,
which is also termed | fjfy [only]
a thing like a turnip.
1 ffc J£ coarse food and drink.
^ { | exuberant, fragrant.
| | odoriferous ; mixed, blended.
| jB; sad, in deep depression.
| 'I'JI mournful.
1 HI P°° r ? shabby, of no worth ;
— as one's present.
] i|JC m J P oor res P ec t s , — written
on a present of money.
5ft m £ 1 & JH T ft w ^n
gathering the turnips do not
throw them away because of
their roots ; i.e. do not reject' the
good because of the bad.
Interchanged with the last.
Coarse hempen or grass san-
dals or cheap shoes ; they
are poetically termed /fc fj|
i. e. not worth borrowing.
( fe
i m
( fe
These characters are inter-
changed, but the first is
properly applied to the tree
and its timber, which is fit
for furniture; and the se-
cond to the | -^ or long,
hazel shaped nuts of the
Torreya nucifera, a species
of Taxineas or yew, found in
Northern China, and used by the
people to cure the worms ; the first
also means a e piec of wood fas-
tened to a bow to strengthen the
center ; to assist ; to lean on ; used
for jH a basket.
^| | to zealously assist.
£\ | Ja£ ^ in order to assist the
people in their virtuous works.
] JL benches or stands made of
the yew.
^J[ | the Cephalotaxus drupacea,
an evergreen tree like a yew.
c iMf2 Desirous of speaking, but
|yp unable to do so from trepida-
( Je tion, ignorance, or otherwise.
yf, | /f, Hj| he could not
speak out, and the other therefore
did not learn it.
4|| | the heart's anger repressed,
indignant but silent.
From words and not as the pho-
netic.
c fe To backbite, to slander ; un-
just, wicked aspersions.; a
slanderer.
£g | to hate and slander another ;
angry defamation.
] $jk slander and flattery.
|]K heart-burnings ; malice in
the heart.
] f^ to slander, to defame.
From moon and to go out.
The moon in a crescent form,
f e five days old, and not yet
very bright.
| BJj the moon waxes brighter.
) From covering and to issue.
1^ A house fallen in ruins : to
J ei throw aside, to abandon ; to
set aside, to depose; to de-
stroy ; to annul ; to disinherit ; to
stop, to fail ; void, null ; spoiled,
useless, corrupt ; discarded, de-
graded ; degenerated ; come to
nought ; large.
| -^ thrown aside.
j$Sj| | or j tjfy useless, worn out ;
a good for nothing fellow.
| Hrf to waste one's time.
^r ^ ffO 1 to turn Dac k> to back
out, to give up when half done.
| J| ]£ $>jj to set aside the eldest,
and place the younger on the
throne.
^ fl!<i I'J 1 things spoil if care
be not taken with them.
13 ^fc 1 5fe the state is all going
to ruin.
] 2|£ lost his labor ; he has missed
his aim.
| g|[ lazy, unthrifty.
J |j| to abandon, to discard.
| A cripples, infirm people ; su-
perannuated.
m>
From disease and to issue ; in-
terchanged with the last in this
^•^ sense.
fe?
An incurable disease.
| ;j£ a disability that unfits one
for all labor- ; maimed or imper-
fect in body.
f»
made of rushes foi
y on beds or floors.
§ | to weave rush
mats.
f£l
f£l
F±L
139
From wealth and without.
To scatter wealth ; to use, to
spend ; to lavish ; to hurt, to
injure ; expense, cost, outlay ;
wasteful, squandering ; trouble, an-
xiety for, kindness to others ; vast.
W 1 or 1 $ or lt 1 to lay out
money, to spend on ; what is
needed.
j|S [" you go to] over much ex-
pense ;" — politely said to a
host ; another phrase, $£ j
" you have lost your outlay," is
used when receiving a present.
] j|£ vexatious, fussy, trouble-
some ; needless labor.
M 1 to waste foolishly, unneces-
sary outlay.
| ~fj to use effort.
;g | 7%~ very difficult to bring
about.
] )\J> or 1 %§" occupied your
mind ; I've put you to trouble ;
i. e. I thank you for your trouble.
>]> | a douceur, a fee, a vail given
to waiters.
jfjjj: | traveling expenses.
^ | extra expense ; wasteful.
S •? M Ifff ^ 1 the princely
man is kind but not wasteful.
1 Tfff !§ [doctrines are] wide and
subtle too.
jJH ] ||p it requires great care, as
a wearying job.
1 fl#HlJ # II f& if you pass the
right time, then you will be
hungry ; like Proverbs xx. 4.
1 JH fa you've wasted your
breath — in trying to convince
him.
Eead pH. An ancient town, now
P'i hien ] j|^ a district in the
southeast of Shantung.
Small pimples, eruptions on
\$ the skin.
fp ] ^p- or ^fe | prickly heat.
£ 1 or' £ J 1 ? to
have prickly heat.
1 iH? $1? prickly heat emulates
boils.
From water and not ; it is very
frequently read Juh->
To bubble up, as gushing
or boiling water ; to rush
over the rocks, as waves do ;
bubbling, perturbed ; ex-
cited, angry ; to sprinkle.
$[] j|| like boiling water and
gruel ; said of a disturbed king-
dom.
j|£ ] fjlj ^ if it bubbles more
than thrice, [the tea] is bitter.
M* ?M 1 Jf.H ^he ra gi n g waves were
blown over the rocks ; — applied
to quarrelsome, noisy brawls.
7jC | ill j|if tnB water is bubbling,
the hills are falling, — general
anarehy.
^ | greatly raging, as waves.
] 7JC a stream in Shantung, whose
waters are thought to lengthen
life.
"@" | 7jC boiling, bubbling water;
— a medical term.
l|j. | the caldron is boiling ; met.
a country in rebellion. ,
i,
Eead pi\ The name of Duke
Tao of Ching, who ruled B. c.
586 ; and of a ruler of Lu. The
second form alone is used in this
sense.
* A kind of ape, tho | | ,
found in Chin- India and the
southwest of China, of which
strange stories arc told ; it is
probably a hairy variety of the mia
or orang, of a black color, with
very large lips ; it is described as
carniverous, and four or five feet
high.
$$\ J From t^J a paw and four 5C
|"*"\J hands clasping the Ffl head.
J e An old character, denoting an
animal like the last, which
was brought from India, B.C. 1100,
said to be twelve feet high.
k > From wood and a sort of nettle.
VfL A chip or shaving ; to plane
J e or shave wood ; a wooden
case.
f*
P
-Jlj > To speak rapidly ; to talk
y\t very fast and thick.
m
) From grass and a market which
gives the sound.
Je ' To overshadow, as by luxu-
riant foliage.
iS£ 13* ^ tne umbrageous
flowering crab or service tree ;
— used as a t#nile for grateful
remembrances.
] exuberant, full of leaves.
Read fu\ A knee-pad worn
when sacrificing.
^C 1 Wf M. now royal-looking
were the red knee-covers I
tl-r^ 3 From $jj flesh and iff a market,
H|L) though others say the primitive
fe> is |p an apron.
One of the five tsang or or-
gans, the lungs, " called §? }]|| the
metallic viscera, which rules the
breath ; they have altogether eight
lobes, and are attached to the ver-
tebrae ; their office is to direct the
motions of the body;" to plane or
cut wood.
&£ | to sacrifice the lungs, as was
done in the Cheu dynasty at
autumn.
| ^ the lungs, the lights.
| :Jff an abscess in the lungs.
JjJ, i£. ] Jj^ I can see through his
lungs and liver, I can look into
his designs.
U3 21 1 $M we must gi ye me_
dicine for the lungs.
1 fflf f& sec ret thoughts, private
opinion on a subject.
1 jfi a reddish kind of jasper, an-
ciently used in courts as a sort of
ordeal stone to test plaintiffs.
fj -fl 1 JJ§ ne keeps his own
counsel.
Read p'e'i * Luxuriant.
;Hl 3|| | | the leaves were very
abundant.
140
FEL
FEU.
FEU.
rflj^ 3 From feather and not.
^^ A beautiful bird, the cock
ft bird of the ] %%ox blue-
green kingfisher {Halcyon
smyrnensis and H. pileata,) whose
plumage is used in feather work.
1 ^ 31 ^ s applied to chrysoprase,
green pyroxene or Sausserite,
and even to malachite ; but the
precious j §§| is a silicate of
aluminum, called jadite, and re-
garded as very valuable. .
ft
) A rheumatic sickness ; a
fiery swelling, an ulcer like a
carbuncle; a dropsical swel-
ling or fattiness in the feet.
From grass and to punish re-
fractory states ; also readya^j
Luxuriant, as ^ ] a plant
covered with leaves.
Head pat. Regular, and in fine
order, as banners.
ft
%
) From mouth and dog ; alluding
to the cry of a dog.
The bark of a dog ; to bark,
to yelp, to howl, as canine
animals do.
| |^J a dog which barks at
everybody.
^ $jj 1 ^ Chih's dog bark-
ed at Yao ; a simile for dissatis-
fied grumblers, who cannot dis-
eriminate between good and bad
people.
Old sounds, pu, bu, put, and but.
ho 11 ; — in Fuhchau,
From net and not, but the primi-
tive is properly a contraction of
yf whether.
A net to catch rabbits; a
screen or intervening frame-
work.
1 ilfi a wooden screen within the
outer gate.
?£ | or £ 1 BI tae P ort of Chi "
fu in Shantung, the headland
of this name is famous for a visit
of Chi Hwangti, about b c. 220.
>*t\ From water and trustworthy.
CVJ* To float, to drift ; to float or
if m cross a stream with gourds ;
if u to overflow, to exceed; to
run over; light, unsteady,
giddy, volatile ; unsubstantial, fleet-
ing ; time gone by, clouds scudding
by ; a forfeit ; excessive.
] 1 abundant, like a rushing
torrent ; rising, like vapor ; vain.
J| f|h 1 =• don't trust reckless talk.
1 ^fe. ^B ^ P^e] P asses away
like a dream.
1 IB 8H acccounts put in the
blotter
] 1$ floating property, not fixed
or certain, uncertain gains.
1 E^ light-minded, no stability or
dignity.
FEU.
In Canton, fau ; — in Swatow, p'u, hu, h n 6, and hui ; — in Amoy, ho, and one
p'eu, p'i and p'aiii ; — in Shanghai, vu and fii ; — in Chifu, fu.
H ] $j[ their relations
(or friendship) are not very
cordial.
1 Bjf M "? a cnu d °^ tne MJlow,
an idle, thriftless unreliable
U| !j^ ] rain and snow in
abundance.
1 1 t?C t?C floating and un-
steady ; weak and giddy.
1 : $} & 1ft to Toam about the
world.
|j§? | levity, no steadiness ; un-
trustworthy.
J£ 1 ~jfk A [the business or
duties] are more than the men
to do them.
1 |H or | "^ a bridge of boats,
or raft ; a pontoon bridgd
1 §5 an excess over the set num-
ber, more than the. limit.
] |5£ floating and sinking, unset-
tled ; met. alternately this and
then that.
] III I$L ^ an insincere court-
eous manner ; a heartless but
decorous way.
V^ ^2 1 ^ having no settled re-
sidence.
| jiff §jJ fi§ the one on top, that
one floating.
fH _L j J|l thin ice on the
snow.
| g or | JH names for a
dagoba, and a pagoda or tower,
imitating the word Budha.
— | -fc £j to take off a foaming
bumper.
£
Jeu
A kind of large ant.
ijjjj gnats or ephemera
produced from water; but
the Pan Tsao describes them
like a Scarabeus, with yellow-
black elytra, slender and having
a horn.
ant pushed against the tree, and
it was laughable to see its es-
timate of its strength.
»
Jeu
Jeu
Steam or vapor ascending
with a noise.
1 IPC steam.
| A one who steams food.
A river in Sz'ch^uen, about
800 miles long, the | [5j| or
1 XL or H 4- K whicn
joins the Yangtsz' River at
Fu-cheu | jj'l'j as it is called
on the spot.
^J! the bubbles on water ; foam,
spume.
FEU.
FEU.
FOH.
141
. The greater plantain, rib-
c.^f* grass, rib-wort, or ripple-
\feu grass, a common roadside
herb.
] ~g? the plantago, better known
as ]fi "fjij" 3|l rut grass, and ^
^g- j|f cow's tongue, as it is
said to spring up in cows'
tracks ; it is eaten as greens,
and the mucilaginous seeds are
used as a diuretic.
| §H j|[ a peak in Mih hien near
K^ai-fung fu in Honan.
Jeu
'ft
New and lustrous silk clothes ;
white garments.
£fc /$£ i£. ] his silken robes
are clean and bright; such
are now worn by the Em-
press when she worships the
goddess of silk.
The original form delineates an
earthen vessel to contain spirits ;
it is the 121st radical of a na-
tural group of characters re-
ferring to vases
Earthenware vessels in ge-
neral ; a wine-jar ; a mea-
sure holding four huh fj^
or eight bushels ? a vase on which
the ancients marked time.
jf|£ | or JU ] to beat time on the
vase.
^ ] earthenware in general.
jffi | the hanging jar, a name for
a poor man.
'feu
C"~zr m ' From mouth and not, hecause
■^* | "the thoughts are not discerned
I — I in the mouth."
To deny, to refuse ; not, not
so, ought not; at the end
of a sentence, construes it into an
alternative interrogative, whether
or not? else, otherwise.
& 1 is it so?
3£ | the king said, It is not.
Pf| Df£ j | yes, yes — no, no ;
undecided, as men ; indefinite
measures.
pT 1 or Jj| 1 Pj -fT "will it do
or not %
Eead c p K i. Closed, obstructed,
which is the meaning of the 12th
diagram ; to bar the way ; wicked,
as mankind.
i$J llf 1 HI disturbed and gloomy,
like the world.
] -fit this evil world.
fo ] a hard lot, unsuccessful in life.
1 I'J M «£ if lt be Dad ' tnen
frown it away.
Jz\ /£ %& 1 y° u mu st decide
Whether it be yes or no.-
-^ ] has it happened or not ?
Wi ^T t? 1 wiu *' ^° f° r y° u to
offer it in my stead!
& & # J& 1 I do ^ know
whether they have been received
or not.
ill 1 A i^| *° praise and blame
people.
feu?
The original form represents a
mound of earth ; it is the 170th
radical of a group of words rela-
ting to conditions or forms of
places, and is in the contracted
form always put on the left of
the primitive ; occurs used for
the next.
A mound or tumulus of earth
only ; fertile, abundant ; fat ; to
make rich, to increase in size ;
great.
flfy | plenty of things.
| J5j£ % J£ to enrich and develop
the condition of the unnum-
bered multitudes.
]H ] abundant, as a harvest.
The | jj^r is properly a
gryllus, the small grasshop-
per of the fields, rather
smaller than a locust.
& m m l & the
sing in tne grass, and
the grasshoppers leap and skip ;
the first of these is described as
of a grass green color, which
however is also applicable to
the Ti*uxalis.
| )fc full and complete.
^ | a Budhist monastery, refer-
ring to the inoense burned there.
10 »M -JL 1 tne tw0 SP 3118 were
very fat and large.
1 Ht M 1m C tae P eo P le ] increas-
ed in wealth, and this removed
their complaints.
Old sound, bok. In Canton, fok ; — in Swatow, pak ; — in Amoy, pok
in Shanghai, vok ; — in Chifu, foh.
|U to bind securely, as a
prisoner.
1 %b 3|i T nan g ^ under the
cart, as a basket.
] Jf| tie it tight, as when j ^
tightening the girdle.
j|§ I ^ it is tied too tight.
From silk and to scatter; it
7KJLAJ* closely resembles chwen? i|H spin.
(.f°h To bind, as a sheaf; to tie
up, to tie fast ; to strap and
secure ; to roll up securely ; a strap
under the axle to drag another
cart ; a roll.
- in Fuhchau, pwoh ; —
HI | to tie to a whipping post.
$$ ] ropes to bind things.
] JL — • ?it |ji bind it with a
hoop above,
] )|» a restricted rule, a fixed
limit; impeded, as the circula-
tion.
142
FU.
FU.
FU.
FU.
Old sounds, pu, bu, put, but and pok. In Canton, fu and po ; — in Swatow, hu, pe, p5, and pu ; — in Amoy, hu bu
and pau ; — in Fuhch.au, hu, u, and ho ; — in Shanghai, fu and vu ; — in Chifu, fu.
From yC ^reaf and — * one, a. d.
a man with a pin in his hair to
show that he is of age ; — the
— * being a contraction of 3C a
pole of ten feet, intimating his
full stature, or of {JC t0 lean on.
One who can help ; to assist ;
a husband ; a man, a scholar, a
distinguished man; a pronoun,
denoting men ; added to other
noun, denotes a workman, a strong
man, a fellow ; as 7J1C | a water-
man ; an artist ; an exalted lady,
an officer's wife.
J #§ or ] §f| husband and
wife.
jflj J an old term for officials, now
mostly used for a physician.
I -^ a sage, a rabbi, a great
teacher ; a hero.
I Jq ni y husband.
I i m . v deceased husband.
J A the wife of an officer of very
high rank ; Shakya's mother is
so styled by the Budhists, and
it is politely used when speaking
of the wife of a gentleman.
5fl I A your concubine.
^C ik. \ a great and good man,
an eminent leader.
^1 iL*^k tne h ea d °f a ll men,
the chief of all braves, — the
sovereign.
$|» J a porter, a coolie.
jjij§ ] a chair-bearer.
J(Jj( J chapmen, peddlers.
l^f J a cartman.
j^ J attendants, servitors of all
kinds ; a groom.
j|[$ J a mean fellow, a base man.
^E I a desperate man.
[7C J a beast of a man, a low
wretch.
"g" ] J| an old term for a cen-
turion.
$£ I I the old worker ; — used
by common people.
H 1 £, H one a W e to cope with
ten thousand.
am not moved on account of
this man, what can move me ?
I H -^ ,%. husbands and chil-
dren, — a fortune-teller's term.
% ] Jg this lonely isolated fel-
low Sheu.
Eead ^fu. An adverbial initial
particle ; — now, therefore, foras-
much ; however ; an interjection.
] moreover.
] if then.
] so, ah ! now, then 1
A %. ~p now, that man's son.
I that thing, therefore.
^| ] alas !
I tl M now ? as to the humane
man ; now, concerning virtue.
From clothes and help.
The lapel which folds over
the side; overalls or outer
drawers.
1 ^ a case to protect a
scabbard, made of coarse
cloth.
1
t>
m
.fu
A reddish stone that looks
like a gem, but inferior in
beauty and value ; a second
class gem, like veined jas-
per or red-white cornelian,
fr^ 1 CL ZI tne P eD bles are
mingled in with gems, —
the vile and the good are
confounded.
An ax used to decapitate
high officers and princes.
I !$ a headsman's ax.
To spread out ; name of a tree.
] ffi to lay down or spread
out in every part, as a mat
on a floor.
1 \y
Jp a sort of wild apple ; the
Aroma.
c>
Bran of wheat; at Canton,
09 J is the refuse cake of
the ground-nut or hemp-seed,
used for manure.
I ^p bran from grain.
1 $^ horse- feed, as bran, beans,
straw.
jj$i J -^p fruit of the Rhus semi-
ahtta, which produces the jg.
fn -J* or gall-nuts.
From claws over a child, repre-
senting a bird brooding, as she sits
on the nest.
To hatch, to brood on eggs ;
to trust to, depended on ; trust-
worthy, because the time of hatch-
ing can be known ; sincerely, truly ;
trust, confidence, belief; accordant ;
what is fully proved ; fully estab-
lished in.
?£ mutual trust, as in trad-
f£ J!«J 1 5fc be an example of
loyalty (or trust) to the future
statesmen of Cheu.
1 f= to rely on.
^ 7 %k 1 eveI 7 one reposed en-
tire confidence in them.
] ^p (also written ffi Fp) the
calyx, which bursts at flower-
ing.
t^t J the Gist diagram, referring
to confidence.
From wood and trust.
A float or raft; the ridge-pole
in a roof; a drumstick ; a bar-
row or hurdle to carry dirt.
1 '/j- ^ : M to float over tne
seas on a raft.
jfe floating charcoal; anything
light.
RJ a door-screen, or a door to
screen from the street.
J
FU.
FU.
FU.
143
ctf
*/f% From man and trust.
A prisoner of war ; to capture
if u alive, to take prisoner; spoil
taken in war.
UJ captives.
U | la poor prisoner.
1 W> ^° ^ a ^ e ca ptive.
j J| to carry ofF spoil.
^f» -fH ifi 1 [the princes] left no
prisoners behind them.
From herb and trust ; it occurs
used for 7p starved.
The white pellicle lining the
culms of a water plant called
] HE 5 a rus h 5 met - related j friend-
ly; the female hemp.
HE 1 j£S WL distantly related ; not
intimate.
£&T? The outer purlieus of a city,
c ^f"|-* especially the place where pa-
s fu rades or trials of horseman-
ship are held; a border, a
suburb.
£ U ® Ik %% 1 a]1 books ^
like the suburbs of the five Ca-
nonical Books.
7\~j£. Bran of rice ; the capsule or
c * -^ I pericarp of a seed ; the calyx
I$/-l» or glumes of gramineous
c I I J J flowers.
Q /-I* The top or instep of the foot ;
clt IJ top of the toes ; occurs used
./it for the next.
j ££ a sort of gaiters or
stockings joining the trow-
sers.
M #t O 1 t0 fal1 int0 **"> mud
and dirty one's feet.
D-J-* Used for the last.
(]Xy\ To set in state, with the
<./ u legs under one; to bow or
curtsey.
j ] ££ the deep obeisance of a
bride to her husband.
2&T 1 ^ the wome n bowing low
sat down.
[I ] to sit crosslegged in a devo-
tional attitude with the hands
raised, when performing (utkatu
kasanci) the great meditation.
From tree and to wrap.
A drumstick.
^ j to take the drum-
stick
$L 1 Ifff M t0 hold the
stick and drum.
Eead ( pao. Bushy; plants
growing thickly like a clump of
canes.
j 2p the ancient name of pif >)j\
Ho-cheu in Kansuh.
Mi
From tree and to give.
The lower part of a railing ;
tJ a a calyx or receptacle of a
flower; a raft to cross streams;
handle of a knife ; a sort of mat
bran-bag used to drum with; to
wash in lye and bleach.
j jfifc a raft ; a scow, a ferry-boat.
^
^
M
</*«
A spring-net, now called
$$ ifi, shaped like the
hood of a carriage, for trap-
ping pheasants.
4$ HI ~f* 1 the pheasants
have got caught in the net.
To think on with pleasure;
cjtU* gratified, pleased with, as a
ifu friend.
fffltt From tow 
